Academic Portfolio - MArch ESALA

Page 1

ACADEMIC PORTFOLIO Masters of Architecture // [2020 - 2022]

STUART GOMES [MArch 2, 2022]

1


[2022] ACADEMIC PORTFOLIO 2 Academic Portfolio

AP

ARJA11001

MArch 2, [semester 2]

[ARJA11001]

Academic Portfolio 2: 2020 - 2022

ACADEMIC PORFOLIO Masters of Architecture [MArch] [2022]

[course synopsis] The Academic Portfolio 2 is a mainly self-directed course that invites you to gather, format and curate all the work that you have undertaken during the course of the 2-year Master of Architecture Programme into the form of a digital portfolio. It will therefore include both the design work of the studio courses of years one and two, and the non-studio courses of ATR, SCAT and AMPL. It will culminate with the inclusion of a synopsis of the other 10 credit course of this semester, the Design Report. The Academic Portfolio 2 is therefore a digital archiving and a representation of the complete body of the academic work that you have undertaken. As well as being a carefully curated record of this work, ready for you to access in a digital portfolio form as a celebration of the breadth of enquiry that you have undertaken, it is also a point of critical reflection that allows you to test your work against the expectations of a professional degree in architecture at Part 2 level and to revisit any work that falls short of these expectations.

2

[learning outcomes] LO1 The ability to produce a coherent, well designed and integrated architectural design portfolio that documents and communicates architectural knowledge, skills and abilities through coherent projects; and that synthesizes and presents work produced in diverse media (sketch books, written work, drawings and models, etc). GC 2.1, 2.3, 3.3 // GA 2.1, 2.4, 2.6 LO2 An understanding of the relation of the ARB Part 2 criteria and Graduate Attributes to the student's own work, as demonstrated through a referencing system, covering the totality of the criteria, in the portfolio. ALL GC’s // GA 2.6, 2.7 LO3 The acquisition and development of transferable skills to present work for scrutiny by peers, potential employers, and other public groups through structuring and communicating ideas effectively using diverse media. GC 1.1 // GA 2.2, 2.4, 2.6


GC GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GENERAL CRITERIA GC 1 Ability to create architectural designs that satisfy both aesthetic and technical requirements.

The graduate will have the ability to: GC 1.1 prepare and present building design projects of diverse scale, complexity, and type in a variety of contexts, using a range of media, and in response to a brief; GC 1.2 understand the constructional and structural systems, the environmental strategies and the regulatory requirements that apply to the design and construction of a comprehensive design project; GC 1.3 develop a conceptual and critical approach to architectural design that integrates and satisfies the aesthetic aspects of a building and the technical requirements of its construction and the needs of the user. GC 2 Adequate knowledge of the histories and theories of architecture and the related arts, technologies and human sciences.

The graduate will have knowledge of: GC 2.1 the cultural, social and intellectual histories, theories and technologies that influence the design of buildings; GC 2.2 the influence of history and theory on the spatial, social, and technological aspects of architecture; GC 2.3 the application of appropriate theoretical concepts to studio design projects, demonstrating a reflective and critical approach.

GC 3 Knowledge of the fine arts as an influence on the quality of architectural design.

The graduate will have the ability to: GC 3.1 how the theories, practices and technologies of the arts influence architectural design; GC 3.2 the creative application of the fine arts and their relevance and impact on architecture; GC 3.3 the creative application of such work to studio design projects, interms of their conceptualisation and representation.

GC 4 Adequate knowledge of urban design, planning and the skills involved in the planning process.

The graduate will have the ability to: GC 4.1 theories of urban design and the planning of communities; GC 4.2 the influence of the design and development of cities, past and present on the contemporary built environment; GC 4.3 current planning policy and development control legislation, including social, environmental and economic aspects, and the relevance of these to design development. 3

GC 5 Understanding of the relationship between people and buildings, and between buildings and their environment, and the need to relate buildings and the spaces between them to human needs and scale.

The graduate will have an understanding of: GC 5.1 the needs and aspirations of building users; GC 5.2 the impact of buildings on the environment, and the precepts of sustainable design; GC 5.3 the way in which buildings fit in to their local context.

GC 6 Understanding of the profession of architecture and the role of the architect in society, in particular in preparing briefs that take account of social factors.

The graduate will have an understanding of: GC 6.1 the nature of professionalism and the duties and responsibilities of architects to clients, building users,constructors, co-professionals and the wider society; GC 6.2 the role of the architect within the design team and construction industry, recognising the importance of current methods and trends in the construction of the built environment; GC 6.3 the potential impact of building projects on existing and proposed communities.

GC 7 Understanding of the methods of investigation and preparation of the brief for a design project.

The graduate will have an understanding of: GC 7.1 the need to critically review precedents relevant to the function, organisation and technological strategy of design proposals; GC 7.2 the need to appraise and prepare building briefs of diverse scales and types, to define client and user requirements and their appropriateness to site and context; GC 7.3 the contributions of architects and co-professionals to the formulation of the brief, and the methods of investigation used in its preparation.

GC 8 Understanding of the structural design, constructional and engineering problems associated with building design.

The graduate will have an understanding of: GC 8.1 the investigation, critical appraisal and selection of alternative structural, constructional and material systems relevant to architectural design; GC 8.2 strategies for building construction, and ability to integrate knowledge of structural principles and construction techniques; GC 8.3 the physical properties and characteristics of building materials, components and systems, and the environmental impact of specification choices.

GC 9 Adequate knowledge of physical problems and technologies and the function of buildings so as to provide them with internal conditions of comfort and protection against the climate.

The graduate will have knowledge of: GC 9.1 principles associated with designing optimum visual, thermal and acoustic environments; GC 9.2 systems for environmental comfort realised within relevant precepts of sustainable design; GC 9.3 strategies for building services, and ability to integrate these in a design project.

GC 10 The necessary design skills to meet building users’ requirements within the constraints imposed by cost factors and building regulations.

The graduate will have the skills to: GC 10.1 critically examine the financial factors implied in varying building types, constructional systems, and specification choices, and the impact of these on architectural design; constructors, co-professionals and the wider society; GC 10.2 understand the cost control mechanisms which operate during the development of a project; GC 10.3 prepare designs that will meet building users’ requirements and comply with UK legislation, appropriate performance standards and health and safety requirements. GC 11 Adequate knowledge of the industries, organisations, regulations and procedures involved in translating design concepts into buildings and integrating plans into overall planning.

The graduate will have knowledge of: GC 11.1 the fundamental legal, professional and statutory responsibilities of the architect, and the organisations, regulations and procedures involved in the negotiation and approval of architectural designs, including land law, development control, building regulations and health and safety legislation; GC 11.2 the professional inter-relationships of individuals and organisations involved in procuring and delivering architectural projects, and how these are defined through contractual and organisational structures; GC 11.3 the basic management theories and business principles related to running both an architect’s practice and architectural projects, recognising current and emerging trends in the construction industry.


GA GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7

GENERAL ATTRIBUTES GA2 With regard to meeting the eleven General Criteria at Parts 1 and 2 above, the Part 2 will be awarded to students who have:

GA 2.1 ability to generate complex design proposals showing understanding of current architectural issues, originality in the application of subject knowledge and, where appropriate, to test new hypotheses and speculations;

4

GA 2.2 ability to evaluate and apply a comprehensive range of visual, oral and written media to test, analyse, critically appraise and explain design proposals;

GA 2.3 ability to evaluate materials, processes and techniques that apply to complex architectural designs and building construction, and to integrate these into practicable design proposals;

GA 2.4 critical understanding of how knowledge is advanced through research to produce clear, logically argued and original written work relating to architectural culture, theory and design;

GA 2.5 understanding of the context of the architect and the construction industry, including the architect’s role in the processes of procurement and building production, and under legislation;

GA 2.6 problem solving skills, professional judgment, and ability to take the initiative and make appropriate decisions in complex and unpredictable circumstances; and

GA 2.7 ability to identify individual learning needs and understand the personal responsibility required to prepare for qualification as an architect.


Module //

MODULE / PROJECT Title

[year] [module code]

[contributions]

[course organiser(s) / studio tutor(s)]

5

[course aims]

[course synopsis]

[learning outcomes]


MOD

[year] MODULE Module / Project module code academic study year, [semester of study]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

collaborators

Brief/Task // Title

PROJECT TITLE

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

Task

Visual markers of General Criteria shadow developed for Island Temporalities Mont Saint Michel during design studio H.

module brief breakdown

Visual markers of General Attributes renders developed for Island Temporalities Mont Saint Michel + Venice Arsenale during design studio A + H.

Graduate Criteria at Part 2 (GC)

Graduate Attributes at Part 2 (GA)

Graduate Sub-Criteria at Part 2, for instance: GC 11

GC 11.1

GC 11.2

GC 11.3

academic year of study and modules

Response

reflective paragraph Link to video (click on icon)

6

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


7

Semester 1

[60 credits]

MArch 1

[120 credits]

Semester 2

[60 credits]

Semester 1 [60 credits]

[120 credits]

MArch 2 Semester 2 [60 credits]

DESIGN REPORT

[2022] [ARCH11069]

[10 credits]

ARCHITECTURE DESIGN: STUDIO H

[2022] [ARCH11174]

[40 credits]

ARCHITECTURE DESIGN: STUDIO A

[2021] [ARCH11093]

[40 credits]

ARCHITECTURAL MANAGEMENT, PRACTICE AND LAW

[2021] [ARCH11002]

[20 credits]

STUDIES IN CONTEMPORARY ARCHITECTURAL THEORY

[2021] [ARCH11070]

[20 credits]

ARCHITECTURE DESIGN: STUDIO D

[2021] [RCH11092]

[40 credits]

ARCHITECTURE DESIGN: STUDIO C

[2020] [ARCH11091]

[40 credits]

ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY RESEARCH

[2020] [ARCH11075]

[20 credits]

MOD

MODULES // Masters of Architecture



Architectural Technology Research //

TECHNOLOGY RESEARCH Generic + Contextual Study [2020] [ARCH11075]

[contributions] Amy Drabble [AD]

[course aims] The aims of this course are: 1. To develop approaches for research in technology and environment, and reflect on its role in the design process. 2. To help create an ongoing interest in the acquisition and synthesis of knowledge regarding the design, construction and performance of built form. 3. To create a wide-ranging and current technology resource available to the students through MArch1 and into MArch2.

[course synopsis] Architectural Technology Research emulates the role of researcher-practitioner, recognising that architectural projects in the context of a Climate Emergency need a level of technological investigation as a prerequisite to successful low carbon design. Students will work collaboratively to conduct research into architectural environments, materials and processes with a focus on reducing the global impact of the buildings and places we design. The course runs throughout Semester 1 with students undertaking research projects in contemporary architectural technology and environmental issues in small groups. Students develop and research an architectural theme in response to the Climate Emergency. The course focuses on the research process and the discovery of new knowledge in the context of architecture, technology and environment. Students will work in small groups to develop research projects leading to two separate research outputs; one representing a general response to the climate emergency, the other a contextual response to a specific area of study.

[kate carter]

9

[learning outcomes] LO1 An ability to appraise the technological and environmental conditions specific to issues in contemporary architecture, eg. sustainable design. GC 5.2, 7.1, 7.2, 8.1, 9.1, 9.2 // GA 2.3 LO2 An ability to organise, assimilate and present technological and environmental information in the broad context of architectural design to peer groups. GC 8.2, 9.1, 9.2 // GA 2.2, 2.3 LO3 An ability to analyse and synthesise technological and environmental information pertinent to particular context (eg. users, environment). GC 5.1, 5.3, 7.1, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 9.1, 9.2 // GA 2.3 LO4 An understanding of the potential impact of technological and environmental decisions of architectural design on a broader context. GC 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 8.3 // GA 2.3


CONCLUSION

04

APPENDIX

05

ENDNOTES

06

FIGURE REFERENCES

Carbon Emissions in Manufacturing Carbon Emissions in Transportation

Positives

Negatives

Natural, bio based material

Limited supply line

Versatile

Specific growing conditions

Sustainable and renewable

In its infancy in architecture

Light

High costs

Flexible

Large energy consumption and CO2 emissions during manufacturing processes

Impervious to gas and liquids Thermal and sound insulator

3% France 34% Portugal 27% Spain 3% Italy

Fire retardant

Fig.8. Exported value of cork (million euros), Diagram: author’s own

3% Other

26% Building Materials

42% Natural Cork Stoppers

29% Other Cork Stoppers

Harvesting and Manufacture The cork oak tree is first harvested after 25 years through the sustainable process of stripping: the removal of the tree’s bark.8 Using axes, skilled workers carefully remove the bark without damaging the tree (see Fig.7).9 The cork oak’s bark naturally regenerates.10 Allowing the cork to be harvested every nine years, however, it isn’t until its third harvest that the cork’s regularity is good enough for wine stops to be produced.11 This results in only 30% of harvested cork being used for cork stop manufacturing12 - architecture can take advantage of the remaining 70%. Cork from the first two harvests is ground into granules.13 These granules are agglomerated using heat and pressure to bind them together.14 Black agglomerate is formed when only cork is used 15 and white agglomerate, or cork composite, is formed when other recycled materials are mixed in too.16 Cork composites produce a more versatile material and help to reduce waste, compared to black agglomerate. However, they could be harder, or impossible, to recycle after life. According to the Portuguese Cork Association (APCOR), around 200,000 tonnes of cork is produced every year, with 68% of that being used for building materials (see Fig.9), however, cork stoppers are a more valuable product (see Fig.8).17 Compared with the world production of steel, which in 2019 was 1,869.9 Mt (mega-tonnes)18, cork conveys a more limited supply line. Fig.9. Export volume of cork by sector (tonnes),

Carbon Emissions in Manufacturing: A carbon neutral solution Fossil and biomass fuels are used within the cork manufacturing process to generate the large amounts of heat needed during this stage, resulting in high energy use and carbon emissions.19 At Amorim, 63% of their energy usage is covered by using cork dust as a biomass fuel with the remaining 37% being covered by fossil fuels (see Fig.10).20 Within the Portuguese cork industry, approximately thirty-thousand tonnes of cork dust (waste cork from manufacturing that is too small to be reused) is produced every year.21 By using this as a fuel source, Amorim are able to create a circular economy throughout its processes with 90% of all waste being used (see Fig.11).22 Amorim is only one cork company and many others may not follow the same practices, thus manufacturing of cork still harbours high carbon emissions. However, this example does display a method of good practice to make the manufacturing of cork more sustainable; a method that other cork manufacturing companies could use.

Energy Source

Circular economy

Biomass

Hydrothermal

Natural Gas

Sequestered Carbon 18% Marocco

Antimicrobial

4% Tunisia

Propane 11% Algeria

Fig.5 Positives and negatives of cork

Energy Consumption (GJ)

Carbon Emissions in Transportation: Can cork be grown elsewhere?

Growing Conditions 1 Soil

Rainfall Temperature Altitude

988,375 45,082 27,929 355

South of England Conditions2

sandy, chalk-free with low nitrogen and phosphorus, high potassium and a pH from 4.8 to 7.0

sandy and clayey soil that is generally acidic3

400-800 mm per year

up to 1000mm per year

-5 ºC to 40 ºC

0 ºC to 25 ºC

100-300 m

up to 300m

Fig. 14 Global Cork Exports

Fig. 12 Perfect growing conditions for the cork oak tree against south of England weather conditions

5,632

Diesel Gasoline

Fig. 13 Estimated transport carbon emissions

The biggest world exporter of cork is Portugal (see Fig. 14)23 and the USA is one of the top importers of cork (see Fig. 15).24 This leads to a high amount of carbon emissions due to transportation (see Fig. 13). Could growing cork in other parts of the world help to combat cork’s transportation carbon emissions?

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

What is Cork? Harvesting and Manufacturing

What is cork? Cork is a completely natural raw material that comes from the outer bark of the cork oak tree.4 Grown within large indigenous cork oak forests, that are most commonly found in Portugal as well as the Western Mediterranean Basin (see Fig.6).5 Cork oak forests retain large volumes of carbon dioxide from the air as well as being rich biodiverse areas for wildlife and plant life.6 They serve as important cultural and economical landscapes for the countries they are found within.7

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

Different bio-based materials offer alternative options to different problems. Cork is already in use within the construction industry, most commonly for flooring and sound and thermal insulation.3

01 | CORK

GA 2 2

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

03

Bio-based materials offer a great opportunity to build sustainably. These materials, including cork, are 100% natural and are often recyclable, reusable or bio-degradable; have low carbon emissions and help towards a circular economy.2

01 | CORK

GA 2 1

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

- current materials used in healthcare - antimicrobial additives and agents - cork and healthcare - specification and appropriateness

We are now becoming more aware of the ongoing climate emergency. The world construction industry, according to the International Energy Agency (IEA), accounts for 39% of carbon emissions.1

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

HEALTHCARE

00 | INTRODUCTION

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

02

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

CORK

02 | HEALTHCARE

Current Materials Used in Healthcare Antimicrobial Additives and Agents Cork and Healthcare Specification and Appropriateness

2. Separation

3. Dividing

4. Extracting

5. Removing

6. Marking

7. Stacking

Fig.7 The cork harvesting process: 1. Opening: First cut into cork into existing crack, 2. Separation: cork initially separated from tree, 3. Dividing: horizontal cut to create plank size, 4. Extracting: careful removal of cork from tree, 5.Removing: removal of any unwanted parasites, 6. Marking: harvested year marked onto tree, 7. Stacking: stacked outside to stabilise the cork.

Although the same strand of cork oak trees are able to be grown in other parts of the world, Blaine Bownell, FIAI, states that cork, produced in the USA, is a lower quality than that produced in Portugal.25 This means other parts of the world face large costs and higher embodied C0₂ due to needing to import cork.26 The higher cost also reduces the likelihood of cork being used in projects outside of the Western Mediterranean Basin.

Fig. 11 Amorim’s circular economy manufacturing process

GA 2 5

GA 2 6

GA 2 7

Current Materials Used in Healthcare By way of introduction, the healthcare sector specialises in products, services and infrastructure related to health and medical care. Research and case studies display that a large proportion of healthcare currently focuses on formulating a sector that is reactive to individual episodes of illness and disease as opposed to being proactive towards the goal of anticipating and preventing future illness.27

F in is h Typ e

Prior to assessing the suitability of cork as an antimicrobial surface material, it is vital to identify what materials are currently being used within the healthcare sector. Therefore, this is the prime focus of the following case study; the Manchester Royal Infirmary.

Wa l l F i n i s h e s

Finish Used

Altro WhiteRock: Chameleon Dulux Sterishield Antimicrobial paint

Dulux paint Floor Finishes Case Study | Manchester Royal Infirmary (MRI) The Manchester Royal Infirmary (MRI) (see Fig.16) is a large teaching hospital located in Manchester. The existing MRI is currently in the process of being refurbished and redeveloped.

Ceiling Finishes

F u r n i s h i n gs

Forbo Sphera Homogeneous Vinyl

Antimicrobial?

Use

D es i r ed P r o p e r t i e s

Yes, antimicrobial

Wall protection throughout Waterproof, hospital Can be easily cleaned Wall finish to clinical areas

No

Wall finish to admin and nonclinical areas

No

Main floor finish throughout hospital

No, but is hygienic

Hygienic BioGuard Acoustic tiles

Yes, antimicrobial

Altro WhiteRock: Chameleon

No, but is hygienic

Central Manchester Foundation Trust Approved Fabric

Unknown

Stainless Steel Satin Finish with a BioCote Antibacterial Coating Door No, but is Handle antibacterial

Each of these finishes are alike in their manufacturing process, as they all rely on the addition or coating of an antimicrobial additive or agent to achieve the desired antimicrobial properties required. For example, antimicrobial paints are products of a manufactured process in which antimicrobial additives, such as biocides and silver-based biocides, are introduced into non-hygienic paint.30 31

Fig. 16 Manchester Royal Infirmary Fig. 15 Global Cork Imports

GA 2 4

02 | HEALTHCARE

Following an interview with Alex Macbeth, an architect working on the MRI, the material finishes currently used within the MRI have been identified (see Fig.17). From this qualitative data, it can be understood that Dulux Sterishield Antimicrobial paint and Hygienic BioGuard Acoustic ceiling tiles are the only antimicrobial surfaces used for wall and ceiling finishes within the hospital. It is unknown if the Central Manchester Foundation Trust Approved Fabric is antimicrobial, however, there is research that states that antibacterial textiles are currently used within hospitals.28 In addition to the antimicrobial materials identified, it can be seen that the door handles used are antibacterial.29

Fig. 10 Fuel source and energy use during manufacturing (Gigajoule)

1. Opening Fig.4 Cork

GA 2 3

Can be easily cleaned

Lay-in-grid ceiling finish in most rooms Feature signage Curtains and seating finish

Wipeable, Non-porous finish

Door Handles

Fig. 17 Material finishes used within the Manchester Royal Infirmary Table: author’s own

Fig.3 Cork

Material

Cork Insulation

As previously outlined, cork is a natural, sustainable material. However, how does it compare sustainably to the materials currently being used in the healthcare sector? By way of comparison (see Fig.19), Embodied Carbon, a measurement of the level of carbon dioxide (CO2) emitted during the creation of a building fabric, is used as a baseline comparison of the sustainable attributes of each material. It can be deduced that cork has a considerably lower level of embodied carbon than the alternative surface materials listed. This means less CO2 emissions are associated with cork and so, theoretically, is an indication of it being more sustainable.37

02 | Healthcare

22

Embodied Carbon Factor (kg CO2e / kg)

Mass (kg)

Em b o d i e d C a r b o n C a l c u l a t i o n (kg(kg CO2e / kg) = kg CO2e)

10

10 x 0.19

1.9

2.91

10

10 x 2.91

29.1

6.15

10

10 x 6.15

61.5

2.29

10

10 x 2.29

Cork

Additionally, whilst cork has been named as a material with antifungal properties, there is little quantitative research to prove or disprove this theory.41 In terms of analysis, Suberra conducted a ASTM G21 test to analyse the antifungal properties of their own cork products.42 The results displayed that, when exposed to a variety of fungi, there was no observed fungal growth on the surface of the cork after a 28 day incubation period. However, there are issues with the validity and reliability of this source because it could be biased to their products and there is no academic quantitative data to support their claims.

Fig. 20 Graph displaying the bacterial reduction of Staphylococcus aureus when incubated with each substance.

Key EVA ACA Cork

Fig. 21 Graph displaying the bacterial reduction of Escherichia coli when incubated with each substance.

23

Cork and Healthcare |02

Therefore, how could cork be used as an alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used within healthcare settings? The specification of healthcare finishes is devised by a set of guidelines called the Health Building Notes.43 Figure 22 and Appendix Item 1 indicate the best practice on how to select each finish and the finish requirements for each room type within healthcare settings.44

9

Title Page |01

Specification and Appropriateness Cork as an Antibacterial Alternative Stated within the MRI case study, stainless steel door handles with an antibacterial coating are currently used within the hospital. The specification for door handles and handrails within the healthcare sector states that handrails are required to be visible, free of abrasions and neither too hot or cold to touch. Whereas door handles are required to be circular in section and allow a firm grip.46 There is potential for cork door handles and handrails to be used as an alternative. Eduardo Souto Moura’s door handles (see Fig.23) are designed using stainless steel and cork. These door handles represent a more sustainable alternative because they use less stainless steel whilst the antibacterial properties of the cork remove the requirement of an additional antibacterial additive being applied to the product. They would help reduce the spread bacteria whilst being warm to the touch.47

Cork as an Antimicrobial Alternative The antimicrobial products currently used in the healthcare sector, stated in the MRI case study, are antimicrobial paint and ceiling tiles coated with a antimicrobial coating. The wall / partition finishes in each room type are required to be either a type of emulsion or paint (see appendix item 1). Therefore, eradicating the potential of cork being used as an antimicrobial alternative to antimicrobial paint. However, cork could be a potential alternative to the ceiling tiles currently used (see appendix item 1). For each room, the ceiling finish is dictated by whether it is jointless, within a concealed grid, imperforated or perforated, is resistant to humidity and / or textured. It appears that, if cork is confirmed to be antimicrobial, there is potential for cork ceiling tiles to be used in a lay-in-grid system as an antimicrobial alternative within the Clinical - dry (moderate and light clinical) rooms. In addition to this, if cork was proved to not be antifungal, and so not antimicrobial, it appears cork ceiling tiles could still be used as an alternative in the Non-clinical- dry and high traffic spaces. This is because there is no requirement listed for these ceiling tiles to be hygienic, antimicrobial or clinical.45

22.9

Fig. 19 Table of comparison of the Embodied Carbon within cork insulation compared to other material finishes used within the healthcare sector. Table: author’s own Note: Embodied carbon of general paint and stainless steel does not take the embodied carbon of the antimicrobial additive added into account, therefore value of antimicrobial materials would be higher than recorded.

11

Incubation Time (min)

Specification and Appropriateness

4

Incubation Time (min)

10

01 | Cork

5

11

What is cork? |01

03 | CONCLUSION As previously established, cork is a multifaceted material that presents immense potential as a natural, renewable and sustainable resource. The bio-based nature of cork is, however, its downfall. Cork can largely only be grown, to a high standard, in the Western Mediterranean Basin and strict (but essential) harvesting guidelines have led to a limited supply line. Additionally, high transport costs, and embodied C02 in manufacturing, have reduced its sustainable usability outside of the Mediterranean Basin. It also may not be an appropriate antimicrobial alternative to wall finishes currently used within the healthcare sector. However, it appears that cork could be a suitable replacement of the current materials used for ceiling tiles and door handles in certain departments within the healthcare sector due to its proven antibacterial properties. As an antibacterial material, cork shows potential to be a sustainable alternative to current materials used within the healthcare sector. If it was shown to be antimicrobial, it would have further potential as a sustainable alternative within the healthcare sector.

12

01 | Cork

6

13

04 | APPENDIX

Fig. 23 Eduardo Souto Moura’s Cork Door Handle

24

12

25

Cork and Healthcare |02

02 | Healthcare

26

13

27

Specification and Appropriateness |02

02 | Healthcare

28

14

29

Reference: Department of Health. 2013. Types of finish by room space. [Online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://assets.publishing.service. gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/148496/ HBN_00-10_Part_B_Final.pdf

Word Count: 2176

Specification and Appropriateness |02

03 | Conclusion

7

30

15

31

32

Conclusion |03

16

33

Carbon Emissions |01

15

Appendix Item 2: Transcript of Interview with Alex Macbeth. An architect with specialist experience in the healthcare and education sectors. Employed at ADP Architecture. AD: In Terms of, more specifically, handrails and doorknobs, what antimicrobial finishes did you use within the Manchester Royal Infirmary? AM: It was all stainless steel that was used. For door handles specifically, in the Manchester Royal Infirmary, were stainless steel satin finish with a BioCote antibacterial coating, so they are treated. Therefore, I don’t think the steel is itself antibacterial, it has an antibacterial coating on.

Amy Drabble (AD): In Terms of wall finishes, what antimicrobial finishes did you use within the Manchester Royal Infirmary? Alex Macbeth (AM): Wall finishes vary quite a lot within each department of the hospital. A protective PVC hygienic sheet wall protection called ‘WhiteRock: Chameleon’ is used heavily across the hospital. This is basically a sheet of really thick, plastic material. It is waterproof and you can scrub it clean. The wall protection occurs in half height, full height and splash back. So, we used it as splash back to sinks and full and half height sheets of it to some of the rooms, specifically high traffic spaces or clinical areas that need extra protection. Hygienic Paint, specifically Dulux Sterishield Antimicrobial paint, is used for any area that is a clinical space. Whereas, standard Dulux paint is just used for the admin and non-clinical spaces.

AD: What regulations do you need to abide by to design Healthcare sector buildings, specifically hospitals? AM: To my knowledge, it is the HDM’s and HBN’s. These are what were written into our appointment that we had to list any derogations against. They are the main design guidance and guidelines. For us, these were then written into the contract, I imagine that is the standard just to give a benchmark because we have to list derogations against it, which say where we are not adhering to that so that becomes part of what we are delivering. Whereas if it wasn’t then that is just guidelines.

AD: How did the use of these antimicrobial materials, mentioned, change between each department? AM: Well, the theatres will be the highest specific area highlighted as needing to be preserved to a certain level of hygiene. Surgical theatres will be right at the top of this hierarchy, following this will be theatres for treatments that do not open an individual up essentially. You have also got your clean line, which is a line drawn in the plan somewhere that once past, everything must be sterile. When we were looking at Salford Royal, doing the changing area to feed into the theatres, there was a boundary line where you go into the changing area one way, get changed, and then you go through another way to a one-way system which leads round into the theatres so that you are not cross-contaminating in the hallways with anyone that has not been sterilized. All finishes beyond this point will be sterile.

AD: Do you know whether, these guidelines mentioned are the same for other healthcare facilities such as care homes and cancer hospices? AM: I don’t know, I have not worked on any. AD: Can you think of any viable applications for cork within the healthcare sector? AM: I think, if you are looking for spaces where it’s a large square meterage of material in a hospital setting where it might be viable, I’d say the WhiteRock is the first material that has come to my head, just because it is basically everywhere within the scheme and it is large sheets of it that are used. However, I imagine any substitute for this needing to be easily cleaned. Possibly ceiling tiles, we used a lay-in-grid ceiling in most of the rooms with hygienic BioGuard Acoustic tiles. I imagine they don’t clean the ceiling, because ceiling tiles as they are tend to be fairly porous, especially ones with acoustic properties like we have got the spec reference as the HDM guidance on acoustic ratings so if these tiles have acoustic properties, the chances are they are quite a porous material. I feel like cork could potentially be a substitute for this.

AD: In Terms of floor finishes, what antimicrobial finishes did you use within the Manchester Royal Infirmary? AM: I’m not sure if the floor finish was antimicrobial, I think it was all just focused on how easy it is to clean. From memory, I remember something about the materials used not being the super anti-slip vinyl because the treatment on it is harder to clean. It’s got a more abrasive surface and is, therefore, not as easy to clean. Forbo Sphera Homogeneous Vinyl was used in the Manchester Royal Infirmary, which is not listed as having any specific antibacterial or antimicrobial properties.

AD: In your opinion, do you think cork could be used as a material finish in hospitals? AM: Yes, if it does have the antimicrobial properties that you are investigating. AD: Are there any antimicrobial surfaces used in schools? If so, do you think cork could be a substitute in this sector? AM: A big thing for a lot of schools is acoustic properties due to the requirements, especially in SEN, where you need to keep sound levels and reverberation to a certain standard so that the children do not get distracted or irritated by noises. Whether there is a requirement or not for antimicrobial surfaces in this sector, cork probably would be a good thing to put in schools if it does have antimicrobial properties just for the sake of trying to stop massive spreads of germs. Cork could be substituted for ceilings, acoustic rafts or acoustic wall panels which could double up because all around classrooms you have noticeboards, if you did use cork then you have got an acoustic panel and pin board. If you clad it in cork, then its acoustic and they can pin things wherever they want.

AD: In your opinion, do you think cork would be a suitable sustainable alternative material to use for corner protection? AM: If you are thinking about it in terms of corridors with trolleys coming through and colliding into it, I’m not sure how much of an impact cork would take before it crumbles. Unless it was some sort of padding behind a sturdier material. Possibly to cushion the impact rather than take the blow itself.

Appendix Item 1: Table of Types of Finish by Room Space within the Healthcare Sector. Fig. 22 Diagram to show the selection process for finishes within the Healthcare Sector

14

01 | Cork

AD: In Terms of furnishings, what antimicrobial finishes did you use within the Manchester Royal Infirmary? AM: The feature signage was made out of the protective WhiteRock PVC material previously spoken about. I know the Central Manchester Foundation Trust had their own approved materials for soft furnishings like seating. These fabrics would be wipeable, none porous finishes. We had some armchair seating that we were putting in, that and the curtains had to be produced with this specific fabric material. Which was waterproof, allowing them to scrub it down at the end of the day. I can’t remember from memory if it was antimicrobial as well but it was specific to furniture used in this scenario.

Cork is currently in its infancy within architecture. Through more research, continued innovation and more awareness of the product and its capabilities, cork’s price could reduce and become _more widely available. This would prove beneficial to reducing the ongoing effects of the climate emergency.

Fig.24 Harvested cork

02 | Healthcare

Harvesting and Manufacture|01

AD: Currently, do you know what the material used for corner protection is? AM: It’s just a really tough material that can take the impact without chipping because otherwise it’s just plasterboard that will crumble on impact. I think it is more of a cap, something rigid.

34

16

01 | Cork

8

05 | ENDNOTES

Can cork be grown elsewhere? |01

14 Portuguese Cork Association. 2015. Pure Expanded Agglomerate. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at: https://www.apcor.pt/en/cork/processing/industrial-path/composite-agglomerates/ 15 Portuguese Cork Association. 2015. Pure Expanded Agglomerate. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at: https://www.apcor.pt/en/cork/processing/industrial-path/composite-agglomerates/

1 Global Alliance for Buildings and Construction, International Energy Agency and the United Nations Environment Programme, 2019. 2019 Global Status Report For Buildings And Construction: Towards A ZeroEmissions, Efficient And Resilient Buildings And Construction Sector. [online] p.3. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://webstore.iea.org/download/direct/2930?filename=2019_global_status_report_for_ buildings_and_construction.pdf

16 Portuguese Cork Association. 2015. Composite Agglomerates. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at: https://www.apcor.pt/en/cork/processing/industrial-path/composite-agglomerates/

2 Portuguese Cork Association. 2015. Cork Harvesting. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at:https://www.apcor.pt/en/products/construction-and-decoration/construction/

18 World Steel Association. 2020. Global crude steel output increases by 3.4% in 2019. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.worldsteel.org/media-centre/press-releases/2020/Global-crude-steel-output-increases-by3.4--in-2019.html#:~:text=Global%20crude%20steel%20production%20reached,Asia%20and%20the%20Middle%20East.&text=Asia%20produced%201%2C341.6%20Mt%20of,of%205.7%25%20compared%20to%202018.

17 Portuguese Cork Association, 2019. The Cork Yearbook 2019/2020. [online] pp.27-36. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.apcor.pt/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/boletim_estatistico_apcor_2019.pdf

3 Portuguese Cork Association. 2015. Cork Harvesting. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at:https://www.apcor.pt/en/products/construction-and-decoration/construction/

19 Goncalves, A. C., Malico, I., Mesquita, P., Pereira, R. N., Sousa, A. M. O. 2017. Energy use of cork residues in the Portuguese cork industry [online] p. 2. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at https://www.researchgate.net/publication/320455861_Energy_use_of_cork_residues_in_the_Portuguese_cork_industry

4 Amorim Cork Composites. 2020. What Is Cork. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at:https:// amorimcorkcomposites.com/en-us/why-cork/what-is-cork/ 5 Amorim Cork Composites. 2020. Cork Oak Forest. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at: https://amorimcorkcomposites.com/en-us/why-cork/what-is-cork/

20 Amorim. 2019. Sustainability Report 2019. [online] p.155. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www. amorim.com/xms/files/2019_Amorim_RC_EN_Sustentabilidade_Website_7Mai.pdf

6 Amorim Cork Composites. 2020. Facts and Curiosities: Cork Oak Forest. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at:https://amorimcorkcomposites.com/en-us/why-cork/facts-and-curiosities/about-oak-forest/

21 Goncalves, A. C., Malico, I., Mesquita, P., Pereira, R. N., Sousa, A. M. O. 2017. Energy use of cork residues in the Portuguese cork industry [online] p. 2. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at https://www.researchgate.net/publication/320455861_Energy_use_of_cork_residues_in_the_Portuguese_cork_industry

7 Amorim Cork Composites. 2020. Facts and Curiosities: Cork Oak Forest. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at:https://amorimcorkcomposites.com/en-us/why-cork/facts-and-curiosities/about-oak-forest/

22 Amorim. 2019. Sustainability Report 2019. [online] p.163. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www. amorim.com/xms/files/2019_Amorim_RC_EN_Sustentabilidade_Website_7Mai.pdf

8 Amorim Cork Composites. 2020. Facts and Curiosities: About Cork Oak Tree. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at:https://amorimcorkcomposites.com/en-us/why-cork/facts-and-curiosities/about-oaktree/

23 Portuguese Cork Association, 2019. The Cork Yearbook 2019/2020. [online] p.23. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.apcor.pt/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/boletim_estatistico_apcor_2019.pdf

9 Portuguese Cork Association. 2015. Cork Harvesting. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at: https://www.apcor.pt/en/cork/processing/cork-harvesting/

24 Portuguese Cork Association, 2019. The Cork Yearbook 2019/2020. [online] p.24. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.apcor.pt/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/boletim_estatistico_apcor_2019.pdf

10 Amorim Cork Composites. 2020. Facts and Curiosities: About Cork Oak Tree. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at:https://amorimcorkcomposites.com/en-us/why-cork/facts-and-curiosities/about-oak-tree/

25 Bromwell, B. 2018. Wine Be Damned, Cork Is For Building. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.architectmagazine.com/practice/wine-be-damned-cork-is-for-building_o

11 Portuguese Cork Association. 2015. Cork Harvesting. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at:https://www.apcor.pt/en/cork/processing/cork-harvesting/

26 Bromwell, B. 2018. Wine Be Damned, Cork Is For Building. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.architectmagazine.com/practice/wine-be-damned-cork-is-for-building_o

12 Amorim Cork. 2020. Recycling: A New Beginning. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at: https://www.amorimcork.com/en/sustainability/recycling/

27

35

Buxton, P. 2018. Metric Handbook Planning and Design Data. 6th ed. London and New York: Routledge.

28 Jorgensen, P, E., Mogensen, J, E., and Thomsen, T, R. 2015. A microbiological evaluation of SiO2-coated textiles in hospital interiors: The effect of passive coatings on the cleaning potential of interior textiles. Journal of Industrial Textiles. 46(2), pp.361-371

13 Portuguese Cork Association. 2015. Composite Agglomerates. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at: https://www.apcor.pt/en/cork/processing/industrial-path/composite-agglomerates/

17

17

36

18

18

02 | Healthcare

29

9

Macbeth, A. 2020. Interview with A. Drabble. 12 October, Edinburgh.

46 Department of Health. 2013b. Health Building Note 00-04: Circulation and communication spaces. [Online]. London: Department of Health and Social Care. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/ government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/187026/Health_Building_Note_00-04_-_Circulation_and_communication_spaces_-_updated_April_2013.pdf

Sun, G. 2016. Antimicrobial Textiles. United States: Woodhead Publishing.

32 Abuzaid, A, A. 2013. Susceptibility and bactericidal activity of five biocides on Klebsiella pneumoniae and its association with efflux pump genes and antibiotic resistance. Edinburgh Medical School thesis and dissertation collection.

47 Amorim Cork Composites. 2020. Metamorphosis. [Online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://amorimcorkcomposites.com/en/innovation/case-studies/metamorphosis/

33 NHS. 2017. Healthcare associated infections. [Online]. [Accessed 16 October 2020]. Available from: https://improvement.nhs.uk/resources/healthcare-associated-infections/ 34 Jorgensen, P, E., Mogensen, J, E., and Thomsen, T, R. 2015. A microbiological evaluation of SiO2-coated textiles in hospital interiors: The effect of passive coatings on the cleaning potential of interior textiles. Journal of Industrial Textiles. 46(2), pp.361-371 35 Abuzaid, A, A. 2013. Susceptibility and bactericidal activity of five biocides on Klebsiella pneumoniae and its association with efflux pump genes and antibiotic resistance. Edinburgh Medical School thesis and dissertation collection. 36 Neves, A, R., Almeida, J, R., Carvalhal, F., Camara, A., Pereira, S., Antunes, J., Vasconcelos, V., Pinto, M., Silva, E, R., Sousa, E. and Correia-da-Silva, M. 2020. Overcoming environmental problems of biocides: Synthetic bile acid derivatives as a sustainable alternative. Ecotoxicology and Environmental Safety. 187. 37 Institution of Structural Engineers. 2011. Short Guide to Embodied Carbon in Building Structures. London: The Institution of Structural Engineers. 38 Almeida-Aguiar, C., Correia, P., Goncalves, F. and Silva, S, P. 2015. Evaluation of antimicrobial properties of cork. FEMS Microbiology Letters. 363(3). 39 NHS. 2018. Staph infection. [Online]. [Accessed 16 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.nhs.uk/ conditions/staphylococcal-infections/

10

06 | FIGURE REFERENCES

21

Current Materials Used in Healthcare |02

Fig. 13 Amorim. 2019. Sustainability Report 2019. [online] p.155. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www. amorim.com/xms/files/2019_Amorim

Cover Image Amorim Cork. 2020. Facts and Curiosities: About Cork. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://amorimcorkcomposites.com/en-us/why-cork/facts-and-curiosities/about-cork/ Fig.2 Amorim Cork.2020. Why Cork: Naturally mind-blowing. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.amorimcork.com/en/cork/why-cork/ Fig. 3 Amorim. 2020. Four Generations, One Destination: Excellence. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.amorim.com/en/who-are-we/amorim-group/presentation/ Fig.4 Amorim Cork. 2020. Facts and Curiosities: About Cork. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://amorimcorkcomposites.com/en-us/why-cork/facts-and-curiosities/about-cork/ Fig.5 Amorim Cork Composites. 2020. Natural, Versatile and Sustainable. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at: https://www.amorim.com/en/why-cork/key-characteristics/ Fig. 6 Original image reference: Amorim Cork Composites. 2020. A Forest With A Future. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at: https://www.amorim.com/en/why-cork/cork-oak-forest-area/ Information reference: Portuguese Cork Association, 2019. The Cork Yearbook 2019/2020. [online] p.18. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.apcor.pt/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/boletim_ estatistico_apcor_2019.pdf Fig. 7 Portuguese Cork Association. 2015. Cork Harvesting. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at:https://www.apcor.pt/en/cork/processing/cork-harvesting/ Fig. 8 Portuguese Cork Association, 2019. The Cork Yearbook 2019/2020. [online] p.27. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.apcor.pt/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/boletim_estatistico_apcor_2019.pdf

Fig. 10 Amorim. 2019. Sustainability Report 2019. [online] p.155. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.amorim.com/xms/files/2019_Amorim_RC_EN_Sustentabilidade_Website_7Mai.pdf

41 Jeronimo, A., Soares, C., Aguiar, B. and Lima, N. 2020. Hydraulic lime mortars incorporating micro cork granules with antifungal properties. Construction and Building Materials. 255

Fig. 11 Amorim. 2019. Sustainability Report 2019 . [online] p.163. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.amorim.com/xms/files/2019_Amorim_RC_EN_Sustentabilidade_Website_7Mai.pdf

42 SuBerra. 2020. Antibacterial Properties. [Online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https:// suberra.co/about/anitbacterial/

Fig. 12 (1)Amorim Cork Composites. 2020. Facts and Curiosities: About Cork Oak Tree. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at: https://amorimcorkcomposites.com/en-us/why-cork/facts-and-curiosities/about-oaktree/ (2) MetOffice. 2016. Southern England: climate. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at: https://www. metoffice.gov.uk/binaries/content/assets/metofficegovuk/pdf/weather/learn-about/uk-past-events/regionalclimates/southern-england_-climate---met-office.pdf (3) Cranfield Soil and Agrifood Institute. 2020. Soilscapes.[online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at: http://www.landis.org.uk/soilscapes/index.cfm

Macbeth, A. 2020. Interview with A. Drabble. 12 October, Edinburgh.

44 Department of Health. 2013a. Health Building Note 00-10 Part B: Walls and ceilings. [Online]. London: Department of Health and Social Care. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://assets.publishing. service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/148496/HBN_00-10_Part_B_Final.pdf

37

20

Fig. 9 Portuguese Cork Association, 2019. The Cork Yearbook 2019/2020. [online] p.36. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.apcor.pt/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/boletim_estatistico_apcor_2019.pdf

40 NHS. 2009. Facts about E. coli. [Online]. [Accessed 16 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.nhs. uk/news/food-and-diet/facts-about-e-coli/

43

02 | Healthcare

Title Page |02

45 Department of Health. 2013a. Health Building Note 00-10 Part B: Walls and ceilings. [Online]. London: Department of Health and Social Care. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/148496/HBN_00-10_Part_B_Final.pdf

30 Barrett, L., Sianawati, E. and Snyder, D. 2007. Antimicrobial Coatings. Paint & Coatings Industry. [Online] [Accessed 10 October 2020] Available from: https://www.pcimag.com/articles/87237-antimicrobial-coatings 31

19

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

ACA

8

01 | Cork

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

EVA

7

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

Key

Overall, the research conducted by Almeida-Aguiar et al demonstrates that cork has natural antibacterial properties which theoretically could be utilised to reduce the need for chemical, synthetic alternatives such as EVA and ACA. However, the antifungal properties of cork may be a possible limitation of the material, as there is little research into the assessment of this. Therefore, cork displays the potential of having antimicrobial properties, however, more research needs to be conducted into its antifungal properties to confirm this claim.

Em b o d i e d C a r b o n (kg CO2e)

0.19

General Paint Stainless Steel Vinyl Flooring

Antimicrobial Properties of Cork

3

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

Fig. 18 How antimicrobial agents work

Cork and Healthcare

Cork and Healthcare Research has been conducted by Almeida-Aguiar et al38 that demonstrates cork to have antibacterial properties. When tested in direct comparison with two antimicrobial materials (ACA and EVA), cork displayed a high level of antibacterial activity. Using a quantitative procedure, cork displayed a bacterial reduction of 96.93% when incubated for 90 minutes with Staphylococcus aureus (a bacteria that causes skin infections) (see Fig.20).39 In a second experiment, cork was assessed against Escherichia coli (a bacteria that can cause food poisoning and infection).40 In this experiment, cork displayed a reduced, but more constant, antibacterial activity in which there was a 36% reduction of the initial number of bacterial colonies (see Fig.21). When compared with the results of ACA and EVA, cork proved to be most effective against Gram-positive bacteria (Staphylococcus aureus), displaying a higher bacterial reduction than EVA and a similar bacterial reduction to ACA. However, a potential limitation of cork is that it was less effective against Gram-negative bacteria (Escherichia coli). Cork displayed a considerably lower bacterial reduction than both EVA and ACA for this bacteria.

6

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

The requirement for strategies to reduce the risk of nosocomial infections in healthcare settings is clear. However, is the use of non-natural, chemical agents and additives the most appropriate solution available?

00 | Introduction

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

Research has shown that biocides have been used extensively within healthcare settings to combat healthcareassociated infections (HCAIs).32 A key priority of the NHS is to reduce and prevent the number of HCAIs as possible because these infections can affect patients, staff and visitors - resulting in additional illness, complications and cost.33

5

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

What is cork?

Antimicrobial Additives and Agents (Biocides)

In terms of effectiveness, antimicrobial surfaces have been proven to be efficient at reducing and eliminating bacteria growth (see Fig.18).34 However, there is growing scepticism that exposing hospital pathogens, on an increasing basis, to biocides could actually increase bacterial resistance against nosocomial infections.35 In addition to this, there are also growing concerns that the use of these chemicals presents potential environmental issues as some biocide compounds have been proven to be toxic to marine ecosystems.36

2

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

4

38

19

39

40

41

Cork is a completely natural raw material that comes from the outer bark of the cork oak tree.4 Grown within large indigenous cork oak forests, that are most commonly found in Portugal as well as the Western Mediterranean Basin (see Fig.6).5 Cork oak forests retain large volumes of carbon dioxide from the air as well as being rich biodiverse Key Graphs areas for wildlife and plant life.6 They serve as important cultural and economical landscapes for the countries they are found within.7

Positives

Negatives

Natural, bio based material

Limited supply line

Versatile

Specific growing conditions

Sustainable and renewable

In its infancy in architecture

Light

High costs

Flexible

Large energy consumption and CO2 emissions during manufacturing processes

3% France

01 | CORK What is cork? Cork is a completely natural raw material that comes from the outer bark of the cork oak tree.4 Grown within large indigenous cork oak forests, that are most commonly found in Portugal as well as the Western Mediterranean Basin (see Fig.6).5 Cork oak forests retain large volumes of carbon dioxide from the air as well as being rich biodiverse areas for wildlife and plant life.6 They serve as important cultural and economical landscapes for the countries they are found within.7

Positives

Negatives

Natural, bio based material

Limited supply line

Versatile

Specific growing conditions

Sustainable and renewable

In its infancy in architecture

Light

High costs

Flexible

Large energy consumption and CO2 emissions during manufacturing processes

Impervious to gas and liquids Thermal and sound insulator

3% France 34% Portugal 27% Spain 3% Italy

Fire retardant Circular economy Hydrothermal Sequestered Carbon 18% Marocco

Antimicrobial

Impervious to gas and liquids Thermal and sound insulator

34% Portugal

1

27% Spain 3% Italy

Hydrothermal Sequestered Carbon

South of England Conditions

2

sandy and clayey soil that is generally acidic3

42% Natural Cork Stoppers

up to 300m

10

5

Fig. 14 Global Cork Exports

5

11

What is cork? |01

Fig.8. Exported value of cork (million euros), Diagram: author’s own

3% Other

26% Building Materials

42% Natural Cork Stoppers

29% Other Cork Stoppers

Harvesting and Manufacture The cork oak tree is first harvested after 25 years through the sustainable process of stripping: the removal of the tree’s bark.8 Using axes, skilled workers carefully remove the bark without damaging the tree (see Fig.7).9 The cork oak’s bark naturally regenerates.10 Allowing the cork to be harvested every nine years, however, it isn’t until its third harvest that the cork’s regularity is good enough for wine stops to be produced.11 This results in only 30% of harvested cork being used for cork stop manufacturing12 - architecture can take advantage of the remaining 70%. Cork from the first two harvests is ground into granules.13 These granules are agglomerated using heat and pressure to bind them together.14 Black agglomerate is formed when only cork is used 15 and white agglomerate, or cork composite, is formed when other recycled materials are mixed in too.16 Cork composites produce a more versatile material and help to reduce waste, compared to black agglomerate. However, they could be harder, or impossible, to recycle after life. According to the Portuguese Cork Association (APCOR), around 200,000 tonnes of cork is produced every year, with 68% of that being used for building materials (see Fig.9), however, cork stoppers are a more valuable product (see Fig.8).17 Compared with the world production of steel, which in 2019 was 1,869.9 Mt (mega-tonnes)18, cork conveys a more limited supply line. Fig.9. Export volume of cork by sector (tonnes),

carbon emissions

1. Opening

2. Separation

3. Dividing

4. Extracting

5. Removing

6. Marking

7. Stacking

Fig.7 The cork harvesting process: 1. Opening: First cut into cork into existing crack, 2. Separation: cork initially separated from tree, 3. Dividing: horizontal cut to create plank size, 4. Extracting: careful removal of cork from tree, 5.Removing: removal of any unwanted parasites, 6. Marking: harvested year marked onto tree, 7. Stacking: stacked outside to stabilise the cork.

2

11

12

01 | Cork

6

13

Harvesting and Manufacture|01

Carbon Emissions in Manufacturing: A carbon neutral solution Fossil and biomass fuels are used within the cork manufacturing process to generate the large amounts of heat needed during this stage, resulting in high energy use and carbon emissions.19 At Amorim, 63% of their energy usage is covered by using cork dust as a biomass fuel with the remaining 37% being covered by fossil fuels (see Fig.10).20 Within the Portuguese cork industry, approximately thirty-thousand tonnes of cork dust (waste cork from manufacturing that is too small to be reused) is produced every year.21 By using this as a fuel source, Amorim are able to create a circular economy throughout its processes with 90% of all waste being used (see Fig.11).22 Amorim is only one cork company and many others may not follow the same practices, thus manufacturing of cork still harbours high carbon emissions. However, this example does display a method of good practice to make the manufacturing of cork more sustainable; a method that other cork manufacturing companies could use.

Energy Source

Energy Consumption (GJ)

What is cork? |01 Biomass

988,375

Natural Gas

45,082

Propane

5,632

Diesel

27,929

Gasoline

355

Fig. 10 Fuel source and energy use during manufacturing (Gigajoule)

Fig. 11 Amorim’s circular economy manufacturing process

3

Fig. 14 Global Cork Exports

Corks use by sector

10

01 | Cork

Fig.6 Cork oak forest areas percentages; original diagram edited by author

29% Other Cork Stoppers

up to 1000mm per year 0 ºC to 25 ºC

Fig. 13 Estimated transport carbon emissions

4% 11% Tunisia Estimated transport Algeria

3% Other

26% Building Materials

01 | Cork

18% Marocco

Fig. 13 Estimated transport carbon emissions

Fig.5 Positives and negatives of cork

11% Algeria

Fig.6 Cork oak forest areas percentages; original diagram edited by author

Circular economy

Antimicrobial

4% Tunisia

Fig.5 Positives and negatives of cork

Fire retardant

Can cork be grown elsewhere?

4. the Canremoval it be grown to reduce stainable process of stripping: ofelsewhere the -5 ºC to 40 ºC Temperature 9 embodied transport carbon. without damaging the tree (see Fig.7). Themm cork 400-800 per year up to 1000mm per year 10 Rainfall ested every nine years, however, it isn’t until its 100-300 m Altitude tops to be produced.11 This results in only 30% of

INTRODUCTION

- what is cork? - harvesting and manufacturing - carbon emissions in manufacturing - carbon emissions in transportation

GC 11

Fig.6 Cork oak forest areas percentages; original diagram edited by author

Fig. 15).24 This leads to a high amount of carbon emissions due to transportation Fig. 13). Could growing cork Fig.8. Exported value of cork(see (million euros), n other parts of the world help to combat cork’s transportation carbon emissions? in other parts of the world help to combat cork’s transportation carbon emissions? Bio-based materials offer a great opportunity Diagram: author’s own

re

01

GC 10

Fig.1 Cork Reference: Amorim Cork.2020. Why Cork: Naturally mind-blowing. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.amorimcork.com/en/cork/why-cork/

Question // CAN CORK, A BIO-BASED MATERIAL, BE A SUSTAINABLE ALTERNATIVE 23 TO he biggest world exporter of cork is Portugal (see Fig. 14) CURRENT ANTIMICROBIAL SURFACES USED INand the USA is one of the top importers of cork (see 24 biggest world exporter of(see cork isFig. Portugal Fig.growing 14)23 and the USA is one of the top importers of cork (see SETTINGS? a high amount of carbon emissionsThe due to transportation 13). (see Could cork ig. 15). This leads to HEALTHCARE

Soil

00

By Amy Drabble and Stuart Gomes

Carbon Emissions in Transportation: Carbon Emissions in Transportation: Can cork be grown elsewhere? Response to build sustainably. These materials, including cork, are 100% natural and are often recyclable, reusable or bio-degradable; have low carbon emissions and help towards a circular economy. Different bio-based materials offer Growing Conditions 1 alternative options to different problems. Cork 1 is already inGrowing use within theConditions construction industry, South of England Conditions2 sandy, chalk-free with low most commonly for flooring and sound and Soil nitrogen and phosphorus, thermal insulation. high potassium andisa pH sandy, chalk-free with low sandy and clayey soil that Part 1: CORK 4.83 to 7.0 nitrogen generallyfrom acidic 1. What is Cork?and phosphorus, high potassium and a pH 2. Harvesting and Manufacturing 400-800 mm per year Rainfall 4.8Solution? to 7.0 3.A Carbonfrom Neutral

CAN CORK, A BIO-BASED MATERIAL, BE A SUSTAINABLE ALTERNATIVE TO CURRENT ANTIMICROBIAL SURFACES USED IN HEALTHCARE SETTINGS?

CONTENTS

GC 9

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

An illustrated summary document appraising and presenting the key issues of the topic with a clear conclusion (approximately 2000 words).

01 | CORK

19.10.2020

GENERIC STUDY

GC 8

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

"Cork can largely only be grown, to a high standard, in the Western Mediterranean Basin and strict (but essential) harvesting guidelines have led to a limited supply line. Additionally, high transport costs, and embodied C02 in manufacturing, have reduced its sustainable usability outside of the Mediterranean Basin."

GC 7

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

Findings

GC 6

14

01 | Cork

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

Task The Generic Study is a research project on an aspect of contemporary technology, in response to a well-defined research question. The research should be linked to the ‘Climate Emergency’ declared by RIBA, the Scottish Government, ESALA and many governments and organisations around the world. The research question must be agreed with your tutor.

GC 5

Bacterial Reduction (%)

CORK

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

Brief 01 // Generic Study

GC 4

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

GC 3

Bacterial Reduction (%)

GC 2

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

GC 1

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

MArch 1, [semester 1]

Architectural Technology Research - Assignment 1 - Generic Study

ARCH11075

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

Materials

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

ATR

[2021] ATR

7

15

Carbon Emissions |01

Carbon Emissions in Transportation: Can cork be grown elsewhere?

Fig. 13 Estimated transport carbon emissions

The biggest world exporter of cork is Portugal (see Fig. 14)23 and the USA is one of the top importers of cork (see Fig. 15).24 This leads to a high amount of carbon emissions due to transportation (see Fig. 13). Could growing cork in other parts of the world help to combat cork’s transportation carbon emissions?

Growing Conditions 1 Soil

Rainfall Temperature Altitude

South of England Conditions2

sandy, chalk-free with low nitrogen and phosphorus, high potassium and a pH from 4.8 to 7.0

sandy and clayey soil that is generally acidic3

400-800 mm per year

up to 1000mm per year

-5 ºC to 40 ºC

0 ºC to 25 ºC

100-300 m

up to 300m

Fig. 14 Global Cork Exports

Fig. 12 Perfect growing conditions for the cork oak tree against south of England weather conditions

Although the same strand of cork oak trees are able to be grown in other parts of the world, Blaine Bownell, FIAI, states that cork, produced in the USA, is a lower quality than that produced in Portugal.25 This means other parts of the world face large costs and higher embodied C0₂ due to needing to import cork.26 The higher cost also reduces the likelihood of cork being used in projects outside of the Western Mediterranean Basin.

Global Cork Exports 4

01 | Cork

16

Fig. 15 Global Cork Imports

8

17

Can cork be grown elsewhere? |01


Architectural Technology Research - Assignment 1 - Generic Study

CORK

CAN CORK, A BIO-BASED MATERIAL, BE A SUSTAINABLE ALTERNATIVE TO CURRENT ANTIMICROBIAL SURFACES USED IN HEALTHCARE SETTINGS?

01

INTRODUCTION CORK - what is cork? - harvesting and manufacturing - carbon emissions in manufacturing - carbon emissions in transportation

02

HEALTHCARE - current materials used in healthcare - antimicrobial additives and agents - cork and healthcare - specification and appropriateness

03

CONCLUSION

04

APPENDIX

05

ENDNOTES

06

FIGURE REFERENCES

00 | INTRODUCTION We are now becoming more aware of the ongoing climate emergency. The world construction industry, according to the International Energy Agency (IEA), accounts for 39% of carbon emissions.1 Bio-based materials offer a great opportunity to build sustainably. These materials, including cork, are 100% natural and are often recyclable, reusable or bio-degradable; have low carbon emissions and help towards a circular economy.2 Different bio-based materials offer alternative options to different problems. Cork is already in use within the construction industry, most commonly for flooring and sound and thermal insulation.3

01 | CORK

What is Cork? Harvesting and Manufacturing Carbon Emissions in Manufacturing Carbon Emissions in Transportation

GC 11

01 | CORK What is cork? Cork is a completely natural raw material that comes from the outer bark of the cork oak tree.4 Grown within large indigenous cork oak forests, that are most commonly found in Portugal as well as the Western Mediterranean Basin (see Fig.6).5 Cork oak forests retain large volumes of carbon dioxide from the air as well as being rich biodiverse areas for wildlife and plant life.6 They serve as important cultural and economical landscapes for the countries they are found within.7

Positives

Negatives

Natural, bio based material

Limited supply line

Versatile

Specific growing conditions

Sustainable and renewable

In its infancy in architecture

Light

High costs

Flexible

Large energy consumption and CO2 emissions during manufacturing processes

Impervious to gas and liquids Thermal and sound insulator

3% France 34% Portugal 27% Spain 3% Italy

Fire retardant

GA 2 1

Fig.8. Exported value of cork (million euros), Diagram: author’s own

3% Other

26% Building Materials

42% Natural Cork Stoppers

29% Other Cork Stoppers

Harvesting and Manufacture The cork oak tree is first harvested after 25 years through the sustainable process of stripping: the removal of the tree’s bark.8 Using axes, skilled workers carefully remove the bark without damaging the tree (see Fig.7).9 The cork oak’s bark naturally regenerates.10 Allowing the cork to be harvested every nine years, however, it isn’t until its third harvest that the cork’s regularity is good enough for wine stops to be produced.11 This results in only 30% of harvested cork being used for cork stop manufacturing12 - architecture can take advantage of the remaining 70%. Cork from the first two harvests is ground into granules.13 These granules are agglomerated using heat and pressure to bind them together.14 Black agglomerate is formed when only cork is used 15 and white agglomerate, or cork composite, is formed when other recycled materials are mixed in too.16 Cork composites produce a more versatile material and help to reduce waste, compared to black agglomerate. However, they could be harder, or impossible, to recycle after life. According to the Portuguese Cork Association (APCOR), around 200,000 tonnes of cork is produced every year, with 68% of that being used for building materials (see Fig.9), however, cork stoppers are a more valuable product (see Fig.8).17 Compared with the world production of steel, which in 2019 was 1,869.9 Mt (mega-tonnes)18, cork conveys a more limited supply line. Fig.9. Export volume of cork by sector (tonnes),

Carbon Emissions in Manufacturing: A carbon neutral solution Fossil and biomass fuels are used within the cork manufacturing process to generate the large amounts of heat needed during this stage, resulting in high energy use and carbon emissions.19 At Amorim, 63% of their energy usage is covered by using cork dust as a biomass fuel with the remaining 37% being covered by fossil fuels (see Fig.10).20 Within the Portuguese cork industry, approximately thirty-thousand tonnes of cork dust (waste cork from manufacturing that is too small to be reused) is produced every year.21 By using this as a fuel source, Amorim are able to create a circular economy throughout its processes with 90% of all waste being used (see Fig.11).22 Amorim is only one cork company and many others may not follow the same practices, thus manufacturing of cork still harbours high carbon emissions. However, this example does display a method of good practice to make the manufacturing of cork more sustainable; a method that other cork manufacturing companies could use.

Energy Source

Circular economy

Energy Consumption (GJ)

Biomass

Hydrothermal 18% Marocco

Antimicrobial

4% Tunisia

Growing Conditions 1 Soil

Rainfall Temperature Altitude

45,082

Propane 11% Algeria

Carbon Emissions in Transportation: Can cork be grown elsewhere?

27,929 355

South of England Conditions2

sandy, chalk-free with low nitrogen and phosphorus, high potassium and a pH from 4.8 to 7.0

sandy and clayey soil that is generally acidic3

400-800 mm per year

up to 1000mm per year

-5 ºC to 40 ºC

0 ºC to 25 ºC

100-300 m

up to 300m

Fig. 14 Global Cork Exports

Fig. 12 Perfect growing conditions for the cork oak tree against south of England weather conditions

5,632

Diesel Gasoline

Fig. 13 Estimated transport carbon emissions

The biggest world exporter of cork is Portugal (see Fig. 14)23 and the USA is one of the top importers of cork (see Fig. 15).24 This leads to a high amount of carbon emissions due to transportation (see Fig. 13). Could growing cork in other parts of the world help to combat cork’s transportation carbon emissions?

988,375

Natural Gas

Sequestered Carbon

Fig.5 Positives and negatives of cork Fig.6 Cork oak forest areas percentages; original diagram edited by author

By Amy Drabble and Stuart Gomes

GA 2 2

02 | HEALTHCARE

Current Materials Used in Healthcare Antimicrobial Additives and Agents Cork and Healthcare Specification and Appropriateness

2. Separation

3. Dividing

4. Extracting

5. Removing

6. Marking

7. Stacking

Fig.7 The cork harvesting process: 1. Opening: First cut into cork into existing crack, 2. Separation: cork initially separated from tree, 3. Dividing: horizontal cut to create plank size, 4. Extracting: careful removal of cork from tree, 5.Removing: removal of any unwanted parasites, 6. Marking: harvested year marked onto tree, 7. Stacking: stacked outside to stabilise the cork.

Although the same strand of cork oak trees are able to be grown in other parts of the world, Blaine Bownell, FIAI, states that cork, produced in the USA, is a lower quality than that produced in Portugal.25 This means other parts of the world face large costs and higher embodied C0₂ due to needing to import cork.26 The higher cost also reduces the likelihood of cork being used in projects outside of the Western Mediterranean Basin.

Fig. 11 Amorim’s circular economy manufacturing process

GA 2 5

GA 2 6

GA 2 7

Current Materials Used in Healthcare By way of introduction, the healthcare sector specialises in products, services and infrastructure related to health and medical care. Research and case studies display that a large proportion of healthcare currently focuses on formulating a sector that is reactive to individual episodes of illness and disease as opposed to being proactive towards the goal of anticipating and preventing future illness.27

F in is h Typ e

Prior to assessing the suitability of cork as an antimicrobial surface material, it is vital to identify what materials are currently being used within the healthcare sector. Therefore, this is the prime focus of the following case study; the Manchester Royal Infirmary.

Wa l l F i n i s h e s

Finish Used

Altro WhiteRock: Chameleon Dulux Sterishield Antimicrobial paint

Dulux paint Floor Finishes Case Study | Manchester Royal Infirmary (MRI) The Manchester Royal Infirmary (MRI) (see Fig.16) is a large teaching hospital located in Manchester. The existing MRI is currently in the process of being refurbished and redeveloped.

Ceiling Finishes

F u r n i s h i n gs

Forbo Sphera Homogeneous Vinyl

Antimicrobial?

Use

D es i r ed P r o p e r t i e s

Yes, antimicrobial

Wall protection throughout Waterproof, hospital Can be easily cleaned Wall finish to clinical areas

No

Wall finish to admin and nonclinical areas

No

Main floor finish throughout hospital

No, but is hygienic

Hygienic BioGuard Acoustic tiles

Yes, antimicrobial

Altro WhiteRock: Chameleon

No, but is hygienic

Central Manchester Foundation Trust Approved Fabric

Unknown

Stainless Steel Satin Finish with a BioCote Antibacterial Coating Door No, but is Handle antibacterial

Each of these finishes are alike in their manufacturing process, as they all rely on the addition or coating of an antimicrobial additive or agent to achieve the desired antimicrobial properties required. For example, antimicrobial paints are products of a manufactured process in which antimicrobial additives, such as biocides and silver-based biocides, are introduced into non-hygienic paint.30 31

Fig. 16 Manchester Royal Infirmary Fig. 15 Global Cork Imports

GA 2 4

02 | HEALTHCARE

Following an interview with Alex Macbeth, an architect working on the MRI, the material finishes currently used within the MRI have been identified (see Fig.17). From this qualitative data, it can be understood that Dulux Sterishield Antimicrobial paint and Hygienic BioGuard Acoustic ceiling tiles are the only antimicrobial surfaces used for wall and ceiling finishes within the hospital. It is unknown if the Central Manchester Foundation Trust Approved Fabric is antimicrobial, however, there is research that states that antibacterial textiles are currently used within hospitals.28 In addition to the antimicrobial materials identified, it can be seen that the door handles used are antibacterial.29

Fig. 10 Fuel source and energy use during manufacturing (Gigajoule)

1. Opening Fig.4 Cork

GA 2 3

Can be easily cleaned

Lay-in-grid ceiling finish in most rooms Feature signage Curtains and seating finish

Wipeable, Non-porous finish

Door Handles

Fig. 17 Material finishes used within the Manchester Royal Infirmary Table: author’s own

Fig.3 Cork Fig.1 Cork Reference: Amorim Cork.2020. Why Cork: Naturally mind-blowing. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.amorimcork.com/en/cork/why-cork/

Material

Cork Insulation

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

22

Mass (kg)

Em b o d i e d C a r b o n C a l c u l a t i o n (kg(kg CO2e / kg) = kg CO2e)

Em b o d i e d C a r b o n (kg CO2e)

0.19

10

10 x 0.19

1.9

2.91

10

10 x 2.91

29.1

6.15

10

10 x 6.15

61.5

Vinyl Flooring

2.29

10

10 x 2.29

EVA ACA Cork

Additionally, whilst cork has been named as a material with antifungal properties, there is little quantitative research to prove or disprove this theory.41 In terms of analysis, Suberra conducted a ASTM G21 test to analyse the antifungal properties of their own cork products.42 The results displayed that, when exposed to a variety of fungi, there was no observed fungal growth on the surface of the cork after a 28 day incubation period. However, there are issues with the validity and reliability of this source because it could be biased to their products and there is no academic quantitative data to support their claims.

Fig. 20 Graph displaying the bacterial reduction of Staphylococcus aureus when incubated with each substance.

Overall, the research conducted by Almeida-Aguiar et al demonstrates that cork has natural antibacterial properties which theoretically could be utilised to reduce the need for chemical, synthetic alternatives such as EVA and ACA. However, the antifungal properties of cork may be a possible limitation of the material, as there is little research into the assessment of this. Therefore, cork displays the potential of having antimicrobial properties, however, more research needs to be conducted into its antifungal properties to confirm this claim.

Key EVA ACA Cork

Fig. 21 Graph displaying the bacterial reduction of Escherichia coli when incubated with each substance.

23

Cork and Healthcare |02

Specification and Appropriateness Therefore, how could cork be used as an alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used within healthcare settings? The specification of healthcare finishes is devised by a set of guidelines called the Health Building Notes.43 Figure 22 and Appendix Item 1 indicate the best practice on how to select each finish and the finish requirements for each room type within healthcare settings.44

4

9

Title Page |01

Specification and Appropriateness Cork as an Antibacterial Alternative Stated within the MRI case study, stainless steel door handles with an antibacterial coating are currently used within the hospital. The specification for door handles and handrails within the healthcare sector states that handrails are required to be visible, free of abrasions and neither too hot or cold to touch. Whereas door handles are required to be circular in section and allow a firm grip.46 There is potential for cork door handles and handrails to be used as an alternative. Eduardo Souto Moura’s door handles (see Fig.23) are designed using stainless steel and cork. These door handles represent a more sustainable alternative because they use less stainless steel whilst the antibacterial properties of the cork remove the requirement of an additional antibacterial additive being applied to the product. They would help reduce the spread bacteria whilst being warm to the touch.47

Cork as an Antimicrobial Alternative

22.9

Fig. 19 Table of comparison of the Embodied Carbon within cork insulation compared to other material finishes used within the healthcare sector. Table: author’s own Note: Embodied carbon of general paint and stainless steel does not take the embodied carbon of the antimicrobial additive added into account, therefore value of antimicrobial materials would be higher than recorded.

11

Incubation Time (min)

8

01 | Cork

Incubation Time (min)

The antimicrobial products currently used in the healthcare sector, stated in the MRI case study, are antimicrobial paint and ceiling tiles coated with a antimicrobial coating. The wall / partition finishes in each room type are required to be either a type of emulsion or paint (see appendix item 1). Therefore, eradicating the potential of cork being used as an antimicrobial alternative to antimicrobial paint. However, cork could be a potential alternative to the ceiling tiles currently used (see appendix item 1). For each room, the ceiling finish is dictated by whether it is jointless, within a concealed grid, imperforated or perforated, is resistant to humidity and / or textured. It appears that, if cork is confirmed to be antimicrobial, there is potential for cork ceiling tiles to be used in a lay-in-grid system as an antimicrobial alternative within the Clinical - dry (moderate and light clinical) rooms. In addition to this, if cork was proved to not be antifungal, and so not antimicrobial, it appears cork ceiling tiles could still be used as an alternative in the Non-clinical- dry and high traffic spaces. This is because there is no requirement listed for these ceiling tiles to be hygienic, antimicrobial or clinical.45

10

01 | Cork

5

11

What is cork? |01

03 | CONCLUSION As previously established, cork is a multifaceted material that presents immense potential as a natural, renewable and sustainable resource. The bio-based nature of cork is, however, its downfall. Cork can largely only be grown, to a high standard, in the Western Mediterranean Basin and strict (but essential) harvesting guidelines have led to a limited supply line. Additionally, high transport costs, and embodied C02 in manufacturing, have reduced its sustainable usability outside of the Mediterranean Basin. It also may not be an appropriate antimicrobial alternative to wall finishes currently used within the healthcare sector. However, it appears that cork could be a suitable replacement of the current materials used for ceiling tiles and door handles in certain departments within the healthcare sector due to its proven antibacterial properties. As an antibacterial material, cork shows potential to be a sustainable alternative to current materials used within the healthcare sector. If it was shown to be antimicrobial, it would have further potential as a sustainable alternative within the healthcare sector.

12

01 | Cork

6

04 | APPENDIX

Appendix Item 1: Table of Types of Finish by Room Space within the Healthcare Sector. Fig. 22 Diagram to show the selection process for finishes within the Healthcare Sector

Fig. 23 Eduardo Souto Moura’s Cork Door Handle

24

12

25

Cork and Healthcare |02

02 | Healthcare

26

13

27

Specification and Appropriateness |02

28

02 | Healthcare

14

29

Reference: Department of Health. 2013. Types of finish by room space. [Online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://assets.publishing.service. gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/148496/ HBN_00-10_Part_B_Final.pdf

Word Count: 2176

Specification and Appropriateness |02

03 | Conclusion

14

01 | Cork

7

30

15

31

Conclusion |03

32

16

Carbon Emissions |01

15

Appendix Item 2: Transcript of Interview with Alex Macbeth. An architect with specialist experience in the healthcare and education sectors. Employed at ADP Architecture. AD: In Terms of, more specifically, handrails and doorknobs, what antimicrobial finishes did you use within the Manchester Royal Infirmary? AM: It was all stainless steel that was used. For door handles specifically, in the Manchester Royal Infirmary, were stainless steel satin finish with a BioCote antibacterial coating, so they are treated. Therefore, I don’t think the steel is itself antibacterial, it has an antibacterial coating on.

Amy Drabble (AD): In Terms of wall finishes, what antimicrobial finishes did you use within the Manchester Royal Infirmary? Alex Macbeth (AM): Wall finishes vary quite a lot within each department of the hospital. A protective PVC hygienic sheet wall protection called ‘WhiteRock: Chameleon’ is used heavily across the hospital. This is basically a sheet of really thick, plastic material. It is waterproof and you can scrub it clean. The wall protection occurs in half height, full height and splash back. So, we used it as splash back to sinks and full and half height sheets of it to some of the rooms, specifically high traffic spaces or clinical areas that need extra protection. Hygienic Paint, specifically Dulux Sterishield Antimicrobial paint, is used for any area that is a clinical space. Whereas, standard Dulux paint is just used for the admin and non-clinical spaces.

AD: What regulations do you need to abide by to design Healthcare sector buildings, specifically hospitals? AM: To my knowledge, it is the HDM’s and HBN’s. These are what were written into our appointment that we had to list any derogations against. They are the main design guidance and guidelines. For us, these were then written into the contract, I imagine that is the standard just to give a benchmark because we have to list derogations against it, which say where we are not adhering to that so that becomes part of what we are delivering. Whereas if it wasn’t then that is just guidelines.

AD: How did the use of these antimicrobial materials, mentioned, change between each department? AM: Well, the theatres will be the highest specific area highlighted as needing to be preserved to a certain level of hygiene. Surgical theatres will be right at the top of this hierarchy, following this will be theatres for treatments that do not open an individual up essentially. You have also got your clean line, which is a line drawn in the plan somewhere that once past, everything must be sterile. When we were looking at Salford Royal, doing the changing area to feed into the theatres, there was a boundary line where you go into the changing area one way, get changed, and then you go through another way to a one-way system which leads round into the theatres so that you are not cross-contaminating in the hallways with anyone that has not been sterilized. All finishes beyond this point will be sterile.

AD: Do you know whether, these guidelines mentioned are the same for other healthcare facilities such as care homes and cancer hospices? AM: I don’t know, I have not worked on any. AD: Can you think of any viable applications for cork within the healthcare sector? AM: I think, if you are looking for spaces where it’s a large square meterage of material in a hospital setting where it might be viable, I’d say the WhiteRock is the first material that has come to my head, just because it is basically everywhere within the scheme and it is large sheets of it that are used. However, I imagine any substitute for this needing to be easily cleaned. Possibly ceiling tiles, we used a lay-in-grid ceiling in most of the rooms with hygienic BioGuard Acoustic tiles. I imagine they don’t clean the ceiling, because ceiling tiles as they are tend to be fairly porous, especially ones with acoustic properties like we have got the spec reference as the HDM guidance on acoustic ratings so if these tiles have acoustic properties, the chances are they are quite a porous material. I feel like cork could potentially be a substitute for this.

AD: In Terms of floor finishes, what antimicrobial finishes did you use within the Manchester Royal Infirmary? AM: I’m not sure if the floor finish was antimicrobial, I think it was all just focused on how easy it is to clean. From memory, I remember something about the materials used not being the super anti-slip vinyl because the treatment on it is harder to clean. It’s got a more abrasive surface and is, therefore, not as easy to clean. Forbo Sphera Homogeneous Vinyl was used in the Manchester Royal Infirmary, which is not listed as having any specific antibacterial or antimicrobial properties.

AD: Are there any antimicrobial surfaces used in schools? If so, do you think cork could be a substitute in this sector? AM: A big thing for a lot of schools is acoustic properties due to the requirements, especially in SEN, where you need to keep sound levels and reverberation to a certain standard so that the children do not get distracted or irritated by noises. Whether there is a requirement or not for antimicrobial surfaces in this sector, cork probably would be a good thing to put in schools if it does have antimicrobial properties just for the sake of trying to stop massive spreads of germs. Cork could be substituted for ceilings, acoustic rafts or acoustic wall panels which could double up because all around classrooms you have noticeboards, if you did use cork then you have got an acoustic panel and pin board. If you clad it in cork, then its acoustic and they can pin things wherever they want.

AD: In your opinion, do you think cork would be a suitable sustainable alternative material to use for corner protection? AM: If you are thinking about it in terms of corridors with trolleys coming through and colliding into it, I’m not sure how much of an impact cork would take before it crumbles. Unless it was some sort of padding behind a sturdier material. Possibly to cushion the impact rather than take the blow itself. AD: Currently, do you know what the material used for corner protection is? AM: It’s just a really tough material that can take the impact without chipping because otherwise it’s just plasterboard that will crumble on impact. I think it is more of a cap, something rigid.

33

34

16

01 | Cork

AD: In your opinion, do you think cork could be used as a material finish in hospitals? AM: Yes, if it does have the antimicrobial properties that you are investigating.

AD: In Terms of furnishings, what antimicrobial finishes did you use within the Manchester Royal Infirmary? AM: The feature signage was made out of the protective WhiteRock PVC material previously spoken about. I know the Central Manchester Foundation Trust had their own approved materials for soft furnishings like seating. These fabrics would be wipeable, none porous finishes. We had some armchair seating that we were putting in, that and the curtains had to be produced with this specific fabric material. Which was waterproof, allowing them to scrub it down at the end of the day. I can’t remember from memory if it was antimicrobial as well but it was specific to furniture used in this scenario.

Cork is currently in its infancy within architecture. Through more research, continued innovation and more awareness of the product and its capabilities, cork’s price could reduce and become _more widely available. This would prove beneficial to reducing the ongoing effects of the climate emergency.

Fig.24 Harvested cork

02 | Healthcare

Harvesting and Manufacture|01

13

8

05 | ENDNOTES

14 Portuguese Cork Association. 2015. Pure Expanded Agglomerate. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at: https://www.apcor.pt/en/cork/processing/industrial-path/composite-agglomerates/ 15 Portuguese Cork Association. 2015. Pure Expanded Agglomerate. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at: https://www.apcor.pt/en/cork/processing/industrial-path/composite-agglomerates/

1 Global Alliance for Buildings and Construction, International Energy Agency and the United Nations Environment Programme, 2019. 2019 Global Status Report For Buildings And Construction: Towards A ZeroEmissions, Efficient And Resilient Buildings And Construction Sector. [online] p.3. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://webstore.iea.org/download/direct/2930?filename=2019_global_status_report_for_ buildings_and_construction.pdf

16 Portuguese Cork Association. 2015. Composite Agglomerates. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at: https://www.apcor.pt/en/cork/processing/industrial-path/composite-agglomerates/

2 Portuguese Cork Association. 2015. Cork Harvesting. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at:https://www.apcor.pt/en/products/construction-and-decoration/construction/

18 World Steel Association. 2020. Global crude steel output increases by 3.4% in 2019. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.worldsteel.org/media-centre/press-releases/2020/Global-crude-steel-output-increases-by3.4--in-2019.html#:~:text=Global%20crude%20steel%20production%20reached,Asia%20and%20the%20Middle%20East.&text=Asia%20produced%201%2C341.6%20Mt%20of,of%205.7%25%20compared%20to%202018.

17 Portuguese Cork Association, 2019. The Cork Yearbook 2019/2020. [online] pp.27-36. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.apcor.pt/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/boletim_estatistico_apcor_2019.pdf

3 Portuguese Cork Association. 2015. Cork Harvesting. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at:https://www.apcor.pt/en/products/construction-and-decoration/construction/

19 Goncalves, A. C., Malico, I., Mesquita, P., Pereira, R. N., Sousa, A. M. O. 2017. Energy use of cork residues in the Portuguese cork industry [online] p. 2. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at https://www.researchgate.net/publication/320455861_Energy_use_of_cork_residues_in_the_Portuguese_cork_industry

4 Amorim Cork Composites. 2020. What Is Cork. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at:https:// amorimcorkcomposites.com/en-us/why-cork/what-is-cork/ 5 Amorim Cork Composites. 2020. Cork Oak Forest. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at: https://amorimcorkcomposites.com/en-us/why-cork/what-is-cork/

20 Amorim. 2019. Sustainability Report 2019. [online] p.155. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www. amorim.com/xms/files/2019_Amorim_RC_EN_Sustentabilidade_Website_7Mai.pdf

6 Amorim Cork Composites. 2020. Facts and Curiosities: Cork Oak Forest. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at:https://amorimcorkcomposites.com/en-us/why-cork/facts-and-curiosities/about-oak-forest/

21 Goncalves, A. C., Malico, I., Mesquita, P., Pereira, R. N., Sousa, A. M. O. 2017. Energy use of cork residues in the Portuguese cork industry [online] p. 2. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at https://www.researchgate.net/publication/320455861_Energy_use_of_cork_residues_in_the_Portuguese_cork_industry

7 Amorim Cork Composites. 2020. Facts and Curiosities: Cork Oak Forest. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at:https://amorimcorkcomposites.com/en-us/why-cork/facts-and-curiosities/about-oak-forest/

22 Amorim. 2019. Sustainability Report 2019. [online] p.163. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www. amorim.com/xms/files/2019_Amorim_RC_EN_Sustentabilidade_Website_7Mai.pdf

8 Amorim Cork Composites. 2020. Facts and Curiosities: About Cork Oak Tree. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at:https://amorimcorkcomposites.com/en-us/why-cork/facts-and-curiosities/about-oaktree/

24 Portuguese Cork Association, 2019. The Cork Yearbook 2019/2020. [online] p.24. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.apcor.pt/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/boletim_estatistico_apcor_2019.pdf 25 Bromwell, B. 2018. Wine Be Damned, Cork Is For Building. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.architectmagazine.com/practice/wine-be-damned-cork-is-for-building_o 26 Bromwell, B. 2018. Wine Be Damned, Cork Is For Building. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.architectmagazine.com/practice/wine-be-damned-cork-is-for-building_o

12 Amorim Cork. 2020. Recycling: A New Beginning. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at: https://www.amorimcork.com/en/sustainability/recycling/

27

35

Buxton, P. 2018. Metric Handbook Planning and Design Data. 6th ed. London and New York: Routledge.

28 Jorgensen, P, E., Mogensen, J, E., and Thomsen, T, R. 2015. A microbiological evaluation of SiO2-coated textiles in hospital interiors: The effect of passive coatings on the cleaning potential of interior textiles. Journal of Industrial Textiles. 46(2), pp.361-371

36

18

18

02 | Healthcare

23 Portuguese Cork Association, 2019. The Cork Yearbook 2019/2020. [online] p.23. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.apcor.pt/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/boletim_estatistico_apcor_2019.pdf

9 Portuguese Cork Association. 2015. Cork Harvesting. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at: https://www.apcor.pt/en/cork/processing/cork-harvesting/ 10 Amorim Cork Composites. 2020. Facts and Curiosities: About Cork Oak Tree. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at:https://amorimcorkcomposites.com/en-us/why-cork/facts-and-curiosities/about-oak-tree/ 11 Portuguese Cork Association. 2015. Cork Harvesting. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at:https://www.apcor.pt/en/cork/processing/cork-harvesting/

13 Portuguese Cork Association. 2015. Composite Agglomerates. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at: https://www.apcor.pt/en/cork/processing/industrial-path/composite-agglomerates/

17

Can cork be grown elsewhere? |01

17

29

9

Macbeth, A. 2020. Interview with A. Drabble. 12 October, Edinburgh.

46 Department of Health. 2013b. Health Building Note 00-04: Circulation and communication spaces. [Online]. London: Department of Health and Social Care. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/ government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/187026/Health_Building_Note_00-04_-_Circulation_and_communication_spaces_-_updated_April_2013.pdf

Sun, G. 2016. Antimicrobial Textiles. United States: Woodhead Publishing.

32 Abuzaid, A, A. 2013. Susceptibility and bactericidal activity of five biocides on Klebsiella pneumoniae and its association with efflux pump genes and antibiotic resistance. Edinburgh Medical School thesis and dissertation collection.

47 Amorim Cork Composites. 2020. Metamorphosis. [Online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://amorimcorkcomposites.com/en/innovation/case-studies/metamorphosis/

33 NHS. 2017. Healthcare associated infections. [Online]. [Accessed 16 October 2020]. Available from: https://improvement.nhs.uk/resources/healthcare-associated-infections/ 34 Jorgensen, P, E., Mogensen, J, E., and Thomsen, T, R. 2015. A microbiological evaluation of SiO2-coated textiles in hospital interiors: The effect of passive coatings on the cleaning potential of interior textiles. Journal of Industrial Textiles. 46(2), pp.361-371 35 Abuzaid, A, A. 2013. Susceptibility and bactericidal activity of five biocides on Klebsiella pneumoniae and its association with efflux pump genes and antibiotic resistance. Edinburgh Medical School thesis and dissertation collection. 36 Neves, A, R., Almeida, J, R., Carvalhal, F., Camara, A., Pereira, S., Antunes, J., Vasconcelos, V., Pinto, M., Silva, E, R., Sousa, E. and Correia-da-Silva, M. 2020. Overcoming environmental problems of biocides: Synthetic bile acid derivatives as a sustainable alternative. Ecotoxicology and Environmental Safety. 187. 37 Institution of Structural Engineers. 2011. Short Guide to Embodied Carbon in Building Structures. London: The Institution of Structural Engineers. 38 Almeida-Aguiar, C., Correia, P., Goncalves, F. and Silva, S, P. 2015. Evaluation of antimicrobial properties of cork. FEMS Microbiology Letters. 363(3). 39 NHS. 2018. Staph infection. [Online]. [Accessed 16 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.nhs.uk/ conditions/staphylococcal-infections/

21

Current Materials Used in Healthcare |02

Fig. 13 Amorim. 2019. Sustainability Report 2019. [online] p.155. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www. amorim.com/xms/files/2019_Amorim_RC_EN_Sustentabilidade_Website_7Mai.pdf Fig. 14 Portuguese Cork Association, 2019. The Cork Yearbook 2019/2020. [online] p.23. [Acces

Cover Image Amorim Cork. 2020. Facts and Curiosities: About Cork. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://amorimcorkcomposites.com/en-us/why-cork/facts-and-curiosities/about-cork/ Fig.2 Amorim Cork.2020. Why Cork: Naturally mind-blowing. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.amorimcork.com/en/cork/why-cork/ Fig. 3 Amorim. 2020. Four Generations, One Destination: Excellence. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.amorim.com/en/who-are-we/amorim-group/presentation/ Fig.4 Amorim Cork. 2020. Facts and Curiosities: About Cork. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://amorimcorkcomposites.com/en-us/why-cork/facts-and-curiosities/about-cork/ Fig.5 Amorim Cork Composites. 2020. Natural, Versatile and Sustainable. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at: https://www.amorim.com/en/why-cork/key-characteristics/ Fig. 6 Original image reference: Amorim Cork Composites. 2020. A Forest With A Future. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at: https://www.amorim.com/en/why-cork/cork-oak-forest-area/ Information reference: Portuguese Cork Association, 2019. The Cork Yearbook 2019/2020. [online] p.18. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.apcor.pt/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/boletim_ estatistico_apcor_2019.pdf Fig. 7 Portuguese Cork Association. 2015. Cork Harvesting. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at:https://www.apcor.pt/en/cork/processing/cork-harvesting/ Fig. 8 Portuguese Cork Association, 2019. The Cork Yearbook 2019/2020. [online] p.27. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.apcor.pt/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/boletim_estatistico_apcor_2019.pdf

Fig. 10 Amorim. 2019. Sustainability Report 2019. [online] p.155. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.amorim.com/xms/files/2019_Amorim_RC_EN_Sustentabilidade_Website_7Mai.pdf

41 Jeronimo, A., Soares, C., Aguiar, B. and Lima, N. 2020. Hydraulic lime mortars incorporating micro cork granules with antifungal properties. Construction and Building Materials. 255

Fig. 11 Amorim. 2019. Sustainability Report 2019 . [online] p.163. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.amorim.com/xms/files/2019_Amorim_RC_EN_Sustentabilidade_Website_7Mai.pdf

42 SuBerra. 2020. Antibacterial Properties. [Online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https:// suberra.co/about/anitbacterial/

Fig. 12 (1)Amorim Cork Composites. 2020. Facts and Curiosities: About Cork Oak Tree. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at: https://amorimcorkcomposites.com/en-us/why-cork/facts-and-curiosities/about-oaktree/ (2) MetOffice. 2016. Southern England: climate. [online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at: https://www. metoffice.gov.uk/binaries/content/assets/metofficegovuk/pdf/weather/learn-about/uk-past-events/regionalclimates/southern-england_-climate---met-office.pdf (3) Cranfield Soil and Agrifood Institute. 2020. Soilscapes.[online]. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available at: http://www.landis.org.uk/soilscapes/index.cfm

Macbeth, A. 2020. Interview with A. Drabble. 12 October, Edinburgh.

44 Department of Health. 2013a. Health Building Note 00-10 Part B: Walls and ceilings. [Online]. London: Department of Health and Social Care. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://assets.publishing. service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/148496/HBN_00-10_Part_B_Final.pdf

37

06 | FIGURE REFERENCES

10

Fig. 9 Portuguese Cork Association, 2019. The Cork Yearbook 2019/2020. [online] p.36. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.apcor.pt/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/boletim_estatistico_apcor_2019.pdf

40 NHS. 2009. Facts about E. coli. [Online]. [Accessed 16 October 2020]. Available from: https://www.nhs. uk/news/food-and-diet/facts-about-e-coli/

43

20

02 | Healthcare

Title Page |02

45 Department of Health. 2013a. Health Building Note 00-10 Part B: Walls and ceilings. [Online]. London: Department of Health and Social Care. [Accessed 18 October 2020]. Available from: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/148496/HBN_00-10_Part_B_Final.pdf

30 Barrett, L., Sianawati, E. and Snyder, D. 2007. Antimicrobial Coatings. Paint & Coatings Industry. [Online] [Accessed 10 October 2020] Available from: https://www.pcimag.com/articles/87237-antimicrobial-coatings 31

19

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

Key

7

38

19

39

40

41

Findings

m

b

02 | Healthcare

Embodied Carbon Factor (kg CO2e / kg)

General Paint Stainless Steel

Antimicrobial Properties of Cork

3

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

Fig. 18 How antimicrobial agents work

As previously outlined, cork is a natural, sustainable material. However, how does it compare sustainably to the materials currently being used in the healthcare sector? By way of comparison (see Fig.19), Embodied Carbon, a measurement of the level of carbon dioxide (CO2) emitted during the creation of a building fabric, is used as a baseline comparison of the sustainable attributes of each material. It can be deduced that cork has a considerably lower level of embodied carbon than the alternative surface materials listed. This means less CO2 emissions are associated with cork and so, theoretically, is an indication of it being more sustainable.37

Cork and Healthcare Research has been conducted by Almeida-Aguiar et al38 that demonstrates cork to have antibacterial properties. When tested in direct comparison with two antimicrobial materials (ACA and EVA), cork displayed a high level of antibacterial activity. Using a quantitative procedure, cork displayed a bacterial reduction of 96.93% when incubated for 90 minutes with Staphylococcus aureus (a bacteria that causes skin infections) (see Fig.20).39 In a second experiment, cork was assessed against Escherichia coli (a bacteria that can cause food poisoning and infection).40 In this experiment, cork displayed a reduced, but more constant, antibacterial activity in which there was a 36% reduction of the initial number of bacterial colonies (see Fig.21). When compared with the results of ACA and EVA, cork proved to be most effective against Gram-positive bacteria (Staphylococcus aureus), displaying a higher bacterial reduction than EVA and a similar bacterial reduction to ACA. However, a potential limitation of cork is that it was less effective against Gram-negative bacteria (Escherichia coli). Cork displayed a considerably lower bacterial reduction than both EVA and ACA for this bacteria.

6

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

The requirement for strategies to reduce the risk of nosocomial infections in healthcare settings is clear. However, is the use of non-natural, chemical agents and additives the most appropriate solution available?

00 | Introduction

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

Research has shown that biocides have been used extensively within healthcare settings to combat healthcareassociated infections (HCAIs).32 A key priority of the NHS is to reduce and prevent the number of HCAIs as possible because these infections can affect patients, staff and visitors - resulting in additional illness, complications and cost.33

5

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

Antimicrobial Additives and Agents (Biocides)

In terms of effectiveness, antimicrobial surfaces have been proven to be efficient at reducing and eliminating bacteria growth (see Fig.18).34 However, there is growing scepticism that exposing hospital pathogens, on an increasing basis, to biocides could actually increase bacterial resistance against nosocomial infections.35 In addition to this, there are also growing concerns that the use of these chemicals presents potential environmental issues as some biocide compounds have been proven to be toxic to marine ecosystems.36

2

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

4

Cork and Healthcare

Spec fication and Appropr ateness

"cork could be a suitable replacement of the current materials used for ceiling tiles and door handles in certain departments within the healthcare sector due to its proven antibacterial properties. As an antibacterial material, cork shows potential to be a sustainable alternative to current materials used within the healthcare sector. If it was shown to be antimicrobial, it would have further potential as a sustainable alternative within the healthcare sector. " b

w M

m m

w W

m

w

m

w

w m

b

b

m

b

w

w w

C

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

ti

02 | HEALTHCARE

Part 2 HEALTHCARE 1. Current Materials Used in Healthcare

2. Antimicrobial Additives and Agents (Biocides) Current Materials Used in Healthcare 3. Cork and Healthcare By 4. waySpecification of introduction, the healthcare sector specialises in products, services and infrastructure related to health and Appropriateness

Door handle - possible use for cork in an healthcare setting

28

and medical care. Research and case studies display that a large proportion of healthcare currently focuses on formulating a sector that is reactive to individual episodes of illness and disease as opposed to being proactive towards the goal of anticipating and preventing future illness.27

F in is h Typ e

Prior to assessing the suitability of cork as an antimicrobial surface material, it is vital to identify what materials are currently being used within the healthcare sector. Therefore, this is the prime focus of the following case study; the Manchester Royal Infirmary.

Wall Finishes

Floor Finishes

The Manchester Royal Infirmary (MRI) (see Fig.16) is a large teaching hospital located in Manchester. The existing MRI is currently in the process of being refurbished and redeveloped.

Fabric is antimicrobial, however, there is research that states that antibacterial textiles are currently used within hospitals.28 In addition to the antimicrobial materials identified, it can be seen that the door handles used are antibacterial.29 Each of these finishes are alike in their manufacturing process, as they all rely on the addition or coating of an antimicrobial additive or agent to achieve the desired antimicrobial properties required. For example, antimicrobial paints are products of a manufactured process in which antimicrobial additives, such as biocides and silver-based biocides, are introduced into non-hygienic paint.30 31

Current products used in healthcare

Ceiling Finishes

F u r n i s h i n gs

Spe fi a on and App op a ene

Antimicrobial?

U se

Yes, antimicrobial

No

Wall finish to admin and nonclinical areas

No

Main floor finish throughout hospital

Hygienic BioGuard Acoustic tiles

Yes, antimicrobial

Lay-in-grid ceiling finish in most rooms

Altro WhiteRock: Chameleon

No, but is hygienic

Feature signage

Unknown

Curtains and seating finish

Forbo Sphera Homogeneous Vinyl

Central Manchester Foundation Trust Approved Fabric

F in is h Typ e

Prior to assessing the suitability of cork as an antimicrobial surface material, it is vital to identify what materials are currently being used within the healthcare sector. Therefore, this is the prime focus of the following case study; the Manchester Royal Infirmary.

Wall Finishes

No, but is hygienic

Stainless Steel Satin Finish with a BioCote Antibacterial Coating Door No, but is Handle antibacterial Fig. 17 Material finishes used within the Manchester Royal Infirmary Table: author’s own

Door Handles

02

Floor Finishes Case Study | Manchester Royal Infirmary (MRI) The Manchester Royal Infirmary (MRI) (see Fig.16) is a large teaching hospital located in Manchester. The existing MRI is currently in the process of being refurbished and redeveloped.

Ceiling Finishes

F u r n i s h i n gs

20

Antimicrobial?

U se

D es i r ed P r o p e r t i e s

Yes, antimicrobial

Wall protection throughout Waterproof, hospital Can be easily cleaned Wall finish to clinical areas

No

Wall finish to admin and nonclinical areas

Forbo Sphera Homogeneous Vinyl

No

Main floor finish throughout hospital

Hygienic BioGuard Acoustic tiles

Yes, antimicrobial

Lay-in-grid ceiling finish in most rooms

Altro WhiteRock: Chameleon

No, but is hygienic

Feature signage

Central Manchester Foundation Trust Approved Fabric

Unknown

Curtains and seating finish

Altro WhiteRock: Chameleon Dulux Sterishield Antimicrobial paint

Dulux paint

02 | Healthcare

1

Finish Used

No, but is hygienic

Stainless Steel Satin Finish with a BioCote Antibacterial Coating Door No, but is Handle antibacterial

Can be easily cleaned

21

Research has shown that biocides have been used extensively within healthcare settings to combat healthcareassociated infections (HCAIs).32 A key priority of the NHS is to reduce and prevent the number of HCAIs as possible because these infections can affect patients, staff and visitors - resulting in additional illness, complications and cost.33 In terms of effectiveness, antimicrobial surfaces have been proven to be efficient at reducing and eliminating bacteria growth (see Fig.18).34 However, there is growing scepticism that exposing hospital pathogens, on an increasing basis, to biocides could actually increase bacterial resistance against nosocomial infections.35 In addition to this, there are also growing concerns that the use of these chemicals presents potential environmental issues as some biocide compounds have been proven to be toxic to marine ecosystems.36 The requirement for strategies to reduce the risk of nosocomial infections in healthcare settings is clear. However, is the use of non-natural, chemical agents and additives the most appropriate solution available?

Fig. 18 How antimicrobial agents work

Material

Wipeable, Non-porous finish

3

Cork and Healthcare

Cork Insulation

As previously outlined, cork is a natural, sustainable material. However, how does it compare sustainably to the materials currently being used in the healthcare sector? By way of comparison (see Fig.19), Embodied Carbon, a measurement of the level of carbon dioxide (CO2) emitted during the creation of a building fabric, is used as a baseline comparison of the sustainable attributes of each material.

Door Handles

22

02 | Healthcare

Current Materials Used in Healthcare |02

Spec fication and App op a eness

Spec fication and App op a eness

W

Can be easily cleaned

Wipeable, Non-porous finish

4

4

Embodied Carbon Factor (kg CO2e / kg)

Mass (kg)

Em b o d i e d C a r b o n C a l c u l a t i o n (kg(kg CO2e / kg) = kg CO2e)

Em b o d i e d C a r b o n (kg CO2e)

0.19

10

10 x 0.19

1.9

2.91

10

10 x 2.91

29.1

Stainless Steel

6.15

10

10 x 6.15

61.5

Vinyl Flooring

2.29

10

10 x 2.29

22.9

General Paint

It can be deduced that cork has a considerably lower level of embodied carbon than the alternative surface materials listed. This means less CO2 emissions are associated with cork and so, theoretically, is an indication of it being more sustainable.37

Fig. 17 Material finishes used within the Manchester Royal Infirmary Table: author’s own

10

Antimicrobial Additives and Agents (Biocides)

D es i r ed P r o p e r t i e s

Wall protection throughout Waterproof, hospital Can be easily cleaned Wall finish to clinical areas

Altro WhiteRock: Chameleon Dulux Sterishield Antimicrobial paint

By way of introduction, the healthcare sector specialises in products, services and infrastructure related to health and medical care. Research and case studies display that a large proportion of healthcare currently focuses on formulating a sector that is reactive to individual episodes of illness and disease as opposed to being proactive towards the goal of anticipating and preventing future illness.27

Each of these finishes are alike in their manufacturing process, as they all rely on the addition or coating of an antimicrobial additive or agent to achieve the desired antimicrobial properties required. For example, antimicrobial paints are products of a manufactured process in which antimicrobial additives, such as biocides and silver-based biocides, are introduced into non-hygienic paint.30 31

29

Finish Used

Dulux paint

Cork is a very unique material. It was fascinating learning about its possibilities but also its Case Study | Manchester Royal Infirmary (MRI) shortcomings.

14

2

Current Materials Used in Healthcare

Following an interview with Alex Macbeth, an architect working on the MRI, the material finishes currently used within the MRI have been identified (see Fig.17). From this qualitative data, it can be understood that Dulux Sterishield Antimicrobial paint and Hygienic BioGuard Acoustic ceiling tiles are the only antimicrobial surfaces used for wall and ceiling finishes within the hospital. It is unknown if the Central Manchester Foundation Trust Approved Fabric is antimicrobial, however, there is research that states that antibacterial textiles are currently used within hospitals.28 In addition to the antimicrobial materials identified, it can be seen that the door handles used are antibacterial.29

M

02 Hea h a e

02 | HEALTHCARE

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

A

M

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

A ti

w

It will be really interesting to see how cork can continue to grown withinwith theAlex construction Following an interview Macbeth, anindustry architect working on the MRI, the material finishes currently used within the MRI have been as identified (see the Fig.17). From this qualitative data, it can be understood that Dulux as a low carbon alternative we tackle climate Sterishield Antimicrobial paint and Hygienic BioGuard Acoustic ceiling tiles are the only antimicrobial surfaces used emergency. for wall and ceiling finishes within the hospital. It is unknown if the Central Manchester Foundation Trust Approved

11

00

GC 10

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

Brief 01 // Generic Study

CONTENTS

GC 9

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

19.10.2020

GENERIC STUDY

GC 8

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

GC 7

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

GC 6

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

GC 5

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

GC 4

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

GC 3

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

GC 2

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

GC 1

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

MArch 1, [semester 1]

Bacterial Reduction (%)

ARCH11075

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

Bacterial Reduction (%)

Materials

Can cork, a bio-based material, be a sustainable alternative to current antimicrobial surfaces used in healthcare settings?

ATR

[2021] ATR

Fig. 19 Table of comparison of the Embodied Carbon within cork insulation compared to other material finishes used within the healthcare sector. Table: author’s own Note: Embodied carbon of general paint and stainless steel does not take the embodied carbon of the antimicrobial additive added into account, therefore value of antimicrobial materials would be higher than recorded.

11

23

Cork and Healthcare |02


09

FIGURE REFERENCES

K-BRIQ SAMPLE

Recyclability / Reusability

Large energy consumption manufacturing process Currently not fully utilised

Long life span

after life

Yes

Water Demand

and CO2 emissions during Large amount of water used

2

3

Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling Advantages

Improving on the Brick: 1. Reducing amount of natural material used; 2. Reducing CO2 emissions in manufacturing; 3.Utilising construction waste.

Disadvantages

Reduces amount of clay used (40% to 0%)

Fig.7a: WasteBasedBrick Improvements on the Brick

Expensive

Large amount of construction waste used WasteBasedBrick, by StoneCycling, is a fired brick using 60-100% material waste from the construction industry to upcycle and produce a high quality, sustainable product.6 Focusing on reducing CO2 emissions, waste materials used in this brick are carefully sourced no further than a 100 km radius from the factory via strict supply chains (see fig.).7 The focus of producing a low embodied carbon product, using waste materials, addresses the current issues regarding the amount of primary resources used when making traditional clay bricks.

Fired*

in each brick (60-100%) (see Fig. 10)

fired to form solid bricks.8 Built to industry standards, these bricks can compete with similar products in the industry when comparing their compressive strength, water absorption and freeze-thaw capabilities.9 However, the WasteBasedBrick has only been commercially used as a façade finish, interior brick and floor finish to date.10 It is a relatively new product that requires further development, scaling and marketing to establish the brick as a common construction unit used and trusted within the construction industry.

Uses leftover, rejected clay from the

Locally sourced to Amsterdam (Not the

manufacturing process that would have

UK, or Scotland)

gone to landfill Variety of colours based on waste material ratios

Fig. 8: Advantages and Disadvantages of WasteBasedBrick *Although the development of using alternative fuels and efficient firing curves within the kiln, means there is a 25% reduction in production energy use compared to other kiln fired bricks.

To form the WasteBasedBrick, waste material is ground into a coarse powder, combined with clay and then kiln

02 | BRICK Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling Improving on the Brick: 1. Reducing amount of natural material used; 2. Reducing CO2 emissions in manufacturing; 3.Utilising construction waste. Fig.9a: WasteBasedBrick Improvements on the Brick

Properties

glass, bricks, concrete, sanitaryware 50+ years

Embodied Carbon / Energy Use

25% less than traditional brick

Construction Waste Percentage

60-100% (91kg waste upcycled per m2)

Heat Requirements

Yes, fired in kiln

Recyclability / Reusability

Yes, can be crushed down and made into more WasteBasedBrick

Water Demand

Unknown

Cost

£0.20 - £1.20

Locally Sourced To

clay, rejected clay and upcycled waste: ceramics,

Lifespan

Yes

Cost

WasteBasedBrick

Material(s)

Structural?

The Lendager Group specialise in cost neutral sustainable design, specifically focusing on new construction methodologies that aim to achieve a circular economy within their process.11 Their project, The Resource Rows, focuses on reusing brick façades reclaimed from abandoned buildings within new construction projects. To do this, they have developed a method that addresses the current issues regarding efficiency when reusing traditional clay bricks. Due to improvements in mortar strength in the 1960s, recycling and reusing individual bricks has since been unachievable. This project recycles brick façades by cutting them into pre-constructed modules (complete

Disadvantages

Removes need to break down / separate with mortar). These are then fitted onto either steel or timber frames (see Fig. 11a, 11b and Appendix Item 3). This means they can be used as façade modules on new buildings and removes the need to separate the individual bricks – consuming time and energy.12

Non-structural, requires steel frame or

bricks to reuse them – reducing energy inputs

concrete backing

Reduces need to use virgin materials

within basement car-park and double skin

Lots of concrete still used in project – structure Concrete in project was not made from recycled aggregate – due to volume

This methodology could be replicated in the UK and has the potential to ignite a cultural shift in terms of common construction processes. However, the realisation of this relies on architects, developers and builders to be willing to take a risk and learn new methodologies; a prospect that may be challenging as the construction industry can be conservative when presented with new ideas (see Appendix Item 2).

required Sustainable and economic aspects of upcycled system are not resolved at scale

Fig. 12b: Advantages and Disadvantages of the Lendager Group Process

2 billion (UK) 2.24kg

1

2

3

4

5

Production / year

Unknown

Weight

Unknown

Case Study 2: Lendager Group Improving on the Brick: 1. Solely using construction waste; 2. Improvement on current method for reusing bricks Fig.13a: Lendager Group Improvements on the Brick

Properties

Lendager Group

Material(s)

Reused Brick

Lifespan

Unknown

Embodied Carbon / Energy Use

Unknown

Construction Waste Percentage

100%

Heat Requirements

N/A

Recyclability / Reusability

Unknown

Water Demand Cost

None Per square metre, scheme cheaper to build than a non-upcycled equivalent

Locally Sourced To

02 | BRICK Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq Advantages

Disadvantages

Can be produced in any colour using

Currently only manufactured on a small

Improving on the Brick: 1. Reducing amount of natural material used; 2. Not fired 3. Large reduction in CO2 emissions in manufacturing; 4.Utilising construction waste Fig.16a: K-Briq Improvements on the Brick

The K-briq, by Kenoteq, is an unfired brick, 90% of which is formed from recycled content sourced from demolition and construction waste.13 This brick offers a solution to a key issue with the manufacturing process of traditional clay bricks; the large amount of energy required to fire them, increasing the embodied carbon within the final brick.14 Formed from a mixture of broken-down construction waste,15 the materials are combined with a secret binding agent and water to form each brick.16 According to the patent, in addition to the secret binding agent, the bricks are bound using gypsum like cement. The gypsum is heated to drive out its water content, mixed with waste aggregate and then water

is added. The dehydrated gypsum absorbs the water and recrystallises to form a binding agent, like Plaster of Paris17 (see Appendix Item 2). The bricks are then compressed to size and air dried to produce the final K-Briq.18

recycled pigment

scale

Weighs the same, if not less than, regular

Cannot be manufactured on-site

clay bricks Higher U-value (better insulation properties) than regular clay bricks

85% of bricks used in Scotland are unsustainably imported from either England or Europe, making the development of the K-Briq vitally important to Scotland.19 Once commercially available, the K-Briq could decrease the number of bricks that are required to be imported; simultaneously reducing transportation emissions and construction waste for the country.

Uses 90% construction waste Do not need to be kiln fired

Fig. 16b: Advantages and Disadvantages of K-Briq (see Appendix Item 2)

02 | BRICK Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq Improving on the Brick: 1. Reducing amount of natural material used; 2. Not fired 3. Large reduction in CO2 emissions in manufacturing; 4.Utilising construction waste Fig.17a: K-Briq Improvements on the Brick

Properties Material(s)

K-Briq Gypsum Plasterboard, clay, sand, gravel and reclaimed brick

Lifespan Embodied Carbon / Energy Use

Minimum 30 years 1/10th of regular clay brick

Construction Waste Percentage

90%

Heat Requirements

Yes, gypsum needs to by dried but no

Recyclability / Reusability

Yes, can be crushed down and remade

kiln required into k-briqs

Copenhagen, method can be applied

Water Demand

anywhere Production / year Weight

Cost

Yes £0.80 – £2.00 a unit – comparable to

No, façade modules Locally Sourced to Structural?

Fig. 13b: The Lendager Group Process Characteristics

Case Study Comparison Deduced Definition of a Brick: A construction unit that can be stacked to form a wall which has an aesthetic appeal, is recyclable and durable with long-term performance. Fig.19a: Deduced Definition of a Brick

All three case studies reduce embodied carbon / energy use when compared to traditional clay brick. However, common limitations between the three are having: a higher initial cost, small areas in which they are locally sourced and a lower level of production each year.

Properties Material(s)

WasteBasedBrick

Lendager Group

clay, rejected clay and upcycled waste: ceramics,

Reused Brick

Embodied Carbon / Energy Use Construction Waste Percentage Heat Requirements

Unknown Unknown

60-100%

100%

90%

N/A

Yes, gypsum needs to by dried but no kiln

Yes, fired in kiln

Production / year

30+ years 1/10th of regular clay brick

required Recyclability / Reusability

Yes, can be crushed down and made into more

Unknown

Yes, can be crushed down and remade into

WasteBasedBrick Water Demand Cost Locally Sourced to

None

Yes

per square metre, scheme cheaper to

£0.80 – £2.00 a unit – comparable to

build than a non-upcycled equivalent

general brick

Copenhagen, method can be applied

Scotland

Amsterdam Yes, viable for load-bearing applications both

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

Introduction to Own Experiments Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick Experiment Conclusions

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Introduction to Own Experiments Aims 1. 2. 3.

How are the waste construction bricks made? How achievable / accessible are the waste construction bricks to make? How do they perform under compression compared to general clay bricks?

Fig.21a: Experiment Aims

Due to product secrecy, information about how the bricks in case studies 1 and 3 are made is extremely vague. Hence, it is challenging to conclude how these bricks compare both environmentally and structurally to traditional clay bricks and each other. Based on our research and knowledge of traditional methods of brick making, we aim to produce our own version of the WasteBasedBrick and K-Briq. On which

we will carry out a series of tests to compare these bricks to a traditional clay brick and an official K-Briq sample. To be truly effective as a circular, sustainable alternative, the process of making bricks from construction waste needs to be adopted by multiple local companies; globally. Our experiments will distinguish the bricks’ potential to achieve this goal.

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Deducing the Method The method of making a WasteBasedBrick is largely based on the traditional techniques of brick making.20 The methodology for the following experiment was, therefore, heavily influenced by both the BDA’s “The UK Clay Brickmaking Process” document and our WasteBasedBrick research, aiming to deduce a method that would replicate a possible method of making WasteBasedBricks.

Materials

Structural?

1.98kg

Fig. 19b: Case Study Comparison Table

Weight

Yes, viable for load-bearing applications both

N/A

3 million (as of next year)

Unknown

Unknown

Deduced Method Used in Experiment 1 Clay

Clay

glass, bricks, concrete, sanitaryware

Reused brick

60-100% waste material used (remaining

Porcelain (sink)

quantity made up by clay)

Reused concrete 100% clay

Unknown

Clay - 40%

(includes small 1-2 mm clay particles)

Reused brick – 20% Porcelain (sink) – 10% Reused concrete – 10%

Water content

Water 12-25%

Water - 20%

24-48hrs starting at 30°C to 120°C in

48 hrs in closed room at 30°C

Unknown

Drying before Kiln Fired

large humidity controlled chambers

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Ingredients

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Method

1

2

6

7

3

4

5

9

Fig. 24: Method 1. Source: the required construction waste was sourced from local skips and behind Minto House. 2. Clean 3&4. Grind: hammer the raw construction materials into fine particles. 5. Weigh: measure out ingredients 6. Combine: combine ingredients in an industrial mixer 7. Pour into mould 8. Dry: Leave to dry for 48 hrs in room at 30°C before further drying for 8hrs at 80°C in an oven, then for 5hrs at 100°C to 120°C 9. Fire: Place in Kiln at: 100°C for 1 hour; 100-200°C for 8 hrs; 200-750°C for 3 hrs; 750-1000°C for 8hrs; 1000°C for 5hrs; 1000-600°C for 2hrs; 600°C for 8hrs; 600°C to room temperature for 5hrs; END (see Appendix Item 5 for firing curve)

8 hrs in oven at 80°C

Up to 1250°C

Yes, at 25% energy reduction

Fig. 20: (Left to Right) Traditional Reclaimed Clay Brick, WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick, K-Briq Inspired Brick, K-Briq Sample

1

1.98kg

2

3

4

5

Up to 1000°C

80+ hours

40 hrs

In large batches and kilns (see Appendix

(see Appendix Item 5 for Deduced Firing

Item 4 for Firing Curve)

Curve)

Unknown

internally and externally.

Fig. 23: Ingredients for Experiment 1 Clay - 1000g (40%) Reclaimed Brick - 500g (20%) Reclaimed Concrete - 250g (10%) Porcelain - 250g (10%) Water - 500ml (20%)

6 Fig. 22: Deducing the method for Experiment 1

Fig. 21b: General Method, 1. Sourcing; 2. Cleaning; 3. Grinding; 4. Combining; 5. Drying/Firing; 6. Testing

GA 2 7

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

5hr in oven from 100-120°C Firing Temperature Timings

No, façade modules

Unknown

internally and externally. Production / year

Fig. 18: K-Briqs

Traditional Brick Making Process

clay, rejected clay and upcycled waste: ceramics,

Ratios

anywhere

3 million (as of next year)

Fig. 15: K-Briqs

WasteBasedBrick Process Deduced from Research

Properties

k-briqs

Unknown From £0.75 a unit

Scotland

Weight

gravel and reclaimed brick

50+ years 25% less than traditional brick (91kg waste upcycled per m2)

Yes, viable for load-bearing applications

Fig. 17b: K-Briq Characteristics Fig. 11b: Lendager Group Process

K-Briq Gypsum Plasterboard, clay, sand,

glass, bricks, concrete, sanitaryware Lifespan

To truly utilise their innovative methodology each product needs to be scaled up to increase availability and lower price. The Lendager Group methodology does not satisfy our definition of brick as the panels cannot be stacked, without a frame, to form a wall. Whereas both, the WasteBasedBrick and K-Briq satisfy this definition. The following section of the report will investigate how these bricks are made and the qualities they may offer.

both internally and externally.

Fig. 14: The Lendager Group Project, The Resource Rows

6 Fig. 11a: Lendager Group Process

02 | BRICK

general brick

N/A Unknown

Fig. 10: Residential Project by Architectuur Maken in Rotterdam which used 15 tonnes of waste through the use of WasteBasedBricks.

Fig. 9b: WasteBasedBrick Characteristics Fig 6: Traditional Clay Brick

02 | BRICK

Structural?

Yes, viable for load-bearing applications both internally and externally.

Yes

Production / year Weight

Advantages

Improving on the Brick: 1. Solely using construction waste; 2. Improvement on current method for reusing bricks Fig.12a: Lendager Group Improvements on the Brick

Amsterdam

Structural?

Responsible Sourcing

Fig. 5: Traditional Clay Brick Characteristics

Case Study 2: Lendager Group

From £0.75 a unit

Locally Sourced To

UK, due to BES 6001

02 | BRICK

GA 2 6

Accessibility Relatively easy to source once contacts within the construction industry are established Difficult to thoroughly clean without industrial equipment such as a pressure washer. Making the process very time intensive and not very efficient or effective. Can be grinded using sledgehammers, however, without industrial crushing equipment the process is lengthy, tiring and time consuming for a small return in crushed material. Professional equipment is required to improve the efficiency of this process.

Yes*

Relatively easy to combine with the use of an industrial mixer.

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Deducing the Methods The methodology for the following experiment was heavily influenced by the K-Briq patent.22 The patent is written in a vague manner, indicating various methods of making the K-Briq in which the quantities, particle sizes and timings vary. This document was scrutinised to deduce a method that would replicate one of the possible methods the K-Briq is formed.

Drying

Yes*

Firing

Disputable*

Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2

Method

K-Briq Method

Materials

Sand (Coarse, Medium and Fine)

Gypsum Plasterboard

Process of drying is possible but is not done to the same accuracy as

Material Ratios (in order of material list above)

Gypsum Plasterboard

Clay

Clay Medium Sand

Medium Gravel (size 6-20mm)

Medium Gravel (size 6-20mm)

Fine Gravel (size 2-6mm)

Fine Gravel (Reclaimed brick) (size 2-6mm)

15%

15%

10%

10%

20 – 65%

Whilst we had access to a kiln to fire the brick this is not widely and

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Deducing the Methods Method 01: Prepare the Gypsum

6% 26%

Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2 Grind gypsum into coarse grade, powder,

coarse grade material (0.063-2mm)

150°C; or 100-150°C for 1-2 days. The gypsum could be heated at 200°C for

material

Method

K-Briq Method

06: Additive Addition

Additive, such as a pigment, added at this

4

5

Fig. 26: Axo, Plan and Section photographs of final Experiment 1 WasteBasedBrick inspired Brick

Fig. 27: Achievability and Accessibility of Brick Production * Achievable on a small scale without a large range of industrial equipment. **Achievable, but not a process that could be maintained on a small scale to produce bricks, make a business or profit from the outcome.

05: Combine

Best practice is to dry clay and aggregate

08: Pour into Mould

N/A

materials in oven at 105°C for 6-24 hours Materials dry to touch, did not heat in oven Test materials for moisture content to ensure they are prepared for next stage

33

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | 03

03 | Experimentation

34

35

68

69

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | 03

8 – 40% or 12 – 26% of total mixture

03 | Experimentation

36

37

09: Compaction

stage

Combine gypsum, aggregate materials and

Gypsum, aggregate materials and clay

clay to form a homogeneous mixture

mixed together in industrial mixer

10: Leave in Mould

26% of total mixture

Fig. 29: Table of Research: K-Briq Method Alongside Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2 (Part 2 of 3)

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

Add water and mix for 1 minute

Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2

N/A

Add water and mix for 1 minute

Pour mixture into mould in increments to Pour mixture into mould in increments to

N/A Did not have the facilities to complete this

11: Air Dry

Fig. 28: Table of Research: K-Briq Method Alongside Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2 (Part 1 of 3)

stage to introduce colour

07: Add Water

Heat at 200°C for 7 hours

<24 hours

04: Moisture Content

43%

6% 26%

K-Briq Method Shred, crush or grind the gypsum into a

Heat between 80-250°C; 80-200°C; 80-

02: Heat the Gypsum 03: Dry Ingredient Preparation

03 | Experimentation

avoid the development of air gaps

avoid the development of air gaps

Compact the mixture; subject to a

Compact the mixture using a load of 101kg

minimum load of 10kN

for 48 hours

Leave in mould for at least 4 hours

Left in mould for 24 hours

Remove mould and air dry at 4-35°C from

Remove mould and air dry at 30°C for 7

between 24 hours to 28 days

days

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Ingredients

MEDIUM GRAVEL 6% - 162g

CLAY 10% - 270g

WATER 26% - 702ml

39

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Method

0

1

2

5

10

02 | Brick

11

Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling | 02

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Progress Photographs

12

02 | Brick

13

Case Study 2: Lendager Group | 02

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Reflections Due to not needing to be fired, the K-Briq is potentially easier to make on a small scale. However, when produced at an industrial scale – due to the change of practice / process required – it may be harder to introduce to the industry (see Appendix Item 2) than other options such as the WasteBasedBrick. This is because the WasteBasedBrick is an adaptation and improvement on traditional brick making whereas K-Briq is a new process of making bricks.

Process Material Sourcing

Achievability Yes*

Accessibility Relatively easy to source once contacts within the construction industry are established

However, visually, the experiment produced a ‘bricklike’ object that could be representative of the K-Briq as the ratios and process were followed closely; only missing the secret binding agent.

Cleaning

Disputable**

Grinding

Disputable**

Difficult to thoroughly clean without industrial equipment such as a pressure washer. Making the process very time intensive and not very efficient or effective. Can be grinded using sledgehammers, however, without industrial crushing equipment the process is lengthy, tiring and time consuming for a small return in crushed material. Professional equipment is required to improve the efficiency of this process.

Combining

Yes*

Relatively easy to combine with the use of an industrial mixer.

GYPSUM PLASTERBOARD 15% - 405g

RE-CLAIMED BRICK 26% - 702g

SAND 43% - 1161g

40

03 | Experimentation

Fig. 31. Ingredients for Experiment 2 Clay - 270g (10%) Re-claimed Brick - 702g (26%) Medium Gravel - 162g (6%) Sand - 1161g (43%) Gypsum Plasterboard - 405g (15%) Water - 702ml (26%)

41

7

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

8

9

42

03 | Experimentation

11

Fig. 32: Method 0. Source: The required construction waste was sourced from local skips and behind Minto House. 1. Prepare the Gypsum: Hammer the raw construction materials into fine particles. 2. Heat the Gypsum: Place grinded gypsum plasterboard on baking tray and heat in industrial oven at 200 degrees for 7 hours. 5. Combine: Mix the gypsum, aggregate materials and clay together. 7. Add Water: Once mixed, add water (26% of the total dry mass). 8. Pour into mould 9. Compaction: Compress with 101kg for 48hours. 11. Air Dry: Remove from mould and leave to air dry.

43

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

Drying

Yes*

Firing

N/A

Very accessible process as the brick is left to air dry. However, to avoid cracking the area, ideally, needs to be monitored and maintained at a constant low temperature.

1

2

3

4

5

03 | Experimentation

44

45

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

46

03 | Experimentation

47

Case Study 2: Lendager Group | 02

Experiment Conclusions A key issue highlighted in the production of both bricks was that, whilst drying, a crack formed. The formation of which raises a question regarding the methodologies used. In the K-Briq inspired brick, the crack may have developed due to there being a large differential between the ambient humidity within the room in which the brick was air dried and internal moisture within the brick. Whereas, for the WasteBasedBrick inspired brick, the crack may have developed due to an attempt to dry the brick out too quickly whilst overestimating the amount of water required. Cracking is often caused when water vapour escapes too quickly from the brick in the drying process (see Appendix Item 1). Therefore, in a future iteration of the experiment, lower temperature should be closely monitored whilst the brick is air drying. Additionally, making a frog or holes in the brick would allow more air to circulate through the centre of the brick, reducing the probability of cracking.

Achievability Process

K-Briq Inspired Brick

Material Sourcing

Based on our process of making the K-Briq and WasteBasedBrick, it is achievable to produce these bricks, however, the outcome is not to the same standard as a traditional clay brick or those produced using large industrial equipment, official processes, and controlled environments.

N/A

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

15

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

Fig. 35: Achievability and Accessibility of Brick Production * Achievable on a small scale without a large range of industrial equipment. **Achievable, but not a process that could be maintained on a small scale to produce bricks, make a business or profit from the outcome.

Fig. 34: Axo, Plan and Section photographs of final Experiment 2 K-Briq inspired brick

Fig. 33: Brick Progress, 1. After Compressing; 2. After being left to air dry for 24hrs at 30°C; 3. After being left to air dry for 7 days at 30°C; 4. After lid of mould removed; 5. Final brick

14

02 | Brick

Without this the elements could be combined with minimal effort.

Fig. 30: Table of Research: K-Briq Method Alongside Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2 (Part 3 of 3)

38

Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling | 02

Fig. 36: Final Brick Images for Both Experiments. (Top) WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick (Below) K-Briq Inspired Brick

03 | Experimentation

WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick

Yes*

Yes*

Cleaning

Disputable**

Disputable**

Grinding

Disputable**

Disputable**

Combining

Yes*

Yes*

Drying

Yes*

Yes*

Firing

N/A

Disputable*

49

17

Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq | 02

04 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE

Analysis and Speculation

18

02 | Brick

19

Case Study Comparison | 02

03 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE Analysis and Speculation

Whilst brick is of grey colour, flecks of white aggregate / gypsum are visible on bricks surface

Chunks of aggregate visibly used (1-2mm)

20

02 | Brick

Experiment Conclusions | 03

04 | K-Briq Sample

50

51

Title Page | 04

04 | K-Briq Sample

Fig. 44: K-Briq Sample

56

57

Three core holes evenly spaced across the centre of the brick

Black substance visible on the surface of the brick and a slight aroma of rubber. Speculatively, this could be the secret binding agent. Potentially being a substance such as recycled tyres or asphalt pellets. Before analysing the K-Briq, we speculated that cork could be an appropriate binder due to the natural binding property that its sap offers (see previous study: Generic Study). However, if tyres are the secret binding agent, then they could potentially be more beneficial to use. The use of tyres helps to reduce waste, whilst simultaneously reducing transportation emissions due to being a commonly found waste material. Whereas, the use of cork, regardless of its sustainable properties, still uses a natural resource that would require transportation to areas outside of where it is grown (the Mediterranean Basin); cork could still be a viable binding material if used in countries in which it grows. However, research reveals that tyres are flammable and asphalt is poisonous and so, it is unlikely that these materials would be incorporated into a construction unit due to the tests needed to pass to reach the commercial market. Fig. 41: K-Briq Sample Analysis and Speculation Plan View (see Appendix Item 2)

Analysis and Speculation | 04

Case Study Comparison | 02

Analysis and Speculation

Fig. 38: K-Briq Sample Fig. 43: K-Briq Sample Analysis and Speculation Cross-Section View

21

03 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE

Relatively light when compared to traditional clay bricks

Fig. 37: Achievability and Accessibility of Brick Production Comparison * Achievable on a small scale without a large range of industrial equipment. **Achievable, but not a process that could be maintained on a small scale to produce bricks, make a business or profit from the outcome.

48

16

02 | Brick

04 | K-Briq Sample

22

23

Title Page | 03

03 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE Analysis and Speculation Following the conduction of Experiment 2, a sample of K-Briq was sourced, allowing an analysis of the brick in terms of texture, aesthetic appearance, and smell to be conducted.

Consistent colour

Edges and corners, 90 degrees in most places however some areas are slightly crumbled.

24

03 | Experimentation

25

Introduction to Own Experiments | 03

03 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE Analysis and Speculation

Natural colour pigments could be added to Experiment 2: K-Briq inspired brick to improve aesthetic appearance

Core holes could be added to Experiment 2: K-Briq inspired brick to reduce the chance of cracking when drying

26

03 | Experimentation

27

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | 03

05 | TESTING

Aesthetics Weight and Density Compression: Shear Load Test Compression: Point Load Test Test Related Conclusions

28

03 | Experimentation

29

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | 03

8

05 | TESTING Aesthetics Once the bricks in Experiment 1 and 2 had been created, they were then analysed and tested in comparison to a traditional clay brick and an official K-Briq sample, comparing how effective the two experiment bricks were against official industry bricks.

TRADITIONAL CLAY BRICK

EXPERIMENT 1: WASTEBASEDBRICK

EXPERIMENT 2: K-BRIQ

KENOTEQ K-BRIQ SAMPLE

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 6.5 / 10.2 / 21.5

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 5.5 / 8.5 / 20

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 5.5 / 9.7 / 21.5

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 6.5 / 10.2 / 21.5

Larger particles of aggregate and gypsum could be added to Experiment 2: K-Briq inspired brick to improve binding qualities and durability

COLOUR Red / Orange

COLOUR Pink / Chalk

COLOUR Off-White / Grey

COLOUR Grey

KENOTEQ K-BRIQ SAMPLE

55

Fig. 39: K-Briq Sample Analysis and Speculation Axonometric View

Analysis and Speculation | 04

04 | K-Briq Sample

Fig. 40: K-Briq Sample

52

53

EXPERIMENT 2: K-BRIQ

Fig. 46: K-Briq Sample Shear Load Compression Test

Fig. 45: K-Briq Sample Compared to Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick

TEXTURE Smooth

TEXTURE Uneven, but Smooth

TEXTURE Grainy, Large Sandy Deposit to Touch

TEXTURE Smooth, Minor Sandy Deposit to Touch

Analysis and Speculation | 04

04 | K-Briq Sample

59

Analysis and Speculation | 04

05 | Testing

60

61

Title Page | 05

62

05 | Testing

31

05 | TESTING Weight and Density Brick Type

Volume (cm3)

Weight (g)

Density (g/cm3)

(height x width x depth)

(mass)

(mass / volume)

2240

1.57

Traditional Clay Brick

1425.45 (6.5 x 10.2 x 21.5)

Experiment 1:

935

WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick

1540

1.65

(5.5 x 8.5 x 20)

Experiment 2:

1147.03

K-Briq Inspired Brick

(5.5 x 9.7 x 21.5)

K-Briq Sample

1425.45

1760

1.53

1980

1.39

Fig. 48: Table of Brick Sample and Brick Experiment Weight and Density Properties

63

Aesthetics | 05

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | 03

(6.5 x 10.2 x 21.5)

Fig. 47: Comparison of Brick Sample and Brick Experiment Aesthetic Properties.

58

30

03 | Experimentation

Smooth to touch, texture of the finest sand paper. When rubbed from end to end, a small amount of sandy particles come off to touch.

Relatively smooth texture lends itself to a pleasing aesthetic appearance

Fig. 42: K-Briq Sample

54

03 | Experimentation

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Yes*

9

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Achievability

8

02 | Brick

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Disputable**

Combining

Defining the Brick | 02

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Disputable**

Grinding

Material Sourcing

7

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Cleaning

6

02 | Brick

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Process

The experiment produced a ‘brick-like’ object that could be compared to a WasteBasedBrick. Through a few alterations to the materials, ratios and methods an even closer match to their brick could be achieved.

Title Page | 02

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Not knowing the exact ratios of waste materials used made it challenging to produce a brick which accurately represents a WasteBasedBrick.

5

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

StoneCycling have a strict waste selection process that ensures quality of waste material21 which could not be guaranteed in our material sourcing.

4

02 | Brick

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Reflections

Introduction | 01

3

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

2

01 | Introduction

05 | Testing

Fig. 49: The K-Briq Sample being Weighed

64

65

Weight and Density | 05

Redesigning the Brick: Can bric Fig. 51: Step Two: Apply pressure by pumping ram until brick fails. Record psi gauge to document the pressure applied at the point of fail.

66

Fig. 52: Step Three: Apply pressure until brick fails and a crack forms.

67

Fig. 53: Step Four: From video recording, mark psi reached on psi gauge and then apply equal pressure to mechanical pressure gauge to receive a reading that can then be converted to find the weight applied at the point of fail in kN.

Compression: Shear Load Test | 05

Traditional clay bricks are manufactured by firing a mix of clay and water that has previously taken the shape of a mould.4 In the UK, all bricks need to be built to building standard BS EN 771-1 which sets out rigorous tests that provide the specifications of the product in terms of compressive strength, density and tolerances.5

Deduced Definition of a Brick: A construction unit that can be stacked to form a wall which has an aesthetic appeal, is recyclable and durable with long-term performance.

Properties

Fig.4a: Deduced Definition of a Brick

Clay Brick

Material(s)

Clay

Lifespan

Advantages Natural

Use of limited supply source

Cheap

Alternative, more sustainable

Recyclable

methods come at higher cost

Versatile

Construction Waste

manufacturing process Large amount of water used

Fire retardant

Currently not fully utilised

Long life span

after life

0%

Percentage Heat Requirements

Yes, fired in kiln

Recyclability / Reusability

Improving on the Brick: 1. Reducing amount of natural material used; 2. Reducing CO2 emissions in manufacturing; 3.Utilising construction waste. Fig.7a: WasteBasedBrick Improvements on the Brick

WasteBasedBrick, by StoneCycling, is a fired brick using 60-100% material waste from the construction industry to upcycle and produce a high quality, sustainable product.6 Focusing on reducing CO2 emissions, waste materials used in this brick are carefully sourced no further than a 100 km radius from the factory via strict supply chains (see fig.).7 The focus of producing a low embodied carbon product, using waste materials, addresses the current issues regarding the amount of primary resources used when making traditional clay bricks.

Advantages

Disadvantages

Reduces amount of clay used (40% to 0%)

Expensive

Large amount of construction waste used

Fired*

in each brick (60-100%) (see Fig. 10)

fired to form solid bricks.8 Built to industry standards, these bricks can compete with similar products in the industry when comparing their compressive strength, water absorption and freeze-thaw capabilities.9 However, the WasteBasedBrick has only been commercially used as a façade finish, interior brick and floor finish to date.10 It is a relatively new product that requires further development, scaling and marketing to establish the brick as a common construction unit used and trusted within the construction industry.

Uses leftover, rejected clay from the

Locally sourced to Amsterdam (Not the

manufacturing process that would have

UK, or Scotland)

gone to landfill Variety of colours based on waste material ratios

Fig. 8: Advantages and Disadvantages of WasteBasedBrick *Although the development of using alternative fuels and efficient firing curves within the kiln, means there is a 25% reduction in production energy use compared to other kiln fired bricks.

To form the WasteBasedBrick, waste material is ground into a coarse powder, combined with clay and then kiln

Yes

Cost Locally Sourced To

Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling

Yes

Water Demand

and CO2 emissions during

Impervious Good thermal properties

0.06kg of CO2

Use

Large energy consumption

Good compressive strength

Up to 150 years

Embodied Carbon / Energy

Disadvantages

02 | BRICK

£0.20 - £1.20 UK, due to BES 6001 Responsible Sourcing

Structural? Production / year

Aesthetic

Weight

Yes 2 billion (UK) 2.24kg

Fig. 5: Traditional Clay Brick Characteristics

Fig.4b: Advantages and Disadvantages of Brick

Fig 6: Traditional Clay Brick

1

2

3

4

5

6

Fig. 7b: StoneCycling production process: 1&2. Sourcing; 3. Grinding; 4. Making; 5. Firing; 6. Final Brick

7

Defining the Brick | 02

02 | BRICK Case Study 2: Lendager Group Improving on the Brick: 1. Solely using construction waste; 2. Improvement on current method for reusing bricks Fig.13a: Lendager Group Improvements on the Brick

Properties

Lendager Group

Material(s)

Reused Brick

Lifespan

Unknown

Embodied Carbon / Energy Use

Unknown

Construction Waste Percentage

100%

Heat Requirements

N/A

Recyclability / Reusability

Unknown

Water Demand Cost

None Per square metre, scheme cheaper to build than a non-upcycled equivalent

Locally Sourced To

Weight

Improving on the Brick: 1. Reducing amount of natural material used; 2. Not fired 3. Large reduction in CO2 emissions in manufacturing; 4.Utilising construction waste Fig.17a: K-Briq Improvements on the Brick

Properties Material(s)

K-Briq Gypsum Plasterboard, clay, sand, gravel and reclaimed brick

Lifespan Embodied Carbon / Energy Use Construction Waste Percentage Heat Requirements

Minimum 30 years 1/10th of regular clay brick 90% Yes, gypsum needs to by dried but no kiln required

Recyclability / Reusability

Yes, can be crushed down and remade into k-briqs Yes £0.80 – £2.00 a unit – comparable to general brick

No, façade modules Locally Sourced to

N/A

Structural?

Unknown

Fig. 13b: The Lendager Group Process Characteristics

Scotland Yes, viable for load-bearing applications both internally and externally.

Fig. 14: The Lendager Group Project, The Resource Rows

Production / year Weight

3 million (as of next year) 1.98kg Fig. 18: K-Briqs

Fig. 17b: K-Briq Characteristics

02 | Brick

Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling | 02

Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq

Cost

anywhere Production / year

9

02 | BRICK

Water Demand

Copenhagen, method can be applied

Structural?

8

02 | Brick

14

15

Case Study 2: Lendager Group | 02

02 | Brick

18

19

Case Study Comparison | 02

02 | BRICK

Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling Improving on the Brick: 1. Reducing amount of natural material used; 2. Reducing CO2 emissions in manufacturing; 3.Utilising construction waste. Fig.9a: WasteBasedBrick Improvements on the Brick

Properties

WasteBasedBrick

Material(s)

clay, rejected clay and upcycled waste: ceramics, glass, bricks, concrete, sanitaryware

Lifespan

50+ years

Embodied Carbon / Energy Use

25% less than traditional brick

Construction Waste Percentage

60-100%

Case Study Comparison (91kg waste upcycled per m2)

Heat Requirements

Yes, fired in kiln

Recyclability / Reusability

Yes, can be crushed down and made into more WasteBasedBrick

Water Demand Cost Locally Sourced To

Unknown

FINDINGS After defining the break we then compared several different case studies all of which have unique solutions to brick waste.

02 | BRICK Case Study 2: Lendager Group Advantages

Disadvantages

Removes need to break down / separate

Non-structural, requires steel frame or

Improving on the Brick: 1. Solely using construction waste; 2. Improvement on current method for reusing bricks Fig.12a: Lendager Group Improvements on the Brick

The Lendager Group specialise in cost neutral sustainable design, specifically focusing on new construction methodologies that aim to achieve a circular economy within their process.11 Their project, The Resource Rows, focuses on reusing brick façades reclaimed from abandoned buildings within new construction projects. To do this, they have developed a method that addresses the current issues regarding efficiency when reusing traditional clay bricks. Due to improvements in mortar strength in the 1960s, recycling and reusing individual bricks has since been unachievable. This project recycles brick façades by cutting them into pre-constructed modules (complete

with mortar). These are then fitted onto either steel or timber frames (see Fig. 11a, 11b and Appendix Item 3). This means they can be used as façade modules on new buildings and removes the need to separate the individual bricks – consuming time and energy.12

bricks to reuse them – reducing energy inputs

concrete backing

Reduces need to use virgin materials

within basement car-park and double skin

Lots of concrete still used in project – structure Concrete in project was not made from recycled aggregate – due to volume

This methodology could be replicated in the UK and has the potential to ignite a cultural shift in terms of common construction processes. However, the realisation of this relies on architects, developers and builders to be willing to take a risk and learn new methodologies; a prospect that may be challenging as the construction industry can be conservative when presented with new ideas (see Appendix Item 2).

required Sustainable and economic aspects of upcycled system are not resolved at scale

Fig. 12b: Advantages and Disadvantages of the Lendager Group Process

From £0.75 a unit Amsterdam

Structural?

Yes, viable for load-bearing applications both internally and externally.

Production / year

Unknown

Weight

Unknown

Fig. 9b: WasteBasedBrick Characteristics

Deduced Definition of a Brick: A construction unit that can be stacked to form a wall which has an aesthetic appeal, is recyclable and durable with long-term performance. Fig. 10: Residential Project by Architectuur Maken in Rotterdam which used 15 tonnes of waste through the use of WasteBasedBricks.

Fig. 11a: Lendager Group Process

10

02 | Brick

11

Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling | 02

02 | Brick

12

Fig. 11b: Lendager Group Process

13

"All three case studies reduce embodied carbon / energy use when compared to traditional clay brick. However, common limitations between the three are having: a higher initial cost, small areas in which they are locally sourced and a lower level of production each year."

Case Study 2: Lendager Group | 02

Fig.19a: Deduced Definition of a Brick

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

6

02 | Brick

02 | BRICK

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Defining the Brick

2. Case Study 1:WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling 3. Case Study 2: Lendager Group 4. Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq 5. Case Study Comparision

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

02 | BRICK

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Part 2 BRICK 1. Defining the Brick

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

32

02 | BRICK

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

methods come at higher cost

Fire retardant

0% Yes, fired in kiln

GA 2 5

Compression: Shear Load Test | General Method

Fig. 50: Step One: Place brick sample or brick experiment in the ram measuring psi with metal cylindrical point load placed across its width.

Construction waste presents a large resource that, if exploited correctly, could reduce the need to use natural resources whilst reducing waste itself.

Recyclable

Impervious Good thermal properties

0.06kg of CO2

Construction Waste Heat Requirements

GA 2 4

05 | TESTING

05 | Testing

Amy and I decided on a new research route into wasted based bricks. Jointly, we explored the plausibility of bricks made from reused construction waste through research, experimentation and testing.

Clay Up to 150 years

Embodied Carbon / Energy Use Percentage

Fig. 7b: StoneCycling production process: 1&2. Sourcing; 3. Grinding; 4. Making; 5. Firing; 6. Final Brick

Contents | 00

5

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Progress Photographs

03 | Experimentation

CAN BRICK UPCYCLING IN ARCHITECTURE BE HARNESSED TO REDUCE CONSTRUCTION WASTE?

Alternative, more sustainable

Fig.4b: Advantages and Disadvantages of Brick

Fig.3: Traditional Clay Brick

4

Water Content

BRICK:

Use of limited supply source

Cheap

GA 2 3

Fig.2: Construction Waste

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

1

THE

Clay Brick

Lifespan

Disadvantages

Natural

- Analysis and Speculation

00 | Contents

Fig.25: Brick Progress, 1. After Combining; 2. After being left for 48hrs at 30°C; 3. After 8hrs at 80°C in an oven; 4. After 5hrs at 100°C to 120°C; 5. Final brick after being fired in a Kiln for 40 hours at up to 1000°C

QUESTION//REDESIGNING

Properties Material(s)

Advantages

Aesthetic

04 By Amy Drabble and Stuart Gomes

and humidity).

Response

Deduced Definition of a Brick: A construction unit that can be stacked to form a wall which has an aesthetic appeal, is recyclable and durable with long-term performance. Fig.4a: Deduced Definition of a Brick

Versatile

readily available. Without this the brick would be unusable.

The submission should be an illustrated document (approximately 2000 words) with relevant data and case studies (within the report and/or as appendices).

Defining the Brick Traditional clay bricks are manufactured by firing a mix of clay and water that has previously taken the shape of a mould.4 In the UK, all bricks need to be built to building standard BS EN 771-1 which sets out rigorous tests that provide the specifications of the product in terms of compressive strength, density and tolerances.5

Good compressive strength

in the industry (having large chambers that can control temperature

Task The Contextual Study addresses a research question relevant to the context of the design studio. This may be framed by emergent issues around the specific environment of the studio context or broader issues affecting it. The research study should be conducted jointly with a work partner.

02 | BRICK

GA 2 2

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Case Study 2: Lendager Group Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq Case Study Comparison

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

ENDNOTES

02 | BRICK

Defining the Brick Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

08

Therefore, this project will explore how the traditional clay brick could be redesigned by upcycling construction waste to form a new construction unit. Simultaneously, improving brick’s sustainable qualities whilst reducing construction waste.

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

EXPERIMENTATIONS - Introduction to Own Experiments - Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick - Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick - Experiment Conclusions

01 | INTRODUCTION 39% of the worlds carbon emissions are produced by the building and construction industry; 11% of which are due to the initial emissions associated with materials and construction processes.1 The UK has accepted the target of bringing all greenhouse gas emissions to net zero by 2050, therefore, it is imperative that waste from the construction industry is effectively managed and reduced in accordance with this goal.2 The construction industry is responsible for one hundred-tonnes of material waste every year.3 This presents a large resource that, if exploited correctly, could reduce the need to use natural resources whilst reducing waste itself. Included in this waste is brick, a common building material that could provide the foundations for the development of a construction unit made of waste.

GA 2 1

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

03

CONCLUSION APPENDIX

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

TESTING - Aesthetics - Weight and Density - Compression: Shear Load Test - Compression: Point Load Test - Test Related Conclusions

06 07

GC 11

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

05

BRICK - Defining the Brick - Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling - Case Study 2: Lendager Group - Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq - Case Study Comparison

GC 10

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

INTRODUCTION

02

GC 9

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

01

Without this the elements could be combined with minimal effort.

An illustrated analysis and synthesis critically evaluating a technological and/or environmental issue or intervention and considering the impact of it on a context.

12

00 | CONTENTS

GC 8

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

REDESIGNING THE BRICK

REDESIGNING THE BRICK: CAN BRICK UPCYCLING IN ARCHITECTURE BE HARNESSED TO REDUCE CONSTRUCTION WASTE?

GC 7

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Architectural Technology Research - Assignment 2 - Contextual Study

Brief 02 // Contextual Study

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

14.12.2020

CONTEXTUAL STUDY

GC 6

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

GC 5

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

GC 4

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

GC 3

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

GC 2

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

GC 1

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

MArch 1, [semester 1]

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

ARCH11075

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

Materials

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

ATR

[2021] ATR

All three case studies reduce embodied carbon / energy 02 | BRICKuse when compared to traditional clay brick. However, common limitations between the three are having: a Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq higher initial cost, small areas in which they are locally sourced and a lower level of production each year. Improving on the Brick: 1. Reducing amount of natural material used; 2. Not fired 3. Large reduction in CO2 emissions in manufacturing; 4.Utilising construction waste

Advantages

Disadvantages

Can be produced in any colour using

Currently only manufactured on a small

recycled pigment

scale

Weighs the same, if not less than, regular

Cannot be manufactured on-site

Properties Material(s)

WasteBasedBrick

Lendager Group

K-Briq

clay, rejected clay and upcycled waste: ceramics,

Reused Brick

Gypsum Plasterboard, clay, sand,

glass, bricks, concrete, sanitaryware

gravel and reclaimed brick

Fig.16a: K-Briq Improvements on the Brick

The K-briq, by Kenoteq, is an unfired brick, 90% of which is formed from recycled content sourced from demolition and construction waste.13 This brick offers a solution to a key issue with the manufacturing process of traditional clay bricks; the large amount of energy required to fire them, increasing the embodied carbon within the final brick.14

is added. The dehydrated gypsum absorbs the water and recrystallises to form a binding agent, like Plaster of Paris17 (see Appendix Item 2). The bricks are then compressed to size and air dried to produce the final K-Briq.18

To truly utilise their innovative methodology each product needs to be scaled up to increase availability and lower price.

Formed from a mixture of broken-down construction waste,15 the materials are combined with a secret binding agent and water to form each brick.16 According to the patent, in addition to the secret binding agent, the bricks are bound using gypsum like cement. The gypsum is heated to drive out its water content, mixed with waste aggregate and then water

Fig. 15: K-Briqs

02 | Brick

clay bricks

Higher U-value (better insulation

properties) than regular clay bricks

85% of bricks used in Scotland are unsustainably imported from either England or Europe, making the development of the K-Briq vitally important to Scotland.19 Once commercially available, the K-Briq could decrease the number of bricks that are required to be imported; simultaneously reducing transportation emissions and construction waste for the country.

Uses 90% construction waste Do not need to be kiln fired

Lifespan

50+ years

Unknown

30+ years

Embodied Carbon / Energy Use

25% less than traditional brick

Unknown

1/10th of regular clay brick

Construction Waste Percentage

60-100%

100%

90%

N/A

Yes, gypsum needs to by dried but no kiln

Fig. 16b: Advantages and Disadvantages of K-Briq (see Appendix Item 2)

(91kg waste upcycled per m2)

The Lendager Group methodology does not satisfy our definition of brick as the panels cannot be stacked, without a frame, to form a wall. Whereas both, the WasteBasedBrick and K-Briq satisfy this definition. The following section of the report will investigate how these bricks are made and the qualities they may offer. 16

17

Yes, fired in kiln

Heat Requirements

required Recyclability / Reusability

Yes, can be crushed down and made into more

Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq | 02

Unknown

WasteBasedBrick Water Demand Cost

k-briqs

Unknown

None

Yes

From £0.75 a unit

per square metre, scheme cheaper to

£0.80 – £2.00 a unit – comparable to

build than a non-upcycled equivalent

general brick

Copenhagen, method can be applied

Scotland

Amsterdam

Locally Sourced to

Yes, can be crushed down and remade into

anywhere

This project will explore how the traditional clay brick could be redesigned by upcycling construction waste to form a new construction unit. Simultaneously, improving brick’s sustainable qualities whilst reducing construction waste.

Structural?

Yes, viable for load-bearing applications both

No, façade modules

internally and externally.

Table showing comparision of brick Fig. 19b: Case Study Comparison Table reuse strategies

02 | Brick

Yes, viable for load-bearing applications both internally and externally.

Production / year

Unknown

N/A

3 million (as of next year)

Weight

Unknown

Unknown

1.98kg

20

21

Case Study Comparison | 02


Materials ARCH11075

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2 1

GA 2 2

GA 2 3

GA 2 4

GA 2 5

GA 2 6

GA 2 7

u on du

09

Deduced Definition of a Brick: A construction unit that can be stacked to form a wall which has an aesthetic appeal, is recyclable and durable with long-term performance.

Properties

Fig.4a: Deduced Definition of a Brick

Use of limited supply source

Cheap

Alternative, more sustainable

Recyclable

methods come at higher cost

Versatile

FIGURE REFERENCES

manufacturing process Large amount of water used

Fire retardant

Currently not fully utilised

Long life span

after life

Recyclability / Reusability

Yes

Water Demand

02 | BRICK Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling

33

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | 03

Compression: Shear Load Test | General Method

Fig. 51: Step Two: Apply pressure by pumping ram until brick fails. Record psi gauge to document the pressure applied at the point of fail.

60-100% (91kg waste upcycled per m2) Yes, fired in kiln WasteBasedBrick

Water Demand

Yes

Unknown

Cost

Structural?

Advantages

Improving on the Brick: 1. Solely using construction waste; 2. Improvement on current method for reusing bricks Fig.12a: Lendager Group Improvements on the Brick

The Lendager Group specialise in cost neutral sustainable design, specifically focusing on new construction methodologies that aim to achieve a circular economy within their process.11 Their project, The Resource Rows, focuses on reusing brick façades reclaimed from abandoned buildings within new construction projects. To do this, they have developed a method that addresses the current issues regarding efficiency when reusing traditional clay bricks. Due to improvements in mortar strength in the 1960s, recycling and reusing individual bricks has since been unachievable. This project recycles brick façades by cutting them into pre-constructed modules (complete

Disadvantages

Removes need to break down / separate with mortar). These are then fitted onto either steel or timber frames (see Fig. 11a, 11b and Appendix Item 3). This means they can be used as façade modules on new buildings and removes the need to separate the individual bricks – consuming time and energy.12

Non-structural, requires steel frame or

bricks to reuse them – reducing energy inputs

concrete backing

Reduces need to use virgin materials

within basement car-park and double skin

Lots of concrete still used in project – structure Concrete in project was not made from recycled aggregate – due to volume

This methodology could be replicated in the UK and has the potential to ignite a cultural shift in terms of common construction processes. However, the realisation of this relies on architects, developers and builders to be willing to take a risk and learn new methodologies; a prospect that may be challenging as the construction industry can be conservative when presented with new ideas (see Appendix Item 2).

required Sustainable and economic aspects of upcycled system are not resolved at scale

Fig. 12b: Advantages and Disadvantages of the Lendager Group Process

02 | BRICK Case Study 2: Lendager Group Improving on the Brick: 1. Solely using construction waste; 2. Improvement on current method for reusing bricks Fig.13a: Lendager Group Improvements on the Brick

Properties

2.24kg

1

2

3

4

5

Production / year

Unknown

Weight

Unknown

Unknown

Embodied Carbon / Energy Use

Unknown

Construction Waste Percentage

100%

Heat Requirements

N/A

Recyclability / Reusability

Unknown

Water Demand Cost

None Per square metre, scheme cheaper to build than a non-upcycled equivalent

Locally Sourced To

02 | BRICK Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq Improving on the Brick: 1. Reducing amount of natural material used; 2. Not fired 3. Large reduction in CO2 emissions in manufacturing; 4.Utilising construction waste

Advantages

Disadvantages

Can be produced in any colour using

Currently only manufactured on a small

Fig.16a: K-Briq Improvements on the Brick

The K-briq, by Kenoteq, is an unfired brick, 90% of which is formed from recycled content sourced from demolition and construction waste.13 This brick offers a solution to a key issue with the manufacturing process of traditional clay bricks; the large amount of energy required to fire them, increasing the embodied carbon within the final brick.14 Formed from a mixture of broken-down construction waste,15 the materials are combined with a secret binding agent and water to form each brick.16 According to the patent, in addition to the secret binding agent, the bricks are bound using gypsum like cement. The gypsum is heated to drive out its water content, mixed with waste aggregate and then water

is added. The dehydrated gypsum absorbs the water and recrystallises to form a binding agent, like Plaster of Paris17 (see Appendix Item 2). The bricks are then compressed to size and air dried to produce the final K-Briq.18

recycled pigment

scale

Weighs the same, if not less than, regular

Cannot be manufactured on-site

clay bricks Higher U-value (better insulation properties) than regular clay bricks

85% of bricks used in Scotland are unsustainably imported from either England or Europe, making the development of the K-Briq vitally important to Scotland.19 Once commercially available, the K-Briq could decrease the number of bricks that are required to be imported; simultaneously reducing transportation emissions and construction waste for the country.

Uses 90% construction waste Do not need to be kiln fired

Fig. 16b: Advantages and Disadvantages of K-Briq (see Appendix Item 2)

02 | BRICK Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq Improving on the Brick: 1. Reducing amount of natural material used; 2. Not fired 3. Large reduction in CO2 emissions in manufacturing; 4.Utilising construction waste Fig.17a: K-Briq Improvements on the Brick

Properties Material(s)

gravel and reclaimed brick Embodied Carbon / Energy Use

Minimum 30 years 1/10th of regular clay brick 90%

Heat Requirements

Yes, gypsum needs to by dried but no

Recyclability / Reusability

Yes, can be crushed down and remade

kiln required into k-briqs Water Demand

anywhere Production / year Weight

K-Briq Gypsum Plasterboard, clay, sand,

Lifespan Construction Waste Percentage

Copenhagen, method can be applied

Structural?

Yes, viable for load-bearing applications both

Cost

Yes £0.80 – £2.00 a unit – comparable to

No, façade modules Locally Sourced to Structural?

Fig. 13b: The Lendager Group Process Characteristics

Case Study Comparison Deduced Definition of a Brick: A construction unit that can be stacked to form a wall which has an aesthetic appeal, is recyclable and durable with long-term performance. Fig.19a: Deduced Definition of a Brick

All three case studies reduce embodied carbon / energy use when compared to traditional clay brick. However, common limitations between the three are having: a higher initial cost, small areas in which they are locally sourced and a lower level of production each year.

Properties Material(s)

WasteBasedBrick

Lendager Group

clay, rejected clay and upcycled waste: ceramics,

Reused Brick

Embodied Carbon / Energy Use Construction Waste Percentage Heat Requirements

Unknown Unknown

60-100%

100%

90%

N/A

Yes, gypsum needs to by dried but no kiln

Yes, fired in kiln

Production / year

30+ years 1/10th of regular clay brick

required Recyclability / Reusability

Yes, can be crushed down and made into more

Unknown

Yes, can be crushed down and remade into

WasteBasedBrick Water Demand Cost Locally Sourced to

None

Yes

per square metre, scheme cheaper to

£0.80 – £2.00 a unit – comparable to

build than a non-upcycled equivalent

general brick

Copenhagen, method can be applied

Scotland

Amsterdam Yes, viable for load-bearing applications both

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

Introduction to Own Experiments Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick Experiment Conclusions

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Introduction to Own Experiments Aims 1. 2. 3.

How are the waste construction bricks made? How achievable / accessible are the waste construction bricks to make? How do they perform under compression compared to general clay bricks?

Fig.21a: Experiment Aims

Due to product secrecy, information about how the bricks in case studies 1 and 3 are made is extremely vague. Hence, it is challenging to conclude how these bricks compare both environmentally and structurally to traditional clay bricks and each other. Based on our research and knowledge of traditional methods of brick making, we aim to produce our own version of the WasteBasedBrick and K-Briq. On which

we will carry out a series of tests to compare these bricks to a traditional clay brick and an official K-Briq sample. To be truly effective as a circular, sustainable alternative, the process of making bricks from construction waste needs to be adopted by multiple local companies; globally. Our experiments will distinguish the bricks’ potential to achieve this goal.

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Deducing the Method The method of making a WasteBasedBrick is largely based on the traditional techniques of brick making.20 The methodology for the following experiment was, therefore, heavily influenced by both the BDA’s “The UK Clay Brickmaking Process” document and our WasteBasedBrick research, aiming to deduce a method that would replicate a possible method of making WasteBasedBricks.

Materials

Structural?

1.98kg

Fig. 19b: Case Study Comparison Table

Weight

Yes, viable for load-bearing applications both

N/A

3 million (as of next year)

Unknown

Unknown

Deduced Method Used in Experiment 1 Clay

Clay

glass, bricks, concrete, sanitaryware

Reused brick

60-100% waste material used (remaining

Porcelain (sink)

quantity made up by clay)

Reused concrete 100% clay

Unknown

(includes small 1-2 mm clay particles)

Clay - 40% Reused brick – 20% Porcelain (sink) – 10% Reused concrete – 10%

Water content

Water 12-25%

Water - 20%

24-48hrs starting at 30°C to 120°C in

48 hrs in closed room at 30°C

Unknown

Drying before Kiln Fired

large humidity controlled chambers

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Ingredients

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Method

1

2

6

7

3

4

5

9

Fig. 24: Method 1. Source: the required construction waste was sourced from local skips and behind Minto House. 2. Clean 3&4. Grind: hammer the raw construction materials into fine particles. 5. Weigh: measure out ingredients 6. Combine: combine ingredients in an industrial mixer 7. Pour into mould 8. Dry: Leave to dry for 48 hrs in room at 30°C before further drying for 8hrs at 80°C in an oven, then for 5hrs at 100°C to 120°C 9. Fire: Place in Kiln at: 100°C for 1 hour; 100-200°C for 8 hrs; 200-750°C for 3 hrs; 750-1000°C for 8hrs; 1000°C for 5hrs; 1000-600°C for 2hrs; 600°C for 8hrs; 600°C to room temperature for 5hrs; END (see Appendix Item 5 for firing curve)

8 hrs in oven at 80°C 5hr in oven from 100-120°C

Firing Temperature Timings

No, façade modules

Unknown

internally and externally. Production / year

Fig. 18: K-Briqs

Traditional Brick Making Process

clay, rejected clay and upcycled waste: ceramics,

Ratios

anywhere

3 million (as of next year)

Fig. 15: K-Briqs

WasteBasedBrick Process Deduced from Research

Properties

k-briqs

Unknown From £0.75 a unit

Scotland

Weight

gravel and reclaimed brick

50+ years 25% less than traditional brick (91kg waste upcycled per m2)

Yes, viable for load-bearing applications

Fig. 17b: K-Briq Characteristics Fig. 11b: Lendager Group Process

K-Briq Gypsum Plasterboard, clay, sand,

glass, bricks, concrete, sanitaryware Lifespan

To truly utilise their innovative methodology each product needs to be scaled up to increase availability and lower price. The Lendager Group methodology does not satisfy our definition of brick as the panels cannot be stacked, without a frame, to form a wall. Whereas both, the WasteBasedBrick and K-Briq satisfy this definition. The following section of the report will investigate how these bricks are made and the qualities they may offer.

both internally and externally.

Fig. 14: The Lendager Group Project, The Resource Rows

6 Fig. 11a: Lendager Group Process

02 | BRICK

general brick

N/A Unknown

Fig. 10: Residential Project by Architectuur Maken in Rotterdam which used 15 tonnes of waste through the use of WasteBasedBricks.

Fig. 9b: WasteBasedBrick Characteristics Fig 6: Traditional Clay Brick

Reused Brick

Lifespan

internally and externally.

2 billion (UK)

Lendager Group

Material(s)

Amsterdam

Structural?

Yes

Production / year Weight

Case Study 2: Lendager Group

From £0.75 a unit

Locally Sourced To

Fig. 5: Traditional Clay Brick Characteristics

02 | BRICK

Fig. 20: (Left to Right) Traditional Reclaimed Clay Brick, WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick, K-Briq Inspired Brick, K-Briq Sample

1

2

3

4

5

Up to 1000°C

80+ hours

40 hrs

In large batches and kilns (see Appendix

(see Appendix Item 5 for Deduced Firing

Item 4 for Firing Curve)

Curve)

Unknown

internally and externally. 1.98kg

Up to 1250°C

Yes, at 25% energy reduction

Relatively easy to combine with the use of an industrial mixer.

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Deducing the Methods The methodology for the following experiment was heavily influenced by the K-Briq patent.22 The patent is written in a vague manner, indicating various methods of making the K-Briq in which the quantities, particle sizes and timings vary. This document was scrutinised to deduce a method that would replicate one of the possible methods the K-Briq is formed.

Method

K-Briq Method

Materials

Sand (Coarse, Medium and Fine)

Drying

Yes*

Firing

Disputable*

Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2

Gypsum Plasterboard

Process of drying is possible but is not done to the same accuracy as

Gypsum Plasterboard

Clay

Clay Medium Sand

Medium Gravel (size 6-20mm)

Medium Gravel (size 6-20mm)

Fine Gravel (size 2-6mm)

Fine Gravel (Reclaimed brick) (size 2-6mm)

15%

15%

10%

Material Ratios

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Deducing the Methods Method 01: Prepare the Gypsum

05: Combine

6% 26%

Grind gypsum into coarse grade, powder,

coarse grade material (0.063-2mm)

150°C; or 100-150°C for 1-2 days. The gypsum could be heated at 200°C for

material

Fig. 26: Axo, Plan and Section photographs of final Experiment 1 WasteBasedBrick inspired Brick

Fig. 27: Achievability and Accessibility of Brick Production * Achievable on a small scale without a large range of industrial equipment. **Achievable, but not a process that could be maintained on a small scale to produce bricks, make a business or profit from the outcome.

Best practice is to dry clay and aggregate

K-Briq Method Additive, such as a pigment, added at this

08: Pour into Mould

N/A

materials in oven at 105°C for 6-24 hours Materials dry to touch, did not heat in oven Test materials for moisture content to ensure they are prepared for next stage

N/A

09: Compaction

Did not have the facilities to complete this stage

Combine gypsum, aggregate materials and

Gypsum, aggregate materials and clay

clay to form a homogeneous mixture

mixed together in industrial mixer

10: Leave in Mould

Fig. 52: Step Three: Apply pressure until brick fails and a crack forms.

Fig. 53: Step Four: From video recording, mark psi reached on psi gauge and then apply equal pressure to mechanical pressure gauge to receive a reading that can then be converted to find the weight applied at the point of fail in kN.

34

03 | Experimentation

35

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | 03

05 | TESTING Compression: Shear Load Test | Point of Fail

Fig. 54: Traditional Clay Brick: Extremely durable, it took an extremely large amount of pressure to crack.

Fig. 55: Kenoteq K-Briq Sample: Durable, requiring a large amount of pressure to be applied before reaching its point of fail.

Fig. 56: Experiment 2: K-Briq: Not durable, it needed little pressure to be applied before the brick failed.

Fig. 57: Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick: Slightly durable, it took a small amount of pressure to be applied before the brick failed.

8 – 40% or 12 – 26% of total mixture

11: Air Dry

26% of total mixture

Fig. 28: Table of Research: K-Briq Method Alongside Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2 (Part 1 of 3)

36

03 | Experimentation

Fig. 29: Table of Research: K-Briq Method Alongside Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2 (Part 2 of 3)

37

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

05 | TESTING Compression: Shear Load Test | Results

METAL CYLINDRICAL POINT LOAD

TRADITIONAL CLAY BRICK

KENOTEQ K-BRIQ SAMPLE

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 1600

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 2200

EXPERIMENT 1: WASTEBASEDBRICK

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 800

EXPERIMENT 2: K-BRIQ

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 200

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 5.22

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 3.72

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 1.54

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 0.50

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 8.77

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 6.20

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 2.57

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 0.83

N/A

stage to introduce colour

Add water and mix for 1 minute

Add water and mix for 1 minute

Pour mixture into mould in increments to Pour mixture into mould in increments to avoid the development of air gaps

avoid the development of air gaps

Compact the mixture; subject to a

Compact the mixture using a load of 101kg

minimum load of 10kN

for 48 hours

Leave in mould for at least 4 hours

Left in mould for 24 hours

Remove mould and air dry at 4-35°C from

Remove mould and air dry at 30°C for 7

between 24 hours to 28 days

days

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Ingredients

MEDIUM GRAVEL 6% - 162g

CLAY 10% - 270g

WATER 26% - 702ml

39

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

05 | TESTING Compression: Point Load Test | General Method

Fig. 60: Step Two: Apply pressure by pumping ram until brick fails. Record psi gauge to document the pressure applied at the point of fail.

Fig. 61: Step Three: Apply pressure until brick fails and a crack forms.

Fig. 62: Step Four: From video recording, mark psi reached on psi gauge and then apply equal pressure to mechanical pressure gauge to receive a reading that can then be converted to find the weight applied at the point of fail in kN.

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Method

0

1

2

5

10

02 | Brick

11

Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling | 02

12

02 | Brick

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Progress Photographs

13

Case Study 2: Lendager Group | 02

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Reflections Due to not needing to be fired, the K-Briq is potentially easier to make on a small scale. However, when produced at an industrial scale – due to the change of practice / process required – it may be harder to introduce to the industry (see Appendix Item 2) than other options such as the WasteBasedBrick. This is because the WasteBasedBrick is an adaptation and improvement on traditional brick making whereas K-Briq is a new process of making bricks.

Process Material Sourcing

Achievability

Accessibility

Yes*

Relatively easy to source once contacts within the construction industry are established

However, visually, the experiment produced a ‘bricklike’ object that could be representative of the K-Briq as the ratios and process were followed closely; only missing the secret binding agent.

Cleaning

Disputable**

Grinding

Disputable**

Difficult to thoroughly clean without industrial equipment such as a pressure washer. Making the process very time intensive and not very efficient or effective. Can be grinded using sledgehammers, however, without industrial crushing equipment the process is lengthy, tiring and time consuming for a small return in crushed material. Professional equipment is required to improve the efficiency of this process.

Combining

Yes*

Relatively easy to combine with the use of an industrial mixer.

GYPSUM PLASTERBOARD 15% - 405g

RE-CLAIMED BRICK 26% - 702g

SAND 43% - 1161g

40

03 | Experimentation

Fig. 31. Ingredients for Experiment 2 Clay - 270g (10%) Re-claimed Brick - 702g (26%) Medium Gravel - 162g (6%) Sand - 1161g (43%) Gypsum Plasterboard - 405g (15%) Water - 702ml (26%)

7

41

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

05 | TESTING Compression: Point Load Test | Point of Fail

Fig. 63: Traditional Clay Brick: Extremely durable, it took an extremely large amount of pressure to crack.

Fig. 64: Kenoteq K-Briq Sample: Durable, requiring a large amount of pressure to be applied before reaching its point of fail. Before failing, the brick compressed underneath the metal circular point load. This indicates that the brick could potentially be further compressed in manufacture, which could increase the bricks overall durability.

Fig. 65: Experiment 2: K-Briq: Not durable, it needed little pressure to be applied before the brick failed. The brick did act with the same characteristics as the K-Briq sample did under compression. The brick continued to compress before failing. Indicating that a larger weight of compression should have been applied in its production. However, this similarity validates the similarity in method between the creation of these two bricks.

Fig. 66: Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick: Slightly durable, it took a small amount of pressure to be applied before the brick failed. The brick failed in a similar way to the traditional clay brick; via a hair-line crack. This can be presumed to be due to the similarities in production regarding the amount of clay required and being kiln fired between the two bricks.

8

9

11

42

03 | Experimentation

43

1

TRADITIONAL CLAY BRICK

KENOTEQ K-BRIQ SAMPLE

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 1400

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

EXPERIMENT 1: WASTEBASEDBRICK

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 400

2

3

4

5

N/A

Very accessible process as the brick is left to air dry. However,

EXPERIMENT 2: K-BRIQ

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) <200

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 8.50

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 3.00

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 1.00

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 0.50

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 14.17

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 5.00

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 1.67

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 0.83

44

03 | Experimentation

45

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

05 | TESTING Test Related Conclusions When put under compression, our bricks did not perform as well as their industry counterparts. The WasteBasedBrick inspired brick shattered under compression, revealing it to be brittle; potentially due to the level of porcelain initially incorporated. Whereas the K-Briq inspired brick was soft, underperforming drastically compared to the K-Briq sample. The disparity in results we believe to be due to the secret binding agent. Compared to a traditional clay brick the K-Briq sample is lighter. A lighter brick requires less structure to support it if used as a façade and emits less carbon dioxide in transportation; both factors indicating towards a more sustainable product.

Overall, both bricks in experiment 1 and 2 satisfy part of our definition of a brick as they have an aesthetic appeal and are recyclable. Our research shows that these bricks can be defined as durable with long life spans, however, our experiments dispute this. Lacking proper testing, equipment, and information we classify our brick experiments to be indications of the bricks in question, but not direct examples. Due to this, the results from our experiments are only indications and not representations of the bricks researched; providing a starting point on which developed methods could be formulated.

The WasteBasedBrick brick is, potentially, more durable, and long-lasting than K-Briq due to the fact it is fired. However, it uses less recycled waste and more clay (a natural resource). Therefore, a balance needs to be reached between levels of required durability and the number of sustainable attributes each brick offers.

Fig. 68: Cross-Section of Brick Samples and Brick Experiments (left to right: traditional clay brick, experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick, Experiment 2: K-Briq, K-Briq Sample

Fig. 67: Brick Sample and Brick Experiment Point Load Test Results

46

03 | Experimentation

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

06 | CONCLUSION Due to our research into the methodology, material build up and manufacturing processes of the K-Briq and WasteBasedBrick being largely vague or unknown, it would be unrealistic to have presumed our bricks would be of industry standard. However, we do feel that these bricks are accessible and achievable to make. From our attempts of replication, we discovered that, whilst K-Briq may seem more achievable, the methodology behind WasteBasedBricks feels more transferable to the construction industry. Not one brick offers the perfect solution, however, these brick alternatives do offer solutions to issues of the traditional clay brick whilst making it evident that bricks can be upcycled in architecture to reduce construction waste; a goal that appears to be still in development with improvements still needed to make it a viable option on a large scale, globally.

The current availability is also a limitation to the waste construction bricks in the industry; provided by relatively small companies spanning small areas. Therefore, to have a notable impact on reducing the carbon emissions and waste of the construction industry, the processes need to be replicated globally. Which would allow the bricks to be sourced locally, reducing transportation costs and increasing the usage of the bricks worldwide. Kenoteq appear to have a business model that, both, makes their process replicable and globally applicable, whilst being commercially viable. They plan to use the business set up and process they have developed as a model that is then licensed to waste-handlers worldwide (see Appendix Item 2). This is a business model that, if adapted by other small sustainable brick manufacturers, could allow waste construction bricks to be globally, locally available, mass produced and affordable, reducing construction waste and eventually even making the requirement of traditional clay bricks, other than in listed settings, redundant.

To be truly effective as a circular, sustainable alternative, the process needs to be commercially viable to encourage individuals to invest in the idea and manufacture the products. To do this, the process needs to be transparent, easy to achieve with the right equipment and the information to do so needs to be widely available. Currently, the processes used by the waste construction brick market are closely guarded; with recipes and ingredients being both vague and confidential; meaning they are challenging to be duplicated by others. However, this project could form the starting point for such transparency; a ‘to-do’ manual that could be developed to form a duplicatable formula.

Case Study 2: Lendager Group | 02

Experiment Conclusions A key issue highlighted in the production of both bricks was that, whilst drying, a crack formed. The formation of which raises a question regarding the methodologies used. In the K-Briq inspired brick, the crack may have developed due to there being a large differential between the ambient humidity within the room in which the brick was air dried and internal moisture within the brick. Whereas, for the WasteBasedBrick inspired brick, the crack may have developed due to an attempt to dry the brick out too quickly whilst overestimating the amount of water required. Cracking is often caused when water vapour escapes too quickly from the brick in the drying process (see Appendix Item 1). Therefore, in a future iteration of the experiment, lower temperature should be closely monitored whilst the brick is air drying. Additionally, making a frog or holes in the brick would allow more air to circulate through the centre of the brick, reducing the probability of cracking.

Achievability Process Material Sourcing

Based on our process of making the K-Briq and WasteBasedBrick, it is achievable to produce these bricks, however, the outcome is not to the same standard as a traditional clay brick or those produced using large industrial equipment, official processes, and controlled environments.

N/A

47

15

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

Fig. 35: Achievability and Accessibility of Brick Production * Achievable on a small scale without a large range of industrial equipment. **Achievable, but not a process that could be maintained on a small scale to produce bricks, make a business or profit from the outcome.

Fig. 34: Axo, Plan and Section photographs of final Experiment 2 K-Briq inspired brick

Fig. 33: Brick Progress, 1. After Compressing; 2. After being left to air dry for 24hrs at 30°C; 3. After being left to air dry for 7 days at 30°C; 4. After lid of mould removed; 5. Final brick

Compression: Point Load Test

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 3500

Yes*

Firing

maintained at a constant low temperature.

05 | TESTING

METAL CIRCULAR POINT LOAD

Drying

to avoid cracking the area, ideally, needs to be monitored and

Fig. 32: Method 0. Source: The required construction waste was sourced from local skips and behind Minto House. 1. Prepare the Gypsum: Hammer the raw construction materials into fine particles. 2. Heat the Gypsum: Place grinded gypsum plasterboard on baking tray and heat in industrial oven at 200 degrees for 7 hours. 5. Combine: Mix the gypsum, aggregate materials and clay together. 7. Add Water: Once mixed, add water (26% of the total dry mass). 8. Pour into mould 9. Compaction: Compress with 101kg for 48hours. 11. Air Dry: Remove from mould and leave to air dry.

14

02 | Brick

Without this the elements could be combined with minimal effort.

Fig. 30: Table of Research: K-Briq Method Alongside Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2 (Part 3 of 3)

38

03 | Experimentation

Fig. 59: Step One: Place brick sample or brick experiment in the ram measuring psi with metal circular point load placed at the bricks corner.

Fig. 58: Brick Sample and Brick Experiment Shear Load Test Results

Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2

Method 06: Additive Addition 07: Add Water

Heat at 200°C for 7 hours

<24 hours

04: Moisture Content

43%

6% 26%

Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2

K-Briq Method Shred, crush or grind the gypsum into a

Heat between 80-250°C; 80-200°C; 80-

02: Heat the Gypsum 03: Dry Ingredient Preparation

10%

20 – 65%

(in order of material list above)

Whilst we had access to a kiln to fire the brick this is not widely and

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling | 02

Fig. 36: Final Brick Images for Both Experiments. (Top) WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick (Below) K-Briq Inspired Brick

03 | Experimentation

K-Briq Inspired Brick

WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick

Yes*

Yes*

Cleaning

Disputable**

Disputable**

Grinding

Disputable**

Disputable**

Combining

Yes*

Yes*

Drying

Yes*

Yes*

Firing

N/A

Disputable*

Fig. 37: Achievability and Accessibility of Brick Production Comparison * Achievable on a small scale without a large range of industrial equipment. **Achievable, but not a process that could be maintained on a small scale to produce bricks, make a business or profit from the outcome.

48

49

82

83

Experiment Conclusions | 03

16

02 | Brick

17

Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq | 02

04 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE

Analysis and Speculation

18

02 | Brick

19

Case Study Comparison | 02

03 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE Analysis and Speculation

Whilst brick is of grey colour, flecks of white aggregate / gypsum are visible on bricks surface

Chunks of aggregate visibly used (1-2mm)

20

02 | Brick

Analysis and Speculation

Three core holes evenly spaced across the centre of the brick

Black substance visible on the surface of the brick and a slight aroma of rubber. Speculatively, this could be the secret binding agent. Potentially being a substance such as recycled tyres or asphalt pellets. Before analysing the K-Briq, we speculated that cork could be an appropriate binder due to the natural binding property that its sap offers (see previous study: Generic Study). However, if tyres are the secret binding agent, then they could potentially be more beneficial to use. The use of tyres helps to reduce waste, whilst simultaneously reducing transportation emissions due to being a commonly found waste material. Whereas, the use of cork, regardless of its sustainable properties, still uses a natural resource that would require transportation to areas outside of where it is grown (the Mediterranean Basin); cork could still be a viable binding material if used in countries in which it grows. However, research reveals that tyres are flammable and asphalt is poisonous and so, it is unlikely that these materials would be incorporated into a construction unit due to the tests needed to pass to reach the commercial market.

Fig. 38: K-Briq Sample

04 | K-Briq Sample

50

51

Title Page | 04

04 | K-Briq Sample

Fig. 44: K-Briq Sample

56

57

Fig. 41: K-Briq Sample Analysis and Speculation Plan View (see Appendix Item 2)

Analysis and Speculation | 04

Case Study Comparison | 02

03 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE

Relatively light when compared to traditional clay bricks

Fig. 43: K-Briq Sample Analysis and Speculation Cross-Section View

21

Fig. 23: Ingredients for Experiment 1 Clay - 1000g (40%) Reclaimed Brick - 500g (20%) Reclaimed Concrete - 250g (10%) Porcelain - 250g (10%) Water - 500ml (20%)

6 Fig. 22: Deducing the method for Experiment 1

Fig. 21b: General Method, 1. Sourcing; 2. Cleaning; 3. Grinding; 4. Combining; 5. Drying/Firing; 6. Testing

04 | K-Briq Sample

55

22

23

Title Page | 03

03 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE Analysis and Speculation Following the conduction of Experiment 2, a sample of K-Briq was sourced, allowing an analysis of the brick in terms of texture, aesthetic appearance, and smell to be conducted.

Consistent colour

Edges and corners, 90 degrees in most places however some areas are slightly crumbled.

24

03 | Experimentation

25

Introduction to Own Experiments | 03

03 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE Analysis and Speculation

Natural colour pigments could be added to Experiment 2: K-Briq inspired brick to improve aesthetic appearance

Core holes could be added to Experiment 2: K-Briq inspired brick to reduce the chance of cracking when drying

03 | Experimentation

26

27

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | 03

05 | TESTING

Aesthetics Weight and Density Compression: Shear Load Test Compression: Point Load Test Test Related Conclusions

28

03 | Experimentation

29

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | 03

8

05 | TESTING Aesthetics Once the bricks in Experiment 1 and 2 had been created, they were then analysed and tested in comparison to a traditional clay brick and an official K-Briq sample, comparing how effective the two experiment bricks were against official industry bricks.

TRADITIONAL CLAY BRICK

EXPERIMENT 1: WASTEBASEDBRICK

EXPERIMENT 2: K-BRIQ

KENOTEQ K-BRIQ SAMPLE

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 6.5 / 10.2 / 21.5

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 5.5 / 8.5 / 20

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 5.5 / 9.7 / 21.5

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 6.5 / 10.2 / 21.5

Larger particles of aggregate and gypsum could be added to Experiment 2: K-Briq inspired brick to improve binding qualities and durability

COLOUR Red / Orange

COLOUR Pink / Chalk

COLOUR Off-White / Grey

COLOUR Grey

KENOTEQ K-BRIQ SAMPLE Fig. 39: K-Briq Sample Analysis and Speculation Axonometric View

Analysis and Speculation | 04

04 | K-Briq Sample

Fig. 40: K-Briq Sample

52

53

EXPERIMENT 2: K-BRIQ

Fig. 46: K-Briq Sample Shear Load Compression Test

Fig. 45: K-Briq Sample Compared to Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick

TEXTURE Smooth

TEXTURE Uneven, but Smooth

TEXTURE Grainy, Large Sandy Deposit to Touch

TEXTURE Smooth, Minor Sandy Deposit to Touch

Analysis and Speculation | 04

04 | K-Briq Sample

Fig. 47: Comparison of Brick Sample and Brick Experiment Aesthetic Properties.

58

59

Analysis and Speculation | 04

05 | Testing

60

61

Title Page | 05

05 | Testing

62

30

03 | Experimentation

31

Weight and Density Brick Type

Traditional Clay Brick

Volume (cm3)

Weight (g)

Density (g/cm3)

(height x width x depth)

(mass)

(mass / volume)

2240

1.57

1425.45 (6.5 x 10.2 x 21.5)

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick

935

1540

1.65

(5.5 x 8.5 x 20)

Experiment 2:

1147.03

K-Briq Inspired Brick

(5.5 x 9.7 x 21.5)

K-Briq Sample

1425.45

1760

1.53

1980

1.39

(6.5 x 10.2 x 21.5)

Fig. 48: Table of Brick Sample and Brick Experiment Weight and Density Properties

63

Aesthetics | 05

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | 03

05 | TESTING

Smooth to touch, texture of the finest sand paper. When rubbed from end to end, a small amount of sandy particles come off to touch.

Relatively smooth texture lends itself to a pleasing aesthetic appearance

Fig. 42: K-Briq Sample

54

03 | Experimentation

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

crushing equipment the process is lengthy, tiring and time consuming for a small return in crushed material. Professional equipment is required to improve the efficiency of this process.

9

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

industry are established

very efficient or effective. Can be grinded using sledgehammers, however, without industrial

8

02 | Brick

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Accessibility Relatively easy to source once contacts within the construction Difficult to thoroughly clean without industrial equipment such as a pressure washer. Making the process very time intensive and not

Yes*

Defining the Brick | 02

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Yes*

7

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Achievability

6

02 | Brick

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Disputable**

Combining

Title Page | 02

05 | Testing

Fig. 49: The K-Briq Sample being Weighed

64

65

07 | APPENDIX A

Fig. 69: Construction Waste Alongside New Development

05 | Testing

m

m W

w

w

O

m m

m w

67

Compression: Shear Load Test | 05

05 | Testing

68

69

Compression: Shear Load Test | 05

05 | Testing

70

71

Compression: Shear Load Test | 05

05 | Testing

72

73

Compression: Point Load Test | 05

74

05 | Testing

75

Compression: Point Load Test | 05

05 | Testing

76

77

Compression: Point Load Test | 05

78

05 | Testing

79

Test Related Conclusions | 05

80

06 | Conclusion

81

Conclusion | 06

w m

Rede gn ng he B ck Can b ck upcyc ng n a ch ec u e be ha ne ed o educe con

gn ng h B

m w m

66

O w

03

p

m n

m

on

03 EXPER MENTAT ON n oduction o Own E pe men

EXPERIMENT 1: WasteBasedBricks

Due to product secrecy, information about how the bricks in case studies 1 and 3 are made is extremely vague. Hence, it is challenging to conclude how these bricks compare both environmentally and structurally to traditional clay bricks and each other. Aims 1. How are the waste construction bricks made? 2. How achievable / accessible are the waste construction bricks to make? 3. How do they perform under compression compared to general clay bricks? FINDINGS "The experiment produced a ‘brick-like’ object that could be compared to a WasteBasedBrick. Through a few alterations to the materials, ratios and methods an even closer match to their brick could be achieved."

03 EXPER MENTAT ON

E pe men 1 Wa eBa edB ck n p ed B ck | Me hod

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

M

Methodology n odu

on o Own

p

03

m n

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

03 EXPER MENTAT ON

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Deducing the Method

E pe men 1 Wa eBa edB ck n p ed B ck | ng ed en

The method of making a WasteBasedBrick is largely based on the traditional techniques of brick making.20 The methodology for the following experiment was, therefore, heavily influenced by both the BDA’s “The UK Clay Brickmaking Process” document and our WasteBasedBrick research, aiming to deduce a method that would replicate a possible method of making WasteBasedBricks.

WasteBasedBrick Process Deduced from Research

Properties Materials

Traditional Brick Making Process

Deduced Method Used in Experiment 1

Clay

Reused brick

clay, rejected clay and upcycled waste: ceramics, 60-100% waste material used (remaining

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Reflections oneC n h e w e e e tion p o e h en u e qu o w em e wh h ou d no be u n eed n ou m e ou n No now n he e tio o w m de h en n o p odu e b ep e en W eB edB

em e wh h

u

u ed e

Process

The e pe men p odu ed b e ob e h ou d be omp ed o W eB edB Th ou h ew e tion o he m e tio nd me hod n e en o e m h o he b ou d be h e ed

M e Ce nn

G nd n

Comb n n

Porcelain (sink)

quantity made up by clay)

D

Reused concrete

Unknown

Ratios

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

Clay

glass, bricks, concrete, sanitaryware

100% clay

Clay - 40%

(includes small 1-2 mm clay particles)

Reused brick – 20%

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Reflections Reused concrete – 10%

Water content

Unknown

Drying before Kiln Fired

Water 12-25%

Water - 20%

24-48hrs starting at 30°C to 120°C in

48 hrs in closed room at 30°C

large humidity controlled chambers

8 hrs in oven at 80°C

n

5hr in oven from 100-120°C

Firing Temperature

Yes, at 25% energy reduction

Timings

Up to 1000°C

Up to 1250°C

Unknown

StoneCyc ng have a str ct waste se ection process that ensures qua ty of waste mater a 21 wh ch cou d not be guaranteed n our mater a sourc ng

80+ hours

40 hrs

In large batches and kilns (see Appendix

(see Appendix Item 5 for Deduced Firing

Item 4 for Firing Curve)

Curve)

Fig. 22: Deducing the method for Experiment 1

A 26

03 | Experimentation

27

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | 03

Not know ng the exact ratios of waste mater a s used made t cha eng ng to produce a br ck wh ch accurate y represents a WasteBasedBr ck

W

Process

03 |ke EXPERIMENTATION The exper ment produced a br ckob ect that cou d be compared to a WasteBasedBr ck 1:Through a Inspired Brick | Progress Photographs Experiment WasteBasedBrick few a terations to the mater a s ratios and methods an even c oser match to the r br ck cou d be ach eved

Mater a Sourc ng

Achievability Yes*

ti

m

W

B

B

B

03 Expe men a on

Accessibility

Re ative y easy to source once contacts w th n the construction ndustry are estab shed

C ean ng

D sputab e**

D fficu t to thorough y c ean w thout ndustr a equ pment such as a pressure washer Mak ng the process very time ntens ve and not very effic ent or effective

Gr nd ng

D sputab e**

Can be gr nded us ng s edgehammers however w thout ndustr a consum ng for a sma return n crushed mater a Profess ona

1

2

3

4

5

equ pment s requ red to mprove the effic ency of th s process

Fig.25: Brick Progress, 1. After Combining; 2. After being left for 48hrs at 30°C; 3. After 8hrs at 80°C in an oven; 4. After 5hrs at 100°C to 120°C; 5. Final brick after being fired in a Kiln for 40 hours at up to 1000°C

03 | Experimentation

32

33

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | 03

Comb n ng

Yes*

Re ative y easy to comb ne w th the use of an ndustr a m xer W thout th s the e ements cou d be comb ned w th m n ma effort

Dry ng

Yes*

Process of dry ng s poss b e but s not done to the same accuracy as n the ndustry (hav ng arge chambers that can contro temperature

Table showing conclusion of making bricks from waste using WasteBasedBrick methods

and hum d ty) F r ng

D sputab e*

A A

WasteBasedBrick inspired brick

crush ng equ pment the process s engthy tir ng and time

W

13

n

Porcelain (sink) – 10%

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

2. Experiment 1:WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick 4. Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Bricks 5. Experiment Conclusions

Redesigning the Brick Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Part 3 EXPERIMENTATION 1. Introduction to Own Experiments

Weight and Density | 05

uc on wa e?

5

05 | TESTING

Fig. 50: Step One: Place brick sample or brick experiment in the ram measuring psi with metal cylindrical point load placed across its width.

50+ years 25% less than traditional brick

Yes, can be crushed down and made into more

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Disputable**

Grinding

Material Sourcing

5

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

m

m

glass, bricks, concrete, sanitaryware Embodied Carbon / Energy Use Construction Waste Percentage Heat Requirements Recyclability / Reusability

d

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

w

m ffi

clay, rejected clay and upcycled waste: ceramics,

Lifespan

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Cleaning

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

m m

w w

WasteBasedBrick

Material(s)

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Process

The experiment produced a ‘brick-like’ object that could be compared to a WasteBasedBrick. Through a few alterations to the materials, ratios and methods an even closer match to their brick could be achieved.

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

4

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

w m

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

m

32

Properties

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Not knowing the exact ratios of waste materials used made it challenging to produce a brick which accurately represents a WasteBasedBrick.

Fig.25: Brick Progress, 1. After Combining; 2. After being left for 48hrs at 30°C; 3. After 8hrs at 80°C in an oven; 4. After 5hrs at 100°C to 120°C; 5. Final brick after being fired in a Kiln for 40 hours at up to 1000°C

03 | Experimentation

Improving on the Brick: 1. Reducing amount of natural material used; 2. Reducing CO2 emissions in manufacturing; 3.Utilising construction waste. Fig.9a: WasteBasedBrick Improvements on the Brick

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

StoneCycling have a strict waste selection process that ensures quality of waste material21 which could not be guaranteed in our material sourcing.

Water Content 3

Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Reflections

and humidity).

2

02 | BRICK

UK, due to BES 6001

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

4

02 | Brick

readily available. Without this the brick would be unusable.

1

UK, or Scotland)

material ratios

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Progress Photographs

in the industry (having large chambers that can control temperature

m

Locally sourced to Amsterdam (Not the

gone to landfill Variety of colours based on waste

Responsible Sourcing

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

Without this the elements could be combined with minimal effort.

m

Fired*

Uses leftover, rejected clay from the manufacturing process that would have

Fig. 8: Advantages and Disadvantages of WasteBasedBrick *Although the development of using alternative fuels and efficient firing curves within the kiln, means there is a 25% reduction in production energy use compared to other kiln fired bricks.

£0.20 - £1.20

Locally Sourced To

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

m

m

Introduction | 01

3

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

m

2

01 | Introduction

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

w

m

Expensive

in each brick (60-100%) (see Fig. 10)

fired to form solid bricks.8 Built to industry standards, these bricks can compete with similar products in the industry when comparing their compressive strength, water absorption and freeze-thaw capabilities.9 However, the WasteBasedBrick has only been commercially used as a façade finish, interior brick and floor finish to date.10 It is a relatively new product that requires further development, scaling and marketing to establish the brick as a common construction unit used and trusted within the construction industry.

To form the WasteBasedBrick, waste material is ground into a coarse powder, combined with clay and then kiln

Fig. 7b: StoneCycling production process: 1&2. Sourcing; 3. Grinding; 4. Making; 5. Firing; 6. Final Brick

Contents | 00

5

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

m

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

w

Disadvantages

Reduces amount of clay used (40% to 0%) Large amount of construction waste used

WasteBasedBrick, by StoneCycling, is a fired brick using 60-100% material waste from the construction industry to upcycle and produce a high quality, sustainable product.6 Focusing on reducing CO2 emissions, waste materials used in this brick are carefully sourced no further than a 100 km radius from the factory via strict supply chains (see fig.).7 The focus of producing a low embodied carbon product, using waste materials, addresses the current issues regarding the amount of primary resources used when making traditional clay bricks.

Fig.2: Construction Waste

4

00 | Contents

H w H w H w

Advantages

Improving on the Brick: 1. Reducing amount of natural material used; 2. Reducing CO2 emissions in manufacturing; 3.Utilising construction waste. Fig.7a: WasteBasedBrick Improvements on the Brick

- Analysis and Speculation

Am

C nb

0% Yes, fired in kiln

Cost

Fig.4b: Advantages and Disadvantages of Brick

Fig.3: Traditional Clay Brick

0.06kg of CO2

Construction Waste Heat Requirements

and CO2 emissions during

Impervious Good thermal properties

Up to 150 years

Embodied Carbon / Energy Use Percentage

Large energy consumption

Good compressive strength

K-BRIQ SAMPLE

Clay

Lifespan

Disadvantages

Natural

Aesthetic

04

Clay Brick

Material(s)

Advantages

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Defining the Brick Traditional clay bricks are manufactured by firing a mix of clay and water that has previously taken the shape of a mould.4 In the UK, all bricks need to be built to building standard BS EN 771-1 which sets out rigorous tests that provide the specifications of the product in terms of compressive strength, density and tolerances.5

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

02 | BRICK

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Case Study 2: Lendager Group Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq Case Study Comparison

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

02 | BRICK

Defining the Brick Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

ENDNOTES

Therefore, this project will explore how the traditional clay brick could be redesigned by upcycling construction waste to form a new construction unit. Simultaneously, improving brick’s sustainable qualities whilst reducing construction waste.

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

08

01 | INTRODUCTION 39% of the worlds carbon emissions are produced by the building and construction industry; 11% of which are due to the initial emissions associated with materials and construction processes.1 The UK has accepted the target of bringing all greenhouse gas emissions to net zero by 2050, therefore, it is imperative that waste from the construction industry is effectively managed and reduced in accordance with this goal.2 The construction industry is responsible for one hundred-tonnes of material waste every year.3 This presents a large resource that, if exploited correctly, could reduce the need to use natural resources whilst reducing waste itself. Included in this waste is brick, a common building material that could provide the foundations for the development of a construction unit made of waste.

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

EXPERIMENTATIONS - Introduction to Own Experiments - Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick - Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick - Experiment Conclusions

CONCLUSION APPENDIX

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

03

TESTING - Aesthetics - Weight and Density - Compression: Shear Load Test - Compression: Point Load Test - Test Related Conclusions

06 07

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

05

BRICK - Defining the Brick - Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling - Case Study 2: Lendager Group - Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq - Case Study Comparison

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

INTRODUCTION

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

02

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

01

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

00 | CONTENTS

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Architectural Technology Research - Assignment 2 - Contextual Study

u

REDESIGNING THE BRICK: CAN BRICK UPCYCLING IN ARCHITECTURE BE HARNESSED TO REDUCE CONSTRUCTION WASTE?

By Amy Drabble and Stuart Gomes

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

REDESIGNING THE BRICK

14.12.2020

CONTEXTUAL STUDY

ntroduction to Own Exper ments

h

Brief 02 // Contextual Study

b h n

d o

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

up

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

on w

MArch 1, [semester 1]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

ng n

ATR

[2021] ATR

Wh st we had access to a k n to fire the br ck th s s not w de y and read y ava ab e W thout th s the br ck wou d be unusab e

34

35

A


This exploration into using bricks as a way of reducing waste was an incredible project to work on. Being able to work as a team to test, make and develop our own bricks based on our research was overwhelmingly beneficial to my understanding of building materials. I am fascinated to see if bricks made from reused building materials will be a common material practice in the future.

Materials

Material Ratios (in order of material list above)

Water Content

03 | Experimentation

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

7

03 | Experimentation

1

8

09

K-Briq Method

Gypsum Plasterboard

Gypsum Plasterboard

Clay

Clay

manufacturing process Currently not fully utilised

Long life span

after life

Improving on the Brick: 1. Reducing amount of natural material used; 2. Reducing CO2 emissions in manufacturing; 3.Utilising construction waste. Fig.9a: WasteBasedBrick Improvements on the Brick

Properties

WasteBasedBrick

Material(s)

clay, rejected clay and upcycled waste: ceramics, glass, bricks, concrete, sanitaryware

Lifespan

50+ years

Embodied Carbon / Energy Use

25% less than traditional brick

Construction Waste Percentage

60-100% (91kg waste upcycled per m2)

Heat Requirements

Yes, fired in kiln

Recyclability / Reusability

Yes, can be crushed down and made into more WasteBasedBrick

Water Demand

Unknown

Cost

Structural? Production / year Weight

Advantages

Improving on the Brick: 1. Solely using construction waste; 2. Improvement on current method for reusing bricks Fig.12a: Lendager Group Improvements on the Brick

The Lendager Group specialise in cost neutral sustainable design, specifically focusing on new construction methodologies that aim to achieve a circular economy within their process.11 Their project, The Resource Rows, focuses on reusing brick façades reclaimed from abandoned buildings within new construction projects. To do this, they have developed a method that addresses the current issues regarding efficiency when reusing traditional clay bricks. Due to improvements in mortar strength in the 1960s, recycling and reusing individual bricks has since been unachievable. This project recycles brick façades by cutting them into pre-constructed modules (complete

Disadvantages

Removes need to break down / separate with mortar). These are then fitted onto either steel or timber frames (see Fig. 11a, 11b and Appendix Item 3). This means they can be used as façade modules on new buildings and removes the need to separate the individual bricks – consuming time and energy.12

Non-structural, requires steel frame or

bricks to reuse them – reducing energy inputs

concrete backing

Reduces need to use virgin materials

within basement car-park and double skin

Lots of concrete still used in project – structure Concrete in project was not made from recycled aggregate – due to volume

This methodology could be replicated in the UK and has the potential to ignite a cultural shift in terms of common construction processes. However, the realisation of this relies on architects, developers and builders to be willing to take a risk and learn new methodologies; a prospect that may be challenging as the construction industry can be conservative when presented with new ideas (see Appendix Item 2).

required Sustainable and economic aspects of upcycled system are not resolved at scale

Fig. 12b: Advantages and Disadvantages of the Lendager Group Process

02 | BRICK Case Study 2: Lendager Group Improving on the Brick: 1. Solely using construction waste; 2. Improvement on current method for reusing bricks Fig.13a: Lendager Group Improvements on the Brick

Properties

Yes 2.24kg

1

2

3

4

5

Production / year

Unknown

Weight

Unknown

Unknown

Embodied Carbon / Energy Use

Unknown

Construction Waste Percentage

100%

Heat Requirements

N/A

Recyclability / Reusability

Unknown

Water Demand Cost

None Per square metre, scheme cheaper to build than a non-upcycled equivalent

Locally Sourced To

02 | BRICK Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq Improving on the Brick: 1. Reducing amount of natural material used; 2. Not fired 3. Large reduction in CO2 emissions in manufacturing; 4.Utilising construction waste

The K-briq, by Kenoteq, is an unfired brick, 90% of which is formed from recycled content sourced from demolition and construction waste.13 This brick offers a solution to a key issue with the manufacturing process of traditional clay bricks; the large amount of energy required to fire them, increasing the embodied carbon within the final brick.14

Medium Gravel (size 6-20mm)

Fine Gravel (size 2-6mm)

Fine Gravel (Reclaimed brick) (size 2-6mm)

15%

15%

is added. The dehydrated gypsum absorbs the water and recrystallises to form a binding agent, like Plaster of Paris17 (see Appendix Item 2). The bricks are then compressed to size and air dried to produce the final K-Briq.18

Disadvantages

Currently only manufactured on a small

recycled pigment

scale

Weighs the same, if not less than, regular

Cannot be manufactured on-site

clay bricks Higher U-value (better insulation properties) than regular clay bricks

85% of bricks used in Scotland are unsustainably imported from either England or Europe, making the development of the K-Briq vitally important to Scotland.19 Once commercially available, the K-Briq could decrease the number of bricks that are required to be imported; simultaneously reducing transportation emissions and construction waste for the country.

Uses 90% construction waste Do not need to be kiln fired

Fig. 16b: Advantages and Disadvantages of K-Briq (see Appendix Item 2)

02 | BRICK Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq Improving on the Brick: 1. Reducing amount of natural material used; 2. Not fired 3. Large reduction in CO2 emissions in manufacturing; 4.Utilising construction waste Fig.17a: K-Briq Improvements on the Brick

Properties Material(s)

gravel and reclaimed brick Embodied Carbon / Energy Use

Minimum 30 years 1/10th of regular clay brick 90% Yes, gypsum needs to by dried but no Yes, can be crushed down and remade

kiln required into k-briqs Water Demand

anywhere Production / year Weight

K-Briq Gypsum Plasterboard, clay, sand,

Lifespan Construction Waste Percentage Heat Requirements Recyclability / Reusability

Cost

Yes £0.80 – £2.00 a unit – comparable to

No, façade modules

Deduced Definition of a Brick: A construction unit that can be stacked to form a wall which has an aesthetic appeal, is recyclable and durable with long-term performance. Fig.19a: Deduced Definition of a Brick

All three case studies reduce embodied carbon / energy use when compared to traditional clay brick. However, common limitations between the three are having: a higher initial cost, small areas in which they are locally sourced and a lower level of production each year.

Locally Sourced to Structural?

Fig. 13b: The Lendager Group Process Characteristics

Properties Material(s)

WasteBasedBrick

Lendager Group

clay, rejected clay and upcycled waste: ceramics,

Reused Brick

Embodied Carbon / Energy Use Construction Waste Percentage

Unknown Unknown

60-100%

100%

90%

N/A

Yes, gypsum needs to by dried but no kiln

Yes, fired in kiln

Production / year

Recyclability / Reusability

Yes, can be crushed down and made into more

Unknown

Yes, can be crushed down and remade into

WasteBasedBrick Water Demand Cost Locally Sourced to

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Introduction to Own Experiments Aims 1. 2. 3.

How are the waste construction bricks made? How achievable / accessible are the waste construction bricks to make? How do they perform under compression compared to general clay bricks?

Fig.21a: Experiment Aims

Due to product secrecy, information about how the bricks in case studies 1 and 3 are made is extremely vague. Hence, it is challenging to conclude how these bricks compare both environmentally and structurally to traditional clay bricks and each other. Based on our research and knowledge of traditional methods of brick making, we aim to produce our own version of the WasteBasedBrick and K-Briq. On which

we will carry out a series of tests to compare these bricks to a traditional clay brick and an official K-Briq sample. To be truly effective as a circular, sustainable alternative, the process of making bricks from construction waste needs to be adopted by multiple local companies; globally. Our experiments will distinguish the bricks’ potential to achieve this goal.

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Deducing the Method The method of making a WasteBasedBrick is largely based on the traditional techniques of brick making.20 The methodology for the following experiment was, therefore, heavily influenced by both the BDA’s “The UK Clay Brickmaking Process” document and our WasteBasedBrick research, aiming to deduce a method that would replicate a possible method of making WasteBasedBricks.

Structural?

1.98kg

Materials

general brick

Copenhagen, method can be applied

Scotland

Fig. 19b: Case Study Comparison Table

Weight

Traditional Brick Making Process

Deduced Method Used in Experiment 1

clay, rejected clay and upcycled waste: ceramics,

Clay Clay

glass, bricks, concrete, sanitaryware

Reused brick

60-100% waste material used (remaining

Porcelain (sink)

quantity made up by clay) Ratios

Reused concrete 100% clay

Unknown

(includes small 1-2 mm clay particles)

Clay - 40% Reused brick – 20% Porcelain (sink) – 10% Reused concrete – 10%

Water content

Yes £0.80 – £2.00 a unit – comparable to

build than a non-upcycled equivalent

Water 12-25%

Water - 20%

24-48hrs starting at 30°C to 120°C in

48 hrs in closed room at 30°C

Unknown

large humidity controlled chambers

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Ingredients

Timings

No, façade modules

Yes, viable for load-bearing applications both

N/A

3 million (as of next year)

Unknown

Unknown

Fig. 20: (Left to Right) Traditional Reclaimed Clay Brick, WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick, K-Briq Inspired Brick, K-Briq Sample

1

1.98kg

2

3

4

5

80+ hours

40 hrs

In large batches and kilns (see Appendix

(see Appendix Item 5 for Deduced Firing

Item 4 for Firing Curve)

Curve)

Unknown

internally and externally.

1

2

6

7

3

4

5

9

Fig. 24: Method 1. Source: the required construction waste was sourced from local skips and behind Minto House. 2. Clean 3&4. Grind: hammer the raw construction materials into fine particles. 5. Weigh: measure out ingredients 6. Combine: combine ingredients in an industrial mixer 7. Pour into mould 8. Dry: Leave to dry for 48 hrs in room at 30°C before further drying for 8hrs at 80°C in an oven, then for 5hrs at 100°C to 120°C 9. Fire: Place in Kiln at: 100°C for 1 hour; 100-200°C for 8 hrs; 200-750°C for 3 hrs; 750-1000°C for 8hrs; 1000°C for 5hrs; 1000-600°C for 2hrs; 600°C for 8hrs; 600°C to room temperature for 5hrs; END (see Appendix Item 5 for firing curve)

Up to 1000°C

Yes*

Accessibility

Relatively easy to source once contacts within the construction industry are established

Difficult to thoroughly clean without industrial equipment such as

a pressure washer. Making the process very time intensive and not very efficient or effective. Can be grinded using sledgehammers, however, without industrial crushing equipment the process is lengthy, tiring and time consuming for a small return in crushed material. Professional equipment is required to improve the efficiency of this process.

Yes*

Relatively easy to combine with the use of an industrial mixer.

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Deducing the Methods The methodology for the following experiment was heavily influenced by the K-Briq patent.22 The patent is written in a vague manner, indicating various methods of making the K-Briq in which the quantities, particle sizes and timings vary. This document was scrutinised to deduce a method that would replicate one of the possible methods the K-Briq is formed.

Method

K-Briq Method

Materials

Sand (Coarse, Medium and Fine)

Drying

Yes*

Firing

Disputable*

Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2

Gypsum Plasterboard

Process of drying is possible but is not done to the same accuracy as

Gypsum Plasterboard

Clay

Clay Medium Sand

Medium Gravel (size 6-20mm)

Medium Gravel (size 6-20mm)

Fine Gravel (size 2-6mm)

Fine Gravel (Reclaimed brick) (size 2-6mm)

15%

15%

10%

Material Ratios

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Deducing the Methods Method

coarse grade material (0.063-2mm)

150°C; or 100-150°C for 1-2 days.

The gypsum could be heated at 200°C for

Grind gypsum into coarse grade, powder, material

Fig. 26: Axo, Plan and Section photographs of final Experiment 1 WasteBasedBrick inspired Brick

Fig. 27: Achievability and Accessibility of Brick Production * Achievable on a small scale without a large range of industrial equipment. **Achievable, but not a process that could be maintained on a small scale to produce bricks, make a business or profit from the outcome.

Best practice is to dry clay and aggregate

K-Briq Method

Additive, such as a pigment, added at this

08: Pour into Mould

N/A

materials in oven at 105°C for 6-24 hours Materials dry to touch, did not heat in oven Test materials for moisture content to ensure they are prepared for next stage

N/A

09: Compaction

Did not have the facilities to complete this stage

Combine gypsum, aggregate materials and

Gypsum, aggregate materials and clay

clay to form a homogeneous mixture

mixed together in industrial mixer

10: Leave in Mould

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | 03

Fig. 52: Step Three: Apply pressure until brick fails and a crack forms.

Fig. 53: Step Four: From video recording, mark psi reached on psi gauge and then apply equal pressure to mechanical pressure gauge to receive a reading that can then be converted to find the weight applied at the point of fail in kN.

Compression: Shear Load Test | 05

34

03 | Experimentation

35

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | 03

05 | TESTING Compression: Shear Load Test | Point of Fail

Fig. 54: Traditional Clay Brick: Extremely durable, it took an extremely large amount of pressure to crack.

Fig. 55: Kenoteq K-Briq Sample: Durable, requiring a large amount of pressure to be applied before reaching its point of fail.

05 | Testing

68

Fig. 56: Experiment 2: K-Briq: Not durable, it needed little pressure to be applied before the brick failed.

69

Fig. 57: Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick: Slightly durable, it took a small amount of pressure to be applied before the brick failed.

Compression: Shear Load Test | 05

8 – 40% or 12 – 26% of total mixture

11: Air Dry

26% of total mixture

Fig. 28: Table of Research: K-Briq Method Alongside Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2 (Part 1 of 3)

36

03 | Experimentation

Fig. 29: Table of Research: K-Briq Method Alongside Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2 (Part 2 of 3)

37

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

05 | TESTING Compression: Shear Load Test | Results

METAL CYLINDRICAL POINT LOAD

TRADITIONAL CLAY BRICK

KENOTEQ K-BRIQ SAMPLE

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 1600

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 2200

EXPERIMENT 1: WASTEBASEDBRICK

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 800

EXPERIMENT 2: K-BRIQ

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 200

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 5.22

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 3.72

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 1.54

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 0.50

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 8.77

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 6.20

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 2.57

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 0.83

70

71

Compression: Shear Load Test | 05

stage to introduce colour

Add water and mix for 1 minute

N/A

Add water and mix for 1 minute

Pour mixture into mould in increments to Pour mixture into mould in increments to avoid the development of air gaps

avoid the development of air gaps

Compact the mixture; subject to a

Compact the mixture using a load of 101kg

minimum load of 10kN

for 48 hours

Leave in mould for at least 4 hours

Left in mould for 24 hours

Remove mould and air dry at 4-35°C from

Remove mould and air dry at 30°C for 7

between 24 hours to 28 days

days

39

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

05 | TESTING Compression: Point Load Test | General Method

0

Fig. 60: Step Two: Apply pressure by pumping ram until brick fails. Record psi gauge to document the pressure applied at the point of fail.

72

05 | Testing

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Ingredients

MEDIUM GRAVEL 6% - 162g

CLAY 10% - 270g

Fig. 61: Step Three: Apply pressure until brick fails and a crack forms.

73

Fig. 62: Step Four: From video recording, mark psi reached on psi gauge and then apply equal pressure to mechanical pressure gauge to receive a reading that can then be converted to find the weight applied at the point of fail in kN.

Compression: Point Load Test | 05

8

02 | Brick

9

Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling | 02

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Method

0

1

2

10

02 | Brick

5

11

Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling | 02

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Progress Photographs

12

02 | Brick

13

Case Study 2: Lendager Group | 02

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Reflections Due to not needing to be fired, the K-Briq is potentially easier to make on a small scale. However, when produced at an industrial scale – due to the change of practice / process required – it may be harder to introduce to the industry (see Appendix Item 2) than other options such as the WasteBasedBrick. This is because the WasteBasedBrick is an adaptation and improvement on traditional brick making whereas K-Briq is a new process of making bricks.

Process

Achievability

Material Sourcing

Yes*

Accessibility Relatively easy to source once contacts within the construction industry are established

However, visually, the experiment produced a ‘bricklike’ object that could be representative of the K-Briq as the ratios and process were followed closely; only missing the secret binding agent.

Cleaning

Disputable**

Grinding

Disputable**

Difficult to thoroughly clean without industrial equipment such as a pressure washer. Making the process very time intensive and not very efficient or effective. Can be grinded using sledgehammers, however, without industrial crushing equipment the process is lengthy, tiring and time consuming for a small return in crushed material. Professional equipment is required to improve the efficiency of this process.

Combining

Yes*

Relatively easy to combine with the use of an industrial mixer. Without this the elements could be combined with minimal effort.

GYPSUM PLASTERBOARD 15% - 405g

RE-CLAIMED BRICK 26% - 702g

SAND 43% - 1161g

40

03 | Experimentation

Fig. 31. Ingredients for Experiment 2 Clay - 270g (10%) Re-claimed Brick - 702g (26%) Medium Gravel - 162g (6%) Sand - 1161g (43%) Gypsum Plasterboard - 405g (15%) Water - 702ml (26%)

41

7

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

03 | Experimentation

8

9

42

11

43

Drying

Yes*

Firing

N/A

Very accessible process as the brick is left to air dry. However, to avoid cracking the area, ideally, needs to be monitored and

Fig. 32: Method 0. Source: The required construction waste was sourced from local skips and behind Minto House. 1. Prepare the Gypsum: Hammer the raw construction materials into fine particles. 2. Heat the Gypsum: Place grinded gypsum plasterboard on baking tray and heat in industrial oven at 200 degrees for 7 hours. 5. Combine: Mix the gypsum, aggregate materials and clay together. 7. Add Water: Once mixed, add water (26% of the total dry mass). 8. Pour into mould 9. Compaction: Compress with 101kg for 48hours. 11. Air Dry: Remove from mould and leave to air dry.

maintained at a constant low temperature.

1

2

3

4

5

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

44

03 | Experimentation

45

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

03 | Experimentation

46

47

Case Study 2: Lendager Group | 02

Experiment Conclusions A key issue highlighted in the production of both bricks was that, whilst drying, a crack formed. The formation of which raises a question regarding the methodologies used. In the K-Briq inspired brick, the crack may have developed due to there being a large differential between the ambient humidity within the room in which the brick was air dried and internal moisture within the brick. Whereas, for the WasteBasedBrick inspired brick, the crack may have developed due to an attempt to dry the brick out too quickly whilst overestimating the amount of water required. Cracking is often caused when water vapour escapes too quickly from the brick in the drying process (see Appendix Item 1). Therefore, in a future iteration of the experiment, lower temperature should be closely monitored whilst the brick is air drying. Additionally, making a frog or holes in the brick would allow more air to circulate through the centre of the brick, reducing the probability of cracking.

Achievability Process Material Sourcing

Based on our process of making the K-Briq and WasteBasedBrick, it is achievable to produce these bricks, however, the outcome is not to the same standard as a traditional clay brick or those produced using large industrial equipment, official processes, and controlled environments.

N/A

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

15

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

Fig. 35: Achievability and Accessibility of Brick Production * Achievable on a small scale without a large range of industrial equipment. **Achievable, but not a process that could be maintained on a small scale to produce bricks, make a business or profit from the outcome.

Fig. 34: Axo, Plan and Section photographs of final Experiment 2 K-Briq inspired brick

Fig. 33: Brick Progress, 1. After Compressing; 2. After being left to air dry for 24hrs at 30°C; 3. After being left to air dry for 7 days at 30°C; 4. After lid of mould removed; 5. Final brick

14

02 | Brick

Fig. 36: Final Brick Images for Both Experiments. (Top) WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick (Below) K-Briq Inspired Brick

WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick

Yes*

Yes*

Disputable**

Disputable**

Grinding

Disputable**

Disputable**

Combining

Yes*

Yes*

Drying

Yes*

Yes*

Firing

N/A

Disputable*

49

Experiment Conclusions | 03

17

Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq | 02

18

02 | Brick

04 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE

Analysis and Speculation

19

Case Study Comparison | 02

03 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE Analysis and Speculation

Whilst brick is of grey colour, flecks of white aggregate / gypsum are visible on bricks surface

Chunks of aggregate visibly used (1-2mm)

20

02 | Brick

Fig. 23: Ingredients for Experiment 1 Clay - 1000g (40%) Reclaimed Brick - 500g (20%) Reclaimed Concrete - 250g (10%) Porcelain - 250g (10%) Water - 500ml (20%)

6 Fig. 22: Deducing the method for Experiment 1

Fig. 21b: General Method, 1. Sourcing; 2. Cleaning; 3. Grinding; 4. Combining; 5. Drying/Firing; 6. Testing

04 | K-Briq Sample

50

51

Title Page | 04

04 | K-Briq Sample

Fig. 44: K-Briq Sample

56

57

Three core holes evenly spaced across the centre of the brick

Black substance visible on the surface of the brick and a slight aroma of rubber. Speculatively, this could be the secret binding agent. Potentially being a substance such as recycled tyres or asphalt pellets. Before analysing the K-Briq, we speculated that cork could be an appropriate binder due to the natural binding property that its sap offers (see previous study: Generic Study). However, if tyres are the secret binding agent, then they could potentially be more beneficial to use. The use of tyres helps to reduce waste, whilst simultaneously reducing transportation emissions due to being a commonly found waste material. Whereas, the use of cork, regardless of its sustainable properties, still uses a natural resource that would require transportation to areas outside of where it is grown (the Mediterranean Basin); cork could still be a viable binding material if used in countries in which it grows. However, research reveals that tyres are flammable and asphalt is poisonous and so, it is unlikely that these materials would be incorporated into a construction unit due to the tests needed to pass to reach the commercial market. Fig. 41: K-Briq Sample Analysis and Speculation Plan View (see Appendix Item 2)

Analysis and Speculation | 04

Case Study Comparison | 02

Analysis and Speculation

Fig. 38: K-Briq Sample Fig. 43: K-Briq Sample Analysis and Speculation Cross-Section View

21

03 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE

Relatively light when compared to traditional clay bricks

Fig. 37: Achievability and Accessibility of Brick Production Comparison * Achievable on a small scale without a large range of industrial equipment. **Achievable, but not a process that could be maintained on a small scale to produce bricks, make a business or profit from the outcome.

48

03 | Experimentation

K-Briq Inspired Brick

Cleaning

16

02 | Brick

04 | K-Briq Sample

55

23

Title Page | 03

03 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE Analysis and Speculation Following the conduction of Experiment 2, a sample of K-Briq was sourced, allowing an analysis of the brick in terms of texture, aesthetic appearance, and smell to be conducted.

Consistent colour

Edges and corners, 90 degrees in most places however some areas are slightly crumbled.

24

03 | Experimentation

25

Introduction to Own Experiments | 03

03 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE Analysis and Speculation

Natural colour pigments could be added to Experiment 2: K-Briq inspired brick to improve aesthetic appearance

Core holes could be added to Experiment 2: K-Briq inspired brick to reduce the chance of cracking when drying

03 | Experimentation

26

27

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | 03

05 | TESTING

Aesthetics Weight and Density Compression: Shear Load Test Compression: Point Load Test Test Related Conclusions

28

03 | Experimentation

29

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | 03

8

05 | TESTING Aesthetics Once the bricks in Experiment 1 and 2 had been created, they were then analysed and tested in comparison to a traditional clay brick and an official K-Briq sample, comparing how effective the two experiment bricks were against official industry bricks.

TRADITIONAL CLAY BRICK

EXPERIMENT 1: WASTEBASEDBRICK

EXPERIMENT 2: K-BRIQ

KENOTEQ K-BRIQ SAMPLE

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 6.5 / 10.2 / 21.5

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 5.5 / 8.5 / 20

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 5.5 / 9.7 / 21.5

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 6.5 / 10.2 / 21.5

Larger particles of aggregate and gypsum could be added to Experiment 2: K-Briq inspired brick to improve binding qualities and durability

COLOUR Red / Orange

COLOUR Pink / Chalk

COLOUR Off-White / Grey

COLOUR Grey

KENOTEQ K-BRIQ SAMPLE Fig. 39: K-Briq Sample Analysis and Speculation Axonometric View

Analysis and Speculation | 04

Fig. 40: K-Briq Sample

52

04 | K-Briq Sample

53

EXPERIMENT 2: K-BRIQ

Fig. 46: K-Briq Sample Shear Load Compression Test

Fig. 45: K-Briq Sample Compared to Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick

TEXTURE Smooth

TEXTURE Uneven, but Smooth

TEXTURE Grainy, Large Sandy Deposit to Touch

TEXTURE Smooth, Minor Sandy Deposit to Touch

Analysis and Speculation | 04

04 | K-Briq Sample

Fig. 47: Comparison of Brick Sample and Brick Experiment Aesthetic Properties.

58

59

Analysis and Speculation | 04

05 | Testing

60

61

Title Page | 05

05 | Testing

62

30

03 | Experimentation

31

Weight and Density Brick Type

Traditional Clay Brick

Volume (cm3)

Weight (g)

Density (g/cm3)

(height x width x depth)

(mass)

(mass / volume)

2240

1.57

1425.45 (6.5 x 10.2 x 21.5)

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick

935

1540

1.65

(5.5 x 8.5 x 20)

Experiment 2:

1147.03

K-Briq Inspired Brick

(5.5 x 9.7 x 21.5)

K-Briq Sample

1425.45

1760

1.53

1980

1.39

(6.5 x 10.2 x 21.5)

Fig. 48: Table of Brick Sample and Brick Experiment Weight and Density Properties

63

Aesthetics | 05

05 | Testing

Fig. 49: The K-Briq Sample being Weighed

64

65

Compression: Point Load Test | Point of Fail

Fig. 63: Traditional Clay Brick: Extremely durable, it took an extremely large amount of pressure to crack.

Fig. 64: Kenoteq K-Briq Sample: Durable, requiring a large amount of pressure to be applied before reaching its point of fail. Before failing, the brick compressed underneath the metal circular point load. This indicates that the brick could potentially be further compressed in manufacture, which could increase the bricks overall durability.

74

05 | Testing

Fig. 65: Experiment 2: K-Briq: Not durable, it needed little pressure to be applied before the brick failed. The brick did act with the same characteristics as the K-Briq sample did under compression. The brick continued to compress before failing. Indicating that a larger weight of compression should have been applied in its production. However, this similarity validates the similarity in method between the creation of these two bricks.

Fig. 66: Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick: Slightly durable, it took a small amount of pressure to be applied before the brick failed. The brick failed in a similar way to the traditional clay brick; via a hair-line crack. This can be presumed

75

Compression: Point Load Test | 05

2

8

5

9

42

Fig. 32: Method 0. Source: The required construction waste was sourced from local skips and behind Minto House. 1. Prepare the Gypsum: Hammer the raw construction materials into fine particles. 2. Heat the Gypsum: Place grinded gypsum plasterboard on baking tray and heat in industrial oven at 200 degrees for 7 hours. 5. Combine: Mix the gypsum, aggregate materials and clay together. 7. Add Water: Once mixed, add water (26% of the total dry mass). 8. Pour into mould 9. Compaction: Compress with 101kg for 48hours. 11. Air Dry: Remove from mould and leave to air dry.

Methodology

11

43

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

Fig. 32: Method 0. Source: The required construction waste was sourced from local skips and behind Minto House. 1. Prepare the Gypsum: Hammer the raw construction materials into fine particles. 2. Heat the Gypsum: Place grinded gypsum plasterboard on baking tray and heat in industrial oven at 200 degrees for 7 hours. 5. Combine: Mix the gypsum, aggregate materials and clay together. 7. Add Water: Once mixed, add water (26% of the total dry mass). 8. Pour into mould 9. Compaction: Compress with 101kg for 48hours. 11. Air Dry: Remove from mould and leave to air dry.

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Deducing the Methods

The methodology for the following experiment was heavily influenced by the K-Briq patent.22 The patent is written in a vague manner, indicating various methods of making the K-Briq in which the quantities, particle sizes and timings vary. This document was scrutinised to deduce a method that would replicate one of the possible methods the K-Briq is formed.

Method

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

Materials

K-Briq Method

Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2

Gypsum Plasterboard

Gypsum Plasterboard

Clay

Clay

Sand (Coarse, Medium and Fine)

Medium Sand

Medium Gravel (size 6-20mm)

Medium Gravel (size 6-20mm)

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Ingredients

MEDIUM GRAVEL 6% - 162g

CLAY 10% - 270g

GA 2 7

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | 03

05 | TESTING

Smooth to touch, texture of the finest sand paper. When rubbed from end to end, a small amount of sandy particles come off to touch.

Relatively smooth texture lends itself to a pleasing aesthetic appearance

Fig. 42: K-Briq Sample

54

22

03 | Experimentation

05 | TESTING

1

7

WATER 26% - 702ml

Fig. 30: Table of Research: K-Briq Method Alongside Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2 (Part 3 of 3)

38

03 | Experimentation

Fig. 59: Step One: Place brick sample or brick experiment in the ram measuring psi with metal circular point load placed at the bricks corner.

Fig. 58: Brick Sample and Brick Experiment Shear Load Test Results

05 | Testing

Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2

Method

06: Additive Addition

07: Add Water

Heat at 200°C for 7 hours

<24 hours

05: Combine

6% 26%

Shred, crush or grind the gypsum into a

Heat between 80-250°C; 80-200°C; 80-

02: Heat the Gypsum

04: Moisture Content

43%

6% 26%

Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2

K-Briq Method

01: Prepare the Gypsum

03: Dry Ingredient Preparation

10%

20 – 65%

(in order of material list above)

Whilst we had access to a kiln to fire the brick this is not widely and

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

Defining the Brick | 02

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Achievability

7

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Disputable**

Combining

6

02 | Brick

GA 2 6

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Method

8 hrs in oven at 80°C

Up to 1250°C

Yes, at 25% energy reduction

GA 2 5

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

5hr in oven from 100-120°C Firing Temperature

Unknown

internally and externally. Production / year

Fig. 18: K-Briqs

Fig. 15: K-Briqs

WasteBasedBrick Process Deduced from Research

Properties

Drying before Kiln Fired

None per square metre, scheme cheaper to

Yes, viable for load-bearing applications both

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick Experiment Conclusions

k-briqs

Unknown From £0.75 a unit Amsterdam

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

Introduction to Own Experiments Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick

anywhere

3 million (as of next year)

Weight

30+ years 1/10th of regular clay brick

required

Scotland Yes, viable for load-bearing applications

Fig. 17b: K-Briq Characteristics Fig. 11b: Lendager Group Process

gravel and reclaimed brick

50+ years 25% less than traditional brick (91kg waste upcycled per m2)

Heat Requirements

both internally and externally.

Fig. 14: The Lendager Group Project, The Resource Rows

Fig. 10: Residential Project by Architectuur Maken in Rotterdam which used 15 tonnes of waste through the use of WasteBasedBricks.

K-Briq Gypsum Plasterboard, clay, sand,

glass, bricks, concrete, sanitaryware Lifespan

To truly utilise their innovative methodology each product needs to be scaled up to increase availability and lower price. The Lendager Group methodology does not satisfy our definition of brick as the panels cannot be stacked, without a frame, to form a wall. Whereas both, the WasteBasedBrick and K-Briq satisfy this definition. The following section of the report will investigate how these bricks are made and the qualities they may offer.

GA 2 4

Weight and Density | 05

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Reflections Due to not needing to be fired, the K-Briq is potentially easier to make on a small scale. However, when produced at an industrial scale – due to the change of practice / process required – it may be harder to introduce to the industry (see Appendix Item 2) than other options such as the WasteBasedBrick. This is because the WasteBasedBrick is an adaptation and improvement on traditional brick making whereas K-Briq is a new process of making bricks.

Process

Material So

However, visually, the experiment produced a ‘bricklike’ object that could be representative of the K-Briq as the ratios and process were followed closely; only missing the secret binding agent.

Cleaning

Grinding

Combining

WATER 26% - 702ml

Drying

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Reflections

10%

10%

20 – 65%

Material Ratios

43%

6%

(in order of material list above)

6%

26%

26%

8 – 40% or 12 – 26% of total mixture

26% of total mixture

37

Due to not needing to be fired, the K-Briq is potentially easier to make on a small scale. However, when produced at an industrial scale – due to the change of practice / process required – it may be harder to introduce to the industry (see Appendix Item 2) than other options such as the WasteBasedBrick. This is because the WasteBasedBrick is an adaptation and improvement on traditional brick making whereas 03 | EXPERIMENTATION K-Briq is a new process of making bricks.

Water Content

Fine Gravel (size 2-6mm)

Fine Gravel (Reclaimed brick) (size 2-6mm)

15%

15%

10%

10%

20 – 65%

43%

6%

6%

26%

26%

8 – 40% or 12 – 26% of total mixture

26% of total mixture

2

Firing

GYPSUM PLASTERBOARD 15% - 405g

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

5

11

43

SAND 43% - 1161g

03 | Experimentation

Fig. 32: Method 0. Source: The required construction waste was sourced from local skips and behind Minto House. 1. Prepare the Gypsum: Hammer the raw construction materials into fine particles. 2. Heat the Gypsum: Place grinded gypsum plasterboard on baking tray and heat in industrial oven at 200 degrees for 7 hours. 5. Combine: Mix the gypsum, aggregate materials and clay together. 7. Add Water: Once mixed, add water (26% of the total dry mass). 8. Pour into mould 9. Compaction: Compress with 101kg for 48hours. 11. Air Dry: Remove from mould and leave to air dry.

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

Fig. 31. Ingredients for Experiment 2 Clay - 270g (10%) Re-claimed Brick - 702g (26%) Medium Gravel - 162g (6%) Sand - 1161g (43%) Gypsum Plasterboard - 405g (15%) Water - 702ml (26%)

36

37

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

40

03 | Experimentation

41

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

K-Brick inspired brick 46

03 | Experimentation

Process Material Sourcing

Achievability

Accessibility

Yes*

Relatively easy to source once contacts within the construction

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Reflections Due to not needing to be fired, the K-Briq is potentially easier to make on a small scale. However, when produced at an industrial scale – due to the change of practice / process required – it may be harder to introduce to the industry (see Appendix Item 2) than other options such as the WasteBasedBrick. This is because the WasteBasedBrick is an adaptation and improvement on traditional brick making whereas K-Briq is a new process of making bricks.

industry are established Process Material Sourcing

Achievability

Accessibility

Yes*

Relatively easy to source once contacts within the construction

Cleaning

Disputable**

Cleaning

Disputable**

Difficult to thoroughly clean without industrial equipment such as a pressure washer. Making the process very time intensive and not

very efficient or effective.

very efficient or effective. Grinding

Disputable**

Can be grinded using sledgehammers, however, without industrial crushing equipment the process is lengthy, tiring and time consuming for a small return in crushed material. Professional equipment is required to improve the efficiency of this process.

Combining

Yes*

Drying

Yes*

Relatively easy to combine with the use of an industrial mixer.

Grinding

Disputable**

Very accessible process as the brick is left to air dry. However, maintained at a constant low temperature.

N/A

Can be grinded using sledgehammers, however, without industrial crushing equipment the process is lengthy, tiring and time

to avoid cracking the area, ideally, needs to be monitored and Firing

Difficult to thoroughly clean without industrial equipment such as a pressure washer. Making the process very time intensive and not

industry are established

However, visually, the experiment produced a ‘bricklike’ object that could be representative of the K-Briq as the ratios and process were followed closely; only missing the secret binding agent.

N/A

consuming for a small return in crushed material. Professional Fig. 35: Achievability and Accessibility of Brick Production * Achievable on a small scale without a large range of industrial equipment. **Achievable, but not a process that could be maintained on a small scale to produce bricks, make a business or profit from the outcome.

Fig. 34: Axo, Plan and Section photographs of final Experiment 2 K-Briq inspired brick

03 | Experimentation

Fig. 35: Achie * Achievable **Achievable

Fig. 34: Axo, Plan and Section photographs of final Experiment 2 K-Briq inspired brick

Without this the elements could be combined with minimal effort.

9

RE-CLAIMED BRICK 26% - 702g

Fig. 28: Table of Research: K-Briq Method Alongside Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2 (Part 1 of 3)

However, visually, the experiment produced a ‘bricklike’ object that could be representative of the K-Briq as the ratios and process were followed closely; only missing the secret binding agent.

42

Case Study Comparison

general brick

N/A Unknown

6 Fig. 11a: Lendager Group Process

02 | BRICK

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Disputable**

Grinding

Material Sourcing

Medium Sand

Medium Gravel (size 6-20mm)

Advantages

Can be produced in any colour using

Fig.16a: K-Briq Improvements on the Brick

Formed from a mixture of broken-down construction waste,15 the materials are combined with a secret binding agent and water to form each brick.16 According to the patent, in addition to the secret binding agent, the bricks are bound using gypsum like cement. The gypsum is heated to drive out its water content, mixed with waste aggregate and then water

Copenhagen, method can be applied

Structural?

Yes, viable for load-bearing applications both

Fig. 9b: WasteBasedBrick Characteristics Fig 6: Traditional Clay Brick

Reused Brick

Lifespan

internally and externally.

2 billion (UK)

Lendager Group

Material(s)

Amsterdam

Structural?

Responsible Sourcing

Fig. 5: Traditional Clay Brick Characteristics

Case Study 2: Lendager Group

From £0.75 a unit

Locally Sourced To

UK, due to BES 6001

02 | BRICK

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Cleaning

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

33

67

Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Title Page | 02

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

5

Compression: Shear Load Test | General Method

66

02 | BRICK

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Process

The experiment produced a ‘brick-like’ object that could be compared to a WasteBasedBrick. Through a few alterations to the materials, ratios and methods an even closer match to their brick could be achieved.

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

4

05 | TESTING

05 | Testing

UK, or Scotland)

material ratios

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Not knowing the exact ratios of waste materials used made it challenging to produce a brick which accurately represents a WasteBasedBrick.

Water Content

Fig. 51: Step Two: Apply pressure by pumping ram until brick fails. Record psi gauge to document the pressure applied at the point of fail.

Locally sourced to Amsterdam (Not the

gone to landfill Variety of colours based on waste

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

StoneCycling have a strict waste selection process that ensures quality of waste material21 which could not be guaranteed in our material sourcing.

Fig.25: Brick Progress, 1. After Combining; 2. After being left for 48hrs at 30°C; 3. After 8hrs at 80°C in an oven; 4. After 5hrs at 100°C to 120°C; 5. Final brick after being fired in a Kiln for 40 hours at up to 1000°C

Fig. 50: Step One: Place brick sample or brick experiment in the ram measuring psi with metal cylindrical point load placed across its width.

Uses leftover, rejected clay from the

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Reflections

and humidity).

32

Fired*

in each brick (60-100%) (see Fig. 10) manufacturing process that would have

Fig. 8: Advantages and Disadvantages of WasteBasedBrick *Although the development of using alternative fuels and efficient firing curves within the kiln, means there is a 25% reduction in production energy use compared to other kiln fired bricks.

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

5

readily available. Without this the brick would be unusable.

03 | Experimentation

Expensive

Large amount of construction waste used fired to form solid bricks.8 Built to industry standards, these bricks can compete with similar products in the industry when comparing their compressive strength, water absorption and freeze-thaw capabilities.9 However, the WasteBasedBrick has only been commercially used as a façade finish, interior brick and floor finish to date.10 It is a relatively new product that requires further development, scaling and marketing to establish the brick as a common construction unit used and trusted within the construction industry.

To form the WasteBasedBrick, waste material is ground into a coarse powder, combined with clay and then kiln

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

in the industry (having large chambers that can control temperature

3

Disadvantages

Reduces amount of clay used (40% to 0%)

WasteBasedBrick, by StoneCycling, is a fired brick using 60-100% material waste from the construction industry to upcycle and produce a high quality, sustainable product.6 Focusing on reducing CO2 emissions, waste materials used in this brick are carefully sourced no further than a 100 km radius from the factory via strict supply chains (see fig.).7 The focus of producing a low embodied carbon product, using waste materials, addresses the current issues regarding the amount of primary resources used when making traditional clay bricks.

£0.20 - £1.20

Locally Sourced To

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

4

02 | Brick

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Introduction | 01

3

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

2

01 | Introduction

Without this the elements could be combined with minimal effort.

2

Advantages

Improving on the Brick: 1. Reducing amount of natural material used; 2. Reducing CO2 emissions in manufacturing; 3.Utilising construction waste. Fig.7a: WasteBasedBrick Improvements on the Brick

Fig. 7b: StoneCycling production process: 1&2. Sourcing; 3. Grinding; 4. Making; 5. Firing; 6. Final Brick

Contents | 00

5

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Method

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Progress Photographs

1

Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling

Fig.2: Construction Waste

4

00 | Contents

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

02 | BRICK

Yes

Cost

Fig.4b: Advantages and Disadvantages of Brick

Fig.3: Traditional Clay Brick

Yes

Water Demand

and CO2 emissions during

- Analysis and Speculation By Amy Drabble and Stuart Gomes

43

Sand (Coarse, Medium and Fine)

36

Recyclability / Reusability

Large energy consumption

Large amount of water used

Fire retardant

0% Yes, fired in kiln

GA 2 3

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

methods come at higher cost

Versatile Impervious Good thermal properties

0.06kg of CO2

Construction Waste Heat Requirements

GA 2 2

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Recyclable Good compressive strength

FIGURE REFERENCES

K-BRIQ SAMPLE

Clay Up to 150 years

Embodied Carbon / Energy Use Percentage

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Alternative, more sustainable

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Use of limited supply source

Cheap

Aesthetic

04

Clay Brick

Lifespan

Disadvantages

Natural

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Properties Material(s)

Advantages

GA 2 1

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Deduced Definition of a Brick: A construction unit that can be stacked to form a wall which has an aesthetic appeal, is recyclable and durable with long-term performance. Fig.4a: Deduced Definition of a Brick

GC 11

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Defining the Brick Traditional clay bricks are manufactured by firing a mix of clay and water that has previously taken the shape of a mould.4 In the UK, all bricks need to be built to building standard BS EN 771-1 which sets out rigorous tests that provide the specifications of the product in terms of compressive strength, density and tolerances.5

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

02 | BRICK

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

ENDNOTES

Case Study 2: Lendager Group Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq Case Study Comparison

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

02 | BRICK

Defining the Brick Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

08

Therefore, this project will explore how the traditional clay brick could be redesigned by upcycling construction waste to form a new construction unit. Simultaneously, improving brick’s sustainable qualities whilst reducing construction waste.

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

01 | INTRODUCTION 39% of the worlds carbon emissions are produced by the building and construction industry; 11% of which are due to the initial emissions associated with materials and construction processes.1 The UK has accepted the target of bringing all greenhouse gas emissions to net zero by 2050, therefore, it is imperative that waste from the construction industry is effectively managed and reduced in accordance with this goal.2

The construction industry is responsible for one hundred-tonnes of material waste every year.3 This presents a large resource that, if exploited correctly, could reduce the need to use natural resources whilst reducing waste itself. Included in this waste is brick, a common building material that could provide the foundations for the development of a construction unit made of waste.

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

CONCLUSION APPENDIX

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Method

0

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

EXPERIMENTATIONS

- Introduction to Own Experiments - Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick - Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick - Experiment Conclusions

11

Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2

42

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

03

TESTING

- Aesthetics - Weight and Density - Compression: Shear Load Test - Compression: Point Load Test - Test Related Conclusions

06 07

GC 10

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

9

Fig. 28: Table of Research: K-Briq Method Alongside Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2 (Part 1 of 3)

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

FINDINGS "Due to not needing to be fired, the K-Briq is potentially easier to make on a small scale. However, when produced at an industrial scale – due to the change of practice / process required – it may be harder to introduce to the industry than other options such as the WasteBasedBrick."

05

BRICK

- Defining the Brick - Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling - Case Study 2: Lendager Group - Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq - Case Study Comparison

03 | Experimentation

Experiment7 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick |8Deducing the Methods

Method

INTRODUCTION

5

The methodology for the following experiment was heavily influenced by the K-Briq patent.22 The patent is written in a vague manner, indicating various methods of making the K-Briq in which the quantities, particle sizes and timings vary. This document was scrutinised to deduce a method that would replicate one of the possible methods the K-Briq is formed.

03 | Experimentation

02

GC 9

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

2

01

GC 8

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

1

00 | CONTENTS

GC 7

03 | EXPERIMENTATION REDESIGNING THE BRICK:

CAN BRICK UPCYCLING IN ARCHITECTURE BE HARNESSED TO REDUCE CONSTRUCTION WASTE?

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

0

14.12.2020

CONTEXTUAL STUDY

GC 6

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Method

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR EXPERIMENT 2: K-Briq

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

Brief 02 // Contextual Study

REDESIGNING THE BRICK

GC 5

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

GC 4

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

GC 3

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

GC 2

Architectural Technology Research - Assignment 2 - Contextual Study

GC 1

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

MArch 1, [semester 1]

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

ARCH11075

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Materials

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

ATR

[2021] ATR

46

47

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

equipment is required to improve the efficiency of this process. Combining

Yes*

Relatively easy to combine with the use of an industrial mixer. Without this the elements could be combined with minimal effort.

Drying

Yes*

Very accessible process as the brick is left to air dry. However, to avoid cracking the area, ideally, needs to be monitored and maintained at a constant low temperature.

Table showing conclusion of making bricks from waste using K-Briq methods

Firing

N/A

14 Fig. 35: Achievability and Accessibility of Brick Production

N/A

47


GC 3

GC 4

GC 10

GC 11

09

GA 2 1

GA 2 2

GA 2 3

Alternative, more sustainable

Clay

Recyclable

methods come at higher cost

Versatile

FIGURE REFERENCES

manufacturing process Currently not fully utilised

Recyclability / Reusability

Long life span

after life

Yes

Locally Sourced To

GA 2 4

GA 2 5

GA 2 6

GA 2 7

Locally sourced to Amsterdam (Not the UK, or Scotland)

gone to landfill Variety of colours based on waste material ratios

02 | BRICK Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling Improving on the Brick: 1. Reducing amount of natural material used; 2. Reducing CO2 emissions in manufacturing; 3.Utilising construction waste. Fig.9a: WasteBasedBrick Improvements on the Brick

Properties

WasteBasedBrick

Material(s)

clay, rejected clay and upcycled waste: ceramics, glass, bricks, concrete, sanitaryware

Lifespan

50+ years

Embodied Carbon / Energy Use

25% less than traditional brick

Construction Waste Percentage

60-100% (91kg waste upcycled per m2)

Heat Requirements

Yes, fired in kiln

Recyclability / Reusability

Yes, can be crushed down and made into more WasteBasedBrick

Water Demand

Unknown

Cost

Structural? Production / year Weight

Case Study 2: Lendager Group Advantages

Improving on the Brick: 1. Solely using construction waste; 2. Improvement on current method for reusing bricks Fig.12a: Lendager Group Improvements on the Brick

The Lendager Group specialise in cost neutral sustainable design, specifically focusing on new construction methodologies that aim to achieve a circular economy within their process.11 Their project, The Resource Rows, focuses on reusing brick façades reclaimed from abandoned buildings within new construction projects. To do this, they have developed a method that addresses the current issues regarding efficiency when reusing traditional clay bricks. Due to improvements in mortar strength in the 1960s, recycling and reusing individual bricks has since been unachievable. This project recycles brick façades by cutting them into pre-constructed modules (complete

Disadvantages

Removes need to break down / separate with mortar). These are then fitted onto either steel or timber frames (see Fig. 11a, 11b and Appendix Item 3). This means they can be used as façade modules on new buildings and removes the need to separate the individual bricks – consuming time and energy.12

Non-structural, requires steel frame or

bricks to reuse them – reducing energy inputs

concrete backing

Reduces need to use virgin materials

within basement car-park and double skin

Lots of concrete still used in project – structure Concrete in project was not made from recycled aggregate – due to volume

This methodology could be replicated in the UK and has the potential to ignite a cultural shift in terms of common construction processes. However, the realisation of this relies on architects, developers and builders to be willing to take a risk and learn new methodologies; a prospect that may be challenging as the construction industry can be conservative when presented with new ideas (see Appendix Item 2).

required Sustainable and economic aspects of upcycled system are not resolved at scale

Fig. 12b: Advantages and Disadvantages of the Lendager Group Process

Yes 2.24kg

1

2

3

4

5

Production / year

Unknown

Weight

Unknown

Case Study 2: Lendager Group Improving on the Brick: 1. Solely using construction waste; 2. Improvement on current method for reusing bricks Fig.13a: Lendager Group Improvements on the Brick

Properties

Lendager Group

Material(s)

Reused Brick

Lifespan

Unknown

Embodied Carbon / Energy Use

Unknown

Construction Waste Percentage

100%

Heat Requirements

N/A

Recyclability / Reusability

Unknown

Water Demand Cost

None Per square metre, scheme cheaper to build than a non-upcycled equivalent

02 | BRICK Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq Improving on the Brick: 1. Reducing amount of natural material used; 2. Not fired 3. Large reduction in CO2 emissions in manufacturing; 4.Utilising construction waste

Advantages

Disadvantages

Can be produced in any colour using

Currently only manufactured on a small

Fig.16a: K-Briq Improvements on the Brick

The K-briq, by Kenoteq, is an unfired brick, 90% of which is formed from recycled content sourced from demolition and construction waste.13 This brick offers a solution to a key issue with the manufacturing process of traditional clay bricks; the large amount of energy required to fire them, increasing the embodied carbon within the final brick.14 Formed from a mixture of broken-down construction waste,15 the materials are combined with a secret binding agent and water to form each brick.16 According to the patent, in addition to the secret binding agent, the bricks are bound using gypsum like cement. The gypsum is heated to drive out its water content, mixed with waste aggregate and then water

is added. The dehydrated gypsum absorbs the water and recrystallises to form a binding agent, like Plaster of Paris17 (see Appendix Item 2). The bricks are then compressed to size and air dried to produce the final K-Briq.18

recycled pigment

scale

Weighs the same, if not less than, regular

Cannot be manufactured on-site

clay bricks Higher U-value (better insulation properties) than regular clay bricks

85% of bricks used in Scotland are unsustainably imported from either England or Europe, making the development of the K-Briq vitally important to Scotland.19 Once commercially available, the K-Briq could decrease the number of bricks that are required to be imported; simultaneously reducing transportation emissions and construction waste for the country.

Uses 90% construction waste Do not need to be kiln fired

Fig. 16b: Advantages and Disadvantages of K-Briq (see Appendix Item 2)

02 | BRICK Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq Improving on the Brick: 1. Reducing amount of natural material used; 2. Not fired 3. Large reduction in CO2 emissions in manufacturing; 4.Utilising construction waste Fig.17a: K-Briq Improvements on the Brick

Properties Material(s)

gravel and reclaimed brick Embodied Carbon / Energy Use

Minimum 30 years 1/10th of regular clay brick 90%

Heat Requirements

Yes, gypsum needs to by dried but no

Recyclability / Reusability

Yes, can be crushed down and remade

kiln required into k-briqs Water Demand

anywhere Production / year

K-Briq Gypsum Plasterboard, clay, sand,

Lifespan Construction Waste Percentage

Copenhagen, method can be applied

Structural? Weight

Cost

Yes £0.80 – £2.00 a unit – comparable to

No, façade modules Locally Sourced to Structural?

Fig. 13b: The Lendager Group Process Characteristics

Case Study Comparison Deduced Definition of a Brick: A construction unit that can be stacked to form a wall which has an aesthetic appeal, is recyclable and durable with long-term performance. Fig.19a: Deduced Definition of a Brick

All three case studies reduce embodied carbon / energy use when compared to traditional clay brick. However, common limitations between the three are having: a higher initial cost, small areas in which they are locally sourced and a lower level of production each year.

Properties Material(s)

WasteBasedBrick

Lendager Group

clay, rejected clay and upcycled waste: ceramics,

Reused Brick

Embodied Carbon / Energy Use Construction Waste Percentage Heat Requirements

Unknown Unknown

60-100%

100%

90%

N/A

Yes, gypsum needs to by dried but no kiln

Yes, fired in kiln

Production / year

30+ years 1/10th of regular clay brick

required Recyclability / Reusability

Yes, can be crushed down and made into more

Unknown

Yes, can be crushed down and remade into

WasteBasedBrick Water Demand Cost Locally Sourced to

None

Yes

per square metre, scheme cheaper to

£0.80 – £2.00 a unit – comparable to

build than a non-upcycled equivalent

general brick

Copenhagen, method can be applied

Scotland

Amsterdam Yes, viable for load-bearing applications both

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

Introduction to Own Experiments Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick Experiment Conclusions

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Introduction to Own Experiments Aims 1. 2. 3.

How are the waste construction bricks made? How achievable / accessible are the waste construction bricks to make? How do they perform under compression compared to general clay bricks?

Fig.21a: Experiment Aims

Due to product secrecy, information about how the bricks in case studies 1 and 3 are made is extremely vague. Hence, it is challenging to conclude how these bricks compare both environmentally and structurally to traditional clay bricks and each other. Based on our research and knowledge of traditional methods of brick making, we aim to produce our own version of the WasteBasedBrick and K-Briq. On which

we will carry out a series of tests to compare these bricks to a traditional clay brick and an official K-Briq sample. To be truly effective as a circular, sustainable alternative, the process of making bricks from construction waste needs to be adopted by multiple local companies; globally. Our experiments will distinguish the bricks’ potential to achieve this goal.

Materials

Structural?

1.98kg

Fig. 19b: Case Study Comparison Table

Weight

Yes, viable for load-bearing applications both

N/A

3 million (as of next year)

Unknown

Unknown

Deduced Method Used in Experiment 1 Clay

Clay

glass, bricks, concrete, sanitaryware

Reused brick

60-100% waste material used (remaining

Porcelain (sink)

quantity made up by clay)

Reused concrete 100% clay

Unknown

(includes small 1-2 mm clay particles)

Clay - 40% Reused brick – 20% Porcelain (sink) – 10% Reused concrete – 10%

Water 12-25%

Water - 20%

24-48hrs starting at 30°C to 120°C in

48 hrs in closed room at 30°C

Unknown

large humidity controlled chambers

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Ingredients

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Method

1

2

6

7

3

4

5

9

Fig. 24: Method 1. Source: the required construction waste was sourced from local skips and behind Minto House. 2. Clean 3&4. Grind: hammer the raw construction materials into fine particles. 5. Weigh: measure out ingredients 6. Combine: combine ingredients in an industrial mixer 7. Pour into mould 8. Dry: Leave to dry for 48 hrs in room at 30°C before further drying for 8hrs at 80°C in an oven, then for 5hrs at 100°C to 120°C 9. Fire: Place in Kiln at: 100°C for 1 hour; 100-200°C for 8 hrs; 200-750°C for 3 hrs; 750-1000°C for 8hrs; 1000°C for 5hrs; 1000-600°C for 2hrs; 600°C for 8hrs; 600°C to room temperature for 5hrs; END (see Appendix Item 5 for firing curve)

8 hrs in oven at 80°C 5hr in oven from 100-120°C

Fig. 20: (Left to Right) Traditional Reclaimed Clay Brick, WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick, K-Briq Inspired Brick, K-Briq Sample

1

2

3

4

Up to 1000°C

80+ hours

40 hrs

In large batches and kilns (see Appendix

(see Appendix Item 5 for Deduced Firing

Item 4 for Firing Curve)

Curve)

Unknown

internally and externally. 1.98kg

Up to 1250°C

Yes, at 25% energy reduction

Timings

No, façade modules

Unknown

internally and externally. Production / year

Fig. 18: K-Briqs

Traditional Brick Making Process

clay, rejected clay and upcycled waste: ceramics,

Ratios

anywhere

3 million (as of next year)

Fig. 15: K-Briqs

WasteBasedBrick Process Deduced from Research

Properties

Water content

K-Briq Method

Sand (Coarse, Medium and Fine)

Drying

Yes*

Firing

Disputable*

Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2

Gypsum Plasterboard

Process of drying is possible but is not done to the same accuracy as

Material Ratios (in order of material list above)

Gypsum Plasterboard

Clay

Clay Medium Sand

Medium Gravel (size 6-20mm)

Medium Gravel (size 6-20mm)

Fine Gravel (size 2-6mm)

Fine Gravel (Reclaimed brick) (size 2-6mm)

15%

15%

10%

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Deducing the Methods Method 01: Prepare the Gypsum

05: Combine

6% 26%

coarse grade material (0.063-2mm)

150°C; or 100-150°C for 1-2 days. The gypsum could be heated at 200°C for

Grind gypsum into coarse grade, powder, material

Best practice is to dry clay and aggregate

K-Briq Method Additive, such as a pigment, added at this

Fig. 26: Axo, Plan and Section photographs of final Experiment 1 WasteBasedBrick inspired Brick

Fig. 27: Achievability and Accessibility of Brick Production * Achievable on a small scale without a large range of industrial equipment. **Achievable, but not a process that could be maintained on a small scale to produce bricks, make a business or profit from the outcome.

Test materials for moisture content to ensure they are prepared for next stage

33

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | 03

Compression: Shear Load Test | General Method

Fig. 52: Step Three: Apply pressure until brick fails and a crack forms.

Fig. 53: Step Four: From video recording, mark psi reached on psi gauge and then apply equal pressure to mechanical pressure gauge to receive a reading that can then be converted to find the weight applied at the point of fail in kN.

34

03 | Experimentation

35

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | 03

05 | TESTING Compression: Shear Load Test | Point of Fail

Fig. 54: Traditional Clay Brick: Extremely durable, it took an extremely large amount of pressure to crack.

Fig. 55: Kenoteq K-Briq Sample: Durable, requiring a large amount of pressure to be applied before reaching its point of fail.

Fig. 56: Experiment 2: K-Briq: Not durable, it needed little pressure to be applied before the brick failed.

Fig. 57: Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick: Slightly durable, it took a small amount of pressure to be applied before the brick failed.

8 – 40% or 12 – 26% of total mixture

36

03 | Experimentation

09: Compaction

stage

Combine gypsum, aggregate materials and

Gypsum, aggregate materials and clay

clay to form a homogeneous mixture

mixed together in industrial mixer

10: Leave in Mould

26% of total mixture

Fig. 29: Table of Research: K-Briq Method Alongside Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2 (Part 2 of 3)

37

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

05 | TESTING Compression: Shear Load Test | Results

METAL CYLINDRICAL POINT LOAD

TRADITIONAL CLAY BRICK

KENOTEQ K-BRIQ SAMPLE

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 1600

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 2200

EXPERIMENT 1: WASTEBASEDBRICK

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 800

EXPERIMENT 2: K-BRIQ

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 200

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 5.22

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 3.72

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 1.54

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 0.50

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 8.77

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 6.20

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 2.57

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 0.83

03 | Experimentation

avoid the development of air gaps

avoid the development of air gaps

Compact the mixture; subject to a

Compact the mixture using a load of 101kg

minimum load of 10kN

for 48 hours

Leave in mould for at least 4 hours

Left in mould for 24 hours

Remove mould and air dry at 4-35°C from

Remove mould and air dry at 30°C for 7

between 24 hours to 28 days

days

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Ingredients

MEDIUM GRAVEL 6% - 162g

CLAY 10% - 270g

WATER 26% - 702ml

38

39

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

Compression: Point Load Test | General Method

Fig. 60: Step Two: Apply pressure by pumping ram until brick fails. Record psi gauge to document the pressure applied at the point of fail.

Fig. 61: Step Three: Apply pressure until brick fails and a crack forms.

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Method

0

1

2

5

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Progress Photographs

13

Case Study 2: Lendager Group | 02

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Reflections Due to not needing to be fired, the K-Briq is potentially easier to make on a small scale. However, when produced at an industrial scale – due to the change of practice / process required – it may be harder to introduce to the industry (see Appendix Item 2) than other options such as the WasteBasedBrick. This is because the WasteBasedBrick is an adaptation and improvement on traditional brick making whereas K-Briq is a new process of making bricks.

Process Material Sourcing

Achievability Yes*

Accessibility Relatively easy to source once contacts within the construction industry are established

However, visually, the experiment produced a ‘bricklike’ object that could be representative of the K-Briq as the ratios and process were followed closely; only missing the secret binding agent.

Cleaning

Disputable**

Grinding

Disputable**

Difficult to thoroughly clean without industrial equipment such as a pressure washer. Making the process very time intensive and not very efficient or effective. Can be grinded using sledgehammers, however, without industrial crushing equipment the process is lengthy, tiring and time consuming for a small return in crushed material. Professional equipment is required to improve the efficiency of this process.

Combining

Yes*

Relatively easy to combine with the use of an industrial mixer. Without this the elements could be combined with minimal effort.

GYPSUM PLASTERBOARD 15% - 405g

RE-CLAIMED BRICK 26% - 702g

SAND 43% - 1161g

Fig. 30: Table of Research: K-Briq Method Alongside Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2 (Part 3 of 3)

05 | TESTING

Fig. 59: Step One: Place brick sample or brick experiment in the ram measuring psi with metal circular point load placed at the bricks corner.

Fig. 58: Brick Sample and Brick Experiment Shear Load Test Results

Add water and mix for 1 minute

Pour mixture into mould in increments to Pour mixture into mould in increments to

N/A Did not have the facilities to complete this

11: Air Dry

Fig. 28: Table of Research: K-Briq Method Alongside Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2 (Part 1 of 3)

N/A

stage to introduce colour

Add water and mix for 1 minute

08: Pour into Mould

N/A

materials in oven at 105°C for 6-24 hours Materials dry to touch, did not heat in oven

40

03 | Experimentation

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

5

Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2

Method 06: Additive Addition 07: Add Water

Heat at 200°C for 7 hours

<24 hours

04: Moisture Content

43%

6% 26%

Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2

K-Briq Method Shred, crush or grind the gypsum into a

Heat between 80-250°C; 80-200°C; 80-

02: Heat the Gypsum 03: Dry Ingredient Preparation

10%

20 – 65%

Whilst we had access to a kiln to fire the brick this is not widely and

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

12

02 | Brick

7

41

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

05 | TESTING Compression: Point Load Test | Point of Fail

Fig. 63: Traditional Clay Brick: Extremely durable, it took an extremely large amount of pressure to crack.

Fig. 62: Step Four: From video recording, mark psi reached on psi gauge and then apply equal pressure to mechanical pressure gauge to receive a reading that can then be converted to find the weight applied at the point of fail in kN.

Fig. 31. Ingredients for Experiment 2 Clay - 270g (10%) Re-claimed Brick - 702g (26%) Medium Gravel - 162g (6%) Sand - 1161g (43%) Gypsum Plasterboard - 405g (15%) Water - 702ml (26%)

Fig. 64: Kenoteq K-Briq Sample: Durable, requiring a large amount of pressure to be applied before reaching its point of fail. Before failing, the brick compressed underneath the metal circular point load. This indicates that the brick could potentially be further compressed in manufacture, which could increase the bricks overall durability.

Fig. 65: Experiment 2: K-Briq: Not durable, it needed little pressure to be applied before the brick failed. The brick did act with the same characteristics as the K-Briq sample did under compression. The brick continued to compress before failing. Indicating that a larger weight of compression should have been applied in its production. However, this similarity validates the similarity in method between the creation of these two bricks.

Fig. 66: Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick: Slightly durable, it took a small amount of pressure to be applied before the brick failed. The brick failed in a similar way to the traditional clay brick; via a hair-line crack. This can be presumed to be due to the similarities in production regarding the amount of clay required and being kiln fired between the two bricks.

8

9

42

03 | Experimentation

11

43

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

05 | TESTING Compression: Point Load Test

METAL CIRCULAR POINT LOAD

TRADITIONAL CLAY BRICK

KENOTEQ K-BRIQ SAMPLE

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 1400

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 3500

EXPERIMENT 1: WASTEBASEDBRICK

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 400

EXPERIMENT 2: K-BRIQ

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) <200

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 8.50

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 3.00

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 1.00

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 0.50

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 14.17

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 5.00

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 1.67

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 0.83

Drying

Yes*

Firing

N/A

Very accessible process as the brick is left to air dry. However, to avoid cracking the area, ideally, needs to be monitored and

Fig. 32: Method 0. Source: The required construction waste was sourced from local skips and behind Minto House. 1. Prepare the Gypsum: Hammer the raw construction materials into fine particles. 2. Heat the Gypsum: Place grinded gypsum plasterboard on baking tray and heat in industrial oven at 200 degrees for 7 hours. 5. Combine: Mix the gypsum, aggregate materials and clay together. 7. Add Water: Once mixed, add water (26% of the total dry mass). 8. Pour into mould 9. Compaction: Compress with 101kg for 48hours. 11. Air Dry: Remove from mould and leave to air dry.

maintained at a constant low temperature.

1

2

3

4

5

44

03 | Experimentation

45

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

05 | TESTING Test Related Conclusions When put under compression, our bricks did not perform as well as their industry counterparts. The WasteBasedBrick inspired brick shattered under compression, revealing it to be brittle; potentially due to the level of porcelain initially incorporated. Whereas the K-Briq inspired brick was soft, underperforming drastically compared to the K-Briq sample. The disparity in results we believe to be due to the secret binding agent. Compared to a traditional clay brick the K-Briq sample is lighter. A lighter brick requires less structure to support it if used as a façade and emits less carbon dioxide in transportation; both factors indicating towards a more sustainable product.

03 | Experimentation

Overall, both bricks in experiment 1 and 2 satisfy part of our definition of a brick as they have an aesthetic appeal and are recyclable. Our research shows that these bricks can be defined as durable with long life spans, however, our experiments dispute this. Lacking proper testing, equipment, and information we classify our brick experiments to be indications of the bricks in question, but not direct examples. Due to this, the results from our experiments are only indications and not representations of the bricks researched; providing a starting point on which developed methods could be formulated.

The WasteBasedBrick brick is, potentially, more durable, and long-lasting than K-Briq due to the fact it is fired. However, it uses less recycled waste and more clay (a natural resource). Therefore, a balance needs to be reached between levels of required durability and the number of sustainable attributes each brick offers.

46

47

06 | CONCLUSION

A key issue highlighted in the production of both bricks was that, whilst drying, a crack formed. The formation of which raises a question regarding the methodologies used. In the K-Briq inspired brick, the crack may have developed due to there being a large differential between the ambient humidity within the room in which the brick was air dried and internal moisture within the brick. Whereas, for the WasteBasedBrick inspired brick, the crack may have developed due to an attempt to dry the brick out too quickly whilst overestimating the amount of water required. Cracking is often caused when water vapour escapes too quickly from the brick in the drying process (see Appendix Item 1). Therefore, in a future iteration of the experiment, lower temperature should be closely monitored whilst the brick is air drying. Additionally, making a frog or holes in the brick would allow more air to circulate through the centre of the brick, reducing the probability of cracking.

Achievability Process Material Sourcing

Based on our process of making the K-Briq and WasteBasedBrick, it is achievable to produce these bricks, however, the outcome is not to the same standard as a traditional clay brick or those produced using large industrial equipment, official processes, and controlled environments.

Fig. 36: Final Brick Images for Both Experiments. (Top) WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick (Below) K-Briq Inspired Brick

03 | Experimentation

K-Briq Inspired Brick

WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick

Yes*

Yes*

Cleaning

Disputable**

Disputable**

Grinding

Disputable**

Disputable**

Combining

Yes*

Yes*

Drying

Yes*

Yes*

Firing

N/A

Disputable*

Fig. 37: Achievability and Accessibility of Brick Production Comparison * Achievable on a small scale without a large range of industrial equipment. **Achievable, but not a process that could be maintained on a small scale to produce bricks, make a business or profit from the outcome.

48

49

Experiment Conclusions | 03

16

02 | Brick

17

Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq | 02

04 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE

Analysis and Speculation

18

02 | Brick

19

Case Study Comparison | 02

03 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE Analysis and Speculation

Whilst brick is of grey colour, flecks of white aggregate / gypsum are visible on bricks surface

Chunks of aggregate visibly used (1-2mm)

20

02 | Brick

Analysis and Speculation

Three core holes evenly spaced across the centre of the brick

Black substance visible on the surface of the brick and a slight aroma of rubber. Speculatively, this could be the secret binding agent. Potentially being a substance such as recycled tyres or asphalt pellets. Before analysing the K-Briq, we speculated that cork could be an appropriate binder due to the natural binding property that its sap offers (see previous study: Generic Study). However, if tyres are the secret binding agent, then they could potentially be more beneficial to use. The use of tyres helps to reduce waste, whilst simultaneously reducing transportation emissions due to being a commonly found waste material. Whereas, the use of cork, regardless of its sustainable properties, still uses a natural resource that would require transportation to areas outside of where it is grown (the Mediterranean Basin); cork could still be a viable binding material if used in countries in which it grows. However, research reveals that tyres are flammable and asphalt is poisonous and so, it is unlikely that these materials would be incorporated into a construction unit due to the tests needed to pass to reach the commercial market.

Fig. 38: K-Briq Sample

04 | K-Briq Sample

50

51

Title Page | 04

04 | K-Briq Sample

Fig. 44: K-Briq Sample

56

57

Fig. 41: K-Briq Sample Analysis and Speculation Plan View (see Appendix Item 2)

Analysis and Speculation | 04

Case Study Comparison | 02

03 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE

Relatively light when compared to traditional clay bricks

Fig. 43: K-Briq Sample Analysis and Speculation Cross-Section View

21

Fig. 23: Ingredients for Experiment 1 Clay - 1000g (40%) Reclaimed Brick - 500g (20%) Reclaimed Concrete - 250g (10%) Porcelain - 250g (10%) Water - 500ml (20%)

6

5

Fig. 22: Deducing the method for Experiment 1

Fig. 21b: General Method, 1. Sourcing; 2. Cleaning; 3. Grinding; 4. Combining; 5. Drying/Firing; 6. Testing

04 | K-Briq Sample

55

23

Title Page | 03

03 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE Analysis and Speculation Following the conduction of Experiment 2, a sample of K-Briq was sourced, allowing an analysis of the brick in terms of texture, aesthetic appearance, and smell to be conducted.

Consistent colour

Edges and corners, 90 degrees in most places however some areas are slightly crumbled.

From our attempts of replication, we discovered that, whilst K-Briq may seem more achievable, the methodology behind WasteBasedBri

24

03 | Experimentation

25

Introduction to Own Experiments | 03

03 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE Analysis and Speculation

Natural colour pigments could be added to Experiment 2: K-Briq inspired brick to improve aesthetic appearance

Core holes could be added to Experiment 2: K-Briq inspired brick to reduce the chance of cracking when drying

26

03 | Experimentation

27

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | 03

05 | TESTING

Aesthetics Weight and Density Compression: Shear Load Test Compression: Point Load Test Test Related Conclusions

28

03 | Experimentation

29

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | 03

05 | TESTING Aesthetics Once the bricks in Experiment 1 and 2 had been created, they were then analysed and tested in comparison to a traditional clay brick and an official K-Briq sample, comparing how effective the two experiment bricks were against official industry bricks.

TRADITIONAL CLAY BRICK

EXPERIMENT 1: WASTEBASEDBRICK

EXPERIMENT 2: K-BRIQ

KENOTEQ K-BRIQ SAMPLE

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 6.5 / 10.2 / 21.5

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 5.5 / 8.5 / 20

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 5.5 / 9.7 / 21.5

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 6.5 / 10.2 / 21.5

COLOUR Red / Orange

COLOUR Pink / Chalk

COLOUR Off-White / Grey

COLOUR Grey

TEXTURE Smooth

TEXTURE Uneven, but Smooth

TEXTURE Grainy, Large Sandy Deposit to Touch

TEXTURE Smooth, Minor Sandy Deposit to Touch

Smooth to touch, texture of the finest sand paper. When rubbed from end to end, a small amount of sandy particles come off to touch. Larger particles of aggregate and gypsum could be added to Experiment 2: K-Briq inspired brick to improve binding qualities and durability

Relatively smooth texture lends itself to a pleasing aesthetic appearance

KENOTEQ K-BRIQ SAMPLE Fig. 42: K-Briq Sample

54

22

03 | Experimentation

Fig. 39: K-Briq Sample Analysis and Speculation Axonometric View

Analysis and Speculation | 04

Fig. 40: K-Briq Sample

52

04 | K-Briq Sample

53

EXPERIMENT 2: K-BRIQ

Fig. 46: K-Briq Sample Shear Load Compression Test

Fig. 45: K-Briq Sample Compared to Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick

Analysis and Speculation | 04

Process

Due to our research into the methodology, material build up and manufacturing processes of the K-Briq and WasteBasedBrick being largely vague or unknown, it would be unrealistic to have presumed our bricks would be of industry standard. However, we do feel that these bricks are accessible and achievable to make.

Fig. 68: Cross-Section of Brick Samples and Brick Experiments (left to right: traditional clay brick, experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick, Experiment 2: K-Briq, K-Briq Sample

Fig. 67: Brick Sample and Brick Experiment Point Load Test Results

Case Study 2: Lendager Group | 02

Experiment Conclusions

N/A

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

15

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

Fig. 35: Achievability and Accessibility of Brick Production * Achievable on a small scale without a large range of industrial equipment. **Achievable, but not a process that could be maintained on a small scale to produce bricks, make a business or profit from the outcome.

Fig. 34: Axo, Plan and Section photographs of final Experiment 2 K-Briq inspired brick

Fig. 33: Brick Progress, 1. After Compressing; 2. After being left to air dry for 24hrs at 30°C; 3. After being left to air dry for 7 days at 30°C; 4. After lid of mould removed; 5. Final brick

14

02 | Brick

8

04 | K-Briq Sample

Fig. 47: Comparison of Brick Sample and Brick Experiment Aesthetic Properties.

58

59

Analysis and Speculation | 04

05 | Testing

60

61

Title Page | 05

05 | Testing

62

30

03 | Experimentation

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Method

Materials

Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling | 02

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

The methodology for the following experiment was heavily influenced by the K-Briq patent.22 The patent is written in a vague manner, indicating various methods of making the K-Briq in which the quantities, particle sizes and timings vary. This document was scrutinised to deduce a method that would replicate one of the possible methods the K-Briq is formed.

11

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Deducing the Methods

10

02 | Brick

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling | 02

31

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | 03

Achievability 05 | TESTING

Weight and Density Brick Type

Traditional Clay Brick

Volume (cm3)

Weight (g)

Density (g/cm3)

(height x width x depth)

(mass)

(mass / volume)

2240

1.57

1425.45

(6.5 x 10.2 x 21.5)

Experiment 1:

WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick

935

1540

1.65

(5.5 x 8.5 x 20)

Experiment 2:

1147.03

K-Briq Inspired Brick

(5.5 x 9.7 x 21.5)

K-Briq Sample

1425.45

1760

1.53

1980

1.39

(6.5 x 10.2 x 21.5)

Fig. 48: Table of Brick Sample and Brick Experiment Weight and Density Properties

63

Aesthetics | 05

05 | Testing

Fig. 49: The K-Briq Sample being Weighed

64

65

Weight and Density | 05

K-Briq Inspired Brick

WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick

Fig. 69: Construction Waste Alongside New Development

67

Compression: Shear Load Test | 05

05 | Testing

68

69

Compression: Shear Load Test | 05

05 | Testing

70

71

Compression: Shear Load Test | 05

72

05 | Testing

73

Compression: Point Load Test | 05

05 | Testing

74

75

Compression: Point Load Test | 05

05 | Testing

76

77

Compression: Point Load Test | 05

05 | Testing

78

79

Test Related Conclusions | 05

06 | Conclusion

80

81

Conclusion | 06

Material Sourcing Cleaning

K-Brick inspired brick

Part 3. K-Brick inspired brick

Grinding

Cleaning

Disputable**

Disputable**

Disputable**

Disputable**

03 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE

Whilst brick is of grey colour, flecks of white aggregate / gypsum are visible on bricks surface

Disputable**

Disputable**

Firing

Relatively light when compared to traditional clay bricks

04 | K-Briq Sample

Achievability

Fig. 36: Final Brick Images for Both Experiments. (Top) WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick Brick(Below) K-BriqWasteBasedBrick Inspired Inspired Brick

Yes* Disputable**

Brick

Yes* Combining

Disputable**

Yes* Consistent colour

49

Yes*

Edges and corners, 90 degrees in most places however some areas are slightly crumbled.

Smooth to touch, texture of the finest sand paper. When rubbed from end to end, a small amount of sandy particles come off to touch.

N/A

Relatively smooth texture lends itself to a pleasing aesthetic appearance

Yes*

Drying

Yes*

Firing

N/A

Fig. 37: Achievability and Accessibility of Brick Production Comparison

Yes* Yes*

Analysis and Speculation | 04

Analysis and Speculation

Natural colour pigments could be added to Experiment 2: K-Briq inspired brick to improve aesthetic appearance

Experiment Conclusions | 03 Core holes could be added to Experiment 2: K-Briq inspired brick to reduce the chance of cracking when drying

Disputable*

Larger particles of aggregate and gypsum could be added to Experiment 2: K-Briq inspired brick to improve binding qualities and durability

04 | K-Briq Sample

Fig. 40: K-Briq Sample

52

53

EXPERIMENT 2: K-BRIQ

Fig. 45: K-Briq Sample Compared to Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick

Analysis and Speculation | 04

04 | K-Briq Sample

Fig. 37: Achievability and Accessibility of Brick Production Comparison * Achievable on a small scale without a large range of industrial equipment. **Achievable, but not a process that could be maintained on a small scale to produce bricks, make a business or profit from the outcome. Disputable*

55

03 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE

KENOTEQ K-BRIQ SAMPLE Fig. 39: K-Briq Sample Analysis and Speculation Axonometric View

Combining

Black substance visible on the surface of the brick and a slight aroma of rubber. Speculatively, this could be the secret binding agent. Potentially being a substance such as recycled tyres or asphalt pellets. Before analysing the K-Briq, we speculated that cork could be an appropriate binder due to the natural binding property that its sap offers (see previous study: Generic Study). However, if tyres are the secret binding agent, then they could potentially be more beneficial to use. The use of tyres helps to reduce waste, whilst simultaneously reducing transportation emissions due to being a commonly found waste material. Whereas, the use of cork, regardless of its sustainable properties, still uses a natural resource that would require transportation to areas outside of where it is grown (the Mediterranean Basin); cork could still be a viable binding material if used in countries in which it grows. However, research reveals that tyres are flammable and asphalt is poisonous and so, it is unlikely that these materials would be incorporated into a construction unit due to the tests needed to pass to reach the commercial market. Fig. 42: K-Briq Sample

54

04 | K-Briq Sample

Analysis and Speculation | 04

Following the conduction of Experiment 2, a sample of K-Briq was sourced, allowing an analysis of the brick in terms of texture, aesthetic appearance, and smell to be conducted.

Yes*

Drying

Firing

Disputable*

Three core holes evenly spaced across the centre of the brick

Fig. 41: K-Briq Sample Analysis and Speculation Plan View (see Appendix Item 2)

03 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE

Yes*Analysis and Speculation

Disputable**

Disputable**

57

Yes*

N/A

Fig. 44: K-Briq Sample

56

Yes*

Analysis and Speculation

Fig. 37: Achievability and Accessibility of Brick Production Comparison * Achievable on a small scale without a large range of industrial equipment. **Achievable, but not a process that could be maintained on a small scale to produce bricks, make a business or profit from the outcome.

48 Disputable**

Yes* Yes*

Chunks of aggregate visibly used (1-2mm)

Disputable**

03 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE

Yes* WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick

Analysis and Speculation

Drying Yes*

Material Sourcing

Yes*

Achievability

Combining K-Briq Inspired Brick

Process

Yes*

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

66

Grinding

Fig. 36: Final Brick Images for Both Experiments. (Top) WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick (Below) K-Briq Inspired Brick

The method of making a WasteBasedBrick is largely based on the traditional techniques of brick making.20 The methodology for the following experiment was, therefore, heavily influenced by both the BDA’s “The UK Clay Brickmaking Process” document and our WasteBasedBrick research, aiming to deduce a method that would replicate a possible method of making WasteBasedBricks.

Drying before Kiln Fired

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Relatively easy to combine with the use of an industrial mixer.

9

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

crushing equipment the process is lengthy, tiring and time consuming for a small return in crushed material. Professional equipment is required to improve the efficiency of this process.

8

02 | Brick

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

industry are established

very efficient or effective. Can be grinded using sledgehammers, however, without industrial

Defining the Brick | 02

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Accessibility Relatively easy to source once contacts within the construction Difficult to thoroughly clean without industrial equipment such as a pressure washer. Making the process very time intensive and not

Yes*

7

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Yes*

6

02 | Brick

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Achievability

Title Page | 02

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Disputable**

Combining

5

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Disputable**

Grinding

Material Sourcing

Water Content 4

05 | TESTING

K-Briq Inspired

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Deducing the Method

Firing Temperature

Fig. 43: K-Briq Sample Analysis and Speculation Cross-Section View

Process

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

k-briqs

Unknown From £0.75 a unit

Scotland

Weight

gravel and reclaimed brick

50+ years 25% less than traditional brick (91kg waste upcycled per m2)

Yes, viable for load-bearing applications

Fig. 17b: K-Briq Characteristics Fig. 11b: Lendager Group Process

K-Briq Gypsum Plasterboard, clay, sand,

glass, bricks, concrete, sanitaryware Lifespan

To truly utilise their innovative methodology each product needs to be scaled up to increase availability and lower price. The Lendager Group methodology does not satisfy our definition of brick as the panels cannot be stacked, without a frame, to form a wall. Whereas both, the WasteBasedBrick and K-Briq satisfy this definition. The following section of the report will investigate how these bricks are made and the qualities they may offer.

both internally and externally.

Fig. 14: The Lendager Group Project, The Resource Rows

6 Fig. 11a: Lendager Group Process

02 | BRICK

general brick

N/A Unknown

Fig. 10: Residential Project by Architectuur Maken in Rotterdam which used 15 tonnes of waste through the use of WasteBasedBricks.

Fig. 9b: WasteBasedBrick Characteristics Fig 6: Traditional Clay Brick

02 | BRICK

Locally Sourced To

Amsterdam Yes, viable for load-bearing applications both internally and externally.

2 billion (UK)

Fig. 5: Traditional Clay Brick Characteristics

02 | BRICK

From £0.75 a unit

Locally Sourced To Structural?

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Cleaning

Fig.25: Brick Progress, 1. After Combining; 2. After being left for 48hrs at 30°C; 3. After 8hrs at 80°C in an oven; 4. After 5hrs at 100°C to 120°C; 5. Final brick after being fired in a Kiln for 40 hours at up to 1000°C

05 | Testing

Fired*

Uses leftover, rejected clay from the manufacturing process that would have

Fig. 8: Advantages and Disadvantages of WasteBasedBrick *Although the development of using alternative fuels and efficient firing curves within the kiln, means there is a 25% reduction in production energy use compared to other kiln fired bricks.

£0.20 - £1.20

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Process

The experiment produced a ‘brick-like’ object that could be compared to a WasteBasedBrick. Through a few alterations to the materials, ratios and methods an even closer match to their brick could be achieved.

and humidity).

Fig. 51: Step Two: Apply pressure by pumping ram until brick fails. Record psi gauge to document the pressure applied at the point of fail.

Expensive

in each brick (60-100%) (see Fig. 10)

fired to form solid bricks.8 Built to industry standards, these bricks can compete with similar products in the industry when comparing their compressive strength, water absorption and freeze-thaw capabilities.9 However, the WasteBasedBrick has only been commercially used as a façade finish, interior brick and floor finish to date.10 It is a relatively new product that requires further development, scaling and marketing to establish the brick as a common construction unit used and trusted within the construction industry.

To form the WasteBasedBrick, waste material is ground into a coarse powder, combined with clay and then kiln

UK, due to BES 6001

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Not knowing the exact ratios of waste materials used made it challenging to produce a brick which accurately represents a WasteBasedBrick.

4

02 | Brick

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

StoneCycling have a strict waste selection process that ensures quality of waste material21 which could not be guaranteed in our material sourcing.

Introduction | 01

3

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Reflections

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

2

01 | Introduction

readily available. Without this the brick would be unusable.

32

Disadvantages

Reduces amount of clay used (40% to 0%) Large amount of construction waste used

WasteBasedBrick, by StoneCycling, is a fired brick using 60-100% material waste from the construction industry to upcycle and produce a high quality, sustainable product.6 Focusing on reducing CO2 emissions, waste materials used in this brick are carefully sourced no further than a 100 km radius from the factory via strict supply chains (see fig.).7 The focus of producing a low embodied carbon product, using waste materials, addresses the current issues regarding the amount of primary resources used when making traditional clay bricks.

Fig. 7b: StoneCycling production process: 1&2. Sourcing; 3. Grinding; 4. Making; 5. Firing; 6. Final Brick

Contents | 00

5

in the industry (having large chambers that can control temperature

03 | Experimentation

Advantages

Improving on the Brick: 1. Reducing amount of natural material used; 2. Reducing CO2 emissions in manufacturing; 3.Utilising construction waste. Fig.7a: WasteBasedBrick Improvements on the Brick

Fig.2: Construction Waste

4

Without this the elements could be combined with minimal effort.

3

Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling

Responsible Sourcing

- Analysis and Speculation

2

02 | BRICK

Yes

Cost

Fig.4b: Advantages and Disadvantages of Brick

Fig.3: Traditional Clay Brick

0% Yes, fired in kiln

Water Demand

and CO2 emissions during Large amount of water used

Fire retardant

0.06kg of CO2

Construction Waste Heat Requirements

Large energy consumption

Impervious Good thermal properties

Up to 150 years

Embodied Carbon / Energy Use Percentage

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Use of limited supply source

Cheap

Good compressive strength

K-BRIQ SAMPLE

Clay Brick

Lifespan

Disadvantages

Natural

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Properties Material(s)

Advantages

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Deduced Definition of a Brick: A construction unit that can be stacked to form a wall which has an aesthetic appeal, is recyclable and durable with long-term performance. Fig.4a: Deduced Definition of a Brick

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Defining the Brick Traditional clay bricks are manufactured by firing a mix of clay and water that has previously taken the shape of a mould.4 In the UK, all bricks need to be built to building standard BS EN 771-1 which sets out rigorous tests that provide the specifications of the product in terms of compressive strength, density and tolerances.5

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

02 | BRICK

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Case Study 2: Lendager Group Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq Case Study Comparison

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

02 | BRICK

Defining the Brick Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

ENDNOTES

Therefore, this project will explore how the traditional clay brick could be redesigned by upcycling construction waste to form a new construction unit. Simultaneously, improving brick’s sustainable qualities whilst reducing construction waste.

Aesthetic

04

00 | Contents

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Progress Photographs

Fig. 50: Step One: Place brick sample or brick experiment in the ram measuring psi with metal cylindrical point load placed across its width.

08

01 | INTRODUCTION 39% of the worlds carbon emissions are produced by the building and construction industry; 11% of which are due to the initial emissions associated with materials and construction processes.1 The UK has accepted the target of bringing all greenhouse gas emissions to net zero by 2050, therefore, it is imperative that waste from the construction industry is effectively managed and reduced in accordance with this goal.2 The construction industry is responsible for one hundred-tonnes of material waste every year.3 This presents a large resource that, if exploited correctly, could reduce the need to use natural resources whilst reducing waste itself. Included in this waste is brick, a common building material that could provide the foundations for the development of a construction unit made of waste.

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

EXPERIMENTATIONS

CONCLUSION APPENDIX

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

03

TESTING - Aesthetics - Weight and Density - Compression: Shear Load Test - Compression: Point Load Test - Test Related Conclusions

06 07

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

05

BRICK - Defining the Brick - Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling - Case Study 2: Lendager Group - Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq - Case Study Comparison

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

INTRODUCTION

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

02

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

01

By Amy Drabble and Stuart Gomes

15 Fig. 36: Final Brick Images for Both Experiments.

00 | CONTENTS

- Introduction to Own Experiments - Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick - Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick - Experiment Conclusions

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

1

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

REDESIGNING THE BRICK: CAN BRICK UPCYCLING IN ARCHITECTURE BE HARNESSED TO REDUCE CONSTRUCTION WASTE?

Based on our process of making the K-Briq and WasteBasedBrick, it is achievable to produce these bricks, however, the outcome is not to the same standard as a traditional clay brick or those produced using large industrial equipment, official processes, and controlled environments.

within the brick. Whereas, for the WasteBasedBrick inspired brick, the crack may have developed due Based on our process of making the K-Briq and Material Sourcing to an attempt to dry the brick out too quickly whilst "Natural colour pigments could be added WasteBasedBrick, it isto achievable to produce these overestimating the amount of water required. Cracking Experiment 2: K-Briq inspired brick to improve Cleaning is often caused when water vapour escapes too quickly bricks, however, the outcome is not to the same aesthetic appearance" from the brick in the drying process (see Appendix Item standard as a traditional clay brick or those produced 1). Therefore, in a future iteration of the experiment, using large industrial equipment, official processes, 03 | Experimentation lower temperature should be closely monitored whilst "Core holes could be added to Experiment 2: and controlled environments. Grinding the brick is air drying. Additionally, making a frog or K-Briq brick to reduce the chance of holes in the brick would allow more inspired air to circulate through the centre of the brick, reducingwhen the probability cracking drying" of cracking.

particles Based on our process of "Larger making the K-Briq of andaggregate and gypsum could WasteBasedBrick, it is achievable to produce these 2: K-Briq inspired brick be added to Experiment bricks, however, the outcome is not to the same to improve binding qualities and durability" standard as a traditional clay brick or those produced using large industrial equipment, official processes, and controlled environments.

GC 9

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

When compared against K-Briq Experiment.

GC 8

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Experiment Conclusions

GC 7

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

14.12.2020

CONTEXTUAL STUDY

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

A key issue highlighted in the production of both bricks was that, whilst drying, a crack formed. The formation of which raises a question regarding the methodologies used. In the K-Briq inspired brick, the crack may have developed due to there being a large differential between the ambient humidity within the room in which the brick was air dried and internal moisture within the brick. Whereas, for the WasteBasedBrick inspired brick, the crack may have developed due to an attempt to dry the brick out too quickly whilst overestimating the amount of water required. Cracking is often caused when water vapour escapes too quickly WasteBasedBrick brickprocess (see Appendix Item from the brick ininspired the drying 1). Therefore, in a future iteration of the experiment, lower temperature should be closely monitored whilst the brick is air drying. Additionally, making a frog or holes in the brick would allow more air to circulate through the centre of the brick, reducing the probability of cracking.

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

EXPERIMENT CONCLUSIONS Based on our process ofAmaking thehighlighted K-Briq andin the production of both bricks key issue WasteBasedBrick, it is was achievable to produce that, whilst drying, a crack formed. The formation of which raises a question these bricks, however, the outcome is not to the regarding the methodologies used. In K-Briq inspired brick, the crack may have same standard as a traditional claythe brick or those to there being a large differential produced using large developed industrial due equipment, between environments. the ambient humidity within the room in official processes, and controlled which the brick was air dried and internal moisture within the brick. Whereas, for the WasteBasedBrick inspired brick, the crack may have developed due to -an attempt to dry the brick out too quickly whilst Part 4 K-BRIQ SAMPLE overestimating the amount of water required. Cracking 1. Analysis and Speculation is often caused when water vapour escapes too quickly from of the Experiment brick in the drying Following the conduction 2, process (see Appendix Item 1). Therefore, in a future iteration of the experiment, sample ofofboth K-Briq A key issue highlighted in the aproduction bricks was sourced, allowing an loweroftemperature should be closely monitored whilst was that, whilst drying, a crack formed.ofThe analysis theformation brick in terms texture, aesthetic of which raises a question regarding the methodologies the brick is air drying. Additionally, making a frog or appearance, and smell to be conducted. used. In the K-Briq inspired brick, the crack may have holes in the brick would allow more air to circulate developed due to there being a large differential through the centre of the brick, reducing the probability between the ambient humidity within the room in FINDINGS which the brick was air dried and internal moisture of cracking.

GC 6

Experiment Conclusions

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment Conclusions

GC 5

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

REDESIGNING THE BRICK

GC 2

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Brief 02 // Contextual Study

GC 1

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

MArch 1, [semester 1]

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

Architectural Technology Research - Assignment 2 - Contextual Study

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

ARCH11075

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Materials

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

ATR

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construc

[2021] ATR

58

59

Analysis and Speculation | 04


Long life span

after life

StoneCycling have a strict waste selection process that ensures quality of waste material21 which could not be guaranteed in our material sourcing. Not knowing the exact ratios of waste materials used made it challenging to produce a brick which accurately represents a WasteBasedBrick.

Process

The experiment produced a ‘brick-like’ object that could be compared to a WasteBasedBrick. Through a few alterations to the materials, ratios and methods an even closer match to their brick could be achieved.

Cleaning

Disputable**

Grinding

Disputable**

Achievability

Material Sourcing

Yes*

Accessibility Relatively easy to source once contacts within the construction industry are established Difficult to thoroughly clean without industrial equipment such as a pressure washer. Making the process very time intensive and not very efficient or effective. Can be grinded using sledgehammers, however, without industrial crushing equipment the process is lengthy, tiring and time consuming for a small return in crushed material. Professional equipment is required to improve the efficiency of this process.

Combining

Yes*

Relatively easy to combine with the use of an industrial mixer.

Drying

Yes*

Firing

Disputable*

Introduction | 01

3

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Deducing the Methods The methodology for the following experiment was heavily influenced by the K-Briq patent.22 The patent is written in a vague manner, indicating various methods of making the K-Briq in which the quantities, particle sizes and timings vary. This document was scrutinised to deduce a method that would replicate one of the possible methods the K-Briq is formed.

Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2

Method

K-Briq Method

Materials

Sand (Coarse, Medium and Fine)

Gypsum Plasterboard

Process of drying is possible but is not done to the same accuracy as

Material Ratios (in order of material list above)

Gypsum Plasterboard

Clay

Clay Medium Sand

Medium Gravel (size 6-20mm)

Medium Gravel (size 6-20mm)

Fine Gravel (size 2-6mm)

Fine Gravel (Reclaimed brick) (size 2-6mm)

15%

15%

10%

4

02 | Brick

Method 01: Prepare the Gypsum

Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2

K-Briq Method Shred, crush or grind the gypsum into a coarse grade material (0.063-2mm)

Grind gypsum into coarse grade, powder, material

150°C; or 100-150°C for 1-2 days. The gypsum could be heated at 200°C for

K-Briq Method Additive, such as a pigment, added at this

07: Add Water

Heat at 200°C for 7 hours

Fig. 26: Axo, Plan and Section photographs of final Experiment 1 WasteBasedBrick inspired Brick

Fig. 27: Achievability and Accessibility of Brick Production * Achievable on a small scale without a large range of industrial equipment. **Achievable, but not a process that could be maintained on a small scale to produce bricks, make a business or profit from the outcome.

Compression: Shear Load Test | General Method

Fig. 51: Step Two: Apply pressure by pumping ram until brick fails. Record psi gauge to document the pressure applied at the point of fail.

05 | Testing

66

Fig. 52: Step Three: Apply pressure until brick fails and a crack forms.

67

Fig. 53: Step Four: From video recording, mark psi reached on psi gauge and then apply equal pressure to mechanical pressure gauge to receive a reading that can then be converted to find the weight applied at the point of fail in kN.

Compression: Shear Load Test | 05

34

03 | Experimentation

35

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | 03

05 | TESTING Compression: Shear Load Test | Point of Fail

Fig. 54: Traditional Clay Brick: Extremely durable, it took an extremely large amount of pressure to crack.

05 | Testing

Fig. 55: Kenoteq K-Briq Sample: Durable, requiring a large amount of pressure to be applied before reaching its point of fail.

68

Fig. 56: Experiment 2: K-Briq: Not durable, it needed little pressure to be applied before the brick failed.

69

8 – 40% or 12 – 26% of total mixture

Best practice is to dry clay and aggregate

08: Pour into Mould

N/A

materials in oven at 105°C for 6-24 hours Materials dry to touch, did not heat in oven Test materials for moisture content to ensure they are prepared for next stage

N/A

09: Compaction

Did not have the facilities to complete this

Fig. 57: Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick: Slightly durable, it took a small amount of pressure to be applied before the brick failed.

Compression: Shear Load Test | 05

36

03 | Experimentation

Combine gypsum, aggregate materials and

Gypsum, aggregate materials and clay

clay to form a homogeneous mixture

mixed together in industrial mixer

10: Leave in Mould

Fig. 29: Table of Research: K-Briq Method Alongside Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2 (Part 2 of 3)

37

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

05 | TESTING Compression: Shear Load Test | Results

METAL CYLINDRICAL POINT LOAD

TRADITIONAL CLAY BRICK

KENOTEQ K-BRIQ SAMPLE

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 1600

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 2200

EXPERIMENT 1: WASTEBASEDBRICK

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 800

EXPERIMENT 2: K-BRIQ

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 200

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 5.22

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 3.72

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 1.54

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 0.50

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 8.77

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 6.20

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 2.57

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 0.83

03 | Experimentation

70

71

Compression: Shear Load Test | 05

avoid the development of air gaps

avoid the development of air gaps

Compact the mixture; subject to a

Compact the mixture using a load of 101kg

minimum load of 10kN

for 48 hours

Leave in mould for at least 4 hours

Left in mould for 24 hours

Remove mould and air dry at 4-35°C from

Remove mould and air dry at 30°C for 7

Structural? Production / year Weight

WasteBasedBrick

Material(s)

clay, rejected clay and upcycled waste: ceramics, glass, bricks, concrete, sanitaryware

Lifespan

50+ years

Embodied Carbon / Energy Use Construction Waste Percentage

25% less than traditional brick 60-100% (91kg waste upcycled per m2)

Heat Requirements

Yes, fired in kiln

Recyclability / Reusability

Yes, can be crushed down and made into more WasteBasedBrick

Water Demand

Unknown

Cost

02 | BRICK Case Study 2: Lendager Group Advantages

Improving on the Brick: 1. Solely using construction waste; 2. Improvement on current method for reusing bricks Fig.12a: Lendager Group Improvements on the Brick

The Lendager Group specialise in cost neutral sustainable design, specifically focusing on new construction methodologies that aim to achieve a circular economy within their process.11 Their project, The Resource Rows, focuses on reusing brick façades reclaimed from abandoned buildings within new construction projects. To do this, they have developed a method that addresses the current issues regarding efficiency when reusing traditional clay bricks. Due to improvements in mortar strength in the 1960s, recycling and reusing individual bricks has since been unachievable. This project recycles brick façades by cutting them into pre-constructed modules (complete

Disadvantages

Removes need to break down / separate with mortar). These are then fitted onto either steel or timber frames (see Fig. 11a, 11b and Appendix Item 3). This means they can be used as façade modules on new buildings and removes the need to separate the individual bricks – consuming time and energy.12

Non-structural, requires steel frame or

bricks to reuse them – reducing energy inputs

concrete backing

Reduces need to use virgin materials

within basement car-park and double skin

Lots of concrete still used in project – structure Concrete in project was not made from recycled aggregate – due to volume

This methodology could be replicated in the UK and has the potential to ignite a cultural shift in terms of common construction processes. However, the realisation of this relies on architects, developers and builders to be willing to take a risk and learn new methodologies; a prospect that may be challenging as the construction industry can be conservative when presented with new ideas (see Appendix Item 2).

required Sustainable and economic aspects of upcycled system are not resolved at scale

Fig. 12b: Advantages and Disadvantages of the Lendager Group Process

02 | BRICK Case Study 2: Lendager Group Improving on the Brick: 1. Solely using construction waste; 2. Improvement on current method for reusing bricks Fig.13a: Lendager Group Improvements on the Brick

Properties

Yes 2.24kg

1

2

3

4

5

Production / year

Unknown

Weight

Unknown

Unknown 100% N/A Unknown None Per square metre, scheme cheaper to build than a non-upcycled equivalent

Locally Sourced To

02 | BRICK Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq Improving on the Brick: 1. Reducing amount of natural material used; 2. Not fired 3. Large reduction in CO2 emissions in manufacturing; 4.Utilising construction waste

Advantages

Disadvantages

Can be produced in any colour using

Currently only manufactured on a small

Fig.16a: K-Briq Improvements on the Brick

The K-briq, by Kenoteq, is an unfired brick, 90% of which is formed from recycled content sourced from demolition and construction waste.13 This brick offers a solution to a key issue with the manufacturing process of traditional clay bricks; the large amount of energy required to fire them, increasing the embodied carbon within the final brick.14 Formed from a mixture of broken-down construction waste,15 the materials are combined with a secret binding agent and water to form each brick.16 According to the patent, in addition to the secret binding agent, the bricks are bound using gypsum like cement. The gypsum is heated to drive out its water content, mixed with waste aggregate and then water

is added. The dehydrated gypsum absorbs the water and recrystallises to form a binding agent, like Plaster of Paris17 (see Appendix Item 2). The bricks are then compressed to size and air dried to produce the final K-Briq.18

recycled pigment

scale

Weighs the same, if not less than, regular

Cannot be manufactured on-site

clay bricks Higher U-value (better insulation properties) than regular clay bricks

85% of bricks used in Scotland are unsustainably imported from either England or Europe, making the development of the K-Briq vitally important to Scotland.19 Once commercially available, the K-Briq could decrease the number of bricks that are required to be imported; simultaneously reducing transportation emissions and construction waste for the country.

Uses 90% construction waste Do not need to be kiln fired

Fig. 16b: Advantages and Disadvantages of K-Briq (see Appendix Item 2)

Copenhagen, method can be applied anywhere

Amsterdam

Structural?

Yes, viable for load-bearing applications both

No, façade modules

Production / year

N/A

Weight

Unknown

Fig. 13b: The Lendager Group Process Characteristics

Fig. 14: The Lendager Group Project, The Resource Rows

Fig. 10: Residential Project by Architectuur Maken in Rotterdam which used 15 tonnes of waste through the use of WasteBasedBricks.

Fig. 9b: WasteBasedBrick Characteristics Fig 6: Traditional Clay Brick

Unknown

Embodied Carbon / Energy Use Construction Waste Percentage Heat Requirements Recyclability / Reusability Water Demand Cost

internally and externally.

2 billion (UK)

Reused Brick

Lifespan

From £0.75 a unit

Locally Sourced To

Lendager Group

Material(s)

between 24 hours to 28 days

days

38

39

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

Compression: Point Load Test | General Method

05 | Testing

Fig. 60: Step Two: Apply pressure by pumping ram until brick fails. Record psi gauge to document the pressure applied at the point of fail.

72

Fig. 61: Step Three: Apply pressure until brick fails and a crack forms.

Fig. 62: Step Four: From video recording, mark psi reached on psi gauge and then apply equal pressure to mechanical pressure gauge to receive a reading that can then be converted to find the weight applied at the point of fail in kN.

73

Compression: Point Load Test | 05

7

Defining the Brick | 02

6 Fig. 11a: Lendager Group Process

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Ingredients

MEDIUM GRAVEL 6% - 162g

CLAY 10% - 270g

WATER 26% - 702ml

8

02 | Brick

9

Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling | 02

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Method

0

1

2

5

10

02 | Brick

11

Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling | 02

Fig. 11b: Lendager Group Process

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Progress Photographs

12

02 | Brick

13

Fig. 15: K-Briqs

Case Study 2: Lendager Group | 02

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Reflections Due to not needing to be fired, the K-Briq is potentially easier to make on a small scale. However, when produced at an industrial scale – due to the change of practice / process required – it may be harder to introduce to the industry (see Appendix Item 2) than other options such as the WasteBasedBrick. This is because the WasteBasedBrick is an adaptation and improvement on traditional brick making whereas K-Briq is a new process of making bricks.

Process Material Sourcing

Achievability Yes*

Accessibility Relatively easy to source once contacts within the construction industry are established

However, visually, the experiment produced a ‘bricklike’ object that could be representative of the K-Briq as the ratios and process were followed closely; only missing the secret binding agent.

Cleaning

Disputable**

Grinding

Disputable**

Difficult to thoroughly clean without industrial equipment such as a pressure washer. Making the process very time intensive and not very efficient or effective. Can be grinded using sledgehammers, however, without industrial crushing equipment the process is lengthy, tiring and time consuming for a small return in crushed material. Professional equipment is required to improve the efficiency of this process.

Combining

Yes*

Relatively easy to combine with the use of an industrial mixer.

RE-CLAIMED BRICK 26% - 702g

SAND 43% - 1161g

40

03 | Experimentation

Fig. 31. Ingredients for Experiment 2 Clay - 270g (10%) Re-claimed Brick - 702g (26%) Medium Gravel - 162g (6%) Sand - 1161g (43%) Gypsum Plasterboard - 405g (15%) Water - 702ml (26%)

41

7

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

8

9

42

03 | Experimentation

11

Fig. 32: Method 0. Source: The required construction waste was sourced from local skips and behind Minto House. 1. Prepare the Gypsum: Hammer the raw construction materials into fine particles. 2. Heat the Gypsum: Place grinded gypsum plasterboard on baking tray and heat in industrial oven at 200 degrees for 7 hours. 5. Combine: Mix the gypsum, aggregate materials and clay together. 7. Add Water: Once mixed, add water (26% of the total dry mass). 8. Pour into mould 9. Compaction: Compress with 101kg for 48hours. 11. Air Dry: Remove from mould and leave to air dry.

43

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

Drying

Yes*

Firing

N/A

A key issue highlighted in the production of both bricks was that, whilst drying, a crack formed. The formation of which raises a question regarding the methodologies used. In the K-Briq inspired brick, the crack may have developed due to there being a large differential between the ambient humidity within the room in which the brick was air dried and internal moisture within the brick. Whereas, for the WasteBasedBrick inspired brick, the crack may have developed due to an attempt to dry the brick out too quickly whilst overestimating the amount of water required. Cracking is often caused when water vapour escapes too quickly from the brick in the drying process (see Appendix Item 1). Therefore, in a future iteration of the experiment, lower temperature should be closely monitored whilst the brick is air drying. Additionally, making a frog or holes in the brick would allow more air to circulate through the centre of the brick, reducing the probability of cracking.

2

3

4

5

Very accessible process as the brick is left to air dry. However,

03 | Experimentation

44

45

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

03 | Experimentation

N/A

Fig. 35: Achievability and Accessibility of Brick Production * Achievable on a small scale without a large range of industrial equipment. **Achievable, but not a process that could be maintained on a small scale to produce bricks, make a business or profit from the outcome.

Fig. 34: Axo, Plan and Section photographs of final Experiment 2 K-Briq inspired brick

46

47

Achievability Process Material Sourcing

Based on our process of making the K-Briq and WasteBasedBrick, it is achievable to produce these bricks, however, the outcome is not to the same standard as a traditional clay brick or those produced using large industrial equipment, official processes, and controlled environments.

maintained at a constant low temperature.

1

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | 03

Case Study 2: Lendager Group | 02

Experiment Conclusions

to avoid cracking the area, ideally, needs to be monitored and

Fig. 33: Brick Progress, 1. After Compressing; 2. After being left to air dry for 24hrs at 30°C; 3. After being left to air dry for 7 days at 30°C; 4. After lid of mould removed; 5. Final brick

15

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

Without this the elements could be combined with minimal effort.

GYPSUM PLASTERBOARD 15% - 405g

14

02 | Brick

Fig. 36: Final Brick Images for Both Experiments. (Top) WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick (Below) K-Briq Inspired Brick

WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick

Yes*

Yes*

Disputable**

Disputable**

Grinding

Disputable**

Disputable**

Combining

Yes*

Yes*

Drying

Yes*

Yes*

Firing

N/A

Disputable*

Fig. 37: Achievability and Accessibility of Brick Production Comparison * Achievable on a small scale without a large range of industrial equipment. **Achievable, but not a process that could be maintained on a small scale to produce bricks, make a business or profit from the outcome.

48

03 | Experimentation

K-Briq Inspired Brick

Cleaning

49

Experiment Conclusions | 03

16

02 | Brick

17

Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq | 02

04 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE

Analysis and Speculation

Fig. 38: K-Briq Sample

04 | K-Briq Sample

50

51

Compression: Point Load Test | Point of Fail

Fig. 63: Traditional Clay Brick: Extremely durable, it took an extremely large amount of pressure to crack.

Fig. 64: Kenoteq K-Briq Sample: Durable, requiring a large amount of pressure to be applied before reaching its point of fail. Before failing, the brick compressed underneath the metal circular point load. This indicates that the brick could potentially be further compressed in manufacture, which could increase the bricks overall durability.

74

Fig. 65: Experiment 2: K-Briq: Not durable, it needed little pressure to be applied before the brick failed. The brick did act with the same characteristics as the K-Briq sample did under compression. The brick continued to compress before failing. Indicating that a larger weight of compression should have been applied in its production. However, this similarity validates the similarity in method between the creation of these two bricks.

75

Fig. 66: Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick: Slightly durable, it took a small amount of pressure to be applied before the brick failed. The brick failed in a similar way to the traditional clay brick; via a hair-line crack. This can be presumed to be due to the similarities in production regarding the amount of clay required and being kiln fired between the two bricks.

Compression: Point Load Test | 05

05 | TESTING Aesthetics Once the bricks in Experiment 1 and 2 had been created, they were then analysed and tested in comparison to a traditional clay brick and an official K-Briq sample, comparing how effective the two experiment bricks were against official industry bricks.

TRADITIONAL CLAY BRICK

EXPERIMENT 1: WASTEBASEDBRICK

EXPERIMENT 2: K-BRIQ

KENOTEQ K-BRIQ SAMPLE

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 6.5 / 10.2 / 21.5

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 5.5 / 8.5 / 20

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 5.5 / 9.7 / 21.5

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 6.5 / 10.2 / 21.5

COLOUR Red / Orange

COLOUR Pink / Chalk

COLOUR Off-White / Grey

COLOUR Grey

TEXTURE Smooth

TEXTURE Uneven, but Smooth

TEXTURE Grainy, Large Sandy Deposit to Touch

TEXTURE Smooth, Minor Sandy Deposit to Touch

Aesthetic Test Results

63

05 | TESTING Aesthetics Once the bricks in Experiment 1 and 2 had been created, they were then analysed and tested in comparison to a traditional clay brick and an official K-Briq sample, comparing how effective the two experiment bricks were against official industry bricks.

TRADITIONAL CLAY BRICK

EXPERIMENT 1: WASTEBASEDBRICK

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 6.5 / 10.2 / 21.5

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 5.5 / 8.5 / 20

EXPERIMENT 2: K-BRIQ

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 5.5 / 9.7 / 21.5

KENOTEQ K-BRIQ SAMPLE

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 6.5 / 10.2 / 21.5

COLOUR Red / Orange

COLOUR Pink / Chalk

COLOUR Off-White / Grey

COLOUR Grey

TEXTURE Smooth

TEXTURE Uneven, but Smooth

TEXTURE Grainy, Large Sandy Deposit to Touch

TEXTURE Smooth, Minor Sandy Deposit to Touch

62

05 | Testing

Aesthetics | 05

05 | TESTING Weight and Density Brick Type

Traditional Clay Brick

Volume (cm3)

Weight (g)

Density (g/cm3)

(height x width x depth)

(mass)

(mass / volume)

1425.45

2240

1.57

1540

1.65

(6.5 x 10.2 x 21.5)

Experiment 1:

935

WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick

(5.5 x 8.5 x 20)

Experiment 2:

1147.03

K-Briq Inspired Brick

(5.5 x 9.7 x 21.5)

1760

05 | TESTING Compression: Shear Load Test | General Method

Improving on the Brick: 1. Reducing amount of natural material used; 2. Not fired 3. Large reduction in CO2 emissions in manufacturing; 4.Utilising construction waste

Fig.17a: K-Briq Improvements on the Brick

Properties Material(s)

K-Briq Gypsum Plasterboard, clay, sand, gravel and reclaimed brick

Lifespan Embodied Carbon / Energy Use

Minimum 30 years 1/10th of regular clay brick

Construction Waste Percentage

90%

Heat Requirements

Yes, gypsum needs to by dried but no

Recyclability / Reusability

Yes, can be crushed down and remade

kiln required into k-briqs Water Demand Cost

Yes £0.80 – £2.00 a unit – comparable to

05 | TESTING

Title Page | 04

02 | BRICK Case Study Comparison Deduced Definition of a Brick: A construction unit that can be stacked to form a wall which has an aesthetic appeal, is recyclable and durable with long-term performance. Fig.19a: Deduced Definition of a Brick

All three case studies reduce embodied carbon / energy use when compared to traditional clay brick. However, common limitations between the three are having: a higher initial cost, small areas in which they are locally sourced and a lower level of production each year.

Material(s)

WasteBasedBrick

Lendager Group

clay, rejected clay and upcycled waste: ceramics,

Reused Brick

Heat Requirements

Unknown Unknown

60-100%

100%

90%

N/A

Yes, gypsum needs to by dried but no kiln

Yes, fired in kiln

Recyclability / Reusability

Yes, can be crushed down and made into more

Unknown

Yes, can be crushed down and remade into

WasteBasedBrick Water Demand Cost Locally Sourced to

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

Introduction to Own Experiments Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick Experiment Conclusions

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Introduction to Own Experiments Aims 1. 2. 3.

How are the waste construction bricks made? How achievable / accessible are the waste construction bricks to make? How do they perform under compression compared to general clay bricks?

Fig.21a: Experiment Aims

Due to product secrecy, information about how the bricks in case studies 1 and 3 are made is extremely vague. Hence, it is challenging to conclude how these bricks compare both environmentally and structurally to traditional clay bricks and each other. Based on our research and knowledge of traditional methods of brick making, we aim to produce our own version of the WasteBasedBrick and K-Briq. On which

we will carry out a series of tests to compare these bricks to a traditional clay brick and an official K-Briq sample. To be truly effective as a circular, sustainable alternative, the process of making bricks from construction waste needs to be adopted by multiple local companies; globally. Our experiments will distinguish the bricks’ potential to achieve this goal.

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Deducing the Method The method of making a WasteBasedBrick is largely based on the traditional techniques of brick making.20 The methodology for the following experiment was, therefore, heavily influenced by both the BDA’s “The UK Clay Brickmaking Process” document and our WasteBasedBrick research, aiming to deduce a method that would replicate a possible method of making WasteBasedBricks.

Materials

None

Yes

per square metre, scheme cheaper to

£0.80 – £2.00 a unit – comparable to

build than a non-upcycled equivalent

general brick

Copenhagen, method can be applied

Scotland

Amsterdam

Structural?

Yes, viable for load-bearing applications both

1.98kg

Fig. 19b: Case Study Comparison Table

19

Case Study Comparison | 02

03 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE Analysis and Speculation

Whilst brick is of grey colour, flecks of white aggregate / gypsum are visible on bricks surface

Chunks of aggregate visibly used (1-2mm)

Weight

20

02 | Brick

Yes, viable for load-bearing applications both

N/A

3 million (as of next year)

Unknown

Unknown

03 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE Analysis and Speculation

Three core holes evenly spaced across the centre of the brick

Black substance visible on the surface of the brick and a slight aroma of rubber. Speculatively, this could be the secret binding agent. Potentially being a substance such as recycled tyres or asphalt pellets. Before analysing the K-Briq, we speculated that cork could be an appropriate binder due to the natural binding property that its sap offers (see previous study: Generic Study). However, if tyres are the secret binding agent, then they could potentially be more beneficial to use. The use of tyres helps to reduce waste, whilst simultaneously reducing transportation emissions due to being a commonly found waste material. Whereas, the use of cork, regardless of its sustainable properties, still uses a natural resource that would require transportation to areas outside of where it is grown (the Mediterranean Basin); cork could still be a viable binding material if used in countries in which it grows. However, research reveals that tyres are flammable and asphalt is poisonous and so, it is unlikely that these materials would be incorporated into a construction unit due to the tests needed to pass to reach the commercial market.

Relatively light when compared to traditional clay bricks

Fig. 44: K-Briq Sample

56

57

Fig. 41: K-Briq Sample Analysis and Speculation Plan View (see Appendix Item 2)

Analysis and Speculation | 04

04 | K-Briq Sample

55

Clay - 40%

(includes small 1-2 mm clay particles)

Reused concrete – 10% Water content

Water 12-25%

Water - 20%

24-48hrs starting at 30°C to 120°C in

48 hrs in closed room at 30°C

Unknown

large humidity controlled chambers

1425.45

1980

03 | EXPERIMENTATION Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Ingredients

Fig. 20: (Left to Right) Traditional Reclaimed Clay Brick, WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick, K-Briq Inspired Brick, K-Briq Sample

1

2

3

4

22

23

Title Page | 03

03 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE Analysis and Speculation Following the conduction of Experiment 2, a sample of K-Briq was sourced, allowing an analysis of the brick in terms of texture, aesthetic appearance, and smell to be conducted.

Consistent colour

Edges and corners, 90 degrees in most places however some areas are slightly crumbled.

25

Introduction to Own Experiments | 03

80+ hours

40 hrs

In large batches and kilns (see Appendix

(see Appendix Item 5 for Deduced Firing

Item 4 for Firing Curve)

Curve)

Unknown

26

03 | Experimentation

03 | K-BRIQ SAMPLE Analysis and Speculation

Natural colour pigments could be added to Experiment 2: K-Briq inspired brick to improve aesthetic appearance

Core holes could be added to Experiment 2: K-Briq inspired brick to reduce the chance of cracking when drying

27

Fig. 23: Ingredients for Experiment 1 Clay - 1000g (40%) Reclaimed Brick - 500g (20%) Reclaimed Concrete - 250g (10%) Porcelain - 250g (10%) Water - 500ml (20%)

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | 03

05 | TESTING

Aesthetics Weight and Density Compression: Shear Load Test Compression: Point Load Test Test Related Conclusions

28

03 | Experimentation

29

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | 03

2

6

7

3

05 | TESTING Aesthetics Once the bricks in Experiment 1 and 2 had been created, they were then analysed and tested in comparison to a traditional clay brick and an official K-Briq sample, comparing how effective the two experiment bricks were against official industry bricks.

TRADITIONAL CLAY BRICK

EXPERIMENT 1: WASTEBASEDBRICK

EXPERIMENT 2: K-BRIQ

KENOTEQ K-BRIQ SAMPLE

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 6.5 / 10.2 / 21.5

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 5.5 / 8.5 / 20

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 5.5 / 9.7 / 21.5

HEIGHT / WIDTH / DEPTH (cm) 6.5 / 10.2 / 21.5

COLOUR Red / Orange

COLOUR Pink / Chalk

COLOUR Off-White / Grey

COLOUR Grey

TEXTURE Smooth

TEXTURE Uneven, but Smooth

TEXTURE Grainy, Large Sandy Deposit to Touch

TEXTURE Smooth, Minor Sandy Deposit to Touch

Larger particles of aggregate and gypsum could be added to Experiment 2: K-Briq inspired brick to improve binding qualities and durability

KENOTEQ K-BRIQ SAMPLE Fig. 39: K-Briq Sample Analysis and Speculation Axonometric View

04 | K-Briq Sample

Fig. 40: K-Briq Sample

52

53

EXPERIMENT 2: K-BRIQ

Fig. 46: K-Briq Sample Shear Load Compression Test

Fig. 45: K-Briq Sample Compared to Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick

Analysis and Speculation | 04

59

Analysis and Speculation | 04

60

05 | Testing

61

Title Page | 05

62

05 | Testing

4

5

9

Fig. 24: Method 1. Source: the required construction waste was sourced from local skips and behind Minto House. 2. Clean 3&4. Grind: hammer the raw construction materials into fine particles. 5. Weigh: measure out ingredients 6. Combine: combine ingredients in an industrial mixer 7. Pour into mould 8. Dry: Leave to dry for 48 hrs in room at 30°C before further drying for 8hrs at 80°C in an oven, then for 5hrs at 100°C to 120°C 9. Fire: Place in Kiln at: 100°C for 1 hour; 100-200°C for 8 hrs; 200-750°C for 3 hrs; 750-1000°C for 8hrs; 1000°C for 5hrs; 1000-600°C for 2hrs; 600°C for 8hrs; 600°C to room temperature for 5hrs; END (see Appendix Item 5 for firing curve)

31

GA 2 7

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | 03

05 | TESTING Weight and Density Brick Type

Volume (cm3)

Weight (g)

Density (g/cm3)

(height x width x depth)

(mass)

(mass / volume)

2240

1.57

Traditional Clay Brick

1425.45 (6.5 x 10.2 x 21.5)

Experiment 1:

935

WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick

1540

1.65

(5.5 x 8.5 x 20)

Experiment 2:

1147.03

K-Briq Inspired Brick

(5.5 x 9.7 x 21.5)

K-Briq Sample

1425.45

1760

1.53

1980

1.39

Fig. 48: Table of Brick Sample and Brick Experiment Weight and Density Properties

63

GA 2 6

(6.5 x 10.2 x 21.5)

Fig. 47: Comparison of Brick Sample and Brick Experiment Aesthetic Properties.

58

04 | K-Briq Sample

8

30

03 | Experimentation

Smooth to touch, texture of the finest sand paper. When rubbed from end to end, a small amount of sandy particles come off to touch.

Analysis and Speculation | 04

1

Up to 1000°C

Fig. 22: Deducing the method for Experiment 1

24

03 | Experimentation

GA 2 5

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Method

8 hrs in oven at 80°C

6

5

Fig. 21b: General Method, 1. Sourcing; 2. Cleaning; 3. Grinding; 4. Combining; 5. Drying/Firing; 6. Testing

03 | Experimentation

GA 2 4

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

5hr in oven from 100-120°C Up to 1250°C

Yes, at 25% energy reduction

Aesthetics | 05

Fig. 49: The K-Briq Sample being Weighed

64

05 | Testing

65

Weight and Density | 05

05 | TESTING Compression: Shear Load Test | Results Shear Load Test Results METAL CYLINDRICAL POINT LOAD

Compression: Shear Load Test | Point of Fail

TRADITIONAL CLAY BRICK

KENOTEQ K-BRIQ SAMPLE

EXPERIMENT 1: WASTEBASEDBRICK

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 2200

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 1600

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 800

PRESSURE AT POINT OF F 200

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 5.22

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 3.72

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 1.54

READING ON PRESSURE G POINT OF FAIL 0.50

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 8.77

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 6.20

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 2.57

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FA (Reading on Pressure Gaug 0.83

05 | TESTING Compression: Shear Load Test | Results

METAL CYLINDRICAL POINT LOAD

TRADITIONAL CLAY BRICK

KENOTEQ K-BRIQ SAMPLE

EXPERIMENT 1: WASTEBASEDBRICK

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 5.22

EXPERIMENT 2: K-BRIQ

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 200

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 800

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 1600

PRESSURE AT POINT OF FAIL (psi) 2200

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 8.77

K-Briq Sample

Reused brick – 20% Porcelain (sink) – 10%

Drying before Kiln Fired

Relatively smooth texture lends itself to a pleasing aesthetic appearance

Fig. 42: K-Briq Sample

54

Reused concrete 100% clay

Unknown

Firing Temperature

1.98kg

Case Study Comparison | 02

Clay Reused brick Porcelain (sink)

quantity made up by clay)

internally and externally.

21

Deduced Method Used in Experiment 1

Clay

glass, bricks, concrete, sanitaryware 60-100% waste material used (remaining

Timings

No, façade modules

Unknown

internally and externally. Production / year

Fig. 18: K-Briqs

18

Traditional Brick Making Process

clay, rejected clay and upcycled waste: ceramics,

Ratios

k-briqs

Unknown From £0.75 a unit

WasteBasedBrick Process Deduced from Research

Properties

anywhere

3 million (as of next year)

Fig. 17b: K-Briq Characteristics

04 | K-Briq Sample

30+ years 1/10th of regular clay brick

required

both internally and externally. Production / year Weight

gravel and reclaimed brick

50+ years 25% less than traditional brick

Scotland Yes, viable for load-bearing applications

02 | Brick

K-Briq Gypsum Plasterboard, clay, sand,

glass, bricks, concrete, sanitaryware Embodied Carbon / Energy Use Construction Waste Percentage

(91kg waste upcycled per m2)

general brick Locally Sourced to Structural?

Properties

Lifespan To truly utilise their innovative methodology each product needs to be scaled up to increase availability and lower price. The Lendager Group methodology does not satisfy our definition of brick as the panels cannot be stacked, without a frame, to form a wall. Whereas both, the WasteBasedBrick and K-Briq satisfy this definition. The following section of the report will investigate how these bricks are made and the qualities they may offer.

1.53

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 3.72

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 1.54

READING ON PRESSURE GAUGE AT POINT OF FAIL 0.50

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 6.20

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 2.57

WEIGHT AT POINT OF FAIL (kN) (Reading on Pressure Gauge x 1.667) 0.83

EXPERIMENT 2: K-B

1.39

(6.5 x 10.2 x 21.5)

Fig. 48: Table of Brick Sample and Brick Experiment Weight and Density Properties

63

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

62

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Fig. 47: Comparison of Brick Sample and Brick Experiment Aesthetic Properties.

05 | Testing

Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq

Fig. 43: K-Briq Sample Analysis and Speculation Cross-Section View

05 | TESTING

05 | Testing

02 | BRICK

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Properties

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Improving on the Brick: 1. Reducing amount of natural material used; 2. Reducing CO2 emissions in manufacturing; 3.Utilising construction waste. Fig.9a: WasteBasedBrick Improvements on the Brick

Structural?

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

Fig. 30: Table of Research: K-Briq Method Alongside Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2 (Part 3 of 3)

05 | TESTING

Fig. 59: Step One: Place brick sample or brick experiment in the ram measuring psi with metal circular point load placed at the bricks corner.

Fig. 58: Brick Sample and Brick Experiment Shear Load Test Results

05 | Testing

Add water and mix for 1 minute

Pour mixture into mould in increments to Pour mixture into mould in increments to

stage

26% of total mixture

Fig. 28: Table of Research: K-Briq Method Alongside Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2 (Part 1 of 3)

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | 03

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

33

05 | TESTING

Fig. 50: Step One: Place brick sample or brick experiment in the ram measuring psi with metal cylindrical point load placed across its width.

Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling

£0.20 - £1.20

Fig. 5: Traditional Clay Brick Characteristics

6

02 | Brick

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

5

N/A

stage to introduce colour

Add water and mix for 1 minute

<24 hours

04: Moisture Content

11: Air Dry

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

4

Deduced Method Used in Experiment 2

Method 06: Additive Addition

Heat between 80-250°C; 80-200°C; 80-

02: Heat the Gypsum 03: Dry Ingredient Preparation

05: Combine

6% 26%

Title Page | 02

Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick | Deducing the Methods

43%

6% 26%

5

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

10%

20 – 65%

Whilst we had access to a kiln to fire the brick this is not widely and

Water Content

32

02 | BRICK

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Reflections

Fig.25: Brick Progress, 1. After Combining; 2. After being left for 48hrs at 30°C; 3. After 8hrs at 80°C in an oven; 4. After 5hrs at 100°C to 120°C; 5. Final brick after being fired in a Kiln for 40 hours at up to 1000°C

03 | Experimentation

UK, or Scotland)

material ratios

UK, due to BES 6001

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

2

01 | Introduction

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Contents | 00

5

and humidity).

3

Locally sourced to Amsterdam (Not the

gone to landfill Variety of colours based on waste

Fig. 7b: StoneCycling production process: 1&2. Sourcing; 3. Grinding; 4. Making; 5. Firing; 6. Final Brick

4

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick | Progress Photographs

2

Fired*

Uses leftover, rejected clay from the manufacturing process that would have

Fig. 8: Advantages and Disadvantages of WasteBasedBrick *Although the development of using alternative fuels and efficient firing curves within the kiln, means there is a 25% reduction in production energy use compared to other kiln fired bricks.

Fig.2: Construction Waste

03 | EXPERIMENTATION

1

Expensive

in each brick (60-100%) (see Fig. 10)

fired to form solid bricks.8 Built to industry standards, these bricks can compete with similar products in the industry when comparing their compressive strength, water absorption and freeze-thaw capabilities.9 However, the WasteBasedBrick has only been commercially used as a façade finish, interior brick and floor finish to date.10 It is a relatively new product that requires further development, scaling and marketing to establish the brick as a common construction unit used and trusted within the construction industry.

To form the WasteBasedBrick, waste material is ground into a coarse powder, combined with clay and then kiln

Responsible Sourcing

Fig.4b: Advantages and Disadvantages of Brick

Fig.3: Traditional Clay Brick

Disadvantages

Reduces amount of clay used (40% to 0%) Large amount of construction waste used

WasteBasedBrick, by StoneCycling, is a fired brick using 60-100% material waste from the construction industry to upcycle and produce a high quality, sustainable product.6 Focusing on reducing CO2 emissions, waste materials used in this brick are carefully sourced no further than a 100 km radius from the factory via strict supply chains (see fig.).7 The focus of producing a low embodied carbon product, using waste materials, addresses the current issues regarding the amount of primary resources used when making traditional clay bricks.

Yes

Cost Locally Sourced To

Advantages

Improving on the Brick: 1. Reducing amount of natural material used; 2. Reducing CO2 emissions in manufacturing; 3.Utilising construction waste. Fig.7a: WasteBasedBrick Improvements on the Brick

GA 2 3

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

manufacturing process Currently not fully utilised

Yes

Water Demand

and CO2 emissions during

Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Recyclability / Reusability

Large energy consumption

Large amount of water used

Fire retardant

02 | BRICK

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

methods come at higher cost

Impervious Good thermal properties

0% Yes, fired in kiln

GA 2 2

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Recyclable

Construction Waste Heat Requirements

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Clay 0.06kg of CO2

Use Percentage

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Alternative, more sustainable

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Use of limited supply source

Cheap

Up to 150 years

Embodied Carbon / Energy

Disadvantages

Natural

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Clay Brick

Lifespan

FIGURE REFERENCES

K-BRIQ SAMPLE

readily available. Without this the brick would be unusable.

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

64

05 | Testing

Aesthetics | 05

Fig. 50: Step One: Place brick sample or brick experiment in the ram measuring psi with metal cylindrical point load placed across its width.

Fig. 49: The K-Briq Sample being Weighed

65

Weight and Density | 05

Fig. 51: Step Two: Apply pressure by pumping ram until brick fails. Record psi gauge to document the pressure applied at the point of fail.

66

05 | Testing

Fig. 52: Step Three: Apply pressure until brick fails and a crack forms.

67

Fig. 53: Step Four: From video recording, mark psi reached on psi gauge and then apply equal pressure to mechanical pressure gauge to receive a reading that can then be converted to find the weight applied at the point of fail in kN.

Compression: Shear Load Test | 05

Fig. 54: Traditional Clay Brick: Extremely durable, it took an extremely large amount of pressure to crack.

05 | Testing

Fig. 55: Kenoteq K-Briq Sample: Durable, requiring a large amount of pressure to be applied before reaching its point of fail.

68

Fig. 56: Experiment 2: K-Briq: Not durable, it needed little pressure to be applied before the brick failed.

69

Fig. 57: Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick: Slightly durable, it took a small amount of pressure to be applied before the brick failed.

Compression: Shear Load Test | 05

Fig. 58: Brick Sample and Brick Experiment Shear Load Test Results

70

05 | Testing

71

Compression: Shear Load Test | 05

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

05 | TESTING Compression: Point Load Test | General Method

05 TEST NG

05 | TESTING

05 TEST NG

m

Compression: Point Load Test | Point of Fail

05 | Testing

70

71

Compression: Shear Loa

06 | CONCLUSION Fig. 59: Step One: Place brick sample or brick experiment in the ram measuring psi with metal circular point load placed at the bricks corner.

Fig. 60: Step Two: Apply pressure by pumping ram until brick fails. Record psi gauge to document the pressure applied at the point of fail.

05 | TESTING 05 | Testing

72

Fig. 61: Step Three: Apply pressure until brick fails and a crack forms.

73

Fig. 63: Traditional Clay Brick: Extremely durable, it took an extremely large amount of pressure to crack.

Fig. 62: Step Four: From video recording, mark psi reached on psi gauge and then apply equal pressure to mechanical pressure gauge to receive a reading that can then be converted to find the weight applied at the point of fail in kN.

74

05 | Testing

Compression: Point Load Test | 05

Fig. 64: Kenoteq K-Briq Sample: Durable, requiring a large amount of pressure to be applied before reaching its point of fail. Before failing, the brick compressed underneath the metal circular point load. This indicates that the brick could potentially be further compressed in manufacture, which could increase the bricks overall durability.

Fig. 65: Experiment 2: K-Briq: Not durable, it needed little pressure to be applied before the brick failed. The brick did act with the same characteristics as the K-Briq sample did under compression. The brick continued to compress before failing. Indicating that a larger weight of compression should have been applied in its production. However, this similarity validates the similarity in method between the creation of these two bricks.

75

Fig. 66: Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick: Slightly durable, it took a small amo

Compression: Point Load Test | 05

m

m

m

w

m W

w

w

Compression: Point Load Test | General Method

m

m

m

w

m m

w

w

m

w W

w

w

m w m

m w

w m

m

w

m

m m W

m

m w

mm

C

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Fig. 58: Brick Sample and Brick Experiment Shear Load Test Results

w

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

Currently, the processes used by the waste construction brick market are closely guarded; with recipes and ingredients being both vague and confidential; meaning they are challenging to be duplicated by others. However, this project could form the starting point for such transparency; a ‘to-do’ manual that could be developed to form a duplicatable formula.

Properties Material(s)

Advantages

- Analysis and Speculation

00 | Contents

FINDINGS

Part 6 CONCLUSION -

Deduced Definition of a Brick: A construction unit that can be stacked to form a wall which has an aesthetic appeal, is recyclable and durable with long-term performance. Fig.4a: Deduced Definition of a Brick

Aesthetic

04 By Amy Drabble and Stuart Gomes

Fig. 47: Comparison of Brick Sample and Brick Experiment Aesthetic Properties.

"When put under compression, our bricks did not perform as well as their industry counterparts. The WasteBasedBrick inspired brick shattered under compression, revealing it to be brittle; potentially due to the level of porcelain initially incorporated. Whereas the K-Briq inspired brick was soft, underperforming drastically compared to the K-Briq sample. The disparity in results we believe to be due to the secret binding agent."

Defining the Brick Traditional clay bricks are manufactured by firing a mix of clay and water that has previously taken the shape of a mould.4 In the UK, all bricks need to be built to building standard BS EN 771-1 which sets out rigorous tests that provide the specifications of the product in terms of compressive strength, density and tolerances.5

Versatile

in the industry (having large chambers that can control temperature

Once the bricks in Experiment 1 and 2 had been created, they were then analysed and tested in comparison to a traditional clay brick and an official K-Briq sample, comparing how effective the two experiment bricks were against official industry bricks.

02 | BRICK

Good compressive strength

Without this the elements could be combined with minimal effort.

Part 5 TESTING 1. Aesthetics

Case Study 2: Lendager Group Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq Case Study Comparison

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

09

02 | BRICK

Defining the Brick Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

ENDNOTES

Therefore, this project will explore how the traditional clay brick could be redesigned by upcycling construction waste to form a new construction unit. Simultaneously, improving brick’s sustainable qualities whilst reducing construction waste.

GA 2 1

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

08

01 | INTRODUCTION 39% of the worlds carbon emissions are produced by the building and construction industry; 11% of which are due to the initial emissions associated with materials and construction processes.1 The UK has accepted the target of bringing all greenhouse gas emissions to net zero by 2050, therefore, it is imperative that waste from the construction industry is effectively managed and reduced in accordance with this goal.2 The construction industry is responsible for one hundred-tonnes of material waste every year.3 This presents a large resource that, if exploited correctly, could reduce the need to use natural resources whilst reducing waste itself. Included in this waste is brick, a common building material that could provide the foundations for the development of a construction unit made of waste.

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

EXPERIMENTATIONS - Introduction to Own Experiments - Experiment 1: WasteBasedBrick Inspired Brick - Experiment 2: K-Briq Inspired Brick - Experiment Conclusions

CONCLUSION APPENDIX

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

03

TESTING - Aesthetics - Weight and Density - Compression: Shear Load Test - Compression: Point Load Test - Test Related Conclusions

06 07

GC 11

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

05

BRICK - Defining the Brick - Case Study 1: WasteBasedBrick by StoneCycling - Case Study 2: Lendager Group - Case Study 3: K-Briq by Kenoteq - Case Study Comparison

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

INTRODUCTION

GC 10

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

02

GC 9

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

01

GC 8

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

REDESIGNING THE BRICK

00 | CONTENTS

GC 7

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Architectural Technology Research - Assignment 2 - Contextual Study

Brief 02 // Contextual Study

REDESIGNING THE BRICK: CAN BRICK UPCYCLING IN ARCHITECTURE BE HARNESSED TO REDUCE CONSTRUCTION WASTE?

GC 6

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

CONTEXTUAL STUDY

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

14.12.2020

2. Weight and Densityu 3. Compression: Shear Load Test 4. Compression: Point Load Test 5. Test Related Conclusions

16

GC 5

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

GC 4

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

GC 3

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

GC 2

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

GC 1

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

MArch 1, [semester 1]

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

ARCH11075

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

Materials

Redesigning the Brick: Can brick upcycling in architecture be harnessed to reduce construction waste?

ATR

[2021] ATR

w w w w

w m m

m

m w

w m m ww m w

m m

m

m m

m tti

mm m w m

m

w w

m w m w

m m

m m W

m

Point Load Test Fig. 59: Step One: Place brick sample or brick experiment in the ram measuring psi with metal circular point load placed at the bricks corner.

05 | Testing

Fig. 60: Step Two: Apply pressure by pumping ram until brick fails. Record psi gauge to document the pressure applied at the point of fail.

72

Fig. 61: Step Three: Apply pressure until brick fails and a crack forms.

73

Fig. 62: Step Four: From video recording, mark psi reached on psi gauge and then apply equal pressure to mechanical pressure gauge to receive a reading that can then be converted to find the weight applied at the point of fail in kN.

Compression: Point Load Test | 05

C

C



Architecture Design Studio C //

Island Temporalities (vii): Mont Saint Michel Island Territories (i)

[UN]GROUNDING TERRAFIRMA VENICE (part i) // Querini Stampalia [2020]

[contributions] George Pop [GP] Kelly Lai [KL] Peffy Xu [PX]

[course synopsis] The opening semester of the programme seeks to initiate concepts, themes and concerns in relation to island territories, the primary object of our design enquiry throughout the MArch programme of study. This period of made investigation is intended to inform a process of exploration and analysis that will allow us to test and articulate speculations with regard to the nature of islands and their temporalities. The first semester of Island Temporalities: island making vii is broken down into four moves: move 01 REGISTER, move 02 SURVEY, move 03 INHABIT, and move 04 CURATE. The studio is concerned with the nature of uncertainty, with change as it plays out over time in architecture and its landscapes. Building on six past iterations of the island territories programme, the studio seeks to address the nature of insularity in extreme environments where climate, economy, culture, politics and art - the stories that we tell about ourselves - inform the architectural language of a place creating agile, responsive, highly inventive, strange and beautiful buildings.

[adrian hawker] [victoria bernie]

18

The following thesis investigates and designs for the city of Venice. A liquified landscape, it is tethered down by the Chimera - Querini Stampalia - a building which encompasses the concept of shifting identity and exemplifies the architectural uncertainty sought within the studio.

[learning outcomes] LO1 The ability to develop and act upon a productive conceptual framework both individually and in teams for an architectural project or proposition, based on a critical analysis of relevant issues. GC 1.3, 2.3, 3.3 // GA 2.1 LO2 The ability to develop an architectural spatial and material language that is carefully considered at an experiential level and that is in clear dialogue with conceptual and contextual concerns. GC 1.1, 1.3, 2.3, 5.1, 5.3 // GA 2.1 LO3 A critical understanding of the effects of, and the development of skills in using, differing forms of representation (e.g. verbal, drawing, modelling, photography, film, computer and workshop techniques), especially in relation to individual and group work. GC 1.1, 3.3 // GA 2.2


DS - C

[2020] ISLAND TEMPORALITIES Mont Saint Michel (part i) Venice (i) // design studio c MArch 1, [semester 1]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [TG] [KL] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.3

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

Move 01 // Register: things we draw from strom

THE VEILING HAAR

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

HAAR [har]

Task Before engaging with the archive of island cities and beginning our process of surveying, of mapping on the ground, we need to build a machine of sorts, a tool for calibrating our position in relation a terrain of layered histories and narratives; of possible ideas and proposed futures. A device for drawing out an attitude. To frame this first move towards the island territories we propose that the particular purpose of this device is the registration of a storm. The storm may be real, it may be anticipated, it may be remembered, it may be fictional. Rather than thinking of the storm operating at the scale of continental meteorology, imagine it localised within the physical grain of a city or landscape in which you are familiar.

"Supported by shore and port, now we had neither. There was only here. The ship was here in the fog. The ship roared and the fog blotted us into itself and whirled into its rifts, and the sealess skyless fear—and there was fear— had nothing to do with sinking—at least, not into water."

Noun 1. a thick, cold, wet sea fog along the East seacoast of Scotland and North England.

1.

Josephine Jacobsen, "The Sea Fog"

You are to devise and craft a device that, through drawing, REGISTERS the nature, occurrences and consequences of a storm.

THE VEILING HAAR

Response

My exploration into storm comes from the familiar: the East coast of Scotland. I have memories of waking up and looking out the window to see haar veiling the surrounding area. An extract from a poem called, “The Sea Fog” by Josephine Jacobsen accurately depicts the scene of a haar storm that is heavy, thick and disorientating. 19

GA 2.2

2. 1. synoptic charts from, “The Haar of North East Scotland”, registering 1984 haar storm 2. satellite image of haar in 1984 storm (UK map overlayed) 3. visibility: photograph of haar in August 2020 in Edinburgh HAAR: REGISTERING AND REPRESENTATION ways of registering, recording and representing haar

3.

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - C

[2020] ISLAND TEMPORALITIES Mont Saint Michel (part i) Venice (i) // design studio c MArch 1, [semester 1]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [TG] [KL] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

device (noun) 1. a thing made or adapted for a particular purpose, especially a piece of mechanical or electronic equipment: a measuring device 2. a bomb or other explosive weapon: an incendiary device 3. a plan, method, or trick with a particular aim: writing a letter to a newspaper is a traditional device for signaling dissent 4. a form of words intended to produce a particular effect in speech or a literary work: a rhetorical device 5. a drawing or design: the decorative device on the invitations 6. an emblematic or heraldic design: their shields bear the device of the Blazing Sun 7. [mass noun] archaic the design or look of something: works of strange device

Through found devices from my flat I was able to register the haar, measured through the lens of my camera and captured in time within a photograph.

1

2

3

a

b

20

a. Main photos at 0 seconds; 15 seconds; 30 seconds b. Photos in sequence

Found objects from flat a step ladder [1] elevates the torch [2] which represents a single source of light like a lighthouse; a kettle [3] to produce ‘haar’ (raised on a stool [4]) and a camera [5] to record the storm

REGISTERED HAAR haar registered through photographs

REGISTERING THE HAAR process of registering and found registering devices

4

5

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - C

[2020] ISLAND TEMPORALITIES Mont Saint Michel (part i) Venice (i) // design studio c MArch 1, [semester 1]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [TG] [KL] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR Drawing the haar is a form of device as it is grows and encompasses my room. The storm is measured, recorded and registered.

histogram

visibility

21

histogram

photograph

REPRESENTING THE HAAR 1. After 0 seconds; 2. after 15 seconds; 3. after 30 seconds scale 1:40

visibility

histogram

photograph

visibility

photograph

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


[2020] ISLAND TEMPORALITIES Mont Saint Michel (part i)

DS - C

Venice (i) // design studio c MArch 1, [semester 1]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [TG] [KL] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR a

The video is the registering of a storm based on the poem by Josephine Jacobsen; the sound recordings of Alec Finlay’s ‘siren’, by Chris Watson; my own experiences of haar and images of my ‘haar’ storm.

22

THE VEILING HAAR stills from register video

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - C

[2020] ISLAND TEMPORALITIES Mont Saint Michel (part i) Venice (i) // design studio c MArch 1, [semester 1]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [TG] [KL] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

Move 02 // Survey: Chimera and the Plane Table

[UN]GROUNDING TERRAFIRMA

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

Task Studio C continues through three further ‘moves’. The individual drawing device (REGISTER – what we draw from the storm) will guide us to the atelier formation and a project of island making which will take place within the CHIMERA building allocated to your atelier - Querini Stampalia, Venice. As an atelier, you are invited, in groups of three or four, to conceive and detail a complex device that draws together and encourages the interplay of references drawn from the archive of representations that depict a version of the island territory in which your CHIMERA is located - The Querini Stampalia, Venice. “Of course, there is Venice. We first glimpse Venice across the lagoon, from a boat. The buildings seem suspended in a field of sea and sky, each reflecting the other and finally dissolving into hues of blue and gray. Where is the earth now? A thin, barely perceptible line upon which the buildings cannot possibly depend.”

This device should be considered at the scale of a piece of furniture – an abstracted, conceptualised version of a PLANE TABLE. One whose form and actions would engage with a meaningful survey of the associated island territory and its archive of representations.

Michael Cadwell, “Strange Details”

[G]

[UNGROUNDING TERRAFIRMA]

Response

As an atelier we arrived in Venice, carrying terms of GIFT [G], LANTERN [L], SCRIPT [S] and VALVE [V] from our register devices. 23

caigo (noun) 1. Venetian term for sea fog which often occurs during the winter months

ARRIVING IN VENICE video stills extracted from “Venice 1966”, recorded at the time of the Aqua Alta of 1966

[L]

[S]

[V]

GA 2.7


[2020] ISLAND TEMPORALITIES Mont Saint Michel (part i)

DS - C

Venice (i) // design studio c MArch 1, [semester 1]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

0m

24

[...] there is a channel, some three miles wide, between the city and the mainland, and some mile and a half wide between it and the sandy breakwater called the Lido, which divides the lagoon from the Adriatic, but which is so low as hardly to disturb the impression of the city’s having been built in the midst of the ocean, although the secret of its true position is partly, yet not painfully, betrayed by the clusters of piles set to mark the deep-water channels, which undulate far away in spotty chains like the studded backs of huge sea-snakes, and by the quick glittering of the crisped and crowded waves that flicker and dance before the strong winds upon the unlifted level of the shallow sea.

Lazarette Nuovo Murano San Michele Castello Sacca Sessola Pellestrina Lido Chiogga

3km

12km

THE VENICE LAGOON map scale 1:300 000

John Ruskin, “Stones of Venice”, Vol. X

24km

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


[2020] ISLAND TEMPORALITIES Mont Saint Michel (part i)

DS - C

Venice (i) // design studio c MArch 1, [semester 1]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [TG] [KL] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

Had the tide been only a foot or eighteen inches higher in its rise, the water-access to the doors of the palaces would have been impossible: even as it is, there is sometimes a little difficulty, at the ebb, in landing without setting foot upon the lower and slippery steps: and the highest tides sometimes enter the courtyards, and overflow the entrance halls. John Ruskin, “Stones of Venice”, Vol X

The Querini Stampalia was explored through the text "Strange Details" by Mike Cadwell which emphasises Carlo Scarpa's datum levels from the Campiello to the garden. The datum lines, marked through specific moments in te architecture giving the impression of "swimming in the Querini Stampalia". The video and architectures explore this sectionally aquatic world.

0m

1.5m

3m

Horizontal Datum Lines: 1. Canal Water 2. Gallery Floor 3. Concrete Revetment 4. Picture Rail and Bridge Crest 5. Gallery Ceiling and Bridge Rail

25

CHIMERA // QUERINI STAMPALIA section AA scale 1:75

6m

Travertine is petrified water and looks like it. Michael Cadwell," Strange Details”

GA 2.7


[2020] ISLAND TEMPORALITIES Mont Saint Michel (part i)

DS - C

Venice (i) // design studio c MArch 1, [semester 1]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [TG] [KL] [PX]

GC 1

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

LAGOON

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

location: Venice centering in lagoon > church within campo (in the following calibration) orientation: Grand Canal parallel to entrance of the church

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

INSULA

As a chimera, the Querini Stampalia is a reflection of Venice itself. Through careful, concisely mapping, scaling and calibration a new cloud of architecture emerges.

Lido Pellestrina natural barrier between the sea and lagoon placed > boundary of the chimera San Michel island of cemetery > sacrificial space of the North East room Castello arsenal and gardens > garden of chimera

Chiogga central canal > main circulation space on first floor

Murano glass factory > glass chandelier in Green drawing room on first floor

1

PIAZZA

‘Throughout the centuries of turmoil it remained the place of meeting and assignation.'

3 4

2

18

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.

5

6

8

10

7

entrance bridge foyer watergate grilled gate porch northeast room radiator column main exhibition room staircase to library travertine door southwest room garden terrace lawn water source water tray dry well potting yard garden door former entrance

9

13

16

12

26

'Campos are not simply public squares in Venice; they are cisterns as well, floating cisterns.' orientation: aligning axis between two wells in Campo Santa Maria Formosa to the that of the water features in the Querini Stampalia garden

15

4m

CAMPO

11

17

0m

orientation: pier of the Molo (arrival point of Venice) > bridge of the chimera

20m

CALIBRATION Querini Stampalia // ground floor plan 1:250

14

40m

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - C

[2020] ISLAND TEMPORALITIES Mont Saint Michel (part i) Venice (i) // design studio c MArch 1, [semester 1]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [TG] [KL] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT I. THE BELL AND THE WHITE CLOUD

II. THE VORTEX WELL

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

[S]

[V]

III. THE FICTION OF SOLIDITY

IV. JOSTLING FOR POSITION

[L]

[G]

VI. DRIFTING LABYRINTH

VII. UNPACKING THE CAIGO

The cloud, home to the various artifacts of the scales of Venice, liquifies the Querini Stampalia parterre. The video creates a way of navigating this landscape and swimming within the fog.

[L]

27

A NEW TERRITORY parterre plan

V. THE CABINET OF CURIOSITIES

GA 2.7


DS - C

[2020] ISLAND TEMPORALITIES Mont Saint Michel (part i) Venice (i) // design studio c MArch 1, [semester 1]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [TG] [KL] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR 28

The section relates back to the datum lines of the Querini Stampalia as the parterre becomes a bathymetric section through the garden. A heirachy is given to the artifacts of 'flotsam', 'jetsam', 'lagan', and 'derelict'.

DRIFTING LABYRINTH section

Horizontal Datum Lines: 1. Canal Water 2. Gallery Floor 3. Concrete Revetment 4. Picture Rail and Bridge Crest 5. Gallery Ceiling and Bridge Rail

lagan derelict jetsam flotsam

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - C

[2020] ISLAND TEMPORALITIES Mont Saint Michel (part i) Venice (i) // design studio c MArch 1, [semester 1]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR THE PLANE TABLE map 29 bringing together the map callibrations and the chimera storm


DS - C

[2020] ISLAND TEMPORALITIES Mont Saint Michel (part i) Venice (i) // design studio c MArch 1, [semester 1]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

Move 03 // Inhabit: Chamber Lock (i)

THE MASK AND THE MECHANISM

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

Task The individual development of a prototypical architectural moment as a response to the analytical enquiry of the PLANE TABLE in considered dialogue with the fabric of the Chimera. As a CHAMBER, its architecture should provide sufficient accommodation (and no more) for the private repose and obsessive activity of an occupant whose concerns are informed by a particular aspect of the research and analysis embedded within, and revealed through, the design of the PLANE TABLE.

[G]

[L]

[S]

[V]

As a LOCK, its architecture should engage with the spatial grain and fabric of the Chimera – it should lock in place, engage. The four CHAMBER LOCKS of the atelier should be in clear dialogue with one another across the terrain of the Chimera and in relation to the PLANE TABLE. As an individual, you are asked to design and present an architectural form of inhabitation at the intimate scale of the CHAMBER and the sophisticated precision of the LOCK. THE MASK AND THE MECHANISM

Response

Drawn from the Plane Table, this chamber lock looks out onto the storm. Set into the garden wall of the Querini Stampalia, it is one of four reponses of the atelier.

30

Inside the mechanism uses shutters to articulate the light in the space whilst various walkways and stairs enable the viewe to move up the inside of the mask to look out onto the storm.

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - C

[2020] ISLAND TEMPORALITIES Mont Saint Michel (part i) Venice (i) // design studio c MArch 1, [semester 1]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR The Querini Stampalia’s parterre, artifacts, the storm, and shadows have become something to draw from. Shadows of the artifacts caught in the storm were explored as ways of dredging, manipulating, the parterre of the Querini Stampalia, providing a footing to build from.

1. series recording the shadow movements from the storm to my shadow 2. shadows overlayed DREDGING SHADOWS

31

shadows dredged to create new territory [see 06video: dredging shadows]

1

2

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


[2020] ISLAND TEMPORALITIES Mont Saint Michel (part i)

DS - C

Venice (i) // design studio c MArch 1, [semester 1]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR C

B

2

1

A

B 3

The mask provides an openess and new path to the garden. A

4

C

Existing Querini Stamplia Chamber Lock Querini Stamplia Chamber Lock External dredged walkway Querini Stamplia garden

1. 2. 3. 4.

0m

32

1m

5m

10m

CHAMBER LOCK IN THE QUERINI STAMPALIA site plan

CHAMBER LOCK IN STORM elevation and plan scale 1:200

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - C

[2020] ISLAND TEMPORALITIES Mont Saint Michel (part i) Venice (i) // design studio c MArch 1, [semester 1]

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

Architecture is drawn from the tectonics of the storm and Venice. Inbedded into the Querini Stampalia, it is also vulnerable to the changing water datums.

Horizontal Datum Lines: 1. Canal Water 2. Gallery Floor 3. Concrete Revetment 4. Picture Rail and Bridge Crest 5. Gallery Ceiling and Bridge Rail

33

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

CHAMBER LOCK IN THE STORM section CC scale 1:50

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - C

[2020] ISLAND TEMPORALITIES Mont Saint Michel (part i) Venice (i) // design studio c MArch 1, [semester 1]

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR 34

CHAMBER LOCK IN THE STORM chamber axonometric

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - C

[2020] ISLAND TEMPORALITIES Mont Saint Michel (part i) Venice (i) // design studio c MArch 1, [semester 1]

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR 35

INHABITATION (ii) // MECHANISM Axonometric scale 1:50

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7



Architecture Design Studio D //

Island Temporalities (vii): Mont Saint Michel Island Territories (ii)

A GUILD OF THE ARSENALE NOUVO VENICE (part ii) // Venice Arsenale [2021]

[course synopsis]

[learning outcomes]

Arriving in the second semester of the programme, we move from the world of detail, the habitable, of looking in and seeing out in the CHIMERA and the PARTERRE, to the cultural landscape of the FIELD, the meaningful and complex architectural assemblage of the GATE and the material and structural specificity of the LOCK.

LO1 The ability to develop and act upon a productive conceptual framework both individually and in teams for an architectural project or oposition, based on a critical analysis of relevant issues. GC 1.3, 2.3, 3.3, 7.2, 7.3 // GA 2.1 LO2 The ability to develop an architectural spatial and material language that is carefully considered at an experiential level and that is in clear dialogue with conceptual and contextual concerns. GC 1.1, 1.3, 2.3, 5.1, 5.3 // GA2.1 LO3 The ability to investigate, appraise and develop clear strategies for technological and environmental decisions in an architectural design project. GC 1.2, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3 // GA 2.3 LO4 A critical understanding of the effects of, and the development of skills in using, differing forms of representation (e.g. verbal, drawing, modelling, photography, film, computer and workshop techniques), especially in relation to individual and group work. GC 1.1, 3.3 // GA 2.2

In the second semester you are invited to discover and represent the FIELD of your thesis – the greater material, cultural, environmental, historical and conceptual terrain of your work – to offer a GATE to that FIELD as an architecture of the median scale that operates as both a discrete proposition in and of itself and as an example of the language of the larger thesis. Within this GATE you are asked to situate a LOCK as a micro architecture, an expression of your architectural thesis at the scale of the detail.

[adrian hawker] [victoria bernie]

37

The FIELD, GATE and LOCK provide three key scalar registrations within the narratives of your thesis. The manner in which you move between the various concerns of each brief is a matter of critical reflection and intelligent planning. It is indicative of the nature of your architectural practice as it is evolving over the course of your studies with us. One line of architectural enquiry will feed, and indeed feed off, the other and it is through this complex interplay that a rigorous architectural thesis will be defined.


DS - D

[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part ii) Venice (ii) // design studio d MArch 1, [semester 2]

[PX]

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

Move 05 // Fields + Gates + Locks: stories within stories

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

A GUILD OF THE ARSENALE NOUVO

Task Your FIELD drawing should be thought of as a tool that allows you to begin to articulate a possible new urban/landscape condition for the CHIMERA, its parterre and the extended island territory. You are asked to produce an ambitious form of FIELD representation that clearly and creatively engages with the following concerns of territory, culture and environment. You are asked to design and present an architecture and landscape in the form of a GATE. This GATE should be thought of as an enclosed transitional space and programme. It should be carefully conceived and articulated through crafted drawings and models and thoughtfully presented alongside the evolution of both FIELD and LOCK. You are asked to devise, design, draw and detail an architectural LOCK that engages with a critically selected moment within the territory of your FIELD drawing or GATE at the detailed scale of human occupation. The programme for the individual LOCK is not prescribed, it will be strange, derived as it is from the work of the studio and the architectures of Register, Survey and Chamber.

38

GC 1

RIO DELL’ARSENALE WITH QUERINI PARTERRE field drawing axonometric scale 1:500

Response A GUILD OF THE ARSENALE NOUVO: A FOLDED LANDSCAPE FOR REFABRICATION SYNOPSIS

The Guild of the Arsenale Nuovo: a landscape of re-fabrication is an architectural proposal for a folded architectural topography informed by a cartography of shadows and meteorology. It is located in the canal of Rio dell’Arsenale and the historic gate of the Venice Arsenale. Over its lifetime, this territory has known two programmes that critically mirror the international import of the island city. Historically, it was the home of shipbuilding and the heart of the city’s maritime strength and, more recently, it has become the epicentre of renowned cultural event of the Venice Biennale. This proposal, like Venice itself, operates through the water that surrounds it. It is a constructed landscape of gates and locks that choreograph, house and work materials and objects drawn up the Rio dell’Arsenale to engage with the programmatic narratives of yard and workshop. This series of architectural moments enables the restoration and re-fabrication of remnants - flotsam, jetsam lagan and derelict - from past Biennales to be resituated, as vessels, within the Arsenale itself. Held within the folds of the landscape and overlooking, scripting and negotiating this process through the historic urban fabric, the relatively refined space of the Aula, the meeting room of this new guild takes its place within the ritual memory of this extraordinary city. The landscape of the guild is knowingly calibrated to predicted sea level rises and, consequentially, seeks to protect its surroundings whilst collecting, storing and distributing the comparatively diminishing resource of fresh water.


DS - D

[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part ii) Venice (ii) // design studio d MArch 1, [semester 2]

[PX]

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR 39

A FOLDED LANDSCAPE FOR REFABRICATION gate axonometric scale 1:100

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - D

[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part ii) Venice (ii) // design studio d MArch 1, [semester 2]

[PX]

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR Recasting my eye over the shadows proved for an interesting and unique design outcome for my project. This understanding of folding and unfolding was later brought into my fina thesis semester when 'sculpting the landscape'

A FOLDED LANDSCAPE model images and process 40

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - D

[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part ii) Venice (ii) // design studio d MArch 1, [semester 2]

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

ACTIVATION 1

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

location: Venice Arsenale Gate orientation: chamber lock rotated 35° so parallel with gate towers

ACTIVATION 2

location: Campo dell' Arsenale orientation: chamber lock rotated 51° so parallel with canal

Calibration was again used significantly. Through the positioning and repositioning of the Chamber Lock down the Rio dell'Arsenale, a second landscape, drawn from the Querini Stampalia storm was created.

ACTIVATION 3

location: Fondamenta Arsenale orientation: chamber lock rotated 140° so parallel with canal

41

CALIBRATION activating the Rio dell'Arsenale through the Chamber Lock and calibrating

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


FIELD DRAWING scale 1:500 42


[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part ii)

DS - D

Venice (ii) // design studio d MArch 1, [semester 2]

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

1

2

3

1. 2. 3.

43

Gate A Guild of the Arsenale Nouvo: A Landscape of Re-Fabrication Lock and yard two: small steel workshop and yard Lock and yard one: small timber workshop and yard

A NEW TERRITORY field drawing axonometric scale 1:500

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part ii)

DS - D

Venice (ii) // design studio d MArch 1, [semester 2]

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

1

2

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

MASK

3

GATE (noun + verb) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

a threshold that allows a transition to introduce to something much larger or concealed within tranforms us, prepares us manipulate perception whilst assuring functionality an extension of the interior; to open up

4

5

HUSK + RAFT

6

Bringing in terms from the architectural tectonics of the other atelier members produced an architecture that further sat within the grain of Venice

7

BASKET

GP - bridge KL - bridge

8 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

44

glass copper folded landscape secondary structure: steel purlins & wire cables primary structure: steel ribs timber husks steel grating flooring & steel scalo ground secondary structure: steel purlins ground primary structure: steel ribs Venetian timber pile foundations

GATE: MATERIAL & STRUCTURAL LANGUAGE exploded axonometric scale 1:1000

BRIDGE

9

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part ii)

DS - D

Venice (ii) // design studio d MArch 1, [semester 2]

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

A

7

11

8 9

15

10

14

12 13

2

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

45

updated chamber lock: an entrance for the folded landscape copper folded landscape Aula entrance 2: changing room Aula filing room (environmentally protected space) Aula meeting room (environmentally protected space) Aula outlook workshop and yard one: large steel workshop timber husk outer copper false facade fold workshop double door with folding out work bench workshop revolving door steel grating: material storage area workshop and yard two: large timber workshop scalo steel ribs Aula primary entrance outdoor timber work yard

17

1 3 d 16 4

5

6

GATE PLAN (i) // A FOLDED LANDSCAPE FOR RE-FABRICATION plan scale 1:250 A

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part ii)

DS - D

Venice (ii) // design studio d MArch 1, [semester 2]

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

B

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR B

The tides of Venice cause it to be a liquified city. At times of aqua alta, it can be hard to see its edges. 15

This project uses husks and bridging to bring itself over most seasonal tides however also is sacrificial in nature, surrending to the tide at aqua alta like most of Venice.

14

3 1

7

2 4

5

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.

46

Aula outlook Timber husk: Aula meeting room roof with rooflight (environmentally protected space) copper roof light small study space to view files with roof light above (reading stand to fold down from wall) Timber husk: Aula filing room roof (environ- mentally controlled space to protect files) Timber husk: Aula changing room secondary structure steel ribs copper folded outer skin timber pile foundations timber raft floor & steel basket secondary floor structure steel grating flooring copper folded landscape chamber lock: entrance workshop and yard two workshop and yard one

AULA SECTION section bb scale 1:150 (drawn at 1:100)

high tide average tide low tide extreme low tide

9

6

aqua alta

13

12

11

basin depth

17 10

8

16


[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part ii)

DS - D

Venice (ii) // design studio d MArch 1, [semester 2]

[PX]

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR It was important to that the project correctly sat within its context. Island making in Venice involves the process of piling wooden stilts into the ground which can be built upon. The Arsenale project had the same approach for anchoring to the ground.

0m

47

1m

5m

AULA AXONOMETRIC SECTION section scale 1:50

10m


[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part ii)

DS - D

Venice (ii) // design studio d MArch 1, [semester 2]

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

a

1 b

LOCK (noun + verb) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

involves working to lock complex and codified, it does not give away its secrets readily specific, unique and new small, micro 2

The husk (lock) of the Aula protects the Aula from its surroundings whilst unlocking the surrounding landscape by casting views out and down the Rio dell'Arsenale to look over the other gates.

1. 2. 3.

48

timber husks (environmentally sealed) a. dark timber cladding b. husk timber structure internal light cladding c. sliding glazed door d. cabinet timber raft: timber flooring and structure e. black steel banister

LIVING UNDER FOLDS // HUSK & RAFT exploded axonometric / planometric scale 1:100

d

c

3 e

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part ii)

DS - D

Venice (ii) // design studio d MArch 1, [semester 2]

[PX]

GC 1

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR 0m

49

1m

LOCK & YARD 2 AXO axonometric drawing scale 1:50

5m

10m

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part ii)

DS - D

[PX]

Venice (ii) // design studio d MArch 1, [semester 2]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

6 5

2 1

8 7

3

a

4 b

D

9

D

6 10 8 3 5 2

1

11

a 4 7 9

aqua alta high tide average tide low tide extreme low tide

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 50

copper ground plate timber work yard workshop door with folding out work bench timber husk: workshop equipment steel steps to changing room outer skin, copper mask steel ribs: primary structure steel purlins: secondary structure folded copper dock changing room rooflight gate

LOCK & YARD 2 SECTION section dd scale 1:100

canal depth

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - D

[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part ii) Venice (ii) // design studio d MArch 1, [semester 2]

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR LOCK & YARD 1 ISOLATED perspectival visualisation 51

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part ii)

DS - D

[PX]

Venice (ii) // design studio d MArch 1, [semester 2]

GC 1

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

2m

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

10m

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

3

4 2

7 1

5

11

10

6 9 8

d

f b 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. a. b. b. d. e. f. g. h.

52

c

copper ground plate timber work yard workshop door with folding out work bench timber husk roof: workshop equipment steel steps to changing room outer skin, copper mask steel ribs: primary structure steel footing changing room for worker with rooflight unloading various flotsam, jetsam etc dock basin

aqua alta

g high tide average tide low tide extreme low tide

copper ground plate timber husk: workshop equipment steel steps to changing room outer skin, copper mask steel ribs: primary structure secondary structure: steel purlins & wire cables steel footing dock basin

LOCK & YARD 1 SECTION section ee scale 1:100 / 1:200

0m

2m

e

canal depth

10m

20m

h

a

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - D

[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part ii) Venice (ii) // design studio d MArch 1, [semester 2]

[PX]

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR Architectures of a Landscape of Re-fabrication and their shadows; objects for [re]casting

53

GATE ISOLATED axonometric drawing scale 1:200

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7



Studies in Contemporary Architectural Theory //

CLOSE-UPS: on surfaces, gestures, and borders of the photograph [2021] [ARCH11070]

[course aims] The aims of this course are: 1. Develop and expand your understanding of what theory is, and how it relates to architecture, design and the city. 2. Enhance your skills in critical reading and analysing the ideas presented in texts. 3. Refine your ability to write and communicate a focused critique of, and response to, texts.

[course synopsis] Contemporary architectural theory scrutinises the interaction between design and the cultural, intellectual, political, social and economic contexts in which it emerges. It takes various modes, ranging from reflection on the consequences of architectural practice, to enabling, guiding and facilitating – as well as critiquing – design processes. Crucially, it interacts in dynamic and complex ways with broader areas of cultural interpretation, criticism, and speculation (philosophy, political theory, cultural studies, anthropology, science and technology studies, media studies, semiotics, visual theory, literary theory, etc.), and this is reflected in the organisation of the SCAT course. CLOSE UPS: on surfaces, gestures and borders of the photograph weekly examines a single photograph and read texts set up in conversation with it. Few of these photographs will be well-known or attributed to known photographers, some will be constructed with no camera or without direct human action. The readings may be speaking to the image directly or may be opening up spaces for extending our investigation into ways of seeing and thinking, and forms of writing about architecture and photography, forms of writing with photographs, and ways of understanding through images.

[ella chmielewska] [felix green] [paula szturc]

55

We will consider a range of sites of display of and encounter with photographic images, such as pages of books or newspapers, walls and spaces of galleries, screens, archives and everyday work surfaces. We will examine material surfaces and margins of photographs and the ways they engage with writing and reading in photo-books and photographic essays. In our explorations we will be informed and challenged by close reading of texts by Eduardo Cadava, Laszlo Moholy-Nagy, Georges Didi-Huberman, Walter Benjamin, Susan Sontag, and Vilém Flusser.

[learning outcomes] LO1 A capacity to research a given theme, comprehend the key texts that constitute the significant positions and debates within it, and contextualise it within a wider historical, cultural, social, urban, intellectual and/or theoretical frame. GC 2.1, 3.1, 4.1 // GA 2.4 LO2 An understanding of the way theoretical ideas and theories, practices and technologies of architecture and the arts are mobilized through different textual, visual and other media, and to explore their consequences for architecture. GC 2.2, 3.1, 3.2 LO3 An ability to coherently and creatively communicate the research, comprehension and contextualisation of a given theoretical theme in relation to architecture using textual and visual media. GC 2.2


[2021] SCAT

SCAT

CLOSE-UPS: on surfaces, gestures, and borders of the photograph

ARCH11070

MArch 1, [semester 2]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

Brief 00 // Format

LOOKING, THINKING & WRITING

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

Brief The formats of the essay and journal are open, but their design must be thought out as a deliberate part of the submission. Think about the relation between text and image, and consider how you can use the structure and design of the documents to work in concert with the arguments that you are making. Contents The structure of the LOOKING, THINKING & WRITING document is as follows:

JOURNAL ENTRIES: ENTRIES: Part I

JOURNAL

01

JOURNAL

CLOSE UP 01 words of light

01

The death, the disappearance of the moment that has just been photographed is instantaneous when caught in the snapshot light of the camera when photographing. The image, the specific moment, captured forever in the photograph will never be again, it cannot “come to light” again. We can understand and relate to a photograph through the knowledge of it “having-been-there”, through its death.

The Death of the Photographed

KEY TEXTS Eduardo Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”, HISTORY, HELIOTROPISM, ORIGINS, MORTIFICATION, GHOSTS in Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History. (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, pp. xvi-xxx, 1-15 In his book, “Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History”, Eduardo Cadava looks to analyse Walter Benjamin’s various discussions on photography and its relationship to history, politics and aesthetic.1 Cadava’s writing should be read as texts whose themes have a “syntactical relationship” to each other, inscribed within the motion of a “series of theses”.2 This enables the text to be read as a photographic text, as a series of fragments, snapshots derived from the material of Benjamin’s work on photography with various theses’ titles: “HISTORY”, “HELIOTROPISM”, “ORIGINS”, “MORTIFICATION” and “GHOSTS”.

FURTHER READINGS

1

Walter Benjamin, “Theses on the Philosophy of History’” (1940/1955) in Walter Benjamin, Illuminations, edited and with introduction by Hannah Arendt, translated by Harry Zohn (1968), (New York: Schocken Books), 1969, pp. 253-264. Walter Benjamin, ´A Small History of Photography´ (1931 ) first English translation appeared in the collection One-Way Street and Other Writings (1978) introduced by Susan Sontag. See: Walter Benjamin, One-Ways Street and Other Writings, Transl. Edmund Jephcott and Kingsley Shorter, (London: NLB), 1978, pp. 240-257.

Through the understanding of the photograph “having-been-there”, I am able to create a referential structure when viewing Maier’s old photographs of the streets of New York. In her photo, “New York, February, 1955”, the gaze of her camera has forever fixed this moment. Here, Maier is taking a self-portrait of herself in a moving mirror on a cold winter’s day in New York. She is standing, almost ghost like within the scene. Maier is seen to be slightly out of focus whilst the mirror, the man and its surroundings are perfectly sharp, adding to the ghost like existence of the artist and the death of the photographed. Caught on film, it is likely Maier would have never developed it or fully realised the photograph. This photograph could have be reproduced after her death, it may not have been produced as she would have intended providing a different narrative or focal point in the image; this is a true death to the image.

Through viewing the texts, a moment of illumination appeared to me. In his thesis, “GHOSTS”, Cadava discusses the death of the photographed, he states, “Like an angel of history whose wings register the traces of this disappearance, the image bears witness to an experience that cannot come to light. The experience is the experience of the shock experience, of experience as bereavement. The bereavement acknowledges what takes place in any photograph – the return of the departed. Although what the photograph photographs is no longer present or living, its having-been-there now forms part of the referential structure of our relationship to the photograph.”3

Eduardo Cadava, Lapsus Imaginis: The Image in Ruins, October, Spring 2001, Vol. 96, pp.35-60 Susan Sontag, Introduction, One-Way Street and Other Writings, pp.7-42

JOURNAL ENTRY 1: The Death of the Photographed

Vivian Maier photographed New York during a time when photography was beginning to be used as a form of technology that had the potential to register individual perceptions of the world. Maier’s work captured the everyday; her photographs convey how she saw herself in the city and viewed the city around her. Here, photography was not done for publication, but for one’s own project. Maier’s work, as a body of work, forms an incredible portrait of the city. Maier becoming famous after her death only adds to the death of the photographs and their “haunting” through the afterlife. She, and her experiences of the city, live on past her life through her photographs.

The sudden death of the photographed, in the instantaneous moment of capturing the photograph, leads me to street photography. The essence of this form of photography is the capturing of a specific, every changing, moment within the urban fabric of the city. A moment that can never be remade, a story that can never be retold. Street photography is therefore, to me, the most instantaneous “flash of death” of a photographed moment.

fig.1 David Octavius Hill and Robert Adamson, Dennistoun Monument, Greyfriars Churchyard

fig.4 Vivian Maier’s photograph, “New York, February, 1955” fig.2 moment of illumination in the text fig.3 photograph of the “ghost” of photographer Atget

1 Eduardo Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”, Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History, (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, pp. xix. Emphasis mine. 2 Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”. pp. xx. Emphasis mine. 3 Eduardo Cadava. “GHOSTS”, Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History, (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, p.11. Emphasis mine.

12

JOURNAL ENTRIES: PART 1

01 02

VIEWING THE DOCUMENT

Death of the Photographed [Re] Experiencing Hélène Binet’s Carrara Quarry Experience

1.

14

15

JOURNAL

CLOSE UP 02 COMPOSING SPACE

02

[Re] Experiencing Hélène Binet’s Carrara Quarry Experience

2.

Anchoring Points Edinburgh's Ghosted Sign Photobook + Typophoto How to Read

3.

“Never in any other space have I had such emotion than when I was inside one of

In his essay, Pallasmaa discusses the phenomenological nature of architectural

these caves […] you have a ground, walls and a ceiling which is completely marble

images, explaining how,

[…] it is absolutely amazing!”4

March 20, 2012, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YkpeFr87wOo

Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely

1.

and scale in the scene. I can feel the sharp, hard edges through the photograph. The hut, dwarfed by the quarry, emphasises its fragile nature as it precariously sits

Pallasmaa describes the uniqueness of Binet’s architectural photographs. He states,

under a large marble overhang. The image also conveys the large affect humans

“Most architectural photographers photograph the building as an architectural

have on the landscape even through such small measures, leaving the landscape

object […] Hélène photographs the building as her experience of it.”2 This can be seen

Through viewing Binet’s work I find myself coming to similar conclusions about the human impact on the world as Binet discussed, in her lecture, “The Making of a

photographs of Carrara Quarry, Italy, 2013 which evoked strong architectural

Photograph”, whilst visiting Carrara Quarry.

and experiential narratives. In her lecture, “The Making of Photography”, Binet describes a very architectural space when discussing her experiences in the quarry, fig.6 Hélène Binet’s photographs of Peter Zumthor’s Thermal Baths in Val.

37: 2, 2013, 182-203.

20

21

fig.7 Hélène Binet’s photographs of the Carrara Marble Quarry as viewed on her website 1 Juhani Pallasmaa. “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, in Questions of Perception: Phenomenology of Architecture, Tokyo: E ando Yu, 1994, p.35. 2 Juhani Pallasmaa, “The Personal Encounter Turns Architecture into Experience”,

Conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Helene Binet, Walmer Yard, 26 November 2019, https://walmeryard.co.uk/journal/the-personal-encounter-turns-architecture-intoexperience/, [accessed 20th February 2021]. Emphasis mine. 3 Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space,” in Composing Space, (London: Phaidon), 2012, p.209.

22

4

fig.8 Hélène Binet’s photographs of the Carrara Marble Quarry

6 Pallasmaa. “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, p.35. Emphasis mine. 7 Binet, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine.

4 Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine. 5 Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binet-animage-for-me-should-neverbe-completely-defined, [accessed 29 March 2021]. Emphasis mine.

23

24

25

ESSAY

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

Architectural photography has become more about the object, the façade, the window, the noun rather than how a building is experienced through viewing, touching, entering. Architectural experiences take the form of a verb not a noun. It is important for this experience to be captured in photographs of architecture.

I place this photograph of Hélène Binet in the act, the performance, of making a photograph to begin exploring the movements and gestures involved in creating a photographic image. Here, Binet is photographing the Chaoyang Park Plaza in Beijing, China for MAD Architects in 2018. This photograph shares a lot about the way Binet photographs; how she positions herself and her tripod in the large open space; the light and shadows around her; the camera bag laid open on its back; the scale of her equipment in relation to her; her peering down into the camera whilst balancing on her toes; her photographic performance. This performance is not for the viewer, Binet is unaware of her own specific gestures when photographing, her movements and gestures are in response to her surroundings as she captures her experience of the architecture. These gestures, movements and her experiences bleed into her photographs.

This essay will explore, read, view the surface of Binet’s lecture for the University of Edinburgh, “The Making of a Photograph” and, more specifically, Binet’s “Quarries of Marble” images from Carrara in 2013. The images will first be read through the eye of a student of architecture with an interest in the experiential aspect of space, with reference to Juhani Pallasmaa. The surfaces will then be put through a series of closer readings, with reference to Vilém Flusser’s essay, “The Gesture of Photographing” and the aspects of the gestures of photographing: search for place, manipulation and reflection. This is in an attempt to get a true envisaged experience of the Carrara Quarry through Binet’s photographs, her movements and her gestures.

In the article, by Rob Wilson, “Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’”, Binet discusses this performance and its importance to her making of photographs, she states, “I think, by looking looking, you enter the images; you become part of it […] With all my heavy equipment, the set-up and making is a bit like a performance and this moment of making is very precious. I don’t want to lose that.”1

1 Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binetan-image-for-me-should-neverbe-completely-defined, [accessed 14th May 2021]. Emphasis mine. 30

31

fig. 1 Hélène Binet making a photograph

32

33

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

2.

As well as drawing on the composition of the images, I will also be using her dialogue in her lecture; the opening image showing how Binet photographs; and

38

7 Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space”, p. 214 8 It is important for me to state my position from where I am viewing Binet’s work from. I am currently in Aberdeen, away from Edinburgh, living in a world of screens and flat surfaces because of the ongoing COVID pandemic. I can therefore not access physical copies of Binet’s books. 9 Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, “The Making of a Photograph”, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine.

The gesture of making, as discussed by Vilém Flusser, in his essay, “The Gestures of Making”, are slightly different to the movements and gestures of Forsythe. Flusser states, “We have two hands. We comprehend the world from two opposing sides, sides which is how the world can be taken in, grasped, intended, and manipulated […] the world has two sides: sides a good and a bad, a beautiful and an ugly, left And when we a bright and a dark, a right and a left. conceive of a whole, we conceive of it as the congruence of two opposites. opposites Such a whole is the goal of the gesture of making.” making 4

In his essay, “The Gestures of Photography”, Flusser, explains the personal gesture that the photographer places on to the surface of the photographed. He notes, “A photograph is a kind of “fingerprint fingerprint” that the subject leaves on a surface [...] The subject is the cause of the photograph [...] The photographic revolution reverses the traditional relationship between a concrete phenomenon and our idea of the phenomenon […] In photography, the phenomenon itself generates its own idea for us on the surface.” surface 5 A photograph is a personal, unique, printing of oneself onto the surface of the photographed. It is in the making that the phenomenon is generate onto the surface. This is something Binet is aware of when, in the article, “Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’”, she says, “I think, by looking looking, you enter the images; you become part of it.” it 6 Binet’s printing of her fingerprint on a surface is seen as she touches, imprints her experience, her unique gestures and movements onto the surface of her photographs. A key way to experience Binet’s photographs, and these surfaces, is through her photobooks. In his essay, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space”, Pimlott discusses the dialogue between the reader and one of Binet’s books, he states, fig. 2 William Forsythe’s dance “Avoidance 1: Introduction”

2 William Forsythe, Forsythe-Lines-Avoidance-1-Introduction, Youtube, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cqGyFiEXXIQ, [accessed May 13th, 2021]. 3 Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space”, in Composing Space, Binet, Hélène, and Mark Pimlott (London: Phaidon), 2012, p. 203. Emphasis mine. 4 Vilém Flusser, “The Gesture of Making”, in Gestures, trans. Nancy Ann Roth, (Minneapolis, Minnesota: University of Minnesota Press), p. 33. Emphasis mine.

34

Every year somebody is dying to create beautiful pieces of marble. The impact on nature is very violent. Marble refers to beautiful artwork, to incredible interiors we have seen in architecture but it is paid with a very hard price. The machining used is suddenly not very gentle so it raises why do we still need this marble? What is this about? Maybe, somehow, all of these questions are imbedded in this funny little dwelling that starts to appear in the quarry .

The surface I see is the series of photographs of the “Quarries of Marble” images from Carrara in 2013. In her lecture, Binet describes this unique landscape - a landscape that is the result of very aggressive human activity. She states,

fig. 7 “Quarry of Marble” surface 1

In his essay, “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, Pallasmaa discusses the personal exchange, the gesture, between a work of art and the viewer, he writes,

You are seduced because marble is beautiful, marble reflects light, marble somehow comes to be alive with the landscape.

her discussions of the performance, dance-like nature of her photographing to imagine, understand and envisage what it was like for her to photograph these spaces. There is an exchange happening here between Binet and myself as she flicks through her photographs. This is my first surface of looking.

“The encounter of any work of art implies a bodily interaction. A work of art functions as another person, interaction with whom we converse […] an architect internalizes a building in his body; body movement, balance, distance and scale are felt unconsciously through the body. As the work interacts with the body of the observer the experience mirrors these bodily sensations. sensations Consequently, architecture is communication from the body of the architect directly to the body of the inhabitant.”13 inhabitant

where human beings have been creating this funny little place where they maybe measure, cut, put tools that have nothing to do with the size and power of nature and still, nature is at the risk through their will.”

“It is an incredible landscape, where you go there, you are completely seduced seduced. You are seduced because marble is beautiful, beautiful marble reflects light, light marble somehow comes to be alive with the landscape.” landscape. 10

My encounter with the surface of Binet’s photographs is a personal one. It is a dialogue, an exchange, a gesture that only I am experiencing in my own exact way. Binet’s art, her photographs, are an internalisation of her movements in a space. Like the exchange of the architect’s body through his architecture to the viewer, Binet’s bodily interactions of the space, are communicated through her photograph to me, the viewer. This enables me to experience and imagine Binet photographing the space of the Carrara Quarry.

The beauty of the marble, and its surroundings, can be seen in Binet’s photographs. I will be reading these images from the angle of an architect student with an interest in the experience of space. At this point in my writing I will introduce Juhani Pallasmaa as a way of viewing the images from an architectural and experiential position. In a conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Binet for Walmer Yard, Pallasmaa describes the

fig. 8 “Quarry of Marble” surface 2

fig. 9 “Quarry of Marble” surface 3

fig. 10 “Quarry of Marble” surface 4

With the image of Binet photographing Chaoyang Park Plaza in my peripheral vision, I begin to view the surfaces of the “Quarries of Marble”:

“I carry on, this is the last image of the series, where I must say I have never in any other space have I had such emotion than when I was inside one of these caves.

10 Binet, “The Making of a Photograph”, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine.

39

fig. 6 My viewing of “The Making of a Photograph” lecture and Binet’s presentation of the surfaces of the “Quarry of Marble” and Binet photographing

It’s about 30 metres high and you have a ground, walls and a ceiling which is completely marble. It’s one thing. It is built in one go by the breaking of the earth and then it has been created into a cave. It is absolutely amazing! But of course, like I said, it is a very risky luxury

40

41

to have marble.”

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

Flusser’s second aspect of the gestures of photographing is manipulation of situation. He states,

11 Juhani Pallasmaa, “The Personal Encounter Turns Architecture into Experience”, Conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Helene Binet, Walmer Yard, 26 November 2019, https://walmeryard.co.uk/journal/the-personal-encounter-turns-architecture-into-experience/, [accessed 14th May 2021] 12 Ibid. 13 Juhani Pallasmaa. ‘An Architecture of the Seven Senses’, in Questions of Perception: Phenomenology of Architecture, Tokyo: E ando Yu, 1994, p.36. Emphasis mine.

42

I can imagine the contrast of textures on the wall as I move my hand across the surface of the image: the sharp surface of the marble wall where it is cut; the smooth surface of the marble itself; the hot parts that have been exposed

fig. 13 “Quarry of Marble” surface 2, large

The first image appears. The large marble blocks appear to the right of the frame. The objects stand far above the horizon of the mountains in the background which slowly fade away into the distance. I can see the immense destruction that has occurred to create these geometric marble blocks in front of me. These gestures of destruction have transformed the landscape. I hear Binet say, “You are seduced because marble is beautiful, beautiful marble reflects light, light marble somehow comes to be alive with the landscape.” landscape 14 The marble is in a dance with its surroundings and Binet. The harsh, sharp shadows emphasises the light and dark, flattening the image. Binet, through the use of her hands and body has positioned herself and her equipment on the edge. Just like the large rock, poised on the edge, dwarfing its surroundings, Binet balances herself, precisely controls her movements to capture this moment. I imagine the large block to be four to five times my height with the smaller, I cannot move any closer to it, the surroundings will not allow it. Binet clicks to the next image. I am no longer looking out of the quarry but looking in. I am faced with a heavy, vertical façade of marble with a walkway guiding my eye along its surface. The marble appears to be cracking, less orthogonal and natural compared to the harsh line of gestured destruction. I am again drawn to the scale and its vastness. I imagine that each layer must be fifteen metres high. The next image appears, I had barely had a moment to expose myself to the space. The shadow draws me in. A small hut starts to appear, caught within the shadow’s grasp. The hut is dwarfed by the vast slab above it; it is precariously positioned. I wonder how precariously the camera is positioned as it is moved to capture this moment. I hear Binet, she says, “this funny little place where they maybe measure, cut, put tools that has nothing to do with the size and power of nature and still, nature is at the risk through their will.” will 15 Her gestures of making, and narration, have captured my understanding of this moment in the photograph. The next image briefly flashes onto the screen, as if the shutter has been clicked. I only got a brief view, I appeared to be looking out again, maybe this was all the time that was allowed for photographing this moment. It was a quick gesture

“Marble refers to beautiful artwork, artwork to incredible interiors. Every year somebody is dying to create interiors beautiful pieces of marble. The impact on nature is very violent…why do we still need this marble? What is this about?”23

By viewing the “Quarry of Marble” photographs, through the gestures of making and of photograph an in-depth understanding of the quarry can be seen, imagined and experienced. Thus a strong insight is given into the various gestures and movements taken by Binet in the moments of making of a photograph.

22 Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”, p. 82-3

47

20 Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”, p. 82-3 Emphasis mine.

48

49

In his essay, “The Gestures of Photography”, Flusser, describes the three aspects of the gestures of photographing, “A first aspect is the search for a place, place a position from which to observe the situation. situation A second aspect is the manipulating of the situation, adapting it to the chosen position. The third aspect concerns critical distance that makes it possible to see the success or failure of this adaptation.”18

“I have never in any other space have I had such emotion than when I was inside one of these caves. It’s about thirty metres high and you have a ground, walls and a ceiling which is completely marble. It’s one thing. It is built in one go by the breaking of the earth and then it has been created into a cave. It is absolutely amazing amazing!”16

Flusser, describes how these three aspects of the gestures of photographing act sequentially to create an image, a photograph, a surface. He later goes on to describe the first aspect of the gestures of photographing, “the search for a place”. He states,

I cannot comprehend the scale of the space. The scale is beyond the frame, it moves past it. Binet, her camera, no matter how she moves, what her gestures may be, cannot fully capture the space - it is too vast.

“the situation is therefore a movement of methodical doubt, and that its structure is determined as much by the observed situation as by the apparatus as by the photographer, photographer so that any separation of the named factors must be ruled out. We can add that it is about a movement of a freedom, freedom for the gesture is a series of decisions that occur not despite but because of the determining forces that are in play.”19

When viewing the “Quarries of Marble” series for the first time, it was the scale of the quarry that appeared most consistantly to me. In his essay, “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, Pallasmaa discusses scale and how we experience a space through it, he writes, “Understanding architectural scale implies the unconscious measuring of an object or a building with one’s body, body and projecting one’s bodily scheme on the space in question. We feel pleasure and protection when the body discovers it resonance in space.” space 17

I look again at the surfaces. The first photograph captures my attention. I look closer. I now understand the plane that Binet was shooting from, the camera is perched on the edge. There are a series of decisions, gestures at play here between, myself, the surface, the equipment and Binet. There is a pin in the ground – could this have been used as an anchoring point, a place to tether whilst searching, whilst photographing? I notice how the series of decisions taken up by Binet, these gesture, caused by the quarries surroundings have created the image in front of me. There is a gestural dance going on here between me, Binet’s camera equipment, herself, and the surface of the photographed.

As a student of architecture, I used scale as a way of understanding space. Here, I positioned myself in the surfaces of the quarry through scaling. This movement, this exchange, is a gesture I use to see, to understand, to be in a space. fig. 12 “Quarry of Marble” surface 1, large

18 Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”. p. 77. Emphasis mine. 19 Ibid. p. 81. Emphasis mine.

44

45

LIST OF FIGURES fig. 1

BIBLIOGRAPHY

mad architects, Hélène Binet x Chaoyang Park Plaza, Twitter, https://twitter.com/madarchitects_/ status/1013783741842354177/photo/4, [accessed May 15th, 2021]

Flusser, Vilém. “The Gesture of Making”, in Gestures, trans. Nancy Ann Roth (Minneapolis, Minnesota: University of Minnesota Press), 2014, pp. 32 – 47. Flusser, Vilém. “The Gesture of Photographing”, in Gestures, trans. Nancy Ann Roth (Minneapolis, Minnesota: University of Minnesota Press), 2014, pp. 72 – 85.

fig. 2

screenshots from: Forsythe, William. Forsythe-Lines-Avoidance-1-Introduction, Youtube, https://www.youtube. com/watch?v=cqGyFiEXXIQ, [accessed May 15th, 2021].

fig. 3

screenshots from: Forsythe, William. Forsythe-Lines-Avoidance-2-Volumes, Youtube, https://www.youtube. com/watch?v=sjqI9IfMqCo&list=PLAEBD630ACCB6AD45&index=18, [accessed May 15th, 2021].

fig. 4

screenshots from: Binet, Hélène. 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, “The Making of a Photograph”, January 20, 2021.

fig. 5

screenshot from: Hélène. “The Making of a Photograph”. January 20, 2021.

fig. 6

screenshot from: Hélène. “The Making of a Photograph”. January 20, 2021. image from: mad architects, Hélène Binet x Chaoyang Park Plaza, [accessed May 15th, 2021] composition: Stuart Gomes, 2021

fig. 7

screenshot from: Hélène. “The Making of a Photograph”. January 20, 2021.

fig. 8

screenshot from: Hélène. “The Making of a Photograph”. January 20, 2021.

fig. 9

screenshot from: Hélène. “The Making of a Photograph”. January 20, 2021.

Forsythe, William. Forsythe-Lines-Avoidance-1-Introduction, Youtube, https://www.youtube.com/ watch?v=cqGyFiEXXIQ, [accessed May 13th, 2021]. Pallasmaa, Juhani. “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, in Questions of Perception: Phenomenology of Architecture, (Tokyo: E ando Yu), 1994, pp.31-3. Pallasmaa, Juhani. “The Personal Encounter Turns Architecture into Experience”, Conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Helene Binet, Walmer Yard, 26 November 2019, https://walmeryard.co.uk/journal/the-personal-encounter-turnsarchitecture-into-experience/, [accessed 14th May 2021]. Pimlott, Mark. "Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space," in Composing Space, Binet, Hélène, and Mark Pimlott (London: Phaidon), 2012, pp. 200-21. Wilson, Rob. Hélène Binet:“An image for me should never be completely defined”. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binet-an-image-for-me-should-neverbe-completely-defined, [accessed 14th May 2021].

fig. 10 screenshot from: Hélène. “The Making of a Photograph”. January 20, 2021. fig. 11 screenshot from: Hélène. “The Making of a Photograph”. January 20, 2021.

Lecture

fig. 12 screenshot from: Hélène. “The Making of a Photograph”. January 20, 2021.

Binet, Hélène. 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, “The Making of a Photograph”, January 20, 2021.

fig. 14 screenshot from: Binet, Hélène. 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, “The Making of a Photograph”, January 20, 2021. edits: Stuart Gomes, 2021

23 Binet, “The Making of a Photograph”. January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine.

fig. 15 Cracks. “Quarry of Marble” surface 2, large

50

51

JOURNAL ENTRIES: ENTRIES: Part II

JOURNAL

03

CLOSE UP 05 PHOTOGRAPH IN TEXT: A CAMERA ON FOOT

JOURNAL

03

Anchoring Points

KEY TEXTS W.G. Sebald, ‘Chapter 1’, The Rings of Saturn, (London: The Harville Press), 1998, pp.1-26. Daub, Adrian, ‘Donner à voir – The Logics of the Caption in W.G. Sebald’s Rings of Saturn and Alexander Kluge’s The Devil’s Blind Spot’ in Searching for Sebald: Photography After W.G Sebald (Los Angeles, Calif.: Institute of Cultural Inquiry, 2007).

3

In his book, “The Rings of Saturn”, W.G. Sebald leads the reader, at the hand of a narrator, through a part memoir, part fiction walk through the English countryside of Suffolk. The narrator also guides us through and between moments of external

W. G. Sebald and William Firebrace, Restless Writing. AA Files , Winter 2001, No. 45/46 (Winter 2001), pp. 163-173.

references that pop up into their mind during the walk. These textual thoughts and moments along the walk are placed in relation and alongside various illustrations of overworked photographs or documentary fragments.

Patience: After Sebald, Film. Dir. Grant Gee, 2012. The images in the text, as William Firebrace describes in his essay, “Restless

FURTHER READINGS

Writing: The Work of W. G. Sebald” - where he also attempts, in moments, to write

Christina Kraenzle, Picturing Place: Travel. Potography, and Imaginative Geography in W.G. Sebald’s Rings of Saturn. in Searching for Sebald: Photography After W.G Sebald (Los Angeles, Calif.: Institute of Cultural Inquiry), 2007, pp. 126- 145.

in Sebald’s style and with text in relation to images - help to “give the works the records rather than descriptions of imaginary people and places.” places 1 air of factual records, The relationship between image and text plays an important role in “The Rings of Saturn” as supporting evidence of the themes and places discussed in

W.G. Sebald, Chapter 2 and 3 from The Rings of Saturn (London: The Harville Press), 1998, pp.27-50.

JOURNAL ENTRY 3:

W.G. Sebald, Section from ‘Chapter IV: Il ritorno in patria’ from Vertigo, translated by Michael Hulse (London: Vintage Books), 2002, pp. 171- 210.

Anchoring Points fig.9 “The Rings of Saturn” book scan

Eric L. Satner, On Creaturely Life: Rilke, Benjamin, Sebald. (Chicago and London: University of Chicago Press), 2006, pp. 261-290. 1 William Firebrace, “Restless Writing: The Work of W. G. Sebald”, AA Files , Winter 2001, No. 45/46 (Winter 2001), pp. 164-5. Emphasis mine.

58

5

fig. 11 “Quarry of Marble” surface 5

of making. I am again brought back into the quarry. There is something strange, discomforting about this space, I am transfixed by Binet’s describes of it,

fig. 13 screenshot from: Hélène. “The Making of a Photograph”. January 20, 2021. fig. 14 “Quarry of Marble” surface 4 [surface of exploration highlighted]

3.

37

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

16 Binet, “The Making of a Photograph”. January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine. 17 Pallasmaa. ‘An Architecture of the Seven Senses’. p.36. Emphasis mine.

43

In the quarry everything is so finely balanced, and the sacrifice seems so large on both humans and the earth for one material. This frailty can be seen in the crack. It is a truly precarious place. Precise, careful movements are needed to navigate and photograph it.

The gesture of reflection is the moment when the photographer stops looking. It is the point where they have found themselves, their manipulation of the surroundings and the surroundings manipulation of them ends. The search is done, the photograph has been taken. For another photograph to be taken would require a new performance of gestures: a reposition, a re-manipulating and a rereflecting. These are the gestures both making and of photographing.

20 Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”, p. 82-3 21 Pallasmaa. “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, p. 34. Emphasis mine.

46

Throughout the document a careful consideration has been made between image and text, and the images’ relationship to one another.

36

14 Binet, “The Making of a Photograph”, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine. 15 Ibid.

As I now reflect on the surfaces of the “Quarry of Marble” and the gestures of photographing and making, I find myself looking in even closer for one final time. I am drawn to the large crack in the penultimate image. An image I am almost seeing for the first time. As I look closer more cracks appear around it, however it is this dark, contrasting crack which takes my attention. I can feel its sharp edge. I wonder how deep it goes, how close it is to breaking. This perilous state is found throughout the quarry. The surface of this crack appears to embody all the other surfaces: their depth, scale, shadow and precariousness. In the first surface, the rock balances on the edge; the next, the walkway balances off the wall of marble; the hut dwarfed by the far more powerful rock above. I can finally see, experience, understand exactly the movements and gestures of photographing in such a space. I can see, understand when Binet herself reflects on the space and her experience of. She states,

“our problem is not continuous reflection; it is about deciding when to stop reflecting so as to be able to switch over to action […] reflection is a strategy and not surrender of self. self The moment the photographer stops looking into the reflecting mirror (whether real or imaginary) is the moment that will define his image [...] It will be penetrating and revealing if the photographer has chosen a good moment to stop reflecting. Reflection therefore forms part of the photographer’s search and his manipulation. It is a search for himself and a manipulation of himself. himself In fact, the search for a position belongs to the search for himself and the manipulation of the situation to the manipulation of self, and vice versa.” versa 22

Upon understanding the manipulation, I notice that I no longer view the surface in the same light. I can feel it, it touches me. In his essay, Pallasmaa discusses the interconnection between the eye and touch, he writes,

fig. 4 The surface of Binet’s lecture, “The Making of a Photograph” 35

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

The final aspects of Flusser’s gestures of photographing is reflection. He states,

Manipulation of the situation is a given, as is the effect of the situation on the photographer. I, as the observer of the photographing, effect the surroundings but I am also effected by them. I can see how Binet has had to adapt to her surroundings and how her surroundings have adapted to her, in a gestural performance. I view the surface of the second image:

touches the gaze implies an “But the eye also touches; unconscious bodily interaction mimesis, identification. identification Perhaps we should think of touch as the unconscious of vision. vision Our gaze strokes distant surfaces, contours and edges, and the unconscious tactile sensation determines the agreeableness or unpleasantness of the experience.”21 experience

5 Vilém Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”, in Gestures, trans. Nancy Ann Roth, (Minneapolis, Minnesota: University of Minnesota Press), p. 72. Emphasis mine. 6 Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’. Architects´ Journal. Emphasis mine.

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

to the sun throughout the day; and the cold parts that have been hidden by the shadows. My body, my eyes have interacted, manipulated and touched the wall of the quarry and it too has touched and manipulated me and my understanding of the space. This moment, this exchange was involuntary, my very presence alone caused it. The surface I am viewing has changed from a visual surface to a tactile one.

“To observe a situation is, to the same extent, to be changed by it. it Observation changes the observer. Those who observe the gesture of photographing need neither Heisenberg’s uncertainty theory nor psychoanalytic theory. They can actually see it. The photographer cannot help manipulating the situation. situation His very presence is a manipulation. manipulation And he cannot situation He is changed avoid being affected by the situation. simply by being there.” there 20

fig. 3 William Forsythe’s dance “Avoidance 2: Volumes”

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

uniqueness of Binet’s architectural photographs. He states, “Most architectural photographers photograph the building as an architectural object […] Hélène photographs the building as her experience of it.” it 11 Binet later goes on to state, “I come from having to deal with translating the multi-sensory experience of a experience 12 Architecture is experienced and Binet has building into a visual experience.” an unique ability to capture her experience of the spaces she encounters in her photographs. “It is an incredible landscape, where you go there, you are completely seduced.

“create the best story, by combining the photographs doubt you start to to have moments where you start to doubt, question, what you project from one part of the image question into the next one and where you create this imaginary moment which is very strong.”9

The gesture of making is the harmony of two opposites. It is how these two opposites come together, the movement between left and right, that defines the whole and the gesture of making. Binet moves the equipment between her hands. Each hand, and their gestures, are responsible for the making of a photograph. It is this harmonic opposition, when the left hand holds the tripod and the right hand presses the shutter that the gestures of making photography occurs.

Binet moves in relation to her surroundings in the space just like the choreographer William Forsythe in his etude, “Avoidance”.2 In his dance, Forsythe draws an imaginary line and cylinder and places them within the space in front of him. He draws, with his body to avoid and move around the imagined objects in the space. Forsythe is constantly repositioning himself in the space in order to understand and move around the other body. His movements are in response to the space occupied by the imagined objects. With Binet, it is in the making of the photograph which involves her moving her heavy equipment, and her body in response to the photographed object. As Mark Pimlott writes in his essay, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space”, “the subject, whether building or ground, was not an inert object, but an entity of surfaces and spaces. spaces Binet's pictures subject 3 Binet’s actions were made in response to the specific nature of each subject.” are in relation to her surroundings, to the space, to make the photograph. Her movements and experience of the space are therefore captured in the suspended moment of the photograph.

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

fig. 5 The surfaces surrounding the surfaces of “Quarries of Marble” (highlighted), surfaces of “Bodmin Moor - A Granite Moorland” (before), surfaces of “Sergio Musmeci Ponte Sul Basento” (after)

“The book promotes an intimacy between the viewer and the object, object and promotes involvement in seeing and reading. It is only in these conditions that one is able to appreciate the picture as something more than a view: a complex construction that is bound in an intimate relation to its subject.” subject 7 Binet’s books offer a true insight into the subjects she is photographing. Due to the current situation I am writing this from, I am unable to view physical copies of Binet’s work.8 I shall instead be viewing, reading, her images through the surface of her lecture for the University of Edinburgh, “The Making of a Photograph”. This lecture, just like her books, was also carefully choreographed assemblage of her photographs in order to, in the words of Binet in her lecture “The Making of a Photography”,

Similarly, moments of key writings, like that of the essay, a serif font will be used in order to emphasise these as more grounded thoughts. The paper weight will also continue this theme with a heavy paper weight being used in this moment of the document as well.

CLOSE-UPS: on surface, gestures, and the borders of the photograph Studies in Contemporary Architectural Theory Masters of Architecture, ESALA dissertation reference: Stuart Gomes, “Sense Shifters: An Architectural Exploration into Experiencing of Multi-Sensorial Space”, MA Architecture diss., The University of Edinburgh, 2019.

END OF Part I

scarred by our interventions.

in her photographs of Peter Zumthor’s Thermal Baths in Val. In his essay, ‘Helene Binet: Photographs as Space’, Mark Pimlott describes Binet’s Val photographs as, “a series of images whose subtle variation draws the viewer into the act of looking, imagining and being.”3 A similar narrative and experience can be seen in Binet’s

Robin Schuldenfrei, ‘Images in Exile: Lucia Moholy’s Bauhaus Negatives and the Construction of the Bauhaus Legacy’. History of Photography,

Hélène Binet is one such architectural photographer who, through the act of looking, captures her experience of an architectural space. Binet achieves as she moves and reacts in response to her surroundings in order to capture her personal experience on the surface of the photographed.

[accessed 17th

nature is very violent […] what is this about?”7 The highlighted image shows a small, sheltered dwelling. The dwelling gives human scale to the image causing me to be transported into the vast space and understand its true scale, unconsciously placing myself in the Quarry. The sharp light and portrait orientation creates large verticality

In a conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Binet for Walmer Yard, Juhani

FURTHER READINGS

fig.5 Hélène Binet’s photo-books

Screenshot from: Hélène Binet, Quarry, 2013, http://helenebinet.com/photography/quarry/,

Images from: Hélène Binet, Quarry, 2013, [accessed 17th May 2021].

She states, “every year somebody is dying to produce […] marble. The impact on

as she slowly, but decisively captures key moments of it. This makes the moments

Juhani Pallasmaa 1

The Architectural Review, Hélène Binet’s angels: W Awards trophies 2020. https://www.architectural-review.com/awards/w-awards/helene-binetsangels-w-awardstrophies-2020

JOURNAL ENTRY 2: [Re]Experiencing Hélène Binet’s Carrara Quarry Experience

Images from: Hélène Binet, Peter Zumthor, http://helenebinet.com/photography/peter-zumthor/, [accessed 17th May 2021].

In her lecture, “The Making of Photography”, Binet describes how the experience of the quarry caused her to reflect on the price of marble both to nature and humans.

she captures in her photographs even more intimate and personal.

as a condition of other things.”

pletely-defined, [accessed 14th May 2021].

fig. 8

May 2021].

making is a bit like a performance and this moment of making is very precious. precious I don’t want to lose that.”5 Her making of a photograph causes Binet to carefully navigate and explore the space

encountered, related to one’s body, moved about, utilised

defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binet-an-image-for-me-should-neverbe-com-

fig. 7

photographs.

with digital. With all my heavy equipment, the set-up and

a consequence of this implied action. A real architectural experience is not simply a series of retinal images; a building is encountered – it is approached, confronted,

Paula Szturc, Hélène Binet’s photo-books

consequence of this implied action.”6 Architectural images, like architecture and space itself, are encountered; we react and are moved by them. This can be seen in my viewing of Binet’s Quarry

“I think you lose the connection with the point of making

a promise of use and purpose. A bodily reaction is an inseparable aspect of the experience of architecture as

Binet, Hélène, and Mark Pimlott (London: Phaidon, 2012): 200-215 and Photographic index, 216-221

fig. 6

inseparable aspect of the experience of architecture as a

discusses why she continues to work with film, stating,

“There is an inherent suggestion of action in images of architecture, the moment of active encounter or

Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space,” in Composing Space,

fig. 5

a promise of use and purpose. A bodily reaction is an

There is a very personal dialogue between space and the viewer captured at a specific moment in time which can be seen in Binet’s photographs. In the article,

Hélène Binet, ‘Composing Space’, public lecture, Harvard University GSD

2

LIST OF FIGURES

“There is an inherent suggestion of action in images of architecture, architecture the moment of active encounter or

Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021.

Vivian Maier, Self-Portraits.http://www.vivianmaier.com/gallery/ self-portraits/#slide-13 [accessed 17th May 2021]

The Architectural Review, 29 March 2019, Hélène Binet: ‘I am interested in making you dream about the place’, https://www.architectural-review. com/films/helene-binet-i-am-interested-in-making-youdream-about-theplace

STUART GOMES s1541557 Design Studio D, Island Territories vii: Island Temporalities

4.

17

“Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’”, Binet

In the dissertation, san serif font and a light paper weight were used to communicate thoughts as writings. This document, in reference to the journal entries, that are also seen as thoughts as writing, will be communicated in the same manner too.

LOOKING, THINKING & WRITING

16

KEY TEXTS

Screenshot from: Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. pp. 10-11. Screenshot from: Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. pp. 12.

fig. 4

Caused by Binet’s act of looking and the shifting of her heavy film equipment, her movements, when making a photograph, are a performance, like a dance between her, her camera equipment and her surroundings as she attempts to capture the space around her. These gestures and movements are an essential part of her photographing process.

JOURNAL ENTRIES: PART 2

56

The document should be read as if a physical object. The image shows my dissertation as a handstitched object that, through its reading, enhances the experience and understanding of the subjects discussed in the document. This document is presented as the printed document, the crosses represent markings for handstitching.

02

Eduardo Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, p. 9.

fig. 2

fig. 3

ABSTRACT

The Gestures of Making a Photograph

1. The document should be read as if a physical object. The images shows my dissertation as a handstitched object that, through its reading, enhances the experience and understanding of the subjects discussed in the document. This document is presented as the printed document, the crosses represent markings for handstitching. 2. In the dissertation, san serif font and a light paper weight were used to communicate thoughts as writings. This document, in reference to the journal entries, that are also seen as thoughts as writing, will be communicated in the same manner too. 3. Moments of key writings, like that of the essay, a serif font will be used in order to emphasise these as more grounded thoughts. The paper weight will also continue this theme with a heavy paper weight being used in this moment of the document as well. 4. Throughout the document a careful consideration has been made between image and text, and the images’ relationship to one another.

JOURNAL

LIST OF FIGURES fig. 1

ESSAY

03 04 05

13

59

60

61

fig. 15 screenshot from: Binet, Hélène. 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, “The Making of a Photograph”, January 20, 2021.

53

26

27


SCAT

[2021] SCAT

CLOSE-UPS: on surfaces, gestures, and borders of the photograph

ARCH11070

MArch 1, [semester 2]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

JOURNAL

GC 3

01

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

CLOSE-UP 01 // WORDS OF LIGHT

GA 2.7

CLOSE UP 01 words of light KEY TEXTS

JOURNAL

01

JOURNAL

CLOSE UP 01 words of light

01

The death, the disappearance of the moment that has just been photographed is instantaneous when caught in the snapshot light of the camera when photographing. The image, the specific moment, captured forever in the photograph will never be again, it cannot “come to light” again. We can understand and relate to a photograph through the knowledge of it “having-been-there”, through its death.

The Death of the Photographed

KEY TEXTS

Eduardo Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”, HISTORY, HELIOTROPISM, ORIGINS, MORTIFICATION, GHOSTS in Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History. (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, pp. xvi-xxx, 1-15

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

Eduardo Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”, HISTORY, HELIOTROPISM, ORIGINS, MORTIFICATION, GHOSTS in Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History. (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, pp. xvi-xxx, 1-15 In his book, “Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History”, Eduardo Cadava looks to analyse Walter Benjamin’s various discussions on photography and its relationship to history, politics and aesthetic.1 Cadava’s writing should be read as texts whose themes have a “syntactical relationship” to each other, inscribed within the motion of a “series of theses”.2 This enables the text to be read as a photographic text, as a series of fragments, snapshots derived from the material of Benjamin’s work on photography with various theses’ titles: “HISTORY”, “HELIOTROPISM”, “ORIGINS”, “MORTIFICATION” and “GHOSTS”.

FURTHER READINGS

1

Walter Benjamin, “Theses on the Philosophy of History’” (1940/1955) in Walter Benjamin, Illuminations, edited and with introduction by Hannah Arendt, translated by Harry Zohn (1968), (New York: Schocken Books), 1969, pp. 253-264. Walter Benjamin, ´A Small History of Photography´ (1931 ) first English translation appeared in the collection One-Way Street and Other Writings (1978) introduced by Susan Sontag. See: Walter Benjamin, One-Ways Street and Other Writings, Transl. Edmund Jephcott and Kingsley Shorter, (London: NLB), 1978, pp. 240-257.

Vivian Maier photographed New York during a time when photography was beginning to be used as a form of technology that had the potential to register individual perceptions of the world. Maier’s work captured the everyday; her photographs convey how she saw herself in the city and viewed the city around her. Here, photography was not done for publication, but for one’s own project. Maier’s work, as a body of work, forms an incredible portrait of the city. Maier becoming famous after her death only adds to the death of the photographs and their “haunting” through the afterlife. She, and her experiences of the city, live on past her life through her photographs.

The sudden death of the photographed, in the instantaneous moment of capturing the photograph, leads me to street photography. The essence of this form of photography is the capturing of a specific, every changing, moment within the urban fabric of the city. A moment that can never be remade, a story that can never be retold. Street photography is therefore, to me, the most instantaneous “flash of death” of a photographed moment.

Through the understanding of the photograph “having-been-there”, I am able to create a referential structure when viewing Maier’s old photographs of the streets of New York. In her photo, “New York, February, 1955”, the gaze of her camera has forever fixed this moment. Here, Maier is taking a self-portrait of herself in a moving mirror on a cold winter’s day in New York. She is standing, almost ghost like within the scene. Maier is seen to be slightly out of focus whilst the mirror, the man and its surroundings are perfectly sharp, adding to the ghost like existence of the artist and the death of the photographed. Caught on film, it is likely Maier would have never developed it or fully realised the photograph. This photograph could have be reproduced after her death, it may not have been produced as she would have intended providing a different narrative or focal point in the image; this is a true death to the image.

Through viewing the texts, a moment of illumination appeared to me. In his thesis, “GHOSTS”, Cadava discusses the death of the photographed, he states,

JOURNAL

Susan Sontag, Introduction, One-Way Street and Other Writings, pp.7-42

fig.1 David Octavius Hill and Robert Adamson, Dennistoun Monument, Greyfriars Churchyard

fig.4 Vivian Maier’s photograph, “New York, February, 1955” fig.2 moment of illumination in the text

13

JOURNAL

LIST OF FIGURES fig. 1

fig. 2

02

14

15

JOURNAL

CLOSE UP 02 COMPOSING SPACE

Eduardo Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, p. 9.

02

[Re] Experiencing Hélène Binet’s Carrara Quarry Experience

16

“Never in any other space have I had such emotion than when I was inside one of

In his essay, Pallasmaa discusses the phenomenological nature of architectural images, explaining how,

[…] it is absolutely amazing!”4

Vivian Maier, Self-Portraits.http://www.vivianmaier.com/gallery/ self-portraits/#slide-13 [accessed 17th May 2021]

Images from: Hélène Binet, Peter Zumthor, http://helenebinet.com/photography/peter-zumthor/, [accessed 17th May 2021].

Screenshot from: Hélène Binet, Quarry, 2013, http://helenebinet.com/photography/quarry/,

Images from: Hélène Binet, Quarry, 2013, [accessed 17th May 2021].

[accessed 17th

May 2021].

sheltered dwelling. The dwelling gives human scale to the image causing me to be transported into the vast space and understand its true scale, unconsciously placing myself in the Quarry. The sharp light and portrait orientation creates large verticality and scale in the scene. I can feel the sharp, hard edges through the photograph. The hut, dwarfed by the quarry, emphasises its fragile nature as it precariously sits under a large marble overhang. The image also conveys the large affect humans have on the landscape even through such small measures, leaving the landscape scarred by our interventions.

END OF Part I

in her photographs of Peter Zumthor’s Thermal Baths in Val. In his essay, ‘Helene Binet: Photographs as Space’, Mark Pimlott describes Binet’s Val photographs as, “a series of images whose subtle variation draws the viewer into the act of looking,

Through viewing Binet’s work I find myself coming to similar conclusions about the human impact on the world as Binet discussed, in her lecture, “The Making of a

photographs of Carrara Quarry, Italy, 2013 which evoked strong architectural

FURTHER READINGS

fig.5 Hélène Binet’s photo-books

fig. 8 In her lecture, “The Making of Photography”, Binet describes how the experience of She states, “every year somebody is dying to produce […] marble. The impact on nature is very violent […] what is this about?”7 The highlighted image shows a small,

“Most architectural photographers photograph the building as an architectural object […] Hélène photographs the building as her experience of it.”2 This can be seen

imagining and being.”3 A similar narrative and experience can be seen in Binet’s

[Re]Experiencing Hélène Binet’s Carrara Quarry Experience

Paula Szturc, Hélène Binet’s photo-books

fig. 7

photographs.

the quarry caused her to reflect on the price of marble both to nature and humans.

Her making of a photograph causes Binet to carefully navigate and explore the space as she slowly, but decisively captures key moments of it. This makes the moments she captures in her photographs even more intimate and personal.

Juhani Pallasmaa 1

In a conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Binet for Walmer Yard, Juhani Pallasmaa describes the uniqueness of Binet’s architectural photographs. He states,

The Architectural Review, Hélène Binet’s angels: W Awards trophies 2020. https://www.architectural-review.com/awards/w-awards/helene-binetsangels-w-awardstrophies-2020

JOURNAL ENTRY 2:

Architectural images, like architecture and space itself, are encountered; we

with digital. With all my heavy equipment, the set-up and making is a bit like a performance and this moment of making is very precious. precious I don’t want to lose that.”5

a consequence of this implied action. A real architectural experience is not simply a series of retinal images; a building is encountered – it is approached, confronted, encountered, related to one’s body, moved about, utilised as a condition of other things.”

pletely-defined, [accessed 14th May 2021].

react and are moved by them. This can be seen in my viewing of Binet’s Quarry

“I think you lose the connection with the point of making

a promise of use and purpose. A bodily reaction is an inseparable aspect of the experience of architecture as

Binet, Hélène, and Mark Pimlott (London: Phaidon, 2012): 200-215 and Photographic index, 216-221 Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely

defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binet-an-image-for-me-should-neverbe-com-

The Architectural Review, 29 March 2019, Hélène Binet: ‘I am interested in making you dream about the place’, https://www.architectural-review. com/films/helene-binet-i-am-interested-in-making-youdream-about-theplace

fig. 6

consequence of this implied action.”6

discusses why she continues to work with film, stating,

“There is an inherent suggestion of action in images of architecture, the moment of active encounter or

Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space,” in Composing Space,

fig. 5

a promise of use and purpose. A bodily reaction is an inseparable aspect of the experience of architecture as a

specific moment in time which can be seen in Binet’s photographs. In the article,

Hélène Binet, ‘Composing Space’, public lecture, Harvard University GSD March 20, 2012, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YkpeFr87wOo

2

LIST OF FIGURES

“There is an inherent suggestion of action in images of architecture, architecture the moment of active encounter or

There is a very personal dialogue between space and the viewer captured at a

Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021.

“Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’”, Binet

Screenshot from: Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. pp. 12.

fig. 4

17

these caves […] you have a ground, walls and a ceiling which is completely marble

KEY TEXTS

Screenshot from: Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. pp. 10-11.

fig. 3

Photograph”, whilst visiting Carrara Quarry.

and experiential narratives. In her lecture, “The Making of Photography”, Binet

Robin Schuldenfrei, ‘Images in Exile: Lucia Moholy’s Bauhaus Negatives and the Construction of the Bauhaus Legacy’. History of Photography,

describes a very architectural space when discussing her experiences in the quarry, fig.6 Hélène Binet’s photographs of Peter Zumthor’s Thermal Baths in Val.

37: 2, 2013, 182-203.

20

21

22

fig.7 Hélène Binet’s photographs of the Carrara Marble Quarry as viewed on her website 1 Juhani Pallasmaa. “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, in Questions of Perception: Phenomenology of Architecture, Tokyo: E ando Yu, 1994, p.35. 2 Juhani Pallasmaa, “The Personal Encounter Turns Architecture into Experience”, Conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Helene Binet, Walmer Yard, 26 November 2019, https://walmeryard.co.uk/journal/the-personal-encounter-turns-architecture-intoexperience/, [accessed 20th February 2021]. Emphasis mine. 3 Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space,” in Composing Space, (London: Phaidon), 2012, p.209.

fig.8 Hélène Binet’s photographs of the Carrara Marble Quarry

6 Pallasmaa. “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, p.35. Emphasis mine. 7 Binet, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine.

4 Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine. 5 Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binet-animage-for-me-should-neverbe-completely-defined, [accessed 29 March 2021]. Emphasis mine.

23

24

25

26

27

ESSAY

Task The reading journal (course diary) records your ongoing critical reflections and responses to the weekly readings and seminar discussions. You should report on these and elaborate upon the significance of some aspects of the readings for contemporary architecture and/or urbanism. Each weekly entry should be at least 500 words and it should be illustrated as appropriate.

The death, the disappearance of the moment that has just been photographed is instantaneous when caught in the snapshot light of the camera when photographing. The image, the specific moment, captured forever in the photograph will never be again, it cannot “come to light” again. We can understand and relate to a photograph through the knowledge of it “having-been-there”, through its death.

fig.3 photograph of the “ghost” of photographer Atget

1 Eduardo Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”, Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History, (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, pp. xix. Emphasis mine. 2 Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”. pp. xx. Emphasis mine. 3 Eduardo Cadava. “GHOSTS”, Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History, (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, p.11. Emphasis mine.

12

01

The Death of the Photographed

“Like an angel of history whose wings register the traces of this disappearance, the image bears witness to an experience that cannot come to light. The experience is the experience of the shock experience, of experience as bereavement. The bereavement acknowledges what takes place in any photograph – the return of the departed. Although what the photograph photographs is no longer present or living, its having-been-there now forms part of the referential structure of our relationship to the photograph.”3

Eduardo Cadava, Lapsus Imaginis: The Image in Ruins, October, Spring 2001, Vol. 96, pp.35-60

JOURNAL ENTRY 1: The Death of the Photographed

KEY QUOTE

FURTHER READINGS

THE GESTURES OF MAKING

Walter Benjamin, “Theses on the Philosophy of History’” (1940/1955) in Walter Benjamin, Illuminations, edited and with introduction by Hannah Arendt, translated by Harry Zohn (1968), (New York: Schocken Books), 1969, pp. 253-264.

A PHOTOGRAPH

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

Architectural photography has become more about the object, the façade, the window, the noun rather than how a building is experienced through viewing, touching, entering. Architectural experiences take the form of a verb not a noun. It is important for this experience to be captured in photographs of architecture.

I place this photograph of Hélène Binet in the act, the performance, of making a photograph to begin exploring the movements and gestures involved in creating a photographic image. Here, Binet is photographing the Chaoyang Park Plaza in Beijing, China for MAD Architects in 2018. This photograph shares a lot about the way Binet photographs; how she positions herself and her tripod in the large open space; the light and shadows around her; the camera bag laid open on its back; the scale of her equipment in relation to her; her peering down into the camera whilst balancing on her toes; her photographic performance. This performance is not for the viewer, Binet is unaware of her own specific gestures when photographing, her movements and gestures are in response to her surroundings as she captures her experience of the architecture. These gestures, movements and her experiences bleed into her photographs.

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

Caused by Binet’s act of looking and the shifting of her heavy film equipment, her movements, when making a photograph, are a performance, like a dance between her, her camera equipment and her surroundings as she attempts to capture the space around her. These gestures and movements are an essential part of her photographing process.

ABSTRACT

Hélène Binet is one such architectural photographer who, through the act of looking, captures her experience of an architectural space. Binet achieves as she moves and reacts in response to her surroundings in order to capture her personal experience on the surface of the photographed. This essay will explore, read, view the surface of Binet’s lecture for the University of Edinburgh, “The Making of a Photograph” and, more specifically, Binet’s “Quarries of Marble” images from Carrara in 2013. The images will first be read through the eye of a student of architecture with an interest in the experiential aspect of space, with reference to Juhani Pallasmaa. The surfaces will then be put through a series of closer readings, with reference to Vilém Flusser’s essay, “The Gesture of Photographing” and the aspects of the gestures of photographing: search for place, manipulation and reflection. This is in an attempt to get a true envisaged experience of the Carrara Quarry through Binet’s photographs, her movements and her gestures.

In the article, by Rob Wilson, “Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’”, Binet discusses this performance and its importance to her making of photographs, she states, “I think, by looking looking, you enter the images; you become part of it […] With all my heavy equipment, the set-up and making is a bit like a performance and this moment of making is very precious. I don’t want to lose that.”1

1 Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binetan-image-for-me-should-neverbe-completely-defined, [accessed 14th May 2021]. Emphasis mine. 30

31

fig. 1 Hélène Binet making a photograph

32

33

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

Binet’s books offer a true insight into the subjects she is photographing. Due to the current situation I am writing this from, I am unable to view physical copies of Binet’s work.8 I shall instead be viewing, reading, her images through the surface of her lecture for the University of Edinburgh, “The Making of a Photograph”. This lecture, just like her books, was also carefully choreographed assemblage of her photographs in order to, in the words of Binet in her lecture “The Making of a Photography”, “create the best story, by combining the photographs to have moments where you start to doubt, doubt you start to question, what you project from one part of the image question into the next one and where you create this imaginary moment which is very strong.”9 As well as drawing on the composition of the images, I will also be using her dialogue in her lecture; the opening image showing how Binet photographs; and

7 Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space”, p. 214 8 It is important for me to state my position from where I am viewing Binet’s work from. I am currently in Aberdeen, away from Edinburgh, living in a world of screens and flat surfaces because of the ongoing COVID pandemic. I can therefore not access physical copies of Binet’s books. 9 Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, “The Making of a Photograph”, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine.

A photograph is a personal, unique, printing of oneself onto the surface of the photographed. It is in the making that the phenomenon is generate onto the surface. This is something Binet is aware of when, in the article, “Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’”, she says, “I think, by looking looking, you enter the images; you become part of it.” it 6 Binet’s printing of her fingerprint on a surface is seen as she touches, imprints her experience, her unique gestures and movements onto the surface of her photographs. A key way to experience Binet’s photographs, and these surfaces, is through her photobooks. In his essay, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space”, Pimlott discusses the dialogue between the reader and one of Binet’s books, he states, fig. 2 William Forsythe’s dance “Avoidance 1: Introduction”

Every year somebody is dying to create beautiful pieces of marble. The impact on nature is very violent. Marble refers to beautiful artwork, to incredible interiors we have seen in architecture but it is paid with a very hard price. The machining used is suddenly not very gentle so it raises why do we still need this marble? What is this about? Maybe, somehow, all of these questions are imbedded in this funny little dwelling that starts to appear in the quarry .

The surface I see is the series of photographs of the “Quarries of Marble” images from Carrara in 2013. In her lecture, Binet describes this unique landscape - a landscape that is the result of very aggressive human activity. She states,

“The encounter of any work of art implies a bodily interaction. A work of art functions as another person, interaction with whom we converse […] an architect internalizes a building in his body; body movement, balance, distance and scale are felt unconsciously through the body. As the work interacts with the body of the observer the experience mirrors these bodily sensations. sensations Consequently, architecture is communication from the body of the architect directly to the body of the inhabitant.”13 inhabitant

where human beings have been creating this funny little place where they maybe measure, cut, put tools that have nothing to do with the size and power of nature and still, nature is at the risk through their will.”

“It is an incredible landscape, where you go there, you are completely seduced seduced. You are seduced because marble is beautiful, beautiful marble reflects light, light marble somehow comes to be alive with the landscape.” landscape. 10

My encounter with the surface of Binet’s photographs is a personal one. It is a dialogue, an exchange, a gesture that only I am experiencing in my own exact way. Binet’s art, her photographs, are an internalisation of her movements in a space. Like the exchange of the architect’s body through his architecture to the viewer, Binet’s bodily interactions of the space, are communicated through her photograph to me, the viewer. This enables me to experience and imagine Binet photographing the space of the Carrara Quarry.

The beauty of the marble, and its surroundings, can be seen in Binet’s photographs. I will be reading these images from the angle of an architect student with an interest in the experience of space. At this point in my writing I will introduce Juhani Pallasmaa as a way of viewing the images from an architectural and experiential position. In a conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Binet for Walmer Yard, Pallasmaa describes the

fig. 8 “Quarry of Marble” surface 2

fig. 9 “Quarry of Marble” surface 3

fig. 10 “Quarry of Marble” surface 4

With the image of Binet photographing Chaoyang Park Plaza in my peripheral vision, I begin to view the surfaces of the “Quarries of Marble”:

“I carry on, this is the last image of the series, where I must say I have never in any other space have I had such emotion than when I was inside one of these caves.

10 Binet, “The Making of a Photograph”, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine.

39

fig. 6 My viewing of “The Making of a Photograph” lecture and Binet’s presentation of the surfaces of the “Quarry of Marble” and Binet photographing

It’s about 30 metres high and you have a ground, walls and a ceiling which is completely marble. It’s one thing. It is built in one go by the breaking of the earth and then it has been created into a cave. It is absolutely amazing! But of course, like I said, it is a very risky luxury

40

to have marble.”

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

41

42

11 Juhani Pallasmaa, “The Personal Encounter Turns Architecture into Experience”, Conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Helene Binet, Walmer Yard, 26 November 2019, https://walmeryard.co.uk/journal/the-personal-encounter-turns-architecture-into-experience/, [accessed 14th May 2021] 12 Ibid. 13 Juhani Pallasmaa. ‘An Architecture of the Seven Senses’, in Questions of Perception: Phenomenology of Architecture, Tokyo: E ando Yu, 1994, p.36. Emphasis mine.

fig. 4 The surface of Binet’s lecture, “The Making of a Photograph” 35

The first image appears. The large marble blocks appear to the right of the frame. The objects stand far above the horizon of the mountains in the background which slowly fade away into the distance. I can see the immense destruction that has occurred to create these geometric marble blocks in front of me. These gestures of destruction have transformed the landscape. I hear Binet say, “You are seduced because marble is beautiful, beautiful marble reflects light, light marble somehow landscape 14 The marble is in a dance with its comes to be alive with the landscape.” surroundings and Binet. The harsh, sharp shadows emphasises the light and dark, flattening the image. Binet, through the use of her hands and body has positioned herself and her equipment on the edge. Just like the large rock, poised on the edge, dwarfing its surroundings, Binet balances herself, precisely controls her movements to capture this moment. I imagine the large block to be four to five times my height with the smaller, I cannot move any closer to it, the surroundings will not allow it.

36

37

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

Binet clicks to the next image. I am no longer looking out of the quarry but looking in. I am faced with a heavy, vertical façade of marble with a walkway guiding my eye along its surface. The marble appears to be cracking, less orthogonal and natural compared to the harsh line of gestured destruction. I am again drawn to the scale and its vastness. I imagine that each layer must be fifteen metres high. The next image appears, I had barely had a moment to expose myself to the space. The shadow draws me in. A small hut starts to appear, caught within the shadow’s grasp. The hut is dwarfed by the vast slab above it; it is precariously positioned. I wonder how precariously the camera is positioned as it is moved to capture this moment. I hear Binet, she says, “this funny little place where they maybe measure, cut, put tools that has nothing to do with the size and power of nature and still, nature is at the risk through their will.” will 15 Her gestures of making, and narration, have captured my understanding of this moment in the photograph. The next image briefly flashes onto the screen, as if the shutter has been clicked. I only got a brief view, I appeared to be looking out again, maybe this was all the time that was allowed for photographing this moment. It was a quick gesture

fig. 11 “Quarry of Marble” surface 5

of making. I am again brought back into the quarry. There is something strange, discomforting about this space, I am transfixed by Binet’s describes of it,

Flusser, describes how these three aspects of the gestures of photographing act sequentially to create an image, a photograph, a surface. He later goes on to describe the first aspect of the gestures of photographing, “the search for a place”. He states,

I cannot comprehend the scale of the space. The scale is beyond the frame, it moves past it. Binet, her camera, no matter how she moves, what her gestures may be, cannot fully capture the space - it is too vast.

“the situation is therefore a movement of methodical doubt, and that its structure is determined as much by the observed situation as by the apparatus as by the photographer, photographer so that any separation of the named factors must be ruled out. We can add that it is about a movement of a freedom, freedom for the gesture is a series of decisions that occur not despite but because of the determining forces that are in play.”19

When viewing the “Quarries of Marble” series for the first time, it was the scale of the quarry that appeared most consistantly to me. In his essay, “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, Pallasmaa discusses scale and how we experience a space through it, he writes, “Understanding architectural scale implies the unconscious measuring of an object or a building with one’s body, body and projecting one’s bodily scheme on the space in question. We feel pleasure and protection space 17 when the body discovers it resonance in space.”

I look again at the surfaces. The first photograph captures my attention. I look closer. I now understand the plane that Binet was shooting from, the camera is perched on the edge. There are a series of decisions, gestures at play here between, myself, the surface, the equipment and Binet. There is a pin in the ground – could this have been used as an anchoring point, a place to tether whilst searching, whilst photographing? I notice how the series of decisions taken up by Binet, these gesture, caused by the quarries surroundings have created the image in front of me. There is a gestural dance going on here between me, Binet’s camera equipment, herself, and the surface of the photographed.

As a student of architecture, I used scale as a way of understanding space. Here, I positioned myself in the surfaces of the quarry through scaling. This movement, this exchange, is a gesture I use to see, to understand, to be in a space. fig. 12 “Quarry of Marble” surface 1, large

16 Binet, “The Making of a Photograph”. January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine. 17 Pallasmaa. ‘An Architecture of the Seven Senses’. p.36. Emphasis mine.

14 Binet, “The Making of a Photograph”, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine. 15 Ibid.

43

In his essay, “The Gestures of Photography”, Flusser, describes the three aspects of the gestures of photographing, “A first aspect is the search for a place, place a position from situation A second aspect is the which to observe the situation. manipulating of the situation, adapting it to the chosen position. The third aspect concerns critical distance that makes it possible to see the success or failure of this adaptation.”18

“I have never in any other space have I had such emotion than when I was inside one of these caves. It’s about thirty metres high and you have a ground, walls and a ceiling which is completely marble. It’s one thing. It is built in one go by the breaking of the earth and then it has been created into a cave. It is amazing!”16 absolutely amazing

18 Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”. p. 77. Emphasis mine. 19 Ibid. p. 81. Emphasis mine.

44

45

As I now reflect on the surfaces of the “Quarry of Marble” and the gestures of photographing and making, I find

Walter Benjamin, ´A Small History of Photography´ (1931 ) first English translation appeared in the collection One-Way Street and Other Writings (1978) introduced by Susan Sontag. See: Walter Benjamin, One-Ways Street and Other Writings, Transl. Edmund Jephcott and Kingsley Shorter, (London: NLB), 1978, pp. 240-257.

The final aspects of Flusser’s gestures of photographing is reflection. He states, “our problem is not continuous reflection; it is about deciding when to stop reflecting so as to be able to switch over to action […] reflection is a strategy and not surrender of self. self The moment the photographer stops looking into the reflecting mirror (whether real or imaginary) is the moment that will define his image [...] It will be penetrating and revealing if the photographer has chosen a good moment to stop reflecting. Reflection therefore forms part of the photographer’s search and his manipulation. It is a search for himself and a manipulation of himself. himself In fact, the search for a position belongs to the search for himself and the manipulation of the situation to the manipulation of self, and vice versa.” versa 22

Manipulation of the situation is a given, as is the effect of the situation on the photographer. I, as the observer of the photographing, effect the surroundings but I am also effected by them. I can see how Binet has had to adapt to her surroundings and how her surroundings have adapted to her, in a gestural performance. I view the surface of the second image: Upon understanding the manipulation, I notice that I no longer view the surface in the same light. I can feel it, it touches me. In his essay, Pallasmaa discusses the interconnection between the eye and touch, he writes, “But the eye also touches; touches the gaze implies an unconscious bodily interaction mimesis, identification. identification Perhaps we should think of touch as the unconscious of vision. vision Our gaze strokes distant surfaces, contours and edges, and the unconscious tactile sensation determines the agreeableness or unpleasantness of the experience.”21 experience fig. 13 “Quarry of Marble” surface 2, large

“Marble refers to beautiful artwork, artwork to incredible interiors Every year somebody is dying to create interiors. beautiful pieces of marble. The impact on nature is very violent…why do we still need this marble? What is this about?”23

The gesture of reflection is the moment when the photographer stops looking. It is the point where they have found themselves, their manipulation of the surroundings and the surroundings manipulation of them ends. The search is done, the photograph has been taken. For another photograph to be taken would require a new performance of gestures: a reposition, a re-manipulating and a rereflecting. These are the gestures both making and of photographing.

fig. 14 “Quarry of Marble” surface 4 [surface of exploration highlighted] 20 Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”, p. 82-3 21 Pallasmaa. “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, p. 34. Emphasis mine.

46

22 Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”, p. 82-3

47

In his book, “Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History”, Eduardo Cadava looks to analyse Walter Benjamin’s various discussions on photography and its relationship to history, politics and aesthetic.1 Cadava’s writing should be read as texts whose themes have a “syntactical relationship” to each other, inscribed within the motion of a “series of theses”.2 This enables the text to be read as a photographic text, as a series of fragments, snapshots derived from the material of Benjamin’s work on photography with various theses’ titles: “HISTORY”, “HELIOTROPISM”, “ORIGINS”, “MORTIFICATION” and “GHOSTS”.

The sudden death of the photographed, in the instantaneous moment of capturing the photograph, leads me to street photography. The essence of this form of photography is the capturing of a specific, every changing, moment within the urban fabric of the city. A moment that can never be remade, a story that can never be retold. Street photography is therefore, to me, the most instantaneous “flash of death” of a photographed moment.

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

to the sun throughout the day; and the cold parts that have been hidden by the shadows. My body, my eyes have interacted, manipulated and touched the wall of the quarry and it too has touched and manipulated me and my understanding of the space. This moment, this exchange was involuntary, my very presence alone caused it. The surface I am viewing has changed from a visual surface to a tactile one.

“To observe a situation is, to the same extent, to be changed by it. it Observation changes the observer. Those who observe the gesture of photographing need neither Heisenberg’s uncertainty theory nor psychoanalytic theory. They can actually see it. The photographer cannot help manipulating the situation. situation His very presence is a manipulation. manipulation And he cannot situation He is changed avoid being affected by the situation. simply by being there.” there 20

fig. 3 William Forsythe’s dance “Avoidance 2: Volumes” 5 Vilém Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”, in Gestures, trans. Nancy Ann Roth, (Minneapolis, Minnesota: University of Minnesota Press), p. 72. Emphasis mine. 6 Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’. Architects´ Journal. Emphasis mine.

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

fig. 7 “Quarry of Marble” surface 1

In his essay, “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, Pallasmaa discusses the personal exchange, the gesture, between a work of art and the viewer, he writes,

You are seduced because marble is beautiful, marble reflects light, marble somehow comes to be alive with the landscape.

her discussions of the performance, dance-like nature of her photographing to imagine, understand and envisage what it was like for her to photograph these spaces. There is an exchange happening here between Binet and myself as she flicks through her photographs. This is my first surface of looking.

Flusser’s second aspect of the gestures of photographing is manipulation of situation. He states,

I can imagine the contrast of textures on the wall as I move my hand across the surface of the image: the sharp surface of the marble wall where it is cut; the smooth surface of the marble itself; the hot parts that have been exposed

“A photograph is a kind of “fingerprint fingerprint” that the subject leaves on a surface [...] The subject is the cause of the photograph [...] The photographic revolution reverses the traditional relationship between a concrete phenomenon and our idea of the phenomenon […] In photography, the phenomenon itself generates its own idea for us on the surface.” surface 5

2 William Forsythe, Forsythe-Lines-Avoidance-1-Introduction, Youtube, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cqGyFiEXXIQ, [accessed May 13th, 2021]. 3 Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space”, in Composing Space, Binet, Hélène, and Mark Pimlott (London: Phaidon), 2012, p. 203. Emphasis mine. 4 Vilém Flusser, “The Gesture of Making”, in Gestures, trans. Nancy Ann Roth, (Minneapolis, Minnesota: University of Minnesota Press), p. 33. Emphasis mine.

uniqueness of Binet’s architectural photographs. He states, “Most architectural photographers photograph the building as an architectural object […] Hélène photographs the building as her experience of it.” it 11 Binet later goes on to state, “I come from having to deal with translating the multi-sensory experience of a experience 12 Architecture is experienced and Binet has building into a visual experience.” an unique ability to capture her experience of the spaces she encounters in her photographs. “It is an incredible landscape, where you go there, you are completely seduced.

38

The gesture of making, as discussed by Vilém Flusser, in his essay, “The Gestures of Making”, are slightly different to the movements and gestures of Forsythe. Flusser states, “We have two hands. We comprehend the world from two opposing sides, sides which is how the world can be taken in, grasped, intended, and manipulated […] the world has two sides: sides a good and a bad, a beautiful and an ugly, a bright and a dark, a right and a left. left And when we conceive of a whole, we conceive of it as the congruence of two opposites. opposites Such a whole is the goal of the gesture of making.” making 4

34

In his essay, “The Gestures of Photography”, Flusser, explains the personal gesture that the photographer places on to the surface of the photographed. He notes,

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

fig. 5 The surfaces surrounding the surfaces of “Quarries of Marble” (highlighted), surfaces of “Bodmin Moor - A Granite Moorland” (before), surfaces of “Sergio Musmeci Ponte Sul Basento” (after)

“The book promotes an intimacy between the viewer and the object, object and promotes involvement in seeing and reading. It is only in these conditions that one is able to appreciate the picture as something more than a view: a complex construction that is bound in an intimate relation to its subject.” subject 7

The gesture of making is the harmony of two opposites. It is how these two opposites come together, the movement between left and right, that defines the whole and the gesture of making. Binet moves the equipment between her hands. Each hand, and their gestures, are responsible for the making of a photograph. It is this harmonic opposition, when the left hand holds the tripod and the right hand presses the shutter that the gestures of making photography occurs.

Binet moves in relation to her surroundings in the space just like the choreographer William Forsythe in his etude, “Avoidance”.2 In his dance, Forsythe draws an imaginary line and cylinder and places them within the space in front of him. He draws, with his body to avoid and move around the imagined objects in the space. Forsythe is constantly repositioning himself in the space in order to understand and move around the other body. His movements are in response to the space occupied by the imagined objects. With Binet, it is in the making of the photograph which involves her moving her heavy equipment, and her body in response to the photographed object. As Mark Pimlott writes in his essay, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space”, “the subject, whether building or ground, was not an inert object, but an entity of surfaces and spaces. spaces Binet's pictures subject 3 Binet’s actions were made in response to the specific nature of each subject.” are in relation to her surroundings, to the space, to make the photograph. Her movements and experience of the space are therefore captured in the suspended moment of the photograph.

48

20 Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”, p. 82-3 Emphasis mine.

49

50

51

Through viewing the texts, a moment of illumination appeared to me. In his thesis, “GHOSTS”, Cadava discusses the death of the photographed, he states, “Like an angel of history whose wings register the traces of this disappearance, the image bears witness to an experience that cannot come to light. The experience is the experience of the shock experience, of experience as bereavement. The bereavement acknowledges what takes place in any photograph – the return of the departed. Although what the photograph photographs is no longer present or living, its having-been-there now forms part of the referential structure of our relationship to the photograph.”3

Eduardo Cadava, Lapsus Imaginis: The Image in Ruins, October, Spring 2001, Vol. 96, pp.35-60

fig.2 moment of illumination in the text 1 Eduardo Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”, Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History, (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, pp. xix. Emphasis mine. 2 Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”. pp. xx. Emphasis mine. 3 Eduardo Cadava. “GHOSTS”, Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History, (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, p.11. Emphasis mine.

Susan Sontag, Introduction, One-Way Street and Other Writings, pp.7-42

Response 01

14

15

JOURNAL 01 // THE DEATH OF THE fig.1 David Octavius Hill and Robert Adamson, Dennistoun Monument, PHOTOGRAPHED Greyfriars Churchyard

Extract from text: Vivian Maier photographed New York during a time when photography was

as a formto of technology that had the potential to register KEY IMAGES // beginning shownto beinusedscale one another

"The death, the disappearance of the moment that has just been photographed is instantaneous when caught in the snapshot light of the camera when photographing. The image, the specific moment, captured forever in the photograph will never be again, it cannot “come to light” again. We can understand and relate to a photograph through the knowledge of it “having-beenthere”, through its death."

individual perceptions of the world. Maier’s work captured the everyday; her Vivian Maier photographed New York during time when wasthe city around photographs convey how she sawaherself in the photography city and viewed beginning to be used as photography a form of technology that had the potentialbut to for register her. Here, was not done for publication, one’s own project. individual perceptions of theasworld. work captured the everyday; Maier’s work, a bodyMaier’s of work, forms an incredible portrait her of the city. Maier photographs convey howfamous she sawafter herself in the only city and the city becoming her death addsviewed to the death ofaround the photographs and her. Here, photography was notthrough done for butand forher one’s own project. their “haunting” thepublication, afterlife. She, experiences of the city, live on Maier’s work, past as a her body work, forms an incredible portrait of the city. Maier lifeofthrough her photographs. becoming famous after her death only adds to the death of the photographs and their “haunting” through the afterlife. She, and her experiences of the city, live on past her life through herthe photographs. Through understanding of the photograph “having-been-there”, I am able to create a referential structure when viewing Maier’s old photographs of the streets of New York. In her photo, “New York, February, 1955”, the gaze of her camera has Through the understanding of the photograph “having-been-there”, I am able to in a moving forever fixed this moment. Here, Maier is taking a self-portrait of herself create a referential structure when viewing old photographs of the streets mirror on a cold winter’s day Maier’s in New York. She is standing, almost ghost like within of New York. Inthe herscene. photo,Maier “NewisYork, 1955”, the her camera has the man and seenFebruary, to be slightly out ofgaze focusofwhilst the mirror, forever fixed this Here,are Maier is taking a self-portrait a moving itsmoment. surroundings perfectly sharp, adding to of theherself ghost in like existence of the artist mirror on a cold winter’s day in York. She is standing, ghost within and the death ofNew the photographed. Caughtalmost on film, it islike likely Maier would have the scene. Maier is seen to be slightly out realised of focus the whilst the mirror,This the man and could have never developed it or fully photograph. photograph its surroundings perfectly sharp, adding to itthe ghost existence of the artist beare reproduced after her death, may notlike have been produced as she would have and the death intended of the photographed. Caught on film, it or is likely Maierinwould have this is a true providing a different narrative focal point the image; never developed it or fully realised the photograph. This photograph could have death to the image. be reproduced after her death, it may not have been produced as she would have intended providing a different narrative or focal point in the image; this is a true death to the image.

JOURNAL

01

Vivian Maier photographed New York during a time when photography was beginning to be used as a form of technology that had the potential to register individual perceptions of the world. Maier’s work captured the everyday; her photographs convey how she saw herself in the city and viewed the city around her. Here, photography was not done for publication, but for one’s own project. Maier’s work, as a body of work, forms an incredible portrait of the city. Maier becoming famous after her death only adds to the death of the photographs and their “haunting” through the afterlife. She, and her experiences of the city, live on past her life through her photographs.

CLOSE UP 01 words of light KEY TEXTS

13

Eduardo Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”, HISTORY, HELIOTROPISM, ORIGINS, MORTIFICATION, GHOSTS in Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History. (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, pp. xvi-xxx, 1-15

Through the understanding of the photograph “having-been-there”, I am able to create a referential structure when viewing Maier’s old photographs of the streets of New York. In her photo, “New York, February, 1955”, the gaze of her camera has forever fixed this moment. Here, Maier is taking a self-portrait of herself in a moving mirror on a cold winter’s day in New York. She is standing, almost ghost like within the scene. Maier is seen to be slightly out of focus whilst the mirror, the man and its surroundings are perfectly sharp, adding to the ghost like existence of the artist and the death of the photographed. Caught on film, it is likely Maier would have never developed it or fully realised the photograph. This photograph could have be reproduced after her death, it may not have been produced as she would have intended providing a different narrative or focal point in the image; this is a true death to the image.

FURTHER READINGS Walter Benjamin, “Theses on the Philosophy of History’” (1940/1955) in Walter Benjamin, Illuminations, edited and with introduction by Hannah Arendt, translated by Harry Zohn (1968), (New York: Schocken Books), 1969, pp. 253-264. Walter Benjamin, ´A Small History of Photography´ (1931 ) first English translation appeared in the collection One-Way Street and Other Writings (1978) introduced by Susan Sontag. See: Walter Benjamin, One-Ways Street and Other Writings, Transl. Edmund Jephcott and Kingsley Shorter, (London: NLB), 1978, pp. 240-257. Eduardo Cadava, Lapsus Imaginis: The Image in Ruins, October, Spring 2001, Vol. 96, pp.35-60

fig.4 Vivian Maier’s photograph, “New York, February, 1955”

Susan Sontag, Introduction, One-Way Street and Other Writings, pp.7-42 fig.3 photograph of the “ghost” of photographer Atget

fig.4 Vivian Maier’s photograph, “New York, February, 1955”

fig.1 David Octavius Hill and Robert Adamson, Dennistoun Monument, Greyfriars Churchyard

16

Dav d Octav us H and Robert Adamson, Denn stoun Monument, Greyfr ars Churchyard

fig.3 photograph of the “ghost” of photographer Atget

photograph of the “ghost” of photographer Atget

fig.3 photograph of the “ghost” of photographer Atget

fig.4 Vivian Maier’s photograph, “New York, February, 1955”

V v an Ma er s photograph, “New York, February, 1955”

16

17

16 12

57

GA 2.6

Brief 01 // Reading Journals

JOURNAL ENTRIES: ENTRIES: Part I

12

GA 2.5

17 13

17

“Like an angel of history whose wings register the traces of this disappearance, the image bears witness to an experience that cannot come to light. The experience is the experience of the shock experience, of experience as bereavement. The bereavement acknowledges what takes place in any photograph – the return of the departed. Although what the photograph photographs is no longer present or living, its having-been-there now forms part of the referential structure of our relationship to the photograph.”


SCAT

[2021] SCAT

CLOSE-UPS: on surfaces, gestures, and borders of the photograph

ARCH11070

MArch 1, [semester 2]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [KL] [TG] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

Brief 01 // Reading Journals

CLOSE-UP 02 COMPOSING SPACES CLOSE-UP 05 PHOTOGRAPHS IN TEXT: A CAMERA ON FOOT

LIST OF FIGURES fig. 1

Eduardo Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, p. 9.

fig. 2

Screenshot from: Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. pp. 10-11.

fig. 3

Screenshot from: Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. pp. 12.

fig. 4

Vivian Maier, Self-Portraits.http://www.vivianmaier.com/gallery/ self-portraits/#slide-13 [accessed 17th May 2021]

01

JOURNAL

CLOSE UP 01 words of light

01

The death, the disappearance of the moment that has just been photographed is instantaneous when caught in the snapshot light of the camera when photographing. The image, the specific moment, captured forever in the photograph will never be again, it cannot “come to light” again. We can understand and relate to a photograph through the knowledge of it “having-been-there”, through its death.

The Death of the Photographed

KEY TEXTS

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

2

JOURNAL ENTRIES: ENTRIES: Part I

JOURNAL

Eduardo Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”, HISTORY, HELIOTROPISM, ORIGINS, MORTIFICATION, GHOSTS in Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History. (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, pp. xvi-xxx, 1-15 In his book, “Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History”, Eduardo Cadava looks to analyse Walter Benjamin’s various discussions on photography and its relationship to history, politics and aesthetic.1 Cadava’s writing should be read as texts whose themes have a “syntactical relationship” to each other, inscribed within the motion of a “series of theses”.2 This enables the text to be read as a photographic text, as a series of fragments, snapshots derived from the material of Benjamin’s work on photography with various theses’ titles: “HISTORY”, “HELIOTROPISM”, “ORIGINS”, “MORTIFICATION” and “GHOSTS”.

FURTHER READINGS

1

Walter Benjamin, “Theses on the Philosophy of History’” (1940/1955) in Walter Benjamin, Illuminations, edited and with introduction by Hannah Arendt, translated by Harry Zohn (1968), (New York: Schocken Books), 1969, pp. 253-264. Walter Benjamin, ´A Small History of Photography´ (1931 ) first English translation appeared in the collection One-Way Street and Other Writings (1978) introduced by Susan Sontag. See: Walter Benjamin, One-Ways Street and Other Writings, Transl. Edmund Jephcott and Kingsley Shorter, (London: NLB), 1978, pp. 240-257.

Susan Sontag, Introduction, One-Way Street and Other Writings, pp.7-42

fig.1 David Octavius Hill and Robert Adamson, Dennistoun Monument, Greyfriars Churchyard

JOURNAL

01

JOURNAL

CLOSE UP 01 words of light

01

The death, the disappearance of the moment that has just been photographed is instantaneous when caught in the snapshot light of the camera when photographing. The image, the specific moment, captured forever in the photograph will never be again, it cannot “come to light” again. We can understand and relate to a photograph through the knowledge of it “having-been-there”, through its death.

The Death of the Photographed

KEY TEXTS Eduardo Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”, HISTORY, HELIOTROPISM, ORIGINS, MORTIFICATION, GHOSTS in Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History. (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, pp. xvi-xxx, 1-15

Through the understanding of the photograph “having-been-there”, I am able to create a referential structure when viewing Maier’s old photographs of the streets of New York. In her photo, “New York, February, 1955”, the gaze of her camera has forever fixed this moment. Here, Maier is taking a self-portrait of herself in a moving mirror on a cold winter’s day in New York. She is standing, almost ghost like within the scene. Maier is seen to be slightly out of focus whilst the mirror, the man and its surroundings are perfectly sharp, adding to the ghost like existence of the artist and the death of the photographed. Caught on film, it is likely Maier would have never developed it or fully realised the photograph. This photograph could have be reproduced after her death, it may not have been produced as she would have intended providing a different narrative or focal point in the image; this is a true death to the image.

In his book, “Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History”, Eduardo Cadava looks to analyse Walter Benjamin’s various discussions on photography and its relationship to history, politics and aesthetic.1 Cadava’s writing should be read as texts whose themes have a “syntactical relationship” to each other, inscribed within the motion of a “series of theses”.2 This enables the text to be read as a photographic text, as a series of fragments, snapshots derived from the material of Benjamin’s work on photography with various theses’ titles: “HISTORY”, “HELIOTROPISM”, “ORIGINS”, “MORTIFICATION” and “GHOSTS”.

FURTHER READINGS

1

Walter Benjamin, “Theses on the Philosophy of History’” (1940/1955) in Walter Benjamin, Illuminations, edited and with introduction by Hannah Arendt, translated by Harry Zohn (1968), (New York: Schocken Books), 1969, pp. 253-264. Walter Benjamin, ´A Small History of Photography´ (1931 ) first English translation appeared in the collection One-Way Street and Other Writings (1978) introduced by Susan Sontag. See: Walter Benjamin, One-Ways Street and Other Writings, Transl. Edmund Jephcott and Kingsley Shorter, (London: NLB), 1978, pp. 240-257.

Susan Sontag, Introduction, One-Way Street and Other Writings, pp.7-42

JOURNAL ENTRY 1: The Death of the Photographed

fig.1 David Octavius Hill and Robert Adamson, Dennistoun Monument, Greyfriars Churchyard

fig.4 Vivian Maier’s photograph, “New York, February, 1955”

02

fig.4 Vivian Maier’s photograph, “New York, February, 1955” fig.2 moment of illumination in the text

fig.3 photograph of the “ghost” of photographer Atget

14

15

JOURNAL

CLOSE UP 02 COMPOSING SPACE

02

[Re] Experiencing Hélène Binet’s Carrara Quarry Experience

16

In his essay, Pallasmaa discusses the phenomenological nature of architectural images, explaining how,

Screenshot from: Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. pp. 10-11.

Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021.

Screenshot from: Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. pp. 12.

Hélène Binet, ‘Composing Space’, public lecture, Harvard University GSD March 20, 2012, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YkpeFr87wOo

[…] it is absolutely amazing!”

“There is an inherent suggestion of action in images of architecture, architecture the moment of active encounter or a promise of use and purpose. A bodily reaction is an

There is a very personal dialogue between space and the viewer captured at a

inseparable aspect of the experience of architecture as a

specific moment in time which can be seen in Binet’s photographs. In the article,

Vivian Maier, Self-Portraits.http://www.vivianmaier.com/gallery/ self-portraits/#slide-13 [accessed 17th May 2021]

“There is an inherent suggestion of action in images a promise of use and purpose. A bodily reaction is an

Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space,” in Composing Space,

2

inseparable aspect of the experience of architecture as

Binet, Hélène, and Mark Pimlott (London: Phaidon, 2012): 200-215 and

a consequence of this implied action. A real architectural

Photographic index, 216-221

experience is not simply a series of retinal images; a building is encountered – it is approached, confronted,

Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely

encountered, related to one’s body, moved about, utilised

defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binet-an-image-for-me-should-neverbe-com-

as a condition of other things.”

pletely-defined, [accessed 14th May 2021].

discusses why she continues to work with film, stating,

02

14

15

JOURNAL

CLOSE UP 02 COMPOSING SPACE

02

Screenshot from: Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. pp. 10-11.

Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021.

Screenshot from: Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. pp. 12.

Hélène Binet, ‘Composing Space’, public lecture, Harvard University GSD March 20, 2012, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YkpeFr87wOo

There is a very personal dialogue between space and the viewer captured at a specific moment in time which can be seen in Binet’s photographs. In the article,

with digital. With all my heavy equipment, the set-up and

fig. 4

making is a bit like a performance and this moment of making is very precious. precious I don’t want to lose that.”5

JOURNAL ENTRY 2:

Her making of a photograph causes Binet to carefully navigate and explore the space as she slowly, but decisively captures key moments of it. This makes the moments she captures in her photographs even more intimate and personal.

In a conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Binet for Walmer Yard, Juhani Pallasmaa describes the uniqueness of Binet’s architectural photographs. He states,

Vivian Maier, Self-Portraits.http://www.vivianmaier.com/gallery/ self-portraits/#slide-13 [accessed 17th May 2021]

“There is an inherent suggestion of action in images of architecture, the moment of active encounter or a promise of use and purpose. A bodily reaction is an

Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space,” in Composing Space,

2

inseparable aspect of the experience of architecture as

Binet, Hélène, and Mark Pimlott (London: Phaidon, 2012): 200-215 and

a consequence of this implied action. A real architectural

Photographic index, 216-221

experience is not simply a series of retinal images; a building is encountered – it is approached, confronted,

Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binet-an-image-for-me-should-neverbe-com-

encountered, related to one’s body, moved about, utilised as a condition of other things.”

pletely-defined, [accessed 14th May 2021].

22

with digital. With all my heavy equipment, the set-up and making is a bit like a performance and this moment of making is very precious. precious I don’t want to lose that.”5 Her making of a photograph causes Binet to carefully navigate and explore the space as she slowly, but decisively captures key moments of it. This makes the moments

JOURNAL ENTRY 3:

in her photographs of Peter Zumthor’s Thermal Baths in Val. In his essay, ‘Helene Binet: Photographs as Space’, Mark Pimlott describes Binet’s Val photographs as, “a series of images whose subtle variation draws the viewer into the act of looking, imagining and being.”3 A similar narrative and experience can be seen in Binet’s

[Re]Experiencing Hélène Binet’s Carrara Quarry Experience

fig.5 Hélène Binet’s photo-books

photographs of Carrara Quarry, Italy, 2013 which evoked strong architectural

FURTHER READINGS

and experiential narratives. In her lecture, “The Making of Photography”, Binet

Robin Schuldenfrei, ‘Images in Exile: Lucia Moholy’s Bauhaus Negatives and the Construction of the Bauhaus Legacy’. History of Photography,

fig.7 Hélène Binet’s photographs of the Carrara Marble Quarry as viewed on her website

describes a very architectural space when discussing her experiences in the quarry, fig.6 Hélène Binet’s photographs of Peter Zumthor’s Thermal Baths in Val.

37: 2, 2013, 182-203. 1 Juhani Pallasmaa. “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, in Questions of Perception: Phenomenology of Architecture, Tokyo: E ando Yu, 1994, p.35. 2 Juhani Pallasmaa, “The Personal Encounter Turns Architecture into Experience”, Conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Helene Binet, Walmer Yard, 26 November 2019, https://walmeryard.co.uk/journal/the-personal-encounter-turns-architecture-intoexperience/, [accessed 20th February 2021]. Emphasis mine. 3 Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space,” in Composing Space, (London: Phaidon), 2012, p.209.

she captures in her photographs even more intimate and personal.

In a conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Binet for Walmer Yard, Juhani Pallasmaa describes the uniqueness of Binet’s architectural photographs. He states, “Most architectural photographers photograph the building as an architectural

The Architectural Review, Hélène Binet’s angels: W Awards trophies 2020. https://www.architectural-review.com/awards/w-awards/helene-binetsangels-w-awardstrophies-2020

JOURNAL ENTRY 2:

“a series of images whose subtle variation draws the viewer into the act of looking,

and experiential narratives. In her lecture, “The Making of Photography”, Binet describes a very architectural space when discussing her experiences in the quarry, fig.6 Hélène Binet’s photographs of Peter Zumthor’s Thermal Baths in Val.

21

“I think you lose the connection with the point of making

object […] Hélène photographs the building as her experience of it.”2 This can be seen

in her photographs of Peter Zumthor’s Thermal Baths in Val. In his essay, ‘Helene Binet: Photographs as Space’, Mark Pimlott describes Binet’s Val photographs as,

photographs of Carrara Quarry, Italy, 2013 which evoked strong architectural

FURTHER READINGS Robin Schuldenfrei, ‘Images in Exile: Lucia Moholy’s Bauhaus Negatives and the Construction of the Bauhaus Legacy’. History of Photography, 37: 2, 2013, 182-203.

discusses why she continues to work with film, stating,

Juhani Pallasmaa 1

The Architectural Review, 29 March 2019, Hélène Binet: ‘I am interested in making you dream about the place’, https://www.architectural-review. com/films/helene-binet-i-am-interested-in-making-youdream-about-theplace

“Most architectural photographers photograph the building as an architectural

imagining and being.”3 A similar narrative and experience can be seen in Binet’s fig.5 Hélène Binet’s photo-books

20

17

[…] it is absolutely amazing!”

4

KEY TEXTS

fig. 2

object […] Hélène photographs the building as her experience of it.”2 This can be seen

The Architectural Review, Hélène Binet’s angels: W Awards trophies 2020. https://www.architectural-review.com/awards/w-awards/helene-binetsangels-w-awardstrophies-2020

JOURNAL ENTRY 2: [Re]Experiencing Hélène Binet’s Carrara Quarry Experience

16

“Never in any other space have I had such emotion than when I was inside one of these caves […] you have a ground, walls and a ceiling which is completely marble

[Re] Experiencing Hélène Binet’s Carrara Quarry Experience

“Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’”, Binet

Architectural images, like architecture an

“I think you lose the connection with the point of making

Juhani Pallasmaa 1

The Architectural Review, 29 March 2019, Hélène Binet: ‘I am interested in making you dream about the place’, https://www.architectural-review. com/films/helene-binet-i-am-interested-in-making-youdream-about-theplace

13

JOURNAL

Eduardo Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, p. 9.

fig. 3

consequence of this implied action.”6

“Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’”, Binet

fig. 4

12

LIST OF FIGURES fig. 1

4

of architecture, the moment of active encounter or

fig.3 photograph of the “ghost” of photographer Atget

1 Eduardo Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”, Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History, (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, pp. xix. Emphasis mine. 2 Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”. pp. xx. Emphasis mine. 3 Eduardo Cadava. “GHOSTS”, Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History, (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, p.11. Emphasis mine.

17

“Never in any other space have I had such emotion than when I was inside one of these caves […] you have a ground, walls and a ceiling which is completely marble

KEY TEXTS

fig. 2

fig. 3

Through the understanding of the photograph “having-been-there”, I am able to create a referential structure when viewing Maier’s old photographs of the streets of New York. In her photo, “New York, February, 1955”, the gaze of her camera has forever fixed this moment. Here, Maier is taking a self-portrait of herself in a moving mirror on a cold winter’s day in New York. She is standing, almost ghost like within the scene. Maier is seen to be slightly out of focus whilst the mirror, the man and its surroundings are perfectly sharp, adding to the ghost like existence of the artist and the death of the photographed. Caught on film, it is likely Maier would have never developed it or fully realised the photograph. This photograph could have be reproduced after her death, it may not have been produced as she would have intended providing a different narrative or focal point in the image; this is a true death to the image.

“Like an angel of history whose wings register the traces of this disappearance, the image bears witness to an experience that cannot come to light. The experience is the experience of the shock experience, of experience as bereavement. The bereavement acknowledges what takes place in any photograph – the return of the departed. Although what the photograph photographs is no longer present or living, its having-been-there now forms part of the referential structure of our relationship to the photograph.”3

fig.2 moment of illumination in the text

13

JOURNAL

Eduardo Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, p. 9.

Vivian Maier photographed New York during a time when photography was beginning to be used as a form of technology that had the potential to register individual perceptions of the world. Maier’s work captured the everyday; her photographs convey how she saw herself in the city and viewed the city around her. Here, photography was not done for publication, but for one’s own project. Maier’s work, as a body of work, forms an incredible portrait of the city. Maier becoming famous after her death only adds to the death of the photographs and their “haunting” through the afterlife. She, and her experiences of the city, live on past her life through her photographs.

The sudden death of the photographed, in the instantaneous moment of capturing the photograph, leads me to street photography. The essence of this form of photography is the capturing of a specific, every changing, moment within the urban fabric of the city. A moment that can never be remade, a story that can never be retold. Street photography is therefore, to me, the most instantaneous “flash of death” of a photographed moment.

Through viewing the texts, a moment of illumination appeared to me. In his thesis, “GHOSTS”, Cadava discusses the death of the photographed, he states,

Eduardo Cadava, Lapsus Imaginis: The Image in Ruins, October, Spring 2001, Vol. 96, pp.35-60

1 Eduardo Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”, Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History, (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, pp. xix. Emphasis mine. 2 Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”. pp. xx. Emphasis mine. 3 Eduardo Cadava. “GHOSTS”, Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History, (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, p.11. Emphasis mine.

12

LIST OF FIGURES fig. 1

3

JOURNAL ENTRIES: ENTRIES: Part I

“Like an angel of history whose wings register the traces of this disappearance, the image bears witness to an experience that cannot come to light. The experience is the experience of the shock experience, of experience as bereavement. The bereavement acknowledges what takes place in any photograph – the return of the departed. Although what the photograph photographs is no longer present or living, its having-been-there now forms part of the referential structure of our relationship to the photograph.”3

JOURNAL ENTRY 1: The Death of the Photographed

Vivian Maier photographed New York during a time when photography was beginning to be used as a form of technology that had the potential to register individual perceptions of the world. Maier’s work captured the everyday; her photographs convey how she saw herself in the city and viewed the city around her. Here, photography was not done for publication, but for one’s own project. Maier’s work, as a body of work, forms an incredible portrait of the city. Maier becoming famous after her death only adds to the death of the photographs and their “haunting” through the afterlife. She, and her experiences of the city, live on past her life through her photographs.

The sudden death of the photographed, in the instantaneous moment of capturing the photograph, leads me to street photography. The essence of this form of photography is the capturing of a specific, every changing, moment within the urban fabric of the city. A moment that can never be remade, a story that can never be retold. Street photography is therefore, to me, the most instantaneous “flash of death” of a photographed moment.

Through viewing the texts, a moment of illumination appeared to me. In his thesis, “GHOSTS”, Cadava discusses the death of the photographed, he states,

Eduardo Cadava, Lapsus Imaginis: The Image in Ruins, October, Spring 2001, Vol. 96, pp.35-60

[Re]Experiencing Hélène Binet’s Carrara Quarry Experience

6 Pallasmaa. “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, p.35. Emphasis mine. 7 Binet, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine.

4 Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine. 5 Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binet-animage-for-me-should-neverbe-completely-defined, [accessed 29 March 2021]. Emphasis mine.

23

24

25

20

21

22

fig.7 Hélène Binet’s photographs of the Carrara Marble Quarry as viewed on her website 1 Juhani Pallasmaa. “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, in Questions of Perception: Phenomenology of Architecture, Tokyo: E ando Yu, 1994, p.35. 2 Juhani Pallasmaa, “The Personal Encounter Turns Architecture into Experience”, Conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Helene Binet, Walmer Yard, 26 November 2019, https://walmeryard.co.uk/journal/the-personal-encounter-turns-architecture-intoexperience/, [accessed 20th February 2021]. Emphasis mine. 3 Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space,” in Composing Space, (London: Phaidon), 2012, p.209.

4 Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture,

Anchoring Points

‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine. 5 Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binet-animage-for-me-should-neverbe-completely-defined, [accessed 29 March 2021]. Emphasis mine.

23

Response 02

JOURNAL 02 // [Re] Experiencing Hélène Binet’s Carrara Quarry Experience

JOURNAL

02

CLOSE UP 02 COMPOSING SPACE KEY TEXTS

Extract from text:

Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021.

KEY IMAGES //

Hélène Binet, ‘Composing Space’, public lecture, Harvard University GSD March 20, 2012, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YkpeFr87wOo

shown in scale to one another “Most architectural photographers photograph the building as an architectural object […] Hélène photographs the building as her experience of it.”2 This can be seen in her photographs of Peter Zumthor’s Thermal Baths in Val. In his essay, ‘Helene Binet: Photographs as Space’, Mark Pimlott describes Binet’s Val photographs JOURNAL as,02“a series of images whose subtle variation draws the viewer into the act of looking, imagining and being.” A similar narrative and experience can be seen in Binet’s photographs of Carrara Quarry, Italy, 2013 which evoked strong architectural and experiential narratives.

JOURNAL

The Architectural Review, Hélène Binet’s angels: W Awards trophies 2020. https://www.architectural-review.com/awards/w-awards/helene-binets“Never in any other space have I hadangels-w-awardstrophies-2020 such emotion than when I was inside one of

02

these caves […] you have a ground, walls and a ceiling which is completely marble

[Re] Experiencing Hélène Binet’s fig.5 Hélène Binet’s photo-books Carrara Quarry Experience

[…] it is absolutely amazing!”4 fig.5 Hélène Binet’s photo-books

Hé ène B net s photo-books

Extract from text:

FURTHER READINGS

KEY TEXTS W.G. Sebald, ‘Chapter 1’, The Rings of Saturn, (London: The Harville Press), 1998, pp.1-26.

Hélène Binet, ‘Composing Space’, public lecture, Harvard University GSD March 20, 2012, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YkpeFr87wOo

Daub, Adrian, ‘Donner à voir – The Logics of the Caption in W.G. Sebald’s Rings of Saturn and Alexander Kluge’s The Devil’s Blind Spot’ in Searching for Sebald: Photography After W.G Sebald (Los Angeles, Calif.: Institute of

Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space,” in Composing Space, Binet, Hélène, and Mark Pimlott (London: Phaidon, 2012): 200-215 and Photographic index, 216-221

Cultural Inquiry, 2007).

Patience: After Sebald, Film. Dir. Grant Gee, 2012.

journal.co.uk/news/helene-binet-an-image-for-me-should-neverbe-completely-defined, [accessed 14th May 2021].

FURTHER READINGS

The Architectural Review, 29 March 2019, Hélène Binet: ‘I am interested in making you dream about the place’, https://www.architectural-review. com/films/helene-binet-i-am-interested-in-making-youdream-about-theplace

Christina Kraenzle, Picturing Place: Travel. Potography, and Imaginative Geography in W.G. Sebald’s Rings of Saturn. in Searching for Sebald: Photography After W.G Sebald (Los Angeles, Calif.: Institute of Cultural

KEY IMAGES //

The Architectural Review, Hélène Binet’s angels: W Awards trophies 2020. https://www.architectural-review.com/awards/w-awards/helene-binetsangels-w-awardstrophies-2020

Inquiry), 2007, pp. 126- 145. W.G. Sebald, Chapter 2 and 3 from The Rings of Saturn (London: The Harville Press), 1998, pp.27-50.

shown in scale to one another

Robin Schuldenfrei, ‘Images in Exile: Lucia Moholy’s Bauhaus Negatives and the Construction of the Bauhaus Legacy’. History of Photography, 37: 2, 2013, 182-203.

JOURNAL

CLOSE UP 02 COMPOSING SPACE

“Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’”, Binet “There is an inherent suggestion of action in images

03

W.G. Sebald, Section from ‘Chapter IV: Il ritorno in patria’ from Vertigo, translated by Michael Hulse (London: Vintage Books), 2002, pp. 171- 210. fig.9 “The Rings of Saturn” book scan

Eric L. Satner, On Creaturely Life: Rilke, Benjamin, Sebald. (Chicago and London: University of Chicago Press), 2006, pp. 261-290.

CLOSE UP 05 PHOTOGRAPH IN TEXT: A CAMERA ON FOOT

20

KEY TEXTS KEY TEXTS

KEY TEXTS

discusses why she continues to work with film, stating, 20

of architecture, the moment of active encounter or

“I think you lose the connection with the point of making

a promise of use and purpose. A bodily reaction is an

with digital. With all my heavy equipment, the set-up and

inseparable aspect of the experience of architecture as

making is a bit like a performance and this moment of

a consequence of this implied action. A real architectural

making is very precious. precious I don’t want to lose that.”5

experience is not simply a series of retinal images; a

JOURNAL

21

Patience: After Sebald, Film. Dir. Grant Gee, 2012.

KEY TEXTS KEY TEXTS

Juhani Pallasmaa 1

JOURNAL

02

“Never in any other space have I had such emotion than when I was inside one of […] it is absolutely amazing!”4

object […] Hélène photographs the building as her experience of it.”2 This can be seen

“Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’”, Binet “There is an inherent suggestion of action in images

fig.6 Hélène Binet’s photographs of Peter Zumthor’s Thermal Baths in Val.

Binet, Hélène, and Mark Pimlott (London: Phaidon, 2012): 200-215 and Photographic index, 216-221

22

Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely

as a condition of other things.”

making is a bit like a performance and this moment of making is very precious. precious I don’t want to lose that.”5

Daub Ad an Donne à vo – The Log cs o he Caption n W G Seba d s R ngs o Sa u n and A exande K uge s The Dev s B nd Spo n Sea ch ng o Seba d Pho og aphy Afte W G Seba d Los Ange es Ca nsti u e o

Her making of a photograph causes Binet to carefully navigate and explore the space as she slowly, but decisively captures key moments of it. This makes the moments she captures in her photographs even more intimate and personal.

together with fragments of drawings and calligraphy, world seem sometimes to be images of some other world, or perhaps already vanished. [The] photographs have

2

In his book, “The Rings of Saturn”, W.G. Sebald leads the reader, at the hand of a

The images provided a different tone to the text. It is through them that, I feel,

narrator, through a part memoir, part fiction walk through the English countryside

one can best understand and make sense of Sebald’s sometimes abrupt changes

of Suffolk. The narrator also guides us through and between moments of external

in narrative in his 58 text. The images and text work hand in hand in depicting the

references that pop up into their mind during the walk. These textual thoughts and

narrator’s experience and thoughts along their walk.

a different quality from the written word that merely

Eric L. Satner, On Creaturely Life: Rilke, Benjamin, Sebald. (Chicago and London: University of Chicago Press), 2006, pp. 261-290.

describes without providing evidence.” evidence 2

In his book, “The Rings of Saturn”, W.G. Sebald leads the reader, at the hand of a

The images provided a different tone to the text. It is through them that, I feel,

narrator, through a part memoir, part fiction walk through the English countryside

one can best understand and make sense of Sebald’s sometimes abrupt changes

of Suffolk. The narrator also guides us through and between moments of external

in narrative in his text. The images and text work hand in hand in depicting the

references that pop up into their mind during the walk. These textual thoughts and

narrator’s experience and thoughts along their walk.

moments along the walk are placed in relation and alongside various illustrations of 59 overworked photographs or documentary fragments.

The images in the text, as William Firebrace describes in his essay, “Restless Writing: The Work of W. G. Sebald” - where he also attempts, in moments, to write in Sebald’s style and with text in relation to images - help to “give the works the

The images in the text, as William Firebrace describes in his essay, “Restless

In a conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Binet for Walmer Yard, Juhani

‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine. Pallasmaa describes the uniqueness of Binet’s architectural photographs. He states,

records rather than descriptions of imaginary people and places places.”1 air of factual records,

Writing: The Work of W. G. Sebald” - where he also attempts, in moments, to write

“Most Binet: architectural photographers the building as an architectural 5 Rob Wilson, Hélène ‘An image for mephotograph should never be completely defined’.

Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binet-anin her photographs of Peter Zumthor’s Thermal Baths in Val. In his essay, ‘Helene

image-for-me-should-neverbe-completely-defined, [accessed 29 Val March 2021].as,Emphasis mine. Binet: Photographs as Space’, Mark Pimlott describes Binet’s photographs

The relationship between image and text plays an important role in “The Rings of

in Sebald’s style and with text in relation to images - help to “give the works the

Cu u a nqu y 2007

object […] Hélène photographs the building as her experience of it.”2 This can be seen

imagining and being.”3 A similar narrative and experience can be seen in Binet’s

a sort of spirit world, like ours but located elsewhere,

overworked photographs or documentary fragments.

4 Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture,

“a series of images whose subtle variation draws the viewer into the act of looking,

deploys them to create a disturbing atmosphere, distinct from the melancholy of the text. text The photographs,

W.G. Sebald, Section from ‘Chapter IV: Il ritorno in patria’ from Vertigo, translated by Michael Hulse (London: Vintage Books), 2002, pp. 171- 210.

moments along the walk are placed in relation and alongside various illustrations of

Juhani Pallasmaa 1

Saturn” as supporting evidence of the themes and places discussed in the text of

records rather than descriptions of imaginary people and places.” places 1 air of factual records,

the book. Firebrace later goes on to examine the illustrations closer, stating the

The relationship between image and text plays an important role in “The Rings of

images,

Saturn” as supporting evidence of the themes and places discussed in the text of the book. Firebrace later goes on to examine the illustrations closer, stating the

23

images,

photographs of Carrara Quarry, Italy, 2013 which evoked strong architectural

W G Seba d and W am F eb ace Res ess W ting AA F es W n e 2001 No 45/46 W n e 2001 pp 163 173

and experiential narratives. In her lecture, “The Making of Photography”, Binet describes a very architectural space when discussing her experiences in the quarry, fig.6 Hélène Binet’s photographs of Peter Zumthor’s Thermal Baths in Val.

In his essay, Pallasmaa discusses the phenomenological nature of architectural

22

images, explaining how,

“The R ngs of Saturn” book scan

describes without providing evidence.” evidence

fig.7 Hélène Binet’s photographs of the Carrara Marble Quarry as viewed on her website

defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binet-an-image-for-me-should-neverbe-completely-defined, [accessed 14th May 2021].

fig.9 “The Rings of Saturn” book scan

with digital. With all my heavy equipment, the set-up and

encountered, related to one’s body, moved about, utilised

snapshots Sebald “appear rather ordinary, like private snapshots.

world seem sometimes to be images of some other world, or perhaps already vanished. [The] photographs have

a promise of use and purpose. A bodily reaction is an

building is encountered – it is approached, confronted,

Hé ène B net s photographs of Peter Zumthor s Therma Baths n Va .

together with fragments of drawings and calligraphy, a sort of spirit world, like ours but located elsewhere,

a different quality from the written word that merely

experience is not simply a series of retinal images; a

1 Juhani Pallasmaa. “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, in Questions of Perception: Phenomenology of Architecture, Tokyo: E ando Yu, 1994, p.35. 2 Juhani Pallasmaa, “The Personal Encounter Turns Architecture into Experience”, Conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Helene Binet, Walmer Yard, 26 November 2019, https://walmeryard.co.uk/journal/the-personal-encounter-turns-architecture-intoexperience/, [accessed 20th February 2021]. Emphasis mine. 3 Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space,” in Composing Space, (London: Phaidon), 2012, p.209.

from the melancholy of the text. text The photographs,

“I think you lose the connection with the point of making

a consequence of this implied action. A real architectural

photographs of Carrara Quarry, Italy, 2013 which evoked strong architectural

discusses why she continues to work with film, stating,

03

W.G. Sebald, Chapter 2 and 3 from The Rings of Saturn (London: The Anchoring Points Harville Press), 1998, pp.27-50.

deploys them to create a disturbing atmosphere, distinct

of architecture, the moment of active encounter or inseparable aspect of the experience of architecture as

imagining and being.”3 A similar narrative and experience can be seen in Binet’s

JOURNAL

snapshots Sebald “appear rather ordinary, like private snapshots.

Anchoring Points

specific moment in time which can be seen in Binet’s photographs. In the article,

in her photographs of Peter Zumthor’s Thermal Baths in Val. In his essay, ‘Helene “a series of images whose subtle variation draws the viewer into the act of looking,

Christina Kraenzle, Picturing Place: Travel. Potography, and Imaginative Geography in W.G. Sebald’s Rings of Saturn. in Searching for Sebald: Photography After W.G Sebald (Los Angeles, Calif.: Institute of Cultural Inquiry), 2007, pp. 126- 145.

03 W G Seba d Chap e 1 The R ngsJOURNAL o Sa u n London The Ha v e P ess 1998 pp 1 26

There is a very personal dialogue between space and the viewer captured at a

Binet: Photographs as Space’, Mark Pimlott describes Binet’s Val photographs as,

FURTHER READINGS

these caves […] you have a ground, walls and a ceiling which is completely marble

[Re] Experiencing Hélène Binet’s Carrara Quarry Experience

“Most architectural photographers photograph the building as an architectural

Hélène Binet, ‘Composing Space’, public lecture, Harvard University GSD March 20, 2012, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YkpeFr87wOo

Cultural Inquiry, 2007). W. G. Sebald and William Firebrace, Restless Writing. AA Files , Winter 2001, No. 45/46 (Winter 2001), pp. 163-173.

she captures in her photographs even more intimate and personal.

as a condition of other things.”

Pallasmaa describes the uniqueness of Binet’s architectural photographs. He states,

CLOSE UP 05 PHOTOGRAPH N TEXT A CAMERA ON FOOT

as she slowly, but decisively captures key moments of it. This makes the moments

encountered, related to one’s body, moved about, utilised

In a conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Binet for Walmer Yard, Juhani

03

59

Daub, Adrian, ‘Donner à voir – The Logics of the Caption in W.G. Sebald’s Rings of Saturn and Alexander Kluge’s The Devil’s Blind Spot’ in Searching for Sebald: Photography After W.G Sebald (Los Angeles, Calif.: Institute of

Her making of a photograph causes Binet to carefully navigate and explore the space

building is encountered – it is approached, confronted,

Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021.

W.G. Sebald, ‘Chapter 1’, The Rings of Saturn, (London: The Harville Press), 58 1998, pp.1-26.

21

fig.7 Hélène Binet’s photographs of the Carrara Marble Quarry as viewed on her website 1 Juhani Pallasmaa. “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, in Questions of Perception: Phenomenology of Architecture, Tokyo: E ando Yu, 1994, p.35. 2 Juhani Pallasmaa, “The Personal Encounter Turns Architecture into Experience”, Conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Helene Binet, Walmer Yard, 26 November 2019, https://walmeryard.co.uk/journal/the-personal-encounter-turns-architecture-intoexperience/, [accessed 20th February 2021]. Emphasis mine. 3 Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space,” in Composing Space, (London: Phaidon), 2012, p.209.

4 Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine. 5 Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binet-an-

1 William Firebrace, “Restless Writing: The Work of W. G. Sebald”, AA Files , Winter 2001, No. 45/46 (Winter 2001), pp. 164-5. Emphasis mine.

image-for-me-should-neverbe-completely-defined, [accessed 29 March 2021]. Emphasis mine.

fig.10 Relationship between text and image in “The Rings of Saturn”

2 Firebrace, “Restless Writing: The Work of W. G. Sebald”,. 171. Emphasis mine.

2 Firebrace, “Restless Writing: The Work of W. G. Sebald”,. 171. Emphasis mine.

Patience Afte Seba d F m D G an Gee 2012 60

of architecture, architecture the moment of active encounter or

1 William Firebrace, “Restless Writing: The Work of W. G. Sebald”, AA Files , Winter 2001, No. 45/46 (Winter 2001), pp. 164-5. Emphasis mine.

fig.10 Relationship between text and image in “The Rings of Saturn”

23

“There is an inherent suggestion of action in images

“Whilst reading chapter one, I found myself often lost within the words, not truly understanding where I was. As Firebrace describes in his essay, “It is as though the reader has been moved abruptly in a different direction. But just as he despairs of ever finding the main current of the story again, the narrative finds its former course.” Even though the images did prove, at times, help to bring my focus back to what was being discussed, it was the references to the hospital, dittoed throughout the first chapter that provided me with the strongest moments of anchorage in the text.”

W. G. Sebald and William Firebrace, Restless Writing. AA Files , Winter 2001, No. 45/46 (Winter 2001), pp. 163-173.

Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architects-

FURTHER READINGS

Robin Schuldenfrei, ‘Images in Exile: Lucia Moholy’s Bauhaus Negatives and the Construction of the Bauhaus Legacy’. History of Photography, There is a very personal dialogue between space and the viewer captured at a 37: 2, 2013, 182-203.

CLOSE UP 05 PHOTOGRAPH IN TEXT: A CAMERA ON FOOT

specific moment in time which can be seen in Binet’s photographs. In the article,

Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space,” in Composing Space,

JOURNAL 03 //Anchoring Points

03

Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021.

The Architectural Review, 29 March 2019, Hélène Binet: ‘I am interested in making you dream about the place’, https://www.architectural-review. com/films/helene-binet-i-am-interested-in-making-youdream-about-theplace

JOURNAL

JOURNAL

CLOSE UP 02 COMPOSING SPACE

Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binet-an-image-for-me-should-neverbe-completely-defined, [accessed 14th May 2021].

describes a very architectural space when discussing her experiences in the quarry,

Response 03

02

Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space,” in Composing Space, Binet, Hélène, and Mark Pimlott (London: Phaidon, 2012): 200-215 and KEY TEXTS Photographic index, 216-221

and experiential narratives. In her lecture, “The Making of Photography”, Binet

Re at onsh p between text and mage n “The R ngs of Saturn”

60

61

61

a promise of use and purpose. A bodily reaction is an

inseparable aspect of the experience of architecture as a consequence of this implied action.”6

FURTHER READ NGS

The Architectural Review, 29 March 2019, Hélène Binet: ‘I am interested in making you dream about the place’, https://www.architectural-review. com/films/helene-binet-i-am-interested-in-making-youdream-about-theplace Architectural images, like architecture and space itself, are encountered; we react and are moved by them. This can be seen in my viewing of Binet’s Quarry

Upon viewing the contents page I could not understand how all these themes could

photographs.

possibly connect, interlink or work together. The various subtitles presented to

Ch stina K aenz e P c u ng P ace T ave Po og aphy and mag native Geog aphy n W G Seba d s R ngs o Sa u n n Sea ch ng o Seba d nsti u e o Cu u a Pho og aphy Afte W G Seba d Los Ange es Ca nqu y 2007 pp 126 145

the reader under chapter one are: “In hospital”, “Obituary”, “Odyssey of Thomas Browne’s skull”, “Anatomy lecture”, “Levitation”, “Quincunx”, “Fabled creates”

In his essay, Pallasmaa discusses the phenomenological nature of architectural

inseparable aspect of the experience of architecture as a

nature is very violent […] what is this about?” The highlighted image shows a small,

consequence of this implied action.”6

sheltered dwelling. The dwelling gives human scale to the image causing me to be

transported into the vast space and understand its true scale, unconsciously placing

“Anatomy lecture” and “Levitation”, where Sebald states,

under a large marble overhang. The image also conveys the large affect humans

consciousness was veiled by the dame sort of fog as I lay in my hospital room once more after surgery late in the

scarred by our interventions.

evening.”5

W G Seba d Section om Chap e V o no n pa a om Ve tigo ans a ed by M chae Hu se London V n age Books 2002 pp 171 210 fig.12 View out the hospital window, my anchoring image.

Through viewing Binet’s work I find myself coming to similar conclusions about the Photograph”, whilst visiting Carrara Quarry.

fig.8 Hélène Binet’s photographs of the Carrara Marble Quarry

an Hé ène B net s photographs of the Carrara Marb e Quarry

25

24

fog that shrouded large parts of England and Holland on

fig.8 Hélène Binet’s photographs of the Carrara Marble Quarry

62

25

the 27th of November 1674, it was the white mist that rises from with a body opened presently after death, and which, during our lifetime, so he adds, clouds our brain when asleep and dreaming. I still recall how my own consciousness was veiled by the dame sort of fog as I lay in my hospital room once more after surgery late in the

window, had stuck strongly in my subconscious mind whilst I read the opening

3 Firebrace, “Restless Writing: The Work of W. G. Sebald”, p. 165. Emphasis mine. 4 Ibid. 5 W.G. Sebald, ‘Chapter 1’, The Rings of Saturn, (London: The Harville Press), 1998, pp.17.

fig 9 The R ng o Sa u n book

“Perhaps, as Browne says in a later note about the great

It was evident that the image at the start of the chapter, looking out the hospital chapter.

human impact on the world as Binet discussed, in her lecture, “The Making of a

8

the text. The most notable of these, for me, was the transition period between

the 27th of November 1674, it was the white mist that

have on the landscape even through such small measures, leaving the landscape

Photograph”, whilst visiting Carrara Quarry.

24

the first chapter that provided me with the strongest moments of anchorage in

fog that shrouded large parts of England and Holland on

when asleep and dreaming. I still recall how my own

The hut, dwarfed by the quarry, emphasises its fragile nature as it precariously sits

6 Pallasmaa. “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, p.35. Emphasis mine. 7 Binet, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine.

what was being discussed, it was the references to the hospital, dittoed throughout

“Perhaps, as Browne says in a later note about the great

which, during our lifetime, so he adds, clouds our brain

and scale in the scene. I can feel the sharp, hard edges through the photograph.

human impact on the world as Binet discussed, in her lecture, “The Making of a

course.”4 Even though the images did prove,, at times, help to bring my focus back to

rises from with a body opened presently after death, and

myself in the Quarry. The sharp light and portrait orientation creates large verticality

Through viewing Binet’s work I find myself coming to similar conclusions about the

of ever finding the main current of the story again, the narrative finds its former

W G Seba d Chap e 2 and 3 om The R ngs o Sa u n London The Ha v e P ess 1998 pp 27 50

nature is very violent […] what is this about?”7 The highlighted image shows a small, sheltered dwelling. The dwelling gives human scale to the image causing me to be

scarred by our interventions.

reader has been moved abruptly in a different direction. But just as he despairs

the text. The most notable of these, for me, was the transition period between “Anatomy lecture” and “Levitation”, where Sebald states,

She states, “every year somebody is dying to produce […] marble. The impact on

have on the landscape even through such small measures, leaving the landscape

E c L Sa ne On C ea u e y L e R ke Ben am n Seba d Ch cago and London Un ve s y o Ch cago P ess 2006 pp 261 290

fig.11 A list of seemingly unrelated themes

understanding where I was. As Firebrace describes in his essay, “It is as though the

the first chapter that provided me with the strongest moments of anchorage in

the quarry caused her to reflect on the price of marble both to nature and humans.

under a large marble overhang. The image also conveys the large affect humans

6 Pallasmaa. “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, p.35. Emphasis mine. 7 Binet, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine.

Whilst reading chapter one, I found myself often lost within the words, not truly

course.”4 Even though the images did prove,, at times, help to bring my focus back to

what was being discussed, it was the references to the hospital, dittoed throughout In her lecture, “The Making of Photography”, Binet describes how the experience of

The hut, dwarfed by the quarry, emphasises its fragile nature as it precariously sits

Robin Schuldenfrei, ‘Images in Exile: Lucia Moholy’s Bauhaus Negatives and the Construction of the Bauhaus Legacy’. History of Photography, 37: 2, 2013, 182-203.

encyclopaedia with no clear taxonomy.” taxonomy 3

of ever finding the main current of the story again, the narrative finds its former

and scale in the scene. I can feel the sharp, hard edges through the photograph.

FURTHER READINGS

collections of narratives, narratives an accumulation of endless detail, detail extracts from an

reader has been moved abruptly in a different direction. But just as he despairs

photographs.

myself in the Quarry. The sharp light and portrait orientation creates large verticality

As Firebrace writes in his essay, Sebald’s “books seem sometimes to be simply

fig.11 A list of seemingly unrelated themes

understanding where I was. As Firebrace describes in his essay, “It is as though the

react and are moved by them. This can be seen in my viewing of Binet’s Quarry

The Architectural Review, Hélène Binet’s angels: W Awards trophies 2020. https://www.architectural-review.com/awards/w-awards/helene-binetsangels-w-awardstrophies-2020

and “Urn burial”. A fascinating and curious series of seemingly unrelated themes.

Whilst reading chapter one, I found myself often lost within the words, not truly

Architectural images, like architecture and space itself, are encountered; we

transported into the vast space and understand its true scale, unconsciously placing

Browne’s skull”, “Anatomy lecture”, “Levitation”, “Quincunx”, “Fabled creates”

encyclopaedia with no clear taxonomy.” taxonomy 3

a promise of use and purpose. A bodily reaction is an

7

the reader under chapter one are: “In hospital”, “Obituary”, “Odyssey of Thomas

collections of narratives, narratives an accumulation of endless detail, detail extracts from an

of architecture, architecture the moment of active encounter or

She states, “every year somebody is dying to produce […] marble. The impact on

possibly connect, interlink or work together. The various subtitles presented to

As Firebrace writes in his essay, Sebald’s “books seem sometimes to be simply

“There is an inherent suggestion of action in images

the quarry caused her to reflect on the price of marble both to nature and humans.

Upon viewing the contents page I could not understand how all these themes could

and “Urn burial”. A fascinating and curious series of seemingly unrelated themes.

images, explaining how,

In her lecture, “The Making of Photography”, Binet describes how the experience of

21

58

GC 10

evening.”5

fig.13 Anchoring point in text

A st of seem ng y unre ated themes (contents page) bes de anchor ng po nt n text

fig.12 View out the hospital window, my anchoring image.

It was evident that the image at the start of the chapter, looking out the hospital window, had stuck strongly in my subconscious mind whilst I read the opening chapter.

fig.13 Anchoring point in text

3 Firebrace, “Restless Writing: The Work of W. G. Sebald”, p. 165. Emphasis mine. 4 Ibid. 5 W.G. Sebald, ‘Chapter 1’, The Rings of Saturn, (London: The Harville Press), 1998, pp.17.

63

62

63


SCAT

[2021] SCAT

CLOSE UPS on surfaces gestures and borders of the photograph

ARCH11070

MArch 1, [semester 2]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [KL] [TG] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 11

GA 2 1

GA 2 2

GA 2 3

GA 2 4

GA 2 5

GA 2 6

GA 2 7

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

Brief 01 // Reading Journals

CLOSE-UP 07 MATERIAL ERRATA CLOSE-UP 08 PAINTING, PHOTOGRAPHY AND FILM

LIST OF FIGURES

LIST OF FIGURES

fig. 9

W.G. Sebald, ‘Chapter 1’, The Rings of Saturn, (London: The Harville Press), 1998, pp.10-11.

fig. 10

scan from: Sebald, The Rings of Saturn, pp.10-11.

fig. 11

scan from: W.G. Sebald, ‘Contents’, The Rings of Saturn, (London: The Harville Press), 1998

fig. 12

scan from: Sebald, The Rings of Saturn, pp.4

fig. 13

scan from: Sebald, The Rings of Saturn, pp.16-17.

01

JOURNAL

CLOSE UP 01 words of light

01

The death, the disappearance of the moment that has just been photographed is instantaneous when caught in the snapshot light of the camera when photographing. The image, the specific moment, captured forever in the photograph will never be again, it cannot “come to light” again. We can understand and relate to a photograph through the knowledge of it “having-been-there”, through its death.

The Death of the Photographed

KEY TEXTS

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

4

JOURNAL ENTRIES: ENTRIES: Part I

JOURNAL

Eduardo Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”, HISTORY, HELIOTROPISM, ORIGINS, MORTIFICATION, GHOSTS in Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History. (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, pp. xvi-xxx, 1-15 In his book, “Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History”, Eduardo Cadava looks to analyse Walter Benjamin’s various discussions on photography and its relationship to history, politics and aesthetic.1 Cadava’s writing should be read as texts whose themes have a “syntactical relationship” to each other, inscribed within the motion of a “series of theses”.2 This enables the text to be read as a photographic text, as a series of fragments, snapshots derived from the material of Benjamin’s work on photography with various theses’ titles: “HISTORY”, “HELIOTROPISM”, “ORIGINS”, “MORTIFICATION” and “GHOSTS”.

FURTHER READINGS

1

Walter Benjamin, “Theses on the Philosophy of History’” (1940/1955) in Walter Benjamin, Illuminations, edited and with introduction by Hannah Arendt, translated by Harry Zohn (1968), (New York: Schocken Books), 1969, pp. 253-264. Walter Benjamin, ´A Small History of Photography´ (1931 ) first English translation appeared in the collection One-Way Street and Other Writings (1978) introduced by Susan Sontag. See: Walter Benjamin, One-Ways Street and Other Writings, Transl. Edmund Jephcott and Kingsley Shorter, (London: NLB), 1978, pp. 240-257.

JOURNAL

Susan Sontag, Introduction, One-Way Street and Other Writings, pp.7-42

fig.1 David Octavius Hill and Robert Adamson, Dennistoun Monument, Greyfriars Churchyard

JOURNAL

CLOSE UP 01 words of light

01

The death, the disappearance of the moment that has just been photographed is instantaneous when caught in the snapshot light of the camera when photographing. The image, the specific moment, captured forever in the photograph will never be again, it cannot “come to light” again. We can understand and relate to a photograph through the knowledge of it “having-been-there”, through its death.

The Death of the Photographed

KEY TEXTS

In his book, “Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History”, Eduardo Cadava looks to analyse Walter Benjamin’s various discussions on photography and its relationship to history, politics and aesthetic.1 Cadava’s writing should be read as texts whose themes have a “syntactical relationship” to each other, inscribed within the motion of a “series of theses”.2 This enables the text to be read as a photographic text, as a series of fragments, snapshots derived from the material of Benjamin’s work on photography with various theses’ titles: “HISTORY”, “HELIOTROPISM”, “ORIGINS”, “MORTIFICATION” and “GHOSTS”.

FURTHER READINGS

1

“Like an angel of history whose wings register the traces of this disappearance, the image bears witness to an experience that cannot come to light. The experience is the experience of the shock experience, of experience as bereavement. The bereavement acknowledges what takes place in any photograph – the return of the departed. Although what the photograph photographs is no longer present or living, its having-been-there now forms part of the referential structure of our relationship to the photograph.”3

JOURNAL ENTRY 1:

01

Eduardo Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”, HISTORY, HELIOTROPISM, ORIGINS, MORTIFICATION, GHOSTS in Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History. (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, pp. xvi-xxx, 1-15

Through the understanding of the photograph “having-been-there”, I am able to create a referential structure when viewing Maier’s old photographs of the streets of New York. In her photo, “New York, February, 1955”, the gaze of her camera has forever fixed this moment. Here, Maier is taking a self-portrait of herself in a moving mirror on a cold winter’s day in New York. She is standing, almost ghost like within the scene. Maier is seen to be slightly out of focus whilst the mirror, the man and its surroundings are perfectly sharp, adding to the ghost like existence of the artist and the death of the photographed. Caught on film, it is likely Maier would have never developed it or fully realised the photograph. This photograph could have be reproduced after her death, it may not have been produced as she would have intended providing a different narrative or focal point in the image; this is a true death to the image.

Through viewing the texts, a moment of illumination appeared to me. In his thesis, “GHOSTS”, Cadava discusses the death of the photographed, he states,

Eduardo Cadava, Lapsus Imaginis: The Image in Ruins, October, Spring 2001, Vol. 96, pp.35-60

The Death of the Photographed

Vivian Maier photographed New York during a time when photography was beginning to be used as a form of technology that had the potential to register individual perceptions of the world. Maier’s work captured the everyday; her photographs convey how she saw herself in the city and viewed the city around her. Here, photography was not done for publication, but for one’s own project. Maier’s work, as a body of work, forms an incredible portrait of the city. Maier becoming famous after her death only adds to the death of the photographs and their “haunting” through the afterlife. She, and her experiences of the city, live on past her life through her photographs.

The sudden death of the photographed, in the instantaneous moment of capturing the photograph, leads me to street photography. The essence of this form of photography is the capturing of a specific, every changing, moment within the urban fabric of the city. A moment that can never be remade, a story that can never be retold. Street photography is therefore, to me, the most instantaneous “flash of death” of a photographed moment.

Walter Benjamin, “Theses on the Philosophy of History’” (1940/1955) in Walter Benjamin, Illuminations, edited and with introduction by Hannah Arendt, translated by Harry Zohn (1968), (New York: Schocken Books), 1969, pp. 253-264. Walter Benjamin, ´A Small History of Photography´ (1931 ) first English translation appeared in the collection One-Way Street and Other Writings (1978) introduced by Susan Sontag. See: Walter Benjamin, One-Ways Street and Other Writings, Transl. Edmund Jephcott and Kingsley Shorter, (London: NLB), 1978, pp. 240-257.

Susan Sontag, Introduction, One-Way Street and Other Writings, pp.7-42

JOURNAL ENTRY 1: The Death of the Photographed

fig.1 David Octavius Hill and Robert Adamson, Dennistoun Monument, Greyfriars Churchyard

fig.4 Vivian Maier’s photograph, “New York, February, 1955”

02

15

02

[Re] Experiencing Hélène Binet’s Carrara Quarry Experience

Screenshot from: Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. pp. 10-11.

Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021.

Screenshot from: Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. pp. 12.

Hélène Binet, ‘Composing Space’, public lecture, Harvard University GSD March 20, 2012, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YkpeFr87wOo

17

In his essay, Pallasmaa discusses the phenomenological nature of architectural images, explaining how,

[…] it is absolutely amazing!”

“There is an inherent suggestion of action in images of architecture, architecture the moment of active encounter or a promise of use and purpose. A bodily reaction is an

There is a very personal dialogue between space and the viewer captured at a

inseparable aspect of the experience of architecture as a

specific moment in time which can be seen in Binet’s photographs. In the article,

fig. 4

Vivian Maier, Self-Portraits.http://www.vivianmaier.com/gallery/ self-portraits/#slide-13 [accessed 17th May 2021]

Response 04

a promise of use and purpose. A bodily reaction is an

Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space,” in Composing Space,

2

inseparable aspect of the experience of architecture as

Binet, Hélène, and Mark Pimlott (London: Phaidon, 2012): 200-215 and

a consequence of this implied action. A real architectural

Photographic index, 216-221

experience is not simply a series of retinal images; a building is encountered – it is approached, confronted,

Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely

encountered, related to one’s body, moved about, utilised

defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binet-an-image-for-me-should-neverbe-com-

as a condition of other things.”

pletely-defined, [accessed 14th May 2021].

discusses why she continues to work with film, stating,

with digital. With all my heavy equipment, the set-up and

02

15

02

Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021. Hélène Binet, ‘Composing Space’, public lecture, Harvard University GSD March 20, 2012, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YkpeFr87wOo

JOURNAL ENTRY 4:

Vivian Maier, Self-Portraits.http://www.vivianmaier.com/gallery/ self-portraits/#slide-13 [accessed 17th May 2021]

22

There is a very personal dialogue between space and the viewer captured at a specific moment in time which can be seen in Binet’s photographs. In the article,

“There is an inherent suggestion of action in images a promise of use and purpose. A bodily reaction is an inseparable aspect of the experience of architecture as

Binet, Hélène, and Mark Pimlott (London: Phaidon, 2012): 200-215 and

a consequence of this implied action. A real architectural

Photographic index, 216-221

experience is not simply a series of retinal images; a building is encountered – it is approached, confronted,

Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binet-an-image-for-me-should-neverbe-com-

encountered, related to one’s body, moved about, utilised as a condition of other things.”

pletely-defined, [accessed 14th May 2021].

discusses why she continues to work with film, stating, “I think you lose the connection with the point of making with digital. With all my heavy equipment, the set-up and making is a bit like a performance and this moment of making is very precious. precious I don’t want to lose that.”5 Her making of a photograph causes Binet to carefully navigate and explore the space as she slowly, but decisively captures key moments of it. This makes the moments

JOURNAL ENTRY 5:

she captures in her photographs even more intimate and personal.

Juhani Pallasmaa 1

The Architectural Review, 29 March 2019, Hélène Binet: ‘I am interested in making you dream about the place’, https://www.architectural-review. com/films/helene-binet-i-am-interested-in-making-youdream-about-theplace

In a conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Binet for Walmer Yard, Juhani Pallasmaa describes the uniqueness of Binet’s architectural photographs. He states, “Most architectural photographers photograph the building as an architectural object […] Hélène photographs the building as her experience of it.”2 This can be seen in her photographs of Peter Zumthor’s Thermal Baths in Val. In his essay, ‘Helene

The Architectural Review, Hélène Binet’s angels: W Awards trophies 2020. https://www.architectural-review.com/awards/w-awards/helene-binetsangels-w-awardstrophies-2020

Binet: Photographs as Space’, Mark Pimlott describes Binet’s Val photographs as, “a series of images whose subtle variation draws the viewer into the act of looking, imagining and being.”3 A similar narrative and experience can be seen in Binet’s

[Re]Experiencing Hélène Binet’s Carrara Quarry Experience

fig.5 Hélène Binet’s photo-books

photographs of Carrara Quarry, Italy, 2013 which evoked strong architectural

FURTHER READINGS

and experiential narratives. In her lecture, “The Making of Photography”, Binet

Robin Schuldenfrei, ‘Images in Exile: Lucia Moholy’s Bauhaus Negatives and the Construction of the Bauhaus Legacy’. History of Photography,

fig.7 Hélène Binet’s photographs of the Carrara Marble Quarry as viewed on her website 1 Juhani Pallasmaa. “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, in Questions of Perception: Phenomenology of Architecture, Tokyo: E ando Yu, 1994, p.35. 2 Juhani Pallasmaa, “The Personal Encounter Turns Architecture into Experience”, Conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Helene Binet, Walmer Yard, 26 November 2019, https://walmeryard.co.uk/journal/the-personal-encounter-turns-architecture-intoexperience/, [accessed 20th February 2021]. Emphasis mine. 3 Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space,” in Composing Space, (London: Phaidon), 2012, p.209.

17

[…] it is absolutely amazing!”

4

of architecture, the moment of active encounter or

Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space,” in Composing Space,

2 JOURNAL ENTRY 2:

“a series of images whose subtle variation draws the viewer into the act of looking,

and experiential narratives. In her lecture, “The Making of Photography”, Binet describes a very architectural space when discussing her experiences in the quarry, fig.6 Hélène Binet’s photographs of Peter Zumthor’s Thermal Baths in Val.

21

16

“Never in any other space have I had such emotion than when I was inside one of

KEY TEXTS

Screenshot from: Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. pp. 10-11. Screenshot from: Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. pp. 12.

in her photographs of Peter Zumthor’s Thermal Baths in Val. In his essay, ‘Helene Binet: Photographs as Space’, Mark Pimlott describes Binet’s Val photographs as,

photographs of Carrara Quarry, Italy, 2013 which evoked strong architectural

FURTHER READINGS Robin Schuldenfrei, ‘Images in Exile: Lucia Moholy’s Bauhaus Negatives and the Construction of the Bauhaus Legacy’. History of Photography, 37: 2, 2013, 182-203.

5

these caves […] you have a ground, walls and a ceiling which is completely marble

[Re] Experiencing Hélène Binet’s Carrara Quarry Experience

imagining and being.”3 A similar narrative and experience can be seen in Binet’s fig.5 Hélène Binet’s photo-books

20

Image from: Feòrag, Some oddities of Edinburgh’s High Street, [accessed 16th May 2021]

fig.3 photograph of the “ghost” of photographer Atget

14

JOURNAL

CLOSE UP 02 COMPOSING SPACE

fig. 2

fig. 4

making is a bit like a performance and this moment of making is very precious. precious I don’t want to lose that.”5 Her making of a photograph causes Binet to carefully navigate and explore the space as she slowly, but decisively captures key moments of it. This makes the moments she captures in her photographs even more intimate and personal.

In a conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Binet for Walmer Yard, Juhani Pallasmaa describes the uniqueness of Binet’s architectural photographs. He states, “Most architectural photographers photograph the building as an architectural object […] Hélène photographs the building as her experience of it.”2 This can be seen

[Re]Experiencing Hélène Binet’s Carrara Quarry Experience

fig. 18

“Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’”, Binet

A

“I think you lose the connection with the point of making

Juhani Pallasmaa 1

The Architectural Review, 29 March 2019, Hélène Binet: ‘I am interested in making you dream about the place’, https://www.architectural-review. com/films/helene-binet-i-am-interested-in-making-youdream-about-theplace The Architectural Review, Hélène Binet’s angels: W Awards trophies 2020. https://www.architectural-review.com/awards/w-awards/helene-binetsangels-w-awardstrophies-2020

JOURNAL ENTRY 2:

13

JOURNAL

Eduardo Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, p. 9.

fig. 3

consequence of this implied action.”6

“Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’”, Binet “There is an inherent suggestion of action in images

Image from: Feòrag, Some oddities of Edinburgh’s High Street, https://feorag.wordpress.com/2020/08/07/some-oddities-ofedinburghs-high-street/, [accessed 16th May 2021]

fig.4 Vivian Maier’s photograph, “New York, February, 1955”

12

LIST OF FIGURES fig. 1

4

of architecture, the moment of active encounter or

screenshot from: Ella Chmielewska, “Material Errata: Warsaw Neons and Socialist Modernity”. p. 56, 62

fig. 17

Through the understanding of the photograph “having-been-there”, I am able to create a referential structure when viewing Maier’s old photographs of the streets of New York. In her photo, “New York, February, 1955”, the gaze of her camera has forever fixed this moment. Here, Maier is taking a self-portrait of herself in a moving mirror on a cold winter’s day in New York. She is standing, almost ghost like within the scene. Maier is seen to be slightly out of focus whilst the mirror, the man and its surroundings are perfectly sharp, adding to the ghost like existence of the artist and the death of the photographed. Caught on film, it is likely Maier would have never developed it or fully realised the photograph. This photograph could have be reproduced after her death, it may not have been produced as she would have intended providing a different narrative or focal point in the image; this is a true death to the image.

1 Eduardo Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”, Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History, (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, pp. xix. Emphasis mine. 2 Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”. pp. xx. Emphasis mine. 3 Eduardo Cadava. “GHOSTS”, Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History, (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, p.11. Emphasis mine.

16

“Never in any other space have I had such emotion than when I was inside one of these caves […] you have a ground, walls and a ceiling which is completely marble

KEY TEXTS

fig. 2

fig. 3

fig. 16

fig.2 moment of illumination in the text fig.3 photograph of the “ghost” of photographer Atget

14

JOURNAL

CLOSE UP 02 COMPOSING SPACE

screenshot from: Ella Chmielewska, “Material Errata: Warsaw Neons and Socialist Modernity”, in Mark Dorrian and Ella Chmielewska (eds) Warsaw Tracking the City, Special Issue of The Journal of Architecture, 2010. p.56.

“Like an angel of history whose wings register the traces of this disappearance, the image bears witness to an experience that cannot come to light. The experience is the experience of the shock experience, of experience as bereavement. The bereavement acknowledges what takes place in any photograph – the return of the departed. Although what the photograph photographs is no longer present or living, its having-been-there now forms part of the referential structure of our relationship to the photograph.”3

fig.2 moment of illumination in the text

13

JOURNAL

Eduardo Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, p. 9.

Ella Chmielewska, Shanghai, 2007.

fig. 15

Vivian Maier photographed New York during a time when photography was beginning to be used as a form of technology that had the potential to register individual perceptions of the world. Maier’s work captured the everyday; her photographs convey how she saw herself in the city and viewed the city around her. Here, photography was not done for publication, but for one’s own project. Maier’s work, as a body of work, forms an incredible portrait of the city. Maier becoming famous after her death only adds to the death of the photographs and their “haunting” through the afterlife. She, and her experiences of the city, live on past her life through her photographs.

The sudden death of the photographed, in the instantaneous moment of capturing the photograph, leads me to street photography. The essence of this form of photography is the capturing of a specific, every changing, moment within the urban fabric of the city. A moment that can never be remade, a story that can never be retold. Street photography is therefore, to me, the most instantaneous “flash of death” of a photographed moment.

Through viewing the texts, a moment of illumination appeared to me. In his thesis, “GHOSTS”, Cadava discusses the death of the photographed, he states,

Eduardo Cadava, Lapsus Imaginis: The Image in Ruins, October, Spring 2001, Vol. 96, pp.35-60

1 Eduardo Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”, Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History, (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, pp. xix. Emphasis mine. 2 Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”. pp. xx. Emphasis mine. 3 Eduardo Cadava. “GHOSTS”, Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History, (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, p.11. Emphasis mine.

12

LIST OF FIGURES fig. 1

fig. 14

JOURNAL ENTRIES: ENTRIES: Part I

‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine. 5 Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binet-animage-for-me-should-neverbe-completely-defined, [accessed 29 March 2021]. Emphasis mine.

23

24

25

describes a very architectural space when discussing her experiences in the quarry, fig.6 Hélène Binet’s photographs of Peter Zumthor’s Thermal Baths in Val.

37: 2, 2013, 182-203.

Edinburgh’s Ghosted Sign

6 Pallasmaa. “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, p.35. Emphasis mine. 7 Binet, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine.

4 Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture,

20

21

22

fig.7 Hélène Binet’s photographs of the Carrara Marble Quarry as viewed on her website 1 Juhani Pallasmaa. “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, in Questions of Perception: Phenomenology of Architecture, Tokyo: E ando Yu, 1994, p.35. 2 Juhani Pallasmaa, “The Personal Encounter Turns Architecture into Experience”, Conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Helene Binet, Walmer Yard, 26 November 2019, https://walmeryard.co.uk/journal/the-personal-encounter-turns-architecture-intoexperience/, [accessed 20th February 2021]. Emphasis mine. 3 Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space,” in Composing Space, (London: Phaidon), 2012, p.209.

4 Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture,

Photobook + Typophoto

‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine. 5 Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binet-animage-for-me-should-neverbe-completely-defined, [accessed 29 March 2021]. Emphasis mine.

23

JOURNAL 04 // Edinburgh s Ghosted Sign

Extract from text: In the same way the “Skarpa” sign points to the past, this sign, with it pointing hand, points to the a far different political, cultural and social time in Edinburgh, where factories were still a key staple in the centre of the urban fabric of the city. Once used to prompt the location of the wireworks, it now points to a time when Edinburgh was known as ‘Auld Reekie’, meaning Old Smokey, in reference to the thick smog from the factories and fire pits that hung over the city - an unimaginable in current day Edinburgh, pointing to an important historical moment of the city.

JOURNAL

04

JOURNAL

CLOSE UP 07 MATERIAL ERRATA

KEY IMAGES //

KEY TEXTS Jacques Rancière, “The Surface of Design”, in The Future of the Image. (London: Verso), 2009, pp. 91-107.

FURTHER READINGS

CLOSE UP 07 MATERIAL ERRATA

El Lissitzky, ‘Topography of Typography’ in The Book, 1923. Frederic J. Schwartz, ‘Distraction: Walter Benjamin and the Avant Garde’ in Blind Spots: Critical Theory and the History of Art in Twentieth-Century Germany, (New Haven and London, Yale University Press), 2005. pp. 37-100.

FURTHER READINGS Olaf Peters ‘Berlin Metropolis: Art, Culture, and Politics between the wars.’ In Olaf Peters (ed) Berlin Metropolis, 1918-1933. (Munich, London, New York: Prestel, and Neue Galerie New York), 2016. pp.14-35.

FURTHER READINGS

André Tavares, The Anatomy of the Architectural Book. (Montreal and Zurich: CCA and Lars Müller Publishers), 2016.

André Tavares, The Anatomy of the Architectural Book. (Montreal and Zurich: CCA and Lars Müller Publishers), 2016.

Ella Chmielewska, “Material Errata: Warsaw Neons and Socialist Modernity”, in Mark Dorrian and Ella Chmielewska (eds) Warsaw Tracking the City, Special Issue of The Journal of Architecture, 2010

Wallis Miller, Points of View: Herbert Bayer’s Exhibition Catalogue for the 1930 Section Allemande. Architectural Histories, 2016, X(X): X, 1–22, DOI:http://dx.doi.org/10.5334/ah.221

Wallis Miller, Points of View: Herbert Bayer’s Exhibition Catalogue for the 1930 Section Allemande. Architectural Histories, 2016, X(X): X, 1–22, DOI:http://dx.doi.org/10.5334/ah.221 Walter Ruttmann, Berlin. The Symphony of a Metropolis, 1927.

fig. 19 book spreak from Lazlo Moholy-Nagy’s “Painting, Photography, Film”

JOURNAL 67

FURTHER READINGS

05

CLOSE UP 08 Painting, photography and film 74

KEY TEXTS KEY TEXTS

Johanna Drucker, “Stephane Mallarme’s Un Coup de Dés and the Poem and/as Book as Diagram”, Journal of Philosophy: Journal of CrossDisciplinary Inquiry, Fall 2011, Vol. 7 No.16, pp. 1-16. Marjorie Perloff, ‘Textuality and the Visual: A Response’, http://marjorieperloff.com/essays/textuality-visual/

JOURNAL

05

Robin Schuldenfrei, ‘Images in Exile: Lucia Moholy’s Bauhaus Negatives and the Construction of the Bauhaus Legacy. History of Photography, 37: 2, 2013, pp. 182-203.

74

fig. 19 book spreak from Lazlo Moholy-Nagy’s “Painting, Photography, Film”

Janet Ward, “Modern Surface and Postmodern Stimulation”, Electric Stimulations’ Weimar Surfaces: Urban Visual Culture in the 1920s Germany. (Berkeley, LA and London: University of California Press), 2001, pp. 1-43, 92-141.

book spread from Laz o Moho yNagy s “Pa nt ng, Photography, F m”

Walter Ruttmann, Berlin. The Symphony of a Metropolis, 1927. Robin Schuldenfrei, ‘Images in Exile: Lucia Moholy’s Bauhaus Negatives and the Construction of the Bauhaus Legacy. History of Photography, 37: 2, 2013, pp. 182-203.

75

75

the illustrations will make the problems raised in the text VISUALLY clear.” clear 4 In this

section it is about what you bring from one pair of illustrations into the next and

Photobook + Typophoto

how they work together, to emphasise the communicative nature of photography as a typographical material.

The pair of photographs of interest to me are the ones presented on pages 50-51: “Flock of cranes in flight” and “Flight over the arctic sea”. To best understand these

Laszlo Moholy-Nagy, Dynamic of the Metropolis. in Painting, Photography, Film. (London: Lund Humphries), 1969.

images, the photographs presented before and after this double-page layout must

JOURNAL

04

about what it is that I am framing but what must I frame to retain, to capture before

Edinburgh’s Ghosted Sign

fig.14 Shanghai Neons

of dynamic changes Warsaw has seen over the years. It is now, as Chmielewska

Shangha Neons

04

used as a tool to catalogue and document these signs so their importance to the

its disappearance.” disappearance 4 These signs formed an essential part in remembering the variety

city can be forever understood.

CLOSE UP 07 MATER AL ERRATA

66

JOURNAL

Chmielewska examines how the disappearance of urban stylist neon signs in the cities past. Her photographs form an important role as documentation of the neon signs and as a record of them in their urban context in Warsaw within which

the cities past. Her photographs form an important role as documentation of the

One such neon sign that Chmielewska discusses in her text is “Skarpa” which

neon signs and as a record of them in their urban context in Warsaw within which

previously formed part of the lettering above a cinema in Warsaw. The sign, as

they once existed.

Chmielewska writes, is “Deployed as an index, it points back to the past […] when

One such neon sign that Chmielewska discusses in her text is “Skarpa” which

moments that have occurred at Nowy Świat. Even now, as the sign no longer lights

previously formed part of the lettering above a cinema in Warsaw. The sign, as

up, it continues to point to the “urban choreography” that has reconstructed

Chmielewska writes, is “Deployed as an index, it points back to the past […] when

Warsaw as a city and how it has evolved post-war, through politics and socialist

it would articulate Le Corbusier’s fascination with neon light transforming the city

modernity.3

up, it continues to point to the “urban choreography” that has reconstructed

In a moment of reflection whilst photographing the empty frame, where once the

Warsaw as a city and how it has evolved post-war, through politics and socialist

“Skarpa” neon sign had stood, Chmielewska writes, “My questions are no longer

“Flock of cranes in flight” and “Flight over the arctic sea”. To best understand these

emphasise and highlight photography’s new role in society as a new, more effective

communication.”2 The whole design of the book space emphasises Moholy-Nagy’s communication

images, the photographs presented before and after this double-page layout must

way of communication over traditional means of visual representation. Photography

stance and his belief in the effectiveness of “typophoto” as a visual communication

also be examined.

has gone beyond the capabilities of the eye and “manual means of representation” through other means.1 Maholy-Nagy later goes on to discuss a new form of communication, “typophoto”.

fig. 20 “Typophoto” expressed typographically

“Typophoto” is the combination of the written and visual presentation of a the visually most exact rendering of subject, making it as Maholy-Nagy states, “the communication.”2 The whole design of the book space emphasises Moholy-Nagy’s communication stance and his belief in the effectiveness of “typophoto” as a visual communication tool.

“Typophoto” is the combination of the written and visual presentation fig. of 21a Pair of photographs on pages 50-1

highly effective when used as Photographs for Moholy-Nagy are seen as “highly

the visually most exact rendering of subject, making it as Maholy-Nagy states, “the

typographical material.” material 3 The series of photographs, presented as a narrative

communication.” communication ThePhotography, whole design 1 László Moholy-Nagy, “Introduction”, in Painting, Film,of the book space emphasises Moholy-Nagy’s 4 Moholy-Nagy, Painting, Photography, Film, p. 47. Emphasis mine. stance and his belief in the effectiveness (London: Lund Humphries), 1969. p. 7. of “typophoto” as a visual communication 2 Ibid. p.39. Emphasis mine. tool. 3 Ibid. p. 40. Emphasis mine. 2

montage of double-page layouts, seeks to highlight photography’s effectiveness as a typographical material. This section carries a lot of weight in the book, forming the greater portion of it, highlighting its importance to Moholy-Nagy. MoholyNagy, heading the section “Illustrations (some with explanations)”, writes, “I have

highly effective when used as Photographs for Moholy-Nagy are seen as “highly fig.15 “Skarpa” image in text

76

fig.16 “Skarpa” neon sign before and after removal

fig. 20 “Typophoto” expressed typographically

whilst providing unique distorted viewports of the world that cannot be represented

placed the illustrative material separately following the text because continuity in

77

typographical material.” material 3 The series of photographs, presented as a narrative

fig. 21 Pair of photographs on pages 50-1

montage of double-page layouts, seeks to highlight photography’s effectiveness as

El Lissitzky, ‘Topography of Typography’ in The Book, 1923.

a typographical material. This section carries a lot of weight in the book, forming

1 Ella Chmielewska, “Material Errata: Warsaw Neons and Socialist Modernity”, in Mark Dorrian and Ella Chmielewska (eds) Warsaw Tracking the City, Special Issue of The Journal of Architecture, 2010. p.57. Emphasis mine. 2 Ibid. 3 Ibid.

In a moment of reflection whilst photographing the empty frame, where once the fig.15 “Skarpa” image in text

fig.16 “Skarpa” neon sign before and after removal

“Skarpa” mage n text and before and after remova 4 Chmielewska, “Material Errata: Warsaw Neons and Socialist Modernity”, p.62. Emphasis mine. 5 Ibid. Emphasis mine.

the greater portion of it, highlighting its importance to Moholy-Nagy. Moholy-

4 Chmielewska, “Material Errata: Warsaw Neons and Socialist Modernity”, p.62. Emphasis mine. 5 Ibid. Emphasis mine.

placed the illustrative material separately following the text because continuity in fig. 21 Pair of photographs on pages 50-1

68

Frederic J. Schwartz, ‘Distraction: Walter Benjamin and the Avant Garde’ in Blind Spots: Critical Theory and the History of Art in Twentieth-Century

69

Pa r of photographs on pages 50-1 77

Germany, (New Haven and London, Yale University Press), 2005. pp. 37-100.

within the “Skarpa” neon sign in Warsaw whilst in Aberdeen, I am reminded of

the variety of historic, ghost-like, signs I have walked past around Edinburgh’s Old

ane Wa d “Mode n Su ace and Pos mode n Stimu ation” E ec c Stimu ations We ma Su aces U ban V sua Cu u e n he 1920s Ge many Be ke ey LA and London Un ve s y o Ca o n a P ess 2001 pp 1 43 92 141

Olaf Peters ‘Berlin Metropolis: Art, Culture, and Politics between the wars.’ In Olaf Peters (ed) Berlin Metropolis, 1918-1933. (Munich, London, New York: Prestel, and Neue Galerie New York), 2016. pp.14-35.

as it red paint and lettering no longer show what used to exist but instead live on as

is not using his camera “photographically”.6 It appears very uninteresting when presented beside the Zeppelin photograph. The image is turned ninety degrees causing the viewer to turn the book, engaging with the book space. Through the

organised planes (the camera) photography’s streamlined nature against the eye is

Edinburgh was known as ‘Auld Reekie’, meaning Old Smokey, in reference to the

thick smog from the factories and fire pits that hung over the city. This is a scene

allows the viewer to view the next pair of images in their correct orientated, as

book space.

that is almost unimaginable in current day Edinburgh but this sign, and ones like it

around the city, point to an important historical moment in the history of the city.

The book, having already been rotated ninety degrees by the previous photographs

André Tavares, The Anatomy of the Architectural Book. (Montreal and Zurich: CCA and Lars Müller Publishers), 2016. highlighted. The birds and planes, flying in different directions, creates a ‘v’ in the

thick smog from the factories and fire pits that hung over the city. This is a scene

that is almost unimaginable in current day Edinburgh but this sign, and ones like it

[turns page]

technology enabling flight for man. In the chaos of the birds (the eye) against the

Once used to prompt the location of the wireworks, it now points to a time when

Edinburgh was known as ‘Auld Reekie’, meaning Old Smokey, in reference to the

visual ability is presented.

one set of images bleeds into the next. The images look remarkably similar. The camera is an enhanced technology of the eye and the plane is the enhanced

where factories were still a key staple in the centre of the urban fabric of the city.

Once used to prompt the location of the wireworks, it now points to a time when

contrast in these images a good foundation on which to emphasis photography’s

allows the viewer to view the next pair of images in their correct orientated, as

hand, points to the a far different political, cultural and social time in Edinburgh,

where factories were still a key staple in the centre of the urban fabric of the city.

around the city, point to an important historical moment in the history of the city.

one set of images bleeds into the next. The images look remarkably similar. The camera is an enhanced technology of the eye and the plane is the enhanced

[turns page]

ohanna D ucke “S ephane Ma a me s Un Coup de Dés and he Poem and/as Book as D ag am” ou na o Ph osophy ou na o C oss D sc p na y nqu y Fa 2011 Vo 7 No 16 pp 1 16

technology enabling flight for man. In the chaos of the birds (the eye) against the organised planes (the camera) photography’s streamlined nature against the eye is

Again, the photographs are presented in the correct orientation as the images

highlighted. The birds and planes, flying in different directions, creates a ‘v’ in the

seamlessly move between one another. The photographs transition from the highest

book space.

point that photography can be viewed, in the skies, to the smallest, lowest point that can photographed at the microscopic scale. The photographs of microscopic

[turns page]

creatures can be enlarged, allowing for closer inspection, viewed in greater detail that the eye could do.

Wallis Miller, Points of View: Herbert Bayer’s Exhibition Catalogue for the 1930 Section Allemande. Architectural Histories, 2016, X(X): X, 1–22, DOI:http://dx.doi.org/10.5334/ah.221

Again, the photographs are presented in the correct orientation as the images seamlessly move between one another. The photographs transition from the highest

5 Moholy-Nagy, Painting, Photography, Film, p. 7. 6 Ibid. p.49.

fig.17 1948 map of Edinburgh showing Wire Works

fig.17 1948 map of Edinburgh showing Wire Works

fig.18 “Smith Fletcher & Co. Wirework Manufactures”, ghosted sign

fig.18 “Smith Fletcher & Co. Wirework Manufactures”, ghosted sign

6 Feòrag, Some oddities of Edinburgh’s High Street, https://feorag.wordpress. com/2020/08/07/some-oddities-of-edinburghs-high-street/, [accessed 16th May 2021].

“Sm th F etcher & Co. W rework Manufactures”, ghosted s gn Film” fig. 19 book spreak from Lazlo Moholy-Nagy’s “Painting, Photography, 71

70

that can photographed at the microscopic scale. The photographs of microscopic creatures can be enlarged, allowing for closer inspection, viewed in greater detail that the eye could do. 79

The ser es of ustrat ons from pages 48-53

71

Walter Ruttmann, Berlin. The Symphony of a Metropolis, 1927. Robin Schuldenfrei, ‘Images in Exile: Lucia Moholy’s Bauhaus Negatives and the Construction of the Bauhaus Legacy. History of Photography, 37: 2, 2013, pp. 182-203.

point that photography can be viewed, in the skies, to the smallest, lowest point

fig. 22 The series of illustrations from pages 48-53

78

6 Feòrag, Some oddities of Edinburgh’s High Street, https://feorag.wordpress. com/2020/08/07/some-oddities-of-edinburghs-high-street/, [accessed 16th May 2021].

illustrations that Moholy-Nagy has presented in this section.

does not capture the possibilities that photography possess, the photographer

[turns page]

In the same way the “Skarpa” sign points to the past, this sign, with it pointing

hand, points to the a far different political, cultural and social time in Edinburgh,

and provide an excellent lens, through which, to view the rest of the series of

photography as a visual representation of a scene. Through this oblique view,

how photography has attempted to copy painting over the years. The photograph

The book, having already been rotated ninety degrees by the previous photographs

In the same way the “Skarpa” sign points to the past, this sign, with it pointing

These three series of images already serve as a great advertisement for photography

III flying over the ocean” and secondly, “Paris”. The first image really captivates

photography.5 The second image is scrutinised by Moholy-Nagy and emphasises

visual ability is presented.

fragments of it. Dating to the early part of the 1900s6, this sign is located at the top of Old Assembly Close, just off the Royal Mile.

Moholy-Nagy opens this section with two vastly different images, first, “Zeppelin

photography can be seen moving away from painting. The oblique view is

contrast in these images a good foundation on which to emphasis photography’s

as it red paint and lettering no longer show what used to exist but instead live on as

fragments of it. Dating to the early part of the 1900s6, this sign is located at the top

05

highlighted by Moholy-Nagy in his introduction as a key distinguishing attribute of

causing the viewer to turn the book, engaging with the book space. Through the

of the historic fabric of Edinburgh’s Old Town. It’s paint is beginning to show its age

of Old Assembly Close, just off the Royal Mile.

JOURNAL

how photography has attempted to copy painting over the years. The photograph

presented beside the Zeppelin photograph. The image is turned ninety degrees

just that. Painted directly onto the sandstone walls of the close, the flat sign is part

of the historic fabric of Edinburgh’s Old Town. It’s paint is beginning to show its age

illustrations that Moholy-Nagy has presented in this section.

photography.5 The second image is scrutinised by Moholy-Nagy and emphasises

is not using his camera “photographically”.6 It appears very uninteresting when

Manufactures”, with a white, graphic hand pointing to the right, into the close does

just that. Painted directly onto the sandstone walls of the close, the flat sign is part

and provide an excellent lens, through which, to view the rest of the series of

photography as a visual representation of a scene. Through this oblique view,

does not capture the possibilities that photography possess, the photographer

Town. This sign, with its white lettering reads, “Smith Fletcher & Co. Wirework

Manufactures”, with a white, graphic hand pointing to the right, into the close does

These three series of images already serve as a great advertisement for photography

III flying over the ocean” and secondly, “Paris”. The first image really captivates

highlighted by Moholy-Nagy in his introduction as a key distinguishing attribute of

the variety of historic, ghost-like, signs I have walked past around Edinburgh’s Old

Town. This sign, with its white lettering reads, “Smith Fletcher & Co. Wirework

Moholy-Nagy opens this section with two vastly different images, first, “Zeppelin

photography can be seen moving away from painting. The oblique view is

FURTHER READINGS

As I find myself trying to discover a sign that fits a similar description to that found

05

77

4 Moholy-Nagy, Painting, Photography, Film, p. 47. Emphasis mine.

76

within the “Skarpa” neon sign in Warsaw whilst in Aberdeen, I am reminded of

4 Moholy-Nagy, Painting, Photography, Film, p. 47. Emphasis mine.

76

69 1 László Moholy-Nagy, “Introduction”, in Painting, Photography, Film, (London: Lund Humphries), 1969. p. 7. 2 Ibid. p.39. Emphasis mine. 3 Ibid. p. 40. Emphasis mine.

As I find myself trying to discover a sign that fits a similar description to that found

1 László Moholy-Nagy, “Introduction”, in Painting, Photography, Film, (London: Lund Humphries), 1969. p. 7. 2 Ibid. p.39. Emphasis mine. 3 Ibid. p. 40. Emphasis mine.

Nagy, heading the section “Illustrations (some with explanations)”, writes, “I have

JOURNAL

74

the visually most exact rendering of subject, making it as Maholy-Nagy states, “the

Iconofgraphics, László Moholy-Nagy, http://www.iconofgraphics.com/laszlomoholy-nagy/

moments that have occurred at Nowy Świat.2 Even now, as the sign no longer lights

70

In his book, “Painting, Photography, Film”, László Moholy-Nagy attempts to

the text because continuity in a new form of communication, “typophoto”. placed the illustrative material separately following Maholy-Nagy later goes on to discuss

2

and ‘making architecture speak’ at night.”1 The sign also points to various historical

Ma o e Pe off Tex ua y and he V sua A Response http //ma o epe off com/essays/ ex ua y v sua /

also be examined.

The pair of photographs of interest to me are the ones presented on pages 50-51:

the greater portion of it, highlighting its importance to Moholy-Nagy. Moholythrough other means.1 Nagy, heading the section “Illustrations (some with explanations)”, writes, “I have

and ‘making architecture speak’ at night.” The sign also points to various historical

FURTHER READ NGS

images, the photographs presented before and after this double-page layout must

“Typophoto” is the combination of the written and visual presentation of a

a typographical material. This section carrieswhilst a lot providing of weightunique in the distorted book, forming viewports of the world that cannot be represented

1

68

“Flock of cranes in flight” and “Flight over the arctic sea”. To best understand these

“Typophoto” expressed typograph ca y

typographical material.” material 3 The series of photographs, presented over as a traditional narrative means of visual representation. Photography way of communication montage of double-page layouts, seeks to highlight photography’s effectiveness has gone beyond the capabilities of as the eye and “manual means of representation”

it would articulate Le Corbusier’s fascination with neon light transforming the city

acques Ranc è e “The Su ace o Des gn” n The Fu u e o he mage London Ve so 2009 pp 91 107

The pair of photographs of interest to me are the ones presented on pages 50-51:

how they work together, to emphasise the communicative nature of photography as a typographical material.

In his book, “Painting, Photography, Film”, László Moholy-Nagy attempts to highly and effective when used as new role in society as a new, more effective Photographs for Moholy-Nagy are seen as “highly emphasise highlight photography’s

Warsaw point to the social modernity, post-war hope and war time destruction of

E a Chm e ewska “Ma e a E a a Wa saw Neons and Soc a s Mode n y” n Ma k Do an and E a Chm e ewska eds Wa saw T ack ng he C y Spec a ssue o The ou na o A ch ec u e 2010

section it is about what you bring from one pair of illustrations into the next and

tool.

they once existed.

Chmielewska examines how the disappearance of urban stylist neon signs in

1 Ella Chmielewska, “Material Errata: Warsaw Neons and Socialist Modernity”, in Mark Dorrian and Ella Chmielewska (eds) Warsaw Tracking the City, Special Issue of The Journal of Architecture, 2010. p.57. Emphasis mine. 2 Ibid. 3 Ibid.

whilst providing unique distorted viewports of the world that cannot be represented

Maholy-Nagy later goes on to discuss a new form of communication, “typophoto”.

Warsaw point to the social modernity, post-war hope and war time destruction of

“Skarpa” neon sign had stood, Chmielewska writes, “My questions are no longer

the illustrations will make the problems raised in the text VISUALLY clear.” clear In this

Laszlo Moholy-Nagy, The New Typography [1923] - Laszlo Moholy-Nagy, Design Opendata, https://designopendata.wordpress.com/portfolio/thenew-typography/

67 In her essay, “Material errata: Warsaw neons and socialist modernity”, Ella

In her essay, “Material errata: Warsaw neons and socialist modernity”, Ella

KEY TEXTS KEY TEXTS

as a typographical material.

05

has gone beyond the capabilities of the eye and “manual means of representation”

4

Photobook + Typophoto

city can be forever understood.

section it is about what you bring from one pair of illustrations into the next and how they work together, to emphasise the communicative nature of photography

fig. 20 “Typophoto” expressed typographically

way of communication over traditional means of visual representation. Photography

through other means.1

used as a tool to catalogue and document these signs so their importance to the

the illustrations will make the problems raised in the text VISUALLY clear.” clear 4 In this

emphasise and highlight photography’s new role in society as a new, more effective

of dynamic changes Warsaw has seen over the years. It is now, as Chmielewska

despondence 5 Photography has been having words to identify itself, it is mute in despondence.”

05

Photobook + Typophoto

In his book, “Painting, Photography, Film”, László Moholy-Nagy attempts to

despondence 5 Photography has been having words to identify itself, it is mute in despondence.”

about what it is that I am framing but what must I frame to retain, to capture before

JOURNAL

also be examined.

its disappearance.” disappearance These signs formed an essential part in remembering the variety 4

modernity.3

“series of photographs, presented as a narrative montage of double-page layouts, seeks to highlight photography’s effectiveness as a typographical material. This section carries a lot of weight in the book, forming the greater portion of it, highlighting its importance to Moholy-Nagy. Moholy- Nagy, heading the section “Illustrations (some with explanations)”, writes, “I have placed the illustratitive material separately following the text because contitinuity in the illustratitions will make the problems raised in the text VISUALLY clear.”In this section it is about what you bring from one pair of illustrations into the next and how they work together, to emphasise the communicative nature of photography as a typographical material

Iconofgraphics, László Moholy-Nagy, http://www.iconofgraphics.com/laszlomoholy-nagy/

Frederic J. Schwartz, ‘Distraction: Walter Benjamin and the Avant Garde’ in Blind Spots: Critical Theory and the History of Art in Twentieth-Century Germany, (New Haven and London, Yale University Press), 2005. pp. 37-100.

Jacques Rancière, “The Surface of Design”, in The Future of the Image. (London: Verso), 2009, pp. 91-107.

direction It is disoriented. A void void, no longer states, a “vacant stare has no specific direction.

Extract from text:

Laszlo Moholy-Nagy, The New Typography [1923] - Laszlo Moholy-Nagy, Design Opendata, https://designopendata.wordpress.com/portfolio/thenew-typography/

In Olaf Peters (ed) Berlin Metropolis, 1918-1933. (Munich, London, New York: Prestel, and Neue Galerie New York), 2016. pp.14-35.

fig.14 Shanghai Neons

66

Edinburgh’s Ghosted Sign

JOURNAL 05 // Photobook + Typophoto

KEY TEXTS Laszlo Moholy-Nagy, Dynamic of the Metropolis. in Painting, Photography, Film. (London: Lund Humphries), 1969.

Olaf Peters ‘Berlin Metropolis: Art, Culture, and Politics between the wars.’

KEY TEXTS

shown in scale to one another

JOURNAL

JOURNAL 04 Response 05

Laszlo Moholy-Nagy, Dynamic of the Metropolis. in Painting, Photography, Film. (London: Lund Humphries), 1969.

El Lissitzky, ‘Topography of Typography’ in The Book, 1923.

Marjorie Perloff, ‘Textuality and the Visual: A Response’, http://marjorieperloff.com/essays/textuality-visual/

04

CLOSE UP 08 Painting, photography and film

CLOSE UP 08 Painting, photography and film

Iconofgraphics, László Moholy-Nagy, http://www.iconofgraphics.com/laszlomoholy-nagy/

Johanna Drucker, “Stephane Mallarme’s Un Coup de Dés and the Poem and/as Book as Diagram”, Journal of Philosophy: Journal of CrossDisciplinary Inquiry, Fall 2011, Vol. 7 No.16, pp. 1-16.

JOURNAL

05

Laszlo Moholy-Nagy, The New Typography [1923] - Laszlo Moholy-Nagy, Design Opendata, https://designopendata.wordpress.com/portfolio/thenew-typography/

Janet Ward, “Modern Surface and Postmodern Stimulation”, Electric Stimulations’ Weimar Surfaces: Urban Visual Culture in the 1920s Germany. (Berkeley, LA and London: University of California Press), 2001, pp. 1-43, 92-141.

KEY IMAGES //

05

KEY TEXTS

JOURNAL

shown in scale to one another

Ella Chmielewska, “Material Errata: Warsaw Neons and Socialist Modernity”, in Mark Dorrian and Ella Chmielewska (eds) Warsaw Tracking the City, Special Issue of The Journal of Architecture, 2010

direction It is disoriented. A void void, no longer states, a “vacant stare has no specific direction.

59

GC 10

75

5 Moholy-Nagy, Painting, Photography, Film, p. 7. 6 Ibid. p.49.

78

fig. 22 The series of illustrations from pages 48-53

79


THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

SCAT

[2021] SCAT

CLOSE-UPS: on surfaces, gestures, and borders of the photograph

ARCH11070

MArch 1, [semester 2]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

Brief 02 // Essay

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

Task An illustrated essay (approximately 3,000 words + abstract + references + captions) that explores an issue of your choice, arising from the seminars and readings. The essay is not intended to be a comprehensive analysis or overview of the material covered in the seminar option, but rather an investigation of a specific topic connected to it that interests you.

JOURNAL

01

JOURNAL

CLOSE UP 01 words of light

01

The death, the disappearance of the moment that has just been photographed is instantaneous when caught in the snapshot light of the camera when photographing. The image, the specific moment, captured forever in the photograph will never be again, it cannot “come to light” again. We can understand and relate to a photograph through the knowledge of it “having-been-there”, through its death.

The Death of the Photographed

KEY TEXTS Eduardo Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”, HISTORY, HELIOTROPISM, ORIGINS, MORTIFICATION, GHOSTS in Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History. (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, pp. xvi-xxx, 1-15 In his book, “Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History”, Eduardo Cadava looks to analyse Walter Benjamin’s various discussions on photography and its relationship to history, politics and aesthetic.1 Cadava’s writing should be read as texts whose themes have a “syntactical relationship” to each other, inscribed within the motion of a “series of theses”.2 This enables the text to be read as a photographic text, as a series of fragments, snapshots derived from the material of Benjamin’s work on photography with various theses’ titles: “HISTORY”, “HELIOTROPISM”, “ORIGINS”, “MORTIFICATION” and “GHOSTS”.

FURTHER READINGS

1

Walter Benjamin, “Theses on the Philosophy of History’” (1940/1955) in Walter Benjamin, Illuminations, edited and with introduction by Hannah Arendt, translated by Harry Zohn (1968), (New York: Schocken Books), 1969, pp. 253-264. Walter Benjamin, ´A Small History of Photography´ (1931 ) first English translation appeared in the collection One-Way Street and Other Writings (1978) introduced by Susan Sontag. See: Walter Benjamin, One-Ways Street and Other Writings, Transl. Edmund Jephcott and Kingsley Shorter, (London: NLB), 1978, pp. 240-257.

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7

EXTRACT 2

Through the understanding of the photograph “having-been-there”, I am able to create a referential structure when viewing Maier’s old photographs of the streets of New York. In her photo, “New York, February, 1955”, the gaze of her camera has forever fixed this moment. Here, Maier is taking a self-portrait of herself in a moving mirror on a cold winter’s day in New York. She is standing, almost ghost like within the scene. Maier is seen to be slightly out of focus whilst the mirror, the man and its surroundings are perfectly sharp, adding to the ghost like existence of the artist and the death of the photographed. Caught on film, it is likely Maier would have never developed it or fully realised the photograph. This photograph could have be reproduced after her death, it may not have been produced as she would have intended providing a different narrative or focal point in the image; this is a true death to the image.

“Like an angel of history whose wings register the traces of this disappearance, the image bears witness to an experience that cannot come to light. The experience is the experience of the shock experience, of experience as bereavement. The bereavement acknowledges what takes place in any photograph – the return of the departed. Although what the photograph photographs is no longer present or living, its having-been-there now forms part of the referential structure of our relationship to the photograph.”3

Susan Sontag, Introduction, One-Way Street and Other Writings, pp.7-42

fig.1 David Octavius Hill and Robert Adamson, Dennistoun Monument, Greyfriars Churchyard

fig.4 Vivian Maier’s photograph, “New York, February, 1955” fig.2 moment of illumination in the text fig.3 photograph of the “ghost” of photographer Atget

1 Eduardo Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”, Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History, (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, pp. xix. Emphasis mine. 2 Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”. pp. xx. Emphasis mine. 3 Eduardo Cadava. “GHOSTS”, Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History, (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, p.11. Emphasis mine.

12

13

JOURNAL

LIST OF FIGURES fig. 1

02

14

15

JOURNAL

CLOSE UP 02 COMPOSING SPACE

Eduardo Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, p. 9.

02

[Re] Experiencing Hélène Binet’s Carrara Quarry Experience

16

In his essay, Pallasmaa discusses the phenomenological nature of architectural images, explaining how,

[…] it is absolutely amazing!”

Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021. Hélène Binet, ‘Composing Space’, public lecture, Harvard University GSD March 20, 2012, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YkpeFr87wOo

“There is an inherent suggestion of action in images

She states, “every year somebody is dying to produce […] marble. The impact on nature is very violent […] what is this about?”7 The highlighted image shows a small,

Images from: Hélène Binet, Peter Zumthor, http://helenebinet.com/photography/peter-zumthor/,

I place this photograph of Hélène Binet in the act, the performance, of making a photograph to begin exploring the movements and gestures involved in creating a photographic image. Here, Binet is photographing the Chaoyang Park Plaza in Beijing, China for MAD Architects in 2018. This photograph shares a lot about the way Binet photographs; how she positions herself and her tripod in the large open space; the light and shadows around her; the camera bag laid open on its back; the scale of her equipment in relation to her; her peering down into the camera whilst balancing on her toes; her photographic performance. This performance is not for the viewer, Binet is unaware of her own specific gestures when photographing, her movements and gestures are in response to her surroundings as she captures her experience of the architecture. These gestures, movements and her experiences bleed into her photographs.

[accessed 17th May 2021].

Screenshot from: Hélène Binet, Quarry, 2013, http://helenebinet.com/photography/quarry/,

Images from: Hélène Binet, Quarry, 2013, [accessed 17th May 2021].

[accessed 17th

May 2021].

transported into the vast space and understand its true scale, unconsciously placing myself in the Quarry. The sharp light and portrait orientation creates large verticality and scale in the scene. I can feel the sharp, hard edges through the photograph. The hut, dwarfed by the quarry, emphasises its fragile nature as it precariously sits under a large marble overhang. The image also conveys the large affect humans have on the landscape even through such small measures, leaving the landscape scarred by our interventions.

END OF Part I

in her photographs of Peter Zumthor’s Thermal Baths in Val. In his essay, ‘Helene Binet: Photographs as Space’, Mark Pimlott describes Binet’s Val photographs as, “a series of images whose subtle variation draws the viewer into the act of looking,

Through viewing Binet’s work I find myself coming to similar conclusions about the human impact on the world as Binet discussed, in her lecture, “The Making of a

photographs of Carrara Quarry, Italy, 2013 which evoked strong architectural

FURTHER READINGS

fig.5 Hélène Binet’s photo-books

fig. 8

sheltered dwelling. The dwelling gives human scale to the image causing me to be

In a conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Binet for Walmer Yard, Juhani Pallasmaa describes the uniqueness of Binet’s architectural photographs. He states, “Most architectural photographers photograph the building as an architectural object […] Hélène photographs the building as her experience of it.”2 This can be seen

imagining and being.”3 A similar narrative and experience can be seen in Binet’s

[Re]Experiencing Hélène Binet’s Carrara Quarry Experience

Paula Szturc, Hélène Binet’s photo-books

fig. 7

In her lecture, “The Making of Photography”, Binet describes how the experience of the quarry caused her to reflect on the price of marble both to nature and humans.

Her making of a photograph causes Binet to carefully navigate and explore the space as she slowly, but decisively captures key moments of it. This makes the moments she captures in her photographs even more intimate and personal.

Juhani Pallasmaa 1

The Architectural Review, 29 March 2019, Hélène Binet: ‘I am interested in making you dream about the place’, https://www.architectural-review. com/films/helene-binet-i-am-interested-in-making-youdream-about-theplace The Architectural Review, Hélène Binet’s angels: W Awards trophies 2020. https://www.architectural-review.com/awards/w-awards/helene-binetsangels-w-awardstrophies-2020

JOURNAL ENTRY 2:

making is very precious. precious I don’t want to lose that.”5

a consequence of this implied action. A real architectural experience is not simply a series of retinal images; a building is encountered – it is approached, confronted, encountered, related to one’s body, moved about, utilised as a condition of other things.”

pletely-defined, [accessed 14th May 2021].

photographs.

with digital. With all my heavy equipment, the set-up and making is a bit like a performance and this moment of

inseparable aspect of the experience of architecture as

Binet, Hélène, and Mark Pimlott (London: Phaidon, 2012): 200-215 and Photographic index, 216-221 Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely

defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binet-an-image-for-me-should-neverbe-com-

Architectural images, like architecture and space itself, are encountered; we react and are moved by them. This can be seen in my viewing of Binet’s Quarry

“I think you lose the connection with the point of making

a promise of use and purpose. A bodily reaction is an

Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space,” in Composing Space,

2

fig. 6

inseparable aspect of the experience of architecture as a consequence of this implied action.”6

discusses why she continues to work with film, stating,

“There is an inherent suggestion of action in images of architecture, the moment of active encounter or

fig. 5

a promise of use and purpose. A bodily reaction is an

There is a very personal dialogue between space and the viewer captured at a specific moment in time which can be seen in Binet’s photographs. In the article, “Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’”, Binet

Vivian Maier, Self-Portraits.http://www.vivianmaier.com/gallery/ self-portraits/#slide-13 [accessed 17th May 2021]

LIST OF FIGURES

4

of architecture, architecture the moment of active encounter or

Screenshot from: Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. pp. 10-11. Screenshot from: Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. pp. 12.

fig. 4

17

“Never in any other space have I had such emotion than when I was inside one of these caves […] you have a ground, walls and a ceiling which is completely marble

KEY TEXTS

fig. 2

fig. 3

Photograph”, whilst visiting Carrara Quarry.

and experiential narratives. In her lecture, “The Making of Photography”, Binet

Robin Schuldenfrei, ‘Images in Exile: Lucia Moholy’s Bauhaus Negatives and the Construction of the Bauhaus Legacy’. History of Photography,

describes a very architectural space when discussing her experiences in the quarry, fig.6 Hélène Binet’s photographs of Peter Zumthor’s Thermal Baths in Val.

37: 2, 2013, 182-203.

20

21

22

fig.7 Hélène Binet’s photographs of the Carrara Marble Quarry as viewed on her website 1 Juhani Pallasmaa. “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, in Questions of Perception: Phenomenology of Architecture, Tokyo: E ando Yu, 1994, p.35. 2 Juhani Pallasmaa, “The Personal Encounter Turns Architecture into Experience”, Conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Helene Binet, Walmer Yard, 26 November 2019, https://walmeryard.co.uk/journal/the-personal-encounter-turns-architecture-intoexperience/, [accessed 20th February 2021]. Emphasis mine. 3 Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space,” in Composing Space, (London: Phaidon), 2012, p.209.

fig.8 Hélène Binet’s photographs of the Carrara Marble Quarry

6 Pallasmaa. “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, p.35. Emphasis mine. 7 Binet, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine.

4 Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine. 5 Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binet-animage-for-me-should-neverbe-completely-defined, [accessed 29 March 2021]. Emphasis mine.

23

24

25

26

27

ESSAY

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

Architectural photography has become more about the object, the façade, the window, the noun rather than how a building is experienced through viewing, touching, entering. Architectural experiences take the form of a verb not a noun. It is important for this experience to be captured in photographs of architecture.

I place this photograph of Hélène Binet in the act, the performance, of making a photograph to begin exploring the movements and gestures involved in creating a photographic image. Here, Binet is photographing the Chaoyang Park Plaza in Beijing, China for MAD Architects in 2018. This photograph shares a lot about the way Binet photographs; how she positions herself and her tripod in the large open space; the light and shadows around her; the camera bag laid open on its back; the scale of her equipment in relation to her; her peering down into the camera whilst balancing on her toes; her photographic performance. This performance is not for the viewer, Binet is unaware of her own specific gestures when photographing, her movements and gestures are in response to her surroundings as she captures her experience of the architecture. These gestures, movements and her experiences bleed into her photographs.

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

Caused by Binet’s act of looking and the shifting of her heavy film equipment, her movements, when making a photograph, are a performance, like a dance between her, her camera equipment and her surroundings as she attempts to capture the space around her. These gestures and movements are an essential part of her photographing process.

ABSTRACT

Hélène Binet is one such architectural photographer who, through the act of looking, captures her experience of an architectural space. Binet achieves as she moves and reacts in response to her surroundings in order to capture her personal experience on the surface of the photographed. This essay will explore, read, view the surface of Binet’s lecture for the University of Edinburgh, “The Making of a Photograph” and, more specifically, Binet’s “Quarries of Marble” images from Carrara in 2013. The images will first be read through the eye of a student of architecture with an interest in the experiential aspect of space, with reference to Juhani Pallasmaa. The surfaces will then be put through a series of closer readings, with reference to Vilém Flusser’s essay, “The Gesture of Photographing” and the aspects of the gestures of photographing: search for place, manipulation and reflection. This is in an attempt to get a true envisaged experience of the Carrara Quarry through Binet’s photographs, her movements and her gestures.

In the article, by Rob Wilson, “Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’”, Binet discusses this performance and its importance to her making of photographs, she states, “I think, by looking looking, you enter the images; you become part of it […] With all my heavy equipment, the set-up and making is a bit like a performance and this moment of making is very precious. I don’t want to lose that.”1

1 Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binetan-image-for-me-should-neverbe-completely-defined, [accessed 14th May 2021]. Emphasis mine. 30

31

fig. 1 Hélène Binet making a photograph

32

33

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

Binet’s books offer a true insight into the subjects she is photographing. Due to the current situation I am writing this from, I am unable to view physical copies of Binet’s work.8 I shall instead be viewing, reading, her images through the surface of her lecture for the University of Edinburgh, “The Making of a Photograph”. This lecture, just like her books, was also carefully choreographed assemblage of her photographs in order to, in the words of Binet in her lecture “The Making of a Photography”,

7 Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space”, p. 214 8 It is important for me to state my position from where I am viewing Binet’s work from. I am currently in Aberdeen, away from Edinburgh, living in a world of screens and flat surfaces because of the ongoing COVID pandemic. I can therefore not access physical copies of Binet’s books. 9 Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, “The Making of a Photograph”, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine.

The gesture of making, as discussed by Vilém Flusser, in his essay, “The Gestures of Making”, are slightly different to the movements and gestures of Forsythe. Flusser states, “We have two hands. We comprehend the world from two opposing sides, sides which is how the world can be taken in, grasped, intended, and manipulated […] the world has two sides: sides a good and a bad, a beautiful and an ugly, a bright and a dark, a right and a left. left And when we conceive of a whole, we conceive of it as the congruence of two opposites. opposites Such a whole is the goal of the gesture of making.” making 4

34

In his essay, “The Gestures of Photography”, Flusser, explains the personal gesture that the photographer places on to the surface of the photographed. He notes, “A photograph is a kind of “fingerprint fingerprint” that the subject leaves on a surface [...] The subject is the cause of the photograph [...] The photographic revolution reverses the traditional relationship between a concrete phenomenon and our idea of the phenomenon […] In photography, the phenomenon itself generates its own idea for us on the surface.” surface 5 A photograph is a personal, unique, printing of oneself onto the surface of the photographed. It is in the making that the phenomenon is generate onto the surface. This is something Binet is aware of when, in the article, “Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’”, she says, “I think, by looking looking, you enter the images; you become part of it.” it 6 Binet’s printing of her fingerprint on a surface is seen as she touches, imprints her experience, her unique gestures and movements onto the surface of her photographs. A key way to experience Binet’s photographs, and these surfaces, is through her photobooks. In his essay, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space”, Pimlott discusses the dialogue between the reader and one of Binet’s books, he states, fig. 2 William Forsythe’s dance “Avoidance 1: Introduction”

2 William Forsythe, Forsythe-Lines-Avoidance-1-Introduction, Youtube, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cqGyFiEXXIQ, [accessed May 13th, 2021]. 3 Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space”, in Composing Space, Binet, Hélène, and Mark Pimlott (London: Phaidon), 2012, p. 203. Emphasis mine. 4 Vilém Flusser, “The Gesture of Making”, in Gestures, trans. Nancy Ann Roth, (Minneapolis, Minnesota: University of Minnesota Press), p. 33. Emphasis mine.

Every year somebody is dying to create beautiful pieces of marble. The impact on nature is very violent. Marble refers to beautiful artwork, to incredible interiors we have seen in architecture but it is paid with a very hard price. The machining used is suddenly not very gentle so it raises why do we still need this marble? What is this about? Maybe, somehow, all of these questions are imbedded in this funny little dwelling that starts to appear in the quarry .

The surface I see is the series of photographs of the “Quarries of Marble” images from Carrara in 2013. In her lecture, Binet describes this unique landscape - a landscape that is the result of very aggressive human activity. She states,

fig. 7 “Quarry of Marble” surface 1

In his essay, “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, Pallasmaa discusses the personal exchange, the gesture, between a work of art and the viewer, he writes,

You are seduced because marble is beautiful, marble reflects light, marble somehow comes to be alive with the landscape.

her discussions of the performance, dance-like nature of her photographing to imagine, understand and envisage what it was like for her to photograph these spaces. There is an exchange happening here between Binet and myself as she flicks through her photographs. This is my first surface of looking.

“The encounter of any work of art implies a bodily interaction. A work of art functions as another person, interaction with whom we converse […] an architect internalizes a building in his body; body movement, balance, distance and scale are felt unconsciously through the body. As the work interacts with the body of the observer the experience mirrors these bodily sensations. sensations Consequently, architecture is communication from the body of the architect directly to the body of the inhabitant.”13 inhabitant

where human beings have been creating this funny little place where they maybe measure, cut, put tools that have nothing to do with the size and power of nature and still, nature is at the risk through their will.”

“It is an incredible landscape, where you go there, you are completely seduced seduced. You are seduced because marble is beautiful, beautiful marble reflects light, light marble somehow comes to be alive with the landscape.” landscape. 10

My encounter with the surface of Binet’s photographs is a personal one. It is a dialogue, an exchange, a gesture that only I am experiencing in my own exact way. Binet’s art, her photographs, are an internalisation of her movements in a space. Like the exchange of the architect’s body through his architecture to the viewer, Binet’s bodily interactions of the space, are communicated through her photograph to me, the viewer. This enables me to experience and imagine Binet photographing the space of the Carrara Quarry.

The beauty of the marble, and its surroundings, can be seen in Binet’s photographs. I will be reading these images from the angle of an architect student with an interest in the experience of space. At this point in my writing I will introduce Juhani Pallasmaa as a way of viewing the images from an architectural and experiential position. In a conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Binet for Walmer Yard, Pallasmaa describes the

fig. 8 “Quarry of Marble” surface 2

fig. 9 “Quarry of Marble” surface 3

fig. 10 “Quarry of Marble” surface 4

With the image of Binet photographing Chaoyang Park Plaza in my peripheral vision, I begin to view the surfaces of the “Quarries of Marble”:

“I carry on, this is the last image of the series, where I must say I have never in any other space have I had such emotion than when I was inside one of these caves.

10 Binet, “The Making of a Photograph”, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine.

39

fig. 6 My viewing of “The Making of a Photograph” lecture and Binet’s presentation of the surfaces of the “Quarry of Marble” and Binet photographing

It’s about 30 metres high and you have a ground, walls and a ceiling which is completely marble. It’s one thing. It is built in one go by the breaking of the earth and then it has been created into a cave. It is absolutely amazing! But of course, like I said, it is a very risky luxury

40

to have marble.”

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

Flusser’s second aspect of the gestures of photographing is manipulation of situation. He states,

41

42

11 Juhani Pallasmaa, “The Personal Encounter Turns Architecture into Experience”, Conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Helene Binet, Walmer Yard, 26 November 2019, https://walmeryard.co.uk/journal/the-personal-encounter-turns-architecture-into-experience/, [accessed 14th May 2021] 12 Ibid. 13 Juhani Pallasmaa. ‘An Architecture of the Seven Senses’, in Questions of Perception: Phenomenology of Architecture, Tokyo: E ando Yu, 1994, p.36. Emphasis mine.

“our problem is not continuous reflection; it is about deciding when to stop reflecting so as to be able to switch over to action […] reflection is a strategy and not surrender of self. self The moment the photographer stops looking into the reflecting mirror (whether real or imaginary) is the moment that will define his image [...] It will be penetrating and revealing if the photographer has chosen a good moment to stop reflecting. Reflection therefore forms part of the photographer’s search and his manipulation. It is a search for himself and a manipulation of himself. himself In fact, the search for a position belongs to the search for himself and the manipulation of the situation to the manipulation of self, and vice versa.” versa 22

Upon understanding the manipulation, I notice that I no longer view the surface in the same light. I can feel it, it touches me. In his essay, Pallasmaa discusses the interconnection between the eye and touch, he writes, “But the eye also touches; touches the gaze implies an unconscious bodily interaction mimesis, identification. identification Perhaps we should think of touch as the unconscious of vision. vision Our gaze strokes distant surfaces, contours and edges, and the unconscious tactile sensation determines the agreeableness or unpleasantness of the experience.”21 experience fig. 13 “Quarry of Marble” surface 2, large

36

37

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

Binet clicks to the next image. I am no longer looking out of the quarry but looking in. I am faced with a heavy, vertical façade of marble with a walkway guiding my eye along its surface. The marble appears to be cracking, less orthogonal and natural compared to the harsh line of gestured destruction. I am again drawn to the scale and its vastness. I imagine that each layer must be fifteen metres high. The next image appears, I had barely had a moment to expose myself to the space. The shadow draws me in. A small hut starts to appear, caught within the shadow’s grasp. The hut is dwarfed by the vast slab above it; it is precariously positioned. I wonder how precariously the camera is positioned as it is moved to capture this moment. I hear Binet, she says, “this funny little place where they maybe measure, cut, put tools that has nothing to do with the size and power of nature and still, nature is at the risk through their will.” will 15 Her gestures of making, and narration, have captured my understanding of this moment in the photograph. The next image briefly flashes onto the screen, as if the shutter has been clicked. I only got a brief view, I appeared to be looking out again, maybe this was all the time that was allowed for photographing this moment. It was a quick gesture

fig. 11 “Quarry of Marble” surface 5

of making. I am again brought back into the quarry. There is something strange, discomforting about this space, I am transfixed by Binet’s describes of it,

Flusser, describes how these three aspects of the gestures of photographing act sequentially to create an image, a photograph, a surface. He later goes on to describe the first aspect of the gestures of photographing, “the search for a place”. He states,

I cannot comprehend the scale of the space. The scale is beyond the frame, it moves past it. Binet, her camera, no matter how she moves, what her gestures may be, cannot fully capture the space - it is too vast.

“the situation is therefore a movement of methodical doubt, and that its structure is determined as much by the observed situation as by the apparatus as by the photographer, photographer so that any separation of the named factors must be ruled out. We can add that it is about a movement of a freedom, freedom for the gesture is a series of decisions that occur not despite but because of the determining forces that are in play.”19

When viewing the “Quarries of Marble” series for the first time, it was the scale of the quarry that appeared most consistantly to me. In his essay, “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, Pallasmaa discusses scale and how we experience a space through it, he writes, “Understanding architectural scale implies the unconscious measuring of an object or a building with one’s body, body and projecting one’s bodily scheme on the space in question. We feel pleasure and protection space 17 when the body discovers it resonance in space.”

I look again at the surfaces. The first photograph captures my attention. I look closer. I now understand the plane that Binet was shooting from, the camera is perched on the edge. There are a series of decisions, gestures at play here between, myself, the surface, the equipment and Binet. There is a pin in the ground – could this have been used as an anchoring point, a place to tether whilst searching, whilst photographing? I notice how the series of decisions taken up by Binet, these gesture, caused by the quarries surroundings have created the image in front of me. There is a gestural dance going on here between me, Binet’s camera equipment, herself, and the surface of the photographed.

As a student of architecture, I used scale as a way of understanding space. Here, I positioned myself in the surfaces of the quarry through scaling. This movement, this exchange, is a gesture I use to see, to understand, to be in a space. fig. 12 “Quarry of Marble” surface 1, large

16 Binet, “The Making of a Photograph”. January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine. 17 Pallasmaa. ‘An Architecture of the Seven Senses’. p.36. Emphasis mine.

14 Binet, “The Making of a Photograph”, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine. 15 Ibid.

43

In his essay, “The Gestures of Photography”, Flusser, describes the three aspects of the gestures of photographing, “A first aspect is the search for a place, place a position from situation A second aspect is the which to observe the situation. manipulating of the situation, adapting it to the chosen position. The third aspect concerns critical distance that makes it possible to see the success or failure of this adaptation.”18

“I have never in any other space have I had such emotion than when I was inside one of these caves. It’s about thirty metres high and you have a ground, walls and a ceiling which is completely marble. It’s one thing. It is built in one go by the breaking of the earth and then it has been created into a cave. It is amazing!”16 absolutely amazing

44

18 Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”. p. 77. Emphasis mine. 19 Ibid. p. 81. Emphasis mine.

45

As I now reflect on the surfaces of the “Quarry of Marble” and the gestures of photographing and making, I find myself looking in even closer for one final time. I am drawn to the large crack in the penultimate image. An image I am almost seeing for the first time. As I look closer more cracks appear around it, however it is this dark, contrasting crack which takes my attention. I can feel its sharp edge. I wonder how deep it goes, how close it is to breaking. This perilous state is found throughout the quarry. The surface of this crack appears to embody all the other surfaces: their depth, scale, shadow and precariousness. In the first surface, the rock balances on the edge; the next, the walkway balances off the wall of marble; the hut dwarfed by the far more powerful rock above. I can finally see, experience, understand exactly the movements and gestures of photographing in such a space. I can see, understand when Binet herself reflects on the space and her experience of. She states,

The final aspects of Flusser’s gestures of photographing is reflection. He states,

Manipulation of the situation is a given, as is the effect of the situation on the photographer. I, as the observer of the photographing, effect the surroundings but I am also effected by them. I can see how Binet has had to adapt to her surroundings and how her surroundings have adapted to her, in a gestural performance. I view the surface of the second image:

I can imagine the contrast of textures on the wall as I move my hand across the surface of the image: the sharp surface of the marble wall where it is cut; the smooth surface of the marble itself; the hot parts that have been exposed

fig. 4 The surface of Binet’s lecture, “The Making of a Photograph” 35

The first image appears. The large marble blocks appear to the right of the frame. The objects stand far above the horizon of the mountains in the background which slowly fade away into the distance. I can see the immense destruction that has occurred to create these geometric marble blocks in front of me. These gestures of destruction have transformed the landscape. I hear Binet say, “You are seduced because marble is beautiful, beautiful marble reflects light, light marble somehow landscape 14 The marble is in a dance with its comes to be alive with the landscape.” surroundings and Binet. The harsh, sharp shadows emphasises the light and dark, flattening the image. Binet, through the use of her hands and body has positioned herself and her equipment on the edge. Just like the large rock, poised on the edge, dwarfing its surroundings, Binet balances herself, precisely controls her movements to capture this moment. I imagine the large block to be four to five times my height with the smaller, I cannot move any closer to it, the surroundings will not allow it.

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

to the sun throughout the day; and the cold parts that have been hidden by the shadows. My body, my eyes have interacted, manipulated and touched the wall of the quarry and it too has touched and manipulated me and my understanding of the space. This moment, this exchange was involuntary, my very presence alone caused it. The surface I am viewing has changed from a visual surface to a tactile one.

“To observe a situation is, to the same extent, to be changed by it. it Observation changes the observer. Those who observe the gesture of photographing need neither Heisenberg’s uncertainty theory nor psychoanalytic theory. They can actually see it. The photographer cannot help manipulating the situation. situation His very presence is a manipulation. manipulation And he cannot situation He is changed avoid being affected by the situation. simply by being there.” there 20

fig. 3 William Forsythe’s dance “Avoidance 2: Volumes” 5 Vilém Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”, in Gestures, trans. Nancy Ann Roth, (Minneapolis, Minnesota: University of Minnesota Press), p. 72. Emphasis mine. 6 Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’. Architects´ Journal. Emphasis mine.

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

uniqueness of Binet’s architectural photographs. He states, “Most architectural photographers photograph the building as an architectural object […] Hélène photographs the building as her experience of it.” it 11 Binet later goes on to state, “I come from having to deal with translating the multi-sensory experience of a experience 12 Architecture is experienced and Binet has building into a visual experience.” an unique ability to capture her experience of the spaces she encounters in her photographs. “It is an incredible landscape, where you go there, you are completely seduced.

38

The gesture of making is the harmony of two opposites. It is how these two opposites come together, the movement between left and right, that defines the whole and the gesture of making. Binet moves the equipment between her hands. Each hand, and their gestures, are responsible for the making of a photograph. It is this harmonic opposition, when the left hand holds the tripod and the right hand presses the shutter that the gestures of making photography occurs.

Binet moves in relation to her surroundings in the space just like the choreographer William Forsythe in his etude, “Avoidance”.2 In his dance, Forsythe draws an imaginary line and cylinder and places them within the space in front of him. He draws, with his body to avoid and move around the imagined objects in the space. Forsythe is constantly repositioning himself in the space in order to understand and move around the other body. His movements are in response to the space occupied by the imagined objects. With Binet, it is in the making of the photograph which involves her moving her heavy equipment, and her body in response to the photographed object. As Mark Pimlott writes in his essay, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space”, “the subject, whether building or ground, was not an inert object, but an entity of surfaces and spaces. spaces Binet's pictures subject 3 Binet’s actions were made in response to the specific nature of each subject.” are in relation to her surroundings, to the space, to make the photograph. Her movements and experience of the space are therefore captured in the suspended moment of the photograph.

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

fig. 5 The surfaces surrounding the surfaces of “Quarries of Marble” (highlighted), surfaces of “Bodmin Moor - A Granite Moorland” (before), surfaces of “Sergio Musmeci Ponte Sul Basento” (after)

“The book promotes an intimacy between the viewer and the object, object and promotes involvement in seeing and reading. It is only in these conditions that one is able to appreciate the picture as something more than a view: a complex construction that is bound in an intimate relation to its subject.” subject 7

“create the best story, by combining the photographs to have moments where you start to doubt, doubt you start to question, what you project from one part of the image question into the next one and where you create this imaginary moment which is very strong.”9

“Marble refers to beautiful artwork, artwork to incredible interiors Every year somebody is dying to create interiors. beautiful pieces of marble. The impact on nature is very violent…why do we still need this marble? What is this about?”23 In the quarry everything is so finely balanced, and the sacrifice seems so large on both humans and the earth for one material. This frailty can be seen in the crack. It is a truly precarious place. Precise, careful movements are needed to navigate and photograph it.

The gesture of reflection is the moment when the photographer stops looking. It is the point where they have found themselves, their manipulation of the surroundings and the surroundings manipulation of them ends. The search is done, the photograph has been taken. For another photograph to be taken would require a new performance of gestures: a reposition, a re-manipulating and a rereflecting. These are the gestures both making and of photographing.

By viewing the “Quarry of Marble” photographs, through the gestures of making and of photograph an in-depth understanding of the quarry can be seen, imagined and experienced. Thus a strong insight is given into the various gestures and move

fig. 14 “Quarry of Marble” surface 4 [surface of exploration highlighted] 20 Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”, p. 82-3 21 Pallasmaa. “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, p. 34. Emphasis mine.

22 Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”, p. 82-3

47

48

20 Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”, p. 82-3 Emphasis mine.

49

50

51

ABSTRACT // THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

Architectural photography has become more about the object, the façade, the window, the noun rather than how a building is experienced through viewing, touching, entering. Architectural experiences take the form of a verb not a noun. It is important for this experience to be captured in photographs of architecture.

Binet moves in relation to her surroundings in the space just like the choreographer William Forsythe in his etude, “Avoidance”.2 In his dance, Forsythe draws an imaginary line and cylinder and places them within the space in front of him. He draws, with his body to avoid and move around the imagined objects in the space. Forsythe is constantly repositioning himself in the space in order to understand and move around the other body. His movements are in response to the space occupied by the imagined objects. With Binet, it is in the making of the photograph which involves her moving her heavy equipment, and her body in response to the photographed object. As Mark Pimlott writes in his essay, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space”, “the subject, whether building or ground, spaces Binet's pictures was not an inert object, but an entity of surfaces and spaces. subject 3 Binet’s actions were made in response to the specific nature of each subject.” are in relation to her surroundings, to the space, to make the photograph. Her movements and experience of the space are therefore captured in the suspended moment of the photograph.

In the article, by Rob Wilson, “Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’”, Binet discusses this performance and its importance to her making of photographs, she states,

Hélène Binet is one such architectural photographer who, through the act of looking, captures her experience of an architectural space. Binet achieves as she moves and reacts in response to her surroundings in order to capture her personal experience on the surface of the photographed. This essay will explore, read, view the surface of Binet’s lecture for the University of Edinburgh, “The Making of a Photograph” and, more specifically, Binet’s “Quarries of Marble” images from Carrara in 2013. The images will first be read through the eye of a student of architecture with an interest in the experiential aspect of space, with reference to Juhani Pallasmaa. The surfaces will then be put through a series of closer readings, with reference to Vilém Flusser’s essay, “The Gesture of Photographing” and the aspects of the gestures of photographing: search for place, manipulation and reflection. This is in an attempt to get a true envisaged experience of the Carrara Quarry through Binet’s photographs, her movements and her gestures.

GA 2.3

Vivian Maier photographed New York during a time when photography was beginning to be used as a form of technology that had the potential to register individual perceptions of the world. Maier’s work captured the everyday; her photographs convey how she saw herself in the city and viewed the city around her. Here, photography was not done for publication, but for one’s own project. Maier’s work, as a body of work, forms an incredible portrait of the city. Maier becoming famous after her death only adds to the death of the photographs and their “haunting” through the afterlife. She, and her experiences of the city, live on past her life through her photographs.

The sudden death of the photographed, in the instantaneous moment of capturing the photograph, leads me to street photography. The essence of this form of photography is the capturing of a specific, every changing, moment within the urban fabric of the city. A moment that can never be remade, a story that can never be retold. Street photography is therefore, to me, the most instantaneous “flash of death” of a photographed moment.

Through viewing the texts, a moment of illumination appeared to me. In his thesis, “GHOSTS”, Cadava discusses the death of the photographed, he states,

Eduardo Cadava, Lapsus Imaginis: The Image in Ruins, October, Spring 2001, Vol. 96, pp.35-60

JOURNAL ENTRY 1: The Death of the Photographed

As well as drawing on the composition of the images, I will also be using her dialogue in her lecture; the opening image showing how Binet photographs; and

Response

EXTRACT 1

JOURNAL ENTRIES: ENTRIES: Part I

GA 2.2

Caused by Binet’s act of looking and the shifting of her heavy film equipment, her movements, when making a photograph, are a performance, like a dance between her, her camera equipment and her surroundings as she attempts to capture the space around her. These gestures and movements are an essential part of her photographing process.

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

46

60

GC 5

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

The gesture of making, as discussed by Vilém Flusser, in his essay, “The Gestures of Making”, are slightly different to the movements and gestures of Forsythe. Flusser states, “We have two hands. We comprehend the world from two opposing sides, sides which is how the world can be taken in, grasped, intended, and manipulated […] the world sides a good and a bad, a beautiful and an ugly, has two sides: a bright and a dark, a right and a left. left And when we conceive of a whole, we conceive of it as the congruence of two opposites. opposites Such a whole is the goal of the gesture of making.” making 4

“I think, by looking looking, you enter the images; you become part of it […] With all my heavy equipment, the set-up and making is a bit like a performance and this moment of making is very precious. I don’t want to lose that.”1 Caused by Binet’s act of looking and the shifting of her heavy film equipment, her movements, when making a photograph, are a performance, like a dance between her, her camera equipment and her surroundings as she attempts to capture the space around her. These gestures and movements are an essential part of her photographing process.

I place this photograph of Hélène Binet in the act, the performance, of making a photograph to begin exploring the movements and gestures involved in creating a photographic image. Here, Binet is photographing the Chaoyang Park Plaza in Beijing, China for MAD Architects in 2018. This photograph shares a lot about the way Binet photographs; how she positions herself and her tripod in the large open space; the light and shadows around her; the camera bag laid open on its back; the scale of her equipment in relation to her; her peering down into the camera whilst balancing on her toes; her photographic performance. This performance is not for the viewer, Binet is unaware of her own specific gestures when photographing, her movements and gestures are in response to her surroundings as she captures her experience of the architecture. These gestures, movements and her experiences bleed into her photographs.

1 Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binetan-image-for-me-should-neverbe-completely-defined, [accessed 14th May 2021]. Emphasis mine. In the article, by Rob Wilson, “Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’”, Binet discusses this performance and its importance to her making of photographs, she states, “I think, by looking looking, you enter the images; you become part of it […] With all my heavy equipment, the set-up and making is a bit like a performance and this moment of making is very precious. I don’t want to lose that.”1

fig. 1 Hélène Binet making a photograph

1 Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binetan-image-for-me-should-neverbe-completely-defined, [accessed 14th May 2021]. Emphasis mine.

32

fig. 1 Hélène Binet making a photograph

33

The gesture of making is the harmony of two opposites. It is how these two opposites come together, the movement between left and right, that defines the whole and the gesture of making. Binet moves the equipment between her hands. Each hand, and their gestures, are responsible for the making of a photograph. It is this harmonic opposition, when the left hand holds the tripod and the right hand presses the shutter that the gestures of making photography occurs.

Binet moves in relation to her surroundings in the space just like the choreographer William Forsythe in his etude, “Avoidance”.2 In his dance, Forsythe draws an imaginary line and cylinder and places them within the space in front of him. He draws, with his body to avoid and move around the imagined objects in the space. Forsythe is constantly repositioning himself in the space in order to understand and move around the other body. His movements are in response to the space occupied by the imagined objects. With Binet, it is in the making of the photograph which involves her moving her heavy equipment, and her body in response to the photographed object. As Mark Pimlott writes in his essay, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space”, “the subject, whether building or ground, spaces Binet's pictures was not an inert object, but an entity of surfaces and spaces. were made in response to the specific nature of each subject.” subject 3 Binet’s actions are in relation to her surroundings, to the space, to make the photograph. Her movements and experience of the space are therefore captured in the suspended moment of the photograph. The gesture of making, as discussed by Vilém Flusser, in his essay, “The Gestures of Making”, are slightly different to the movements and gestures of Forsythe. Flusser states, “We have two hands. We comprehend the world from two opposing sides, sides which is how the world can be taken in, grasped, intended, and manipulated […] the world sides a good and a bad, a beautiful and an ugly, has two sides: a bright and a dark, a right and a left. left And when we conceive of a whole, we conceive of it as the congruence of two opposites. opposites Such a whole is the goal of the gesture of making.” making 4

34

In his essay, “The Gestures of Photography”, Flusser, explains the personal gesture that the photographer places on to the surface of the photographed. He notes, “A photograph is a kind of “fingerprint fingerprint” that the subject leaves on a surface [...] The subject is the cause of the photograph [...] The photographic revolution reverses the traditional relationship between a concrete phenomenon and our idea of the phenomenon […] In photography, the phenomenon itself generates its own idea for us on the surface.” surface 5

A photograph is a personal, unique, printing of oneself onto the surface of the photographed. It is in the making that the phenomenon is generate onto the surface. This is something Binet is aware of when, in the article, “Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’”, she says, “I think, by looking looking, you enter the images; you become part of it.” it 6 Binet’s printing of her fingerprint on a surface is seen as she touches, imprints her experience, her unique gestures and movements onto the surface of her photographs. A key way to experience Binet’s photographs, and these surfaces, is through her photobooks. In his essay, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space”, Pimlott discusses the dialogue between the reader and one of Binet’s books, he states, fig. 2 William Forsythe’s dance “Avoidance 1: Introduction”

33

2 William Forsythe, Forsythe-Lines-Avoidance-1-Introduction, Youtube, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cqGyFiEXXIQ, [accessed May 13th, 2021]. 3 Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space”, in Composing Space, Binet, Hélène, and Mark Pimlott (London: Phaidon), 2012, p. 203. Emphasis mine. 4 Vilém Flusser, “The Gesture of Making”, in Gestures, trans. Nancy Ann Roth, (Minneapolis, Minnesota: University of Minnesota Press), p. 33. Emphasis mine.

fig. 3 William Forsythe’s dance “Avoidance 2: Volumes” 5 Vilém Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”, in Gestures, trans. Nancy Ann Roth, (Minneapolis, Minnesota: University of Minnesota Press), p. 72. Emphasis mine. 6 Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’. Architects´ Journal. Emphasis mine.

fig. 2 William Forsythe’s dance “Avoidance 1: Introduction”

2 William Forsythe, Forsythe-Lines-Avoidance-1-Introduction, Youtube, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cqGyFiEXXIQ, [accessed May 13th, 2021]. 3 Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space”, in Composing Space, Binet, Hélène, and Mark Pimlott (London: Phaidon), 2012, p. 203. Emphasis mine. 4 Vilém Flusser, “The Gesture of Making”, in Gestures, trans. Nancy Ann Roth, (Minneapolis, Minnesota: University of Minnesota Press), p. 33. Emphasis mine. M

35

34

double spread // The surface of Binet’s lecture, “The Making of a Photograph”


SCAT

building into a visual experience.” experience 12 Architecture is experienced and Binet has an unique ability to capture her experience of the spaces she encounters in her photographs.

[2021] SCAT

CLOSE UPS on surfaces gestures and borders of the photograph

ARCH11070

MArch 1, [semester 2]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

Brief 02 // Essay

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

EXTRACT 1

JOURNAL ENTRIES: ENTRIES: Part I

JOURNAL

01

JOURNAL

CLOSE UP 01 words of light

01

The death, the disappearance of the moment that has just been photographed is instantaneous when caught in the snapshot light of the camera when photographing. The image, the specific moment, captured forever in the photograph will never be again, it cannot “come to light” again. We can understand and relate to a photograph through the knowledge of it “having-been-there”, through its death.

The Death of the Photographed

KEY TEXTS

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

Eduardo Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”, HISTORY, HELIOTROPISM, ORIGINS, MORTIFICATION, GHOSTS in Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History. (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, pp. xvi-xxx, 1-15 In his book, “Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History”, Eduardo Cadava looks to analyse Walter Benjamin’s various discussions on photography and its relationship to history, politics and aesthetic.1 Cadava’s writing should be read as texts whose themes have a “syntactical relationship” to each other, inscribed within the motion of a “series of theses”.2 This enables the text to be read as a photographic text, as a series of fragments, snapshots derived from the material of Benjamin’s work on photography with various theses’ titles: “HISTORY”, “HELIOTROPISM”, “ORIGINS”, “MORTIFICATION” and “GHOSTS”.

FURTHER READINGS

1

Walter Benjamin, “Theses on the Philosophy of History’” (1940/1955) in Walter Benjamin, Illuminations, edited and with introduction by Hannah Arendt, translated by Harry Zohn (1968), (New York: Schocken Books), 1969, pp. 253-264. Walter Benjamin, ´A Small History of Photography´ (1931 ) first English translation appeared in the collection One-Way Street and Other Writings (1978) introduced by Susan Sontag. See: Walter Benjamin, One-Ways Street and Other Writings, Transl. Edmund Jephcott and Kingsley Shorter, (London: NLB), 1978, pp. 240-257.

Through the understanding of the photograph “having-been-there”, I am able to create a referential structure when viewing Maier’s old photographs of the streets of New York. In her photo, “New York, February, 1955”, the gaze of her camera has forever fixed this moment. Here, Maier is taking a self-portrait of herself in a moving mirror on a cold winter’s day in New York. She is standing, almost ghost like within the scene. Maier is seen to be slightly out of focus whilst the mirror, the man and its surroundings are perfectly sharp, adding to the ghost like existence of the artist and the death of the photographed. Caught on film, it is likely Maier would have never developed it or fully realised the photograph. This photograph could have be reproduced after her death, it may not have been produced as she would have intended providing a different narrative or focal point in the image; this is a true death to the image.

Through viewing the texts, a moment of illumination appeared to me. In his thesis, “GHOSTS”, Cadava discusses the death of the photographed, he states,

Susan Sontag, Introduction, One-Way Street and Other Writings, pp.7-42

JOURNAL ENTRY 1: fig.1 David Octavius Hill and Robert Adamson, Dennistoun Monument, Greyfriars Churchyard

13

JOURNAL

02

fig.3 photograph of the “ghost” of photographer Atget

14

15

JOURNAL

CLOSE UP 02 COMPOSING SPACE

Eduardo Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, p. 9.

02

[Re] Experiencing Hélène Binet’s Carrara Quarry Experience

16

In his essay, Pallasmaa discusses the phenomenological nature of architectural images, explaining how,

[…] it is absolutely amazing!”

Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021. Hélène Binet, ‘Composing Space’, public lecture, Harvard University GSD March 20, 2012, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YkpeFr87wOo

“There is an inherent suggestion of action in images

She states, “every year somebody is dying to produce […] marble. The impact on nature is very violent […] what is this about?”7 The highlighted image shows a small,

Images from: Hélène Binet, Peter Zumthor, http://helenebinet.com/photography/peter-zumthor/,

“a series of images whose subtle variation draws the viewer into the act of looking,

[accessed 17th

May 2021].

END OF Part I

Through viewing Binet’s work I find myself coming to similar conclusions about the human impact on the world as Binet discussed, in her lecture, “The Making of a

photographs of Carrara Quarry, Italy, 2013 which evoked strong architectural

Photograph”, whilst visiting Carrara Quarry.

and experiential narratives. In her lecture, “The Making of Photography”, Binet

Robin Schuldenfrei, ‘Images in Exile: Lucia Moholy’s Bauhaus Negatives and the Construction of the Bauhaus Legacy’. History of Photography,

describes a very architectural space when discussing her experiences in the quarry, fig.6 Hélène Binet’s photographs of Peter Zumthor’s Thermal Baths in Val.

37: 2, 2013, 182-203.

20

21

22

fig.7 Hélène Binet’s photographs of the Carrara Marble Quarry as viewed on her website 1 Juhani Pallasmaa. “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, in Questions of Perception: Phenomenology of Architecture, Tokyo: E ando Yu, 1994, p.35. 2 Juhani Pallasmaa, “The Personal Encounter Turns Architecture into Experience”, Conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Helene Binet, Walmer Yard, 26 November 2019, https://walmeryard.co.uk/journal/the-personal-encounter-turns-architecture-intoexperience/, [accessed 20th February 2021]. Emphasis mine. 3 Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space,” in Composing Space, (London: Phaidon), 2012, p.209.

fig.8 Hélène Binet’s photographs of the Carrara Marble Quarry

6 Pallasmaa. “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, p.35. Emphasis mine. 7 Binet, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine.

4 Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine. 5 Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binet-animage-for-me-should-neverbe-completely-defined, [accessed 29 March 2021]. Emphasis mine.

23

24

25

26

27

ESSAY

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

Architectural photography has become more about the object, the façade, the window, the noun rather than how a building is experienced through viewing, touching, entering. Architectural experiences take the form of a verb not a noun. It is important for this experience to be captured in photographs of architecture.

I place this photograph of Hélène Binet in the act, the performance, of making a photograph to begin exploring the movements and gestures involved in creating a photographic image. Here, Binet is photographing the Chaoyang Park Plaza in Beijing, China for MAD Architects in 2018. This photograph shares a lot about the way Binet photographs; how she positions herself and her tripod in the large open space; the light and shadows around her; the camera bag laid open on its back; the scale of her equipment in relation to her; her peering down into the camera whilst balancing on her toes; her photographic performance. This performance is not for the viewer, Binet is unaware of her own specific gestures when photographing, her movements and gestures are in response to her surroundings as she captures her experience of the architecture. These gestures, movements and her experiences bleed into her photographs.

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

Caused by Binet’s act of looking and the shifting of her heavy film equipment, her movements, when making a photograph, are a performance, like a dance between her, her camera equipment and her surroundings as she attempts to capture the space around her. These gestures and movements are an essential part of her photographing process.

ABSTRACT

Hélène Binet is one such architectural photographer who, through the act of looking, captures her experience of an architectural space. Binet achieves as she moves and reacts in response to her surroundings in order to capture her personal experience on the surface of the photographed. This essay will explore, read, view the surface of Binet’s lecture for the University of Edinburgh, “The Making of a Photograph” and, more specifically, Binet’s “Quarries of Marble” images from Carrara in 2013. The images will first be read through the eye of a student of architecture with an interest in the experiential aspect of space, with reference to Juhani Pallasmaa. The surfaces will then be put through a series of closer readings, with reference to Vilém Flusser’s essay, “The Gesture of Photographing” and the aspects of the gestures of photographing: search for place, manipulation and reflection. This is in an attempt to get a true envisaged experience of the Carrara Quarry through Binet’s photographs, her movements and her gestures.

In the article, by Rob Wilson, “Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’”, Binet discusses this performance and its importance to her making of photographs, she states, “I think, by looking looking, you enter the images; you become part of it […] With all my heavy equipment, the set-up and making is a bit like a performance and this moment of making is very precious. I don’t want to lose that.”1

1 Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binetan-image-for-me-should-neverbe-completely-defined, [accessed 14th May 2021]. Emphasis mine. 30

31

fig. 1 Hélène Binet making a photograph

32

33

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

Every year somebody is dying to create beautiful pieces of marble. The impact on nature is very violent. Marble refers to beautiful artwork, to incredible interiors we have seen in architecture but it is paid with a very hard price. The machining used is suddenly not very gentle so it raises why do we still need this marble? What is this about? Maybe, somehow, all of these questions are imbedded in this funny little dwelling that starts to appear in the quarry .

The surface I see is the series of photographs of the “Quarries of Marble” images from Carrara in 2013. In her lecture, Binet describes this unique landscape - a landscape that is the result of very aggressive human activity. She states,

Binet’s books offer a true insight into the subjects she is photographing. Due to the current situation I am writing this from, I am unable to view physical copies of Binet’s work.8 I shall instead be viewing, reading, her images through the surface of her lecture for the University of Edinburgh, “The Making of a Photograph”. This lecture, just like her books, was also carefully choreographed assemblage of her photographs in order to, in the words of Binet in her lecture “The Making of a Photography”,

“A photograph is a kind of “fingerprint fingerprint” that the subject leaves on a surface [...] The subject is the cause of the photograph [...] The photographic revolution reverses the traditional relationship between a concrete phenomenon and our idea of the phenomenon […] In photography, the phenomenon itself generates its own idea for us on the surface.” surface 5 A photograph is a personal, unique, printing of oneself onto the surface of the photographed. It is in the making that the phenomenon is generate onto the surface. This is something Binet is aware of when, in the article, “Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’”, she says, “I think, by looking looking, you enter the images; you become part of it.” it 6 Binet’s printing of her fingerprint on a surface is seen as she touches, imprints her experience, her unique gestures and movements onto the surface of her photographs. A key way to experience Binet’s photographs, and these surfaces, is through her photobooks. In his essay, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space”, Pimlott discusses the dialogue between the reader and one of Binet’s books, he states, fig. 2 William Forsythe’s dance “Avoidance 1: Introduction”

2 William Forsythe, Forsythe-Lines-Avoidance-1-Introduction, Youtube, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cqGyFiEXXIQ, [accessed May 13th, 2021]. 3 Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space”, in Composing Space, Binet, Hélène, and Mark Pimlott (London: Phaidon), 2012, p. 203. Emphasis mine. 4 Vilém Flusser, “The Gesture of Making”, in Gestures, trans. Nancy Ann Roth, (Minneapolis, Minnesota: University of Minnesota Press), p. 33. Emphasis mine.

“The encounter of any work of art implies a bodily interaction. A work of art functions as another person, interaction with whom we converse […] an architect internalizes a building in his body; body movement, balance, distance and scale are felt unconsciously through the body. As the work interacts with the body of the observer the experience mirrors these bodily sensations. sensations Consequently, architecture is communication from the body of the architect directly to the body of the inhabitant.”13 inhabitant

that have nothing to do with the size and power of nature and still, nature is at the risk through their will.”

My encounter with the surface of Binet’s photographs is a personal one. It is a dialogue, an exchange, a gesture that only I am experiencing in my own exact way. Binet’s art, her photographs, are an internalisation of her movements in a space. Like the exchange of the architect’s body through his architecture to the viewer, Binet’s bodily interactions of the space, are communicated through her photograph to me, the viewer. This enables me to experience and imagine Binet photographing the space of the Carrara Quarry.

At this point in my writing I will introduce Juhani Pallasmaa as a way of viewing the images from an architectural and experiential position. In a conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Binet for Walmer Yard, Pallasmaa describes the

fig. 7 “Quarry of Marble” surface 1

fig. 8 “Quarry of Marble” surface 2

fig. 9 “Quarry of Marble” surface 3

fig. 10 “Quarry of Marble” surface 4

With the image of Binet photographing Chaoyang Park Plaza in my peripheral vision, I begin to view the surfaces of the “Quarries of Marble”:

10 Binet, “The Making of a Photograph”, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine.

39

fig. 3 William Forsythe’s dance “Avoidance 2: Volumes” 5 Vilém Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”, in Gestures, trans. Nancy Ann Roth, (Minneapolis, Minnesota: University of Minnesota Press), p. 72. Emphasis mine. 6 Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’. Architects´ Journal. Emphasis mine.

fig. 6 My viewing of “The Making of a Photograph” lecture and Binet’s presentation of the surfaces of the “Quarry of Marble” and Binet photographing

40

“I carry on, this is the last image of the series, where I must say I have never in any other space have I had such emotion than when I was inside one of these caves. It’s about 30 metres high and you have a ground, walls and a ceiling which is completely marble. It’s one thing. It is built in one go by the breaking of the earth and then it has been created into a cave. It is absolutely amazing! But of course, like I said, it is a very risky luxury to have marble.”

41

fig. 4 The surface of Binet’s lecture, “The Making of a Photograph” 35

36

37

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

where human beings have been creating this funny little place where they maybe measure, cut, put tools

“It is an incredible landscape, where you go there, you are completely seduced seduced. You are seduced because marble is beautiful, beautiful marble reflects light, light marble somehow comes to be alive with the landscape.” landscape. 10 The beauty of the marble, and its surroundings, can be seen in Binet’s photographs. I will be reading these images from the angle of an architect student with an interest in the experience of space.

“create the best story, by combining the photographs to have moments where you start to doubt, doubt you start to question, what you project from one part of the image question into the next one and where you create this imaginary moment which is very strong.”9 As well as drawing on the composition of the images, I will also be using her dialogue in her lecture; the opening image showing how Binet photographs; and

In his essay, “The Gestures of Photography”, Flusser, explains the personal gesture that the photographer places on to the surface of the photographed. He notes,

In his essay, “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, Pallasmaa discusses the personal exchange, the gesture, between a work of art and the viewer, he writes,

You are seduced because marble is beautiful, marble reflects light, marble somehow comes to be alive with the landscape.

her discussions of the performance, dance-like nature of her photographing to imagine, understand and envisage what it was like for her to photograph these spaces. There is an exchange happening here between Binet and myself as she flicks through her photographs. This is my first surface of looking.

7 Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space”, p. 214 8 It is important for me to state my position from where I am viewing Binet’s work from. I am currently in Aberdeen, away from Edinburgh, living in a world of screens and flat surfaces because of the ongoing COVID pandemic. I can therefore not access physical copies of Binet’s books. 9 Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, “The Making of a Photograph”, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine.

The gesture of making, as discussed by Vilém Flusser, in his essay, “The Gestures of Making”, are slightly different to the movements and gestures of Forsythe. Flusser states, “We have two hands. We comprehend the world from two opposing sides, sides which is how the world can be taken in, grasped, intended, and manipulated […] the world has two sides: sides a good and a bad, a beautiful and an ugly, a bright and a dark, a right and a left. left And when we conceive of a whole, we conceive of it as the congruence of two opposites. opposites Such a whole is the goal of the gesture of making.” making 4

34

uniqueness of Binet’s architectural photographs. He states, “Most architectural photographers photograph the building as an architectural object […] Hélène photographs the building as her experience of it.” it 11 Binet later goes on to state, “I come from having to deal with translating the multi-sensory experience of a experience 12 Architecture is experienced and Binet has building into a visual experience.” an unique ability to capture her experience of the spaces she encounters in her photographs. “It is an incredible landscape, where you go there, you are completely seduced.

38

The gesture of making is the harmony of two opposites. It is how these two opposites come together, the movement between left and right, that defines the whole and the gesture of making. Binet moves the equipment between her hands. Each hand, and their gestures, are responsible for the making of a photograph. It is this harmonic opposition, when the left hand holds the tripod and the right hand presses the shutter that the gestures of making photography occurs.

Binet moves in relation to her surroundings in the space just like the choreographer William Forsythe in his etude, “Avoidance”.2 In his dance, Forsythe draws an imaginary line and cylinder and places them within the space in front of him. He draws, with his body to avoid and move around the imagined objects in the space. Forsythe is constantly repositioning himself in the space in order to understand and move around the other body. His movements are in response to the space occupied by the imagined objects. With Binet, it is in the making of the photograph which involves her moving her heavy equipment, and her body in response to the photographed object. As Mark Pimlott writes in his essay, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space”, “the subject, whether building or ground, was not an inert object, but an entity of surfaces and spaces. spaces Binet's pictures subject 3 Binet’s actions were made in response to the specific nature of each subject.” are in relation to her surroundings, to the space, to make the photograph. Her movements and experience of the space are therefore captured in the suspended moment of the photograph.

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

fig. 5 The surfaces surrounding the surfaces of “Quarries of Marble” (highlighted), surfaces of “Bodmin Moor - A Granite Moorland” (before), surfaces of “Sergio Musmeci Ponte Sul Basento” (after)

“The book promotes an intimacy between the viewer and the object, object and promotes involvement in seeing and reading. It is only in these conditions that one is able to appreciate the picture as something more than a view: a complex construction that is bound in an intimate relation to its subject.” subject 7

42

11 Juhani Pallasmaa, “The Personal Encounter Turns Architecture into Experience”, Conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Helene Binet, Walmer Yard, 26 November 2019, https://walmeryard.co.uk/journal/the-personal-encounter-turns-architecture-into-experience/, [accessed 14th May 2021] 12 Ibid. 13 Juhani Pallasmaa. ‘An Architecture of the Seven Senses’, in Questions of Perception: Phenomenology of Architecture, Tokyo: E ando Yu, 1994, p.36. Emphasis mine.

The first image appears. The large marble blocks appear to the right of the frame. The objects stand far above the horizon of the mountains in the background which slowly fade away into the distance. I can see the immense destruction that has occurred to create these geometric marble blocks in front of me. These gestures of destruction have transformed the landscape. I hear Binet say, “You are seduced because marble is beautiful, beautiful marble reflects light, light marble somehow landscape 14 The marble is in a dance with its comes to be alive with the landscape.” surroundings and Binet. The harsh, sharp shadows emphasises the light and dark, flattening the image. Binet, through the use of her hands and body has positioned herself and her equipment on the edge. Just like the large rock, poised on the edge, dwarfing its surroundings, Binet balances herself, precisely controls her movements to capture this moment. I imagine the large block to be four to five times my height with the smaller, I cannot move any closer to it, the surroundings will not allow it. Binet clicks to the next image. I am no longer looking out of the quarry but looking in. I am faced with a heavy, vertical façade of marble with a walkway guiding my eye along its surface. The marble appears to be cracking, less orthogonal and natural compared to the harsh line of gestured destruction. I am again drawn to the scale and its vastness. I imagine that each layer must be fifteen metres high. The next image appears, I had barely had a moment to expose myself to the space. The shadow draws me in. A small hut starts to appear, caught within the shadow’s grasp. The hut is dwarfed by the vast slab above it; it is precariously positioned. I wonder how precariously the camera is positioned as it is moved to capture this moment. I hear Binet, she says, “this funny little place where they maybe measure, cut, put tools that has nothing to do with the size and power of nature and still, nature is at the risk through their will.” will 15 Her gestures of making, and narration, have captured my understanding of this moment in the photograph. The next image briefly flashes onto the screen, as if the shutter has been clicked. I only got a brief view, I appeared to be looking out again, maybe this was all the time that was allowed for photographing this moment. It was a quick gesture

fig. 11 “Quarry of Marble” surface 5

of making. I am again brought back into the quarry. There is something strange, discomforting about this space, I am transfixed by Binet’s describes of it,

Flusser, describes how these three aspects of the gestures of photographing act sequentially to create an image, a photograph, a surface. He later goes on to describe the first aspect of the gestures of photographing, “the search for a place”. He states,

I cannot comprehend the scale of the space. The scale is beyond the frame, it moves past it. Binet, her camera, no matter how she moves, what her gestures may be, cannot fully capture the space - it is too vast.

“the situation is therefore a movement of methodical doubt, and that its structure is determined as much by the observed situation as by the apparatus as by the photographer, photographer so that any separation of the named factors must be ruled out. We can add that it is about a movement of a freedom, freedom for the gesture is a series of decisions that occur not despite but because of the determining forces that are in play.”19

When viewing the “Quarries of Marble” series for the first time, it was the scale of the quarry that appeared most consistantly to me. In his essay, “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, Pallasmaa discusses scale and how we experience a space through it, he writes, “Understanding architectural scale implies the unconscious measuring of an object or a building with one’s body, body and projecting one’s bodily scheme on the space in question. We feel pleasure and protection space 17 when the body discovers it resonance in space.”

I look again at the surfaces. The first photograph captures my attention. I look closer. I now understand the plane that Binet was shooting from, the camera is perched on the edge. There are a series of decisions, gestures at play here between, myself, the surface, the equipment and Binet. There is a pin in the ground – could this have been used as an anchoring point, a place to tether whilst searching, whilst photographing? I notice how the series of decisions taken up by Binet, these gesture, caused by the quarries surroundings have created the image in front of me. There is a gestural dance going on here between me, Binet’s camera equipment, herself, and the surface of the photographed.

As a student of architecture, I used scale as a way of understanding space. Here, I positioned myself in the surfaces of the quarry through scaling. This movement, this exchange, is a gesture I use to see, to understand, to be in a space. fig. 12 “Quarry of Marble” surface 1, large

16 Binet, “The Making of a Photograph”. January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine. 17 Pallasmaa. ‘An Architecture of the Seven Senses’. p.36. Emphasis mine.

14 Binet, “The Making of a Photograph”, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine. 15 Ibid.

43

In his essay, “The Gestures of Photography”, Flusser, describes the three aspects of the gestures of photographing, “A first aspect is the search for a place, place a position from situation A second aspect is the which to observe the situation. manipulating of the situation, adapting it to the chosen position. The third aspect concerns critical distance that makes it possible to see the success or failure of this adaptation.”18

“I have never in any other space have I had such emotion than when I was inside one of these caves. It’s about thirty metres high and you have a ground, walls and a ceiling which is completely marble. It’s one thing. It is built in one go by the breaking of the earth and then it has been created into a cave. It is amazing!”16 absolutely amazing

44

18 Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”. p. 77. Emphasis mine. 19 Ibid. p. 81. Emphasis mine.

45

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

Flusser’s second aspect of the gestures of photographing is manipulation of situation. He states,

to the sun throughout the day; and the cold parts that have been hidden by the shadows. My body, my eyes have interacted, manipulated and touched the wall of the quarry and it too has touched and manipulated me and my understanding of the space. This moment, this exchange was involuntary, my very presence alone caused it. The surface I am viewing has changed from a visual surface to a tactile one.

“To observe a situation is, to the same extent, to be changed by it. it Observation changes the observer. Those who observe the gesture of photographing need neither Heisenberg’s uncertainty theory nor psychoanalytic theory. They can actually see it. The photographer cannot help manipulating the situation. situation His very presence is a manipulation. manipulation And he cannot situation He is changed avoid being affected by the situation. simply by being there.” there 20

The final aspects of Flusser

Manipulation of the situation is a given, as is the effect of the situation on the photographer. I, as the observer of the photographing, effect the surroundings but I am also effected by them. I can see how Binet has had to adapt to her surroundings and how her surroundings have adapted to her, in a gestural performance. I view the surface of the second image: Upon understanding the manipulation, I notice that I no longer view the surface in the same light. I can feel it, it touches me. In his essay, Pallasmaa discusses the interconnection between the eye and touch, he writes, “But the eye also touches; touches the gaze implies an unconscious bodily interaction mimesis, identification. identification Perhaps we should think of touch as the unconscious of vision. vision Our gaze strokes distant surfaces, contours and edges, and the unconscious tactile sensation determines the agreeableness or unpleasantness of the experience.”21 experience I can imagine the contrast of textures on the wall as I move my hand across the surface of the image: the sharp surface of the marble wall where it is cut; the smooth surface of the marble itself; the hot parts that have been exposed

fig. 13 “Quarry of Marble” surface 2, large

20 Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”, p. 82-3 21 Pallasmaa. “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, p. 34. Emphasis mine.

46

47

48

49

GA 2 3

GA 2 4

GA 2 5

GA 2 6

GA 2 7

fig. 8 “Quarry of Marble” surface 2

fig. 5 The surfaces surrounding the surfaces of “Quarries of Marble” (highlighted), surfaces of “Bodmin Moor - A Granite Moorland” (before), surfaces of “Sergio Musmeci Ponte Sul Basento” (after) fig. 9 “Quarry of Marble” surface 3

“It is an incredible landscape, where you go there, you are completely seduced.

Binet’s books offer a true insight into the subjects she is photographing. Due to the current situation I am writing this from, I am unable to view physical copies of Binet’s work.8 I shall instead be viewing, reading, her images through the surface of her lecture for the University of Edinburgh, “The Making of a Photograph”. This lecture, just like her books, was also carefully choreographed assemblage of her photographs in order to, in the words of Binet in her lecture “The Making of a Photography”,

As well as drawing on the composition of the images, I will also be using her dialogue in her lecture; the opening image showing how Binet photographs; and

7 Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space”, p. 214 8 It is important for me to state my position from where I am viewing Binet’s work from. I am currently in Aberdeen, away from Edinburgh, living in a world of screens and flat surfaces because of the ongoing COVID pandemic. I can therefore not access physical copies of Binet’s books. 9 Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, “The Making of a Photograph”, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine.

38

Every year somebody is dying to create beautiful pieces of marble. The impact on nature is very violent. Marble refers to beautiful artwork, to incredible interiors we have seen in architecture but it is paid with a very hard price. The machining used is suddenly not very gentle so it raises why do we still need this marble? What is this about? Maybe, somehow, all of these questions are imbedded in this funny little dwelling that starts to appear in the quarry .

“The encounter of any work of art implies a bodily interaction A work of art functions as another person, interaction. with whom we converse […] an architect internalizes body movement, balance, distance a building in his body; and scale are felt unconsciously through the body. As the work interacts with the body of the observer the experience mirrors these bodily sensations. sensations Consequently, architecture is communication from the body of the architect directly to the body of the 13 inhabitant.” inhabitant

7 Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space”, p. 214 8 It is important for me to state my position from where I am viewing Binet’s work from. I am currently in Aberdeen, away from Edinburgh, living in a world of screens and flat surfaces because of the ongoing COVID pandemic. I can therefore not access physical copies of Binet’s books. 9 Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, “The Making of a Photograph”, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine.

The surface I see is the series of photographs of the “Quarries of Marble” images from Carrara in 2013. In her lecture, Binet describes this unique landscape - a landscape that is the result of very aggressive human activity. She states,

that have nothing to do with the size and power of nature and still, nature is at the risk through their will.”

My encounter with the surface of Binet’s photographs is a personal one. It is a dialogue, an exchange, a gesture that only I am experiencing in my own exact way. Binet’s art, her photographs, are an internalisation of her movements in a space. Like the exchange of the architect’s body through his architecture to the viewer, Binet’s bodily interactions of the space, are communicated through her photograph to me, the viewer. This enables me to experience and imagine Binet photographing the space of the Carrara Quarry.

The beauty of the marble, and its surroundings, can be seen in Binet’s photographs. I will be reading these images from the angle of an architect student with an interest in the experience of space. At this point in my writing I will introduce Juhani Pallasmaa as a way of viewing the images from an architectural and experiential position. In a conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Binet for Walmer Yard, Pallasmaa describes the

39

fig. 6 My viewing of “The Making of a Photograph” lecture and Binet’s presentation of the surfaces of the “Quarry of Marble” and Binet photographing 40

fig. 9 “Quarry of Marble” surface 3

fig. 10 “Quarry of Marble” surface 4

With the image of Binet photographing Chaoyang Park Plaza in my peripheral vision, I begin to view the surfaces of the “Quarries of Marble”:

“I carry on, this is the last image of the series, where I must say I have never in any other space have I had such emotion than when I was inside one of these caves.

It’s about 30 metres high and you have a ground, walls and a ceiling which is completely marble. It’s one thing. It is built in one go by the breaking of the earth and then it has been created into a cave. It is absolutely amazing! But of course, like I said, it is a very risky luxury to have marble.”

fig. 8 “Quarry of Marble” surface 2

The first image appears. The large marble blocks appear to the right of the frame. The objects stand far above the horizon of the mountains in the background which slowly fade away into the distance. I can see the immense destruction that has occurred to create these geometric marble blocks in front of me. These gestures of destruction have transformed the landscape. I hear Binet say, “You are seduced because marble is beautiful, beautiful marble reflects light, light marble somehow landscape 14 The marble is in a dance with its comes to be alive with the landscape.” surroundings and Binet. The harsh, sharp shadows emphasises the light and dark, flattening the image. Binet, through the use of her hands and body has positioned herself and her equipment on the edge. Just like the large rock, poised on the edge, dwarfing its surroundings, Binet balances herself, precisely controls her movements to capture this moment. I imagine the large block to be four to five times my height with the smaller, I cannot move any closer to it, the surroundings will not allow it. Binet clicks to the next image. I am no longer looking out of the quarry but looking in. I am faced with a heavy, vertical façade of marble with a walkway guiding my eye along its surface. The marble appears to be cracking, less orthogonal and natural compared to the harsh line of gestured destruction. I am again drawn to the scale and its vastness. I imagine that each layer must be fifteen metres high.

10 Binet, “The Making of a Photograph”, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine.

where human beings have been creating this funny little place where they maybe measure, cut, put tools

“It is an incredible landscape, where you go there, you are completely seduced seduced. You are seduced because marble is beautiful, beautiful marble reflects light, light marble somehow comes to be alive with the landscape.” landscape. 10

10 Binet, “The Making of a Photograph”, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine.

fig. 7 “Quarry of Marble” surface 1

In his essay, “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, Pallasmaa discusses the personal exchange, the gesture, between a work of art and the viewer, he writes,

You are seduced because marble is beautiful, marble reflects light, marble somehow comes to be alive with the landscape.

her discussions of the performance, dance-like nature of her photographing to imagine, understand and envisage what it was like for her to photograph these spaces. There is an exchange happening here between Binet and myself as she flicks through her photographs. This is my first surface of looking.

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

uniqueness of Binet’s architectural photographs. He states, “Most architectural photographers photograph the building as an architectural object […] Hélène photographs the building as her experience of it.” it 11 Binet later goes on to state, “I come from having to deal with translating the multi-sensory experience of a experience 12 Architecture is experienced and Binet has building into a visual experience.” an unique ability to capture her experience of the spaces she encounters in her photographs.

fig. 5 The surfaces surrounding the surfaces of “Quarries of Marble” (highlighted), surfaces of “Bodmin Moor - A Granite Moorland” (before), surfaces of “Sergio Musmeci Ponte Sul Basento” (after)

“The book promotes an intimacy between the viewer and the object, object and promotes involvement in seeing and reading. It is only in these conditions that one is able to appreciate the picture as something more than a view: a complex construction that is bound in an intimate relation to its subject.” subject 7

14 Binet, “The Making of a Photog 15 Ibid.

At this point in my writing I will introduce Juhani Pallasmaa as a way of viewing the images from an architectural and experiential position. In a conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Binet for Walmer Yard, Pallasmaa describes the

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

As well as drawing on the composition of the images, I will also be using her dialogue in her lecture; the opening image showing how Binet photographs; and

“create the best story, by combining the photographs to have moments where you start to doubt, doubt you start to question, what you project from one part of the image question into the next one and where you create this imaginary moment which is very strong.”9

41

double spread // My viewing of “The Making of a Photograph” lecture and Binet’s presentation of the surfaces of the “Quarry of Marble” and Binet photographing

61

GA 2 2

13 Juhani Pallasmaa. ‘An Architecture of the Seven Senses’, in Questions of Perception: Phenomenology of Architecture, Tokyo: E ando Yu, 1994, p.36. Emphasis mine.

42

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

38

GA 2 1

Conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Helene Binet, Walmer Yard, 26 November 2019, The beauty of the marble, and its surroundings, can be seen in Binet’s photographs. https://walmeryard.co.uk/journal/the-personal-encounter-turns-architecture-into-experience/, I will be reading these images from the angle of an architect student with 14th an May 2021] [accessed interest in the experience of space. 12 Ibid.

“create the best story, by combining the photographs to have moments where you start to doubt, doubt you start to question, what you project from one part of the image question into the next one and where you create this imaginary moment which is very strong.”9

During the time of reading and looking at Minet's work, and the various writings associated with it, made for new interesting insights into her work. Images were flatter and lacked the typical three dimensionality compared to when viewed in person providing new ideas and perspectives on viewing photographs as surfaces.

GC 11

“The book promotes an intimacy between the viewer and the object, object and promotes involvement in seeing and reading. It is only in these conditions that one is able to appreciate the picture as something more than a view: a complex construction that is bound in an intimate relation to its subject.” subject 7

[accessed 17th May 2021].

Screenshot from: Hélène Binet, Quarry, 2013, http://helenebinet.com/photography/quarry/,

Images from: Hélène Binet, Quarry, 2013, [accessed 17th May 2021].

transported into the vast space and understand its true scale, unconsciously placing myself in the Quarry. The sharp light and portrait orientation creates large verticality and scale in the scene. I can feel the sharp, hard edges through the photograph. The hut, dwarfed by the quarry, emphasises its fragile nature as it precariously sits under a large marble overhang. The image also conveys the large affect humans have on the landscape even through such small measures, leaving the landscape scarred by our interventions.

in her photographs of Peter Zumthor’s Thermal Baths in Val. In his essay, ‘Helene Binet: Photographs as Space’, Mark Pimlott describes Binet’s Val photographs as,

FURTHER READINGS

fig.5 Hélène Binet’s photo-books

fig. 8

sheltered dwelling. The dwelling gives human scale to the image causing me to be

In a conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Binet for Walmer Yard, Juhani Pallasmaa describes the uniqueness of Binet’s architectural photographs. He states, “Most architectural photographers photograph the building as an architectural object […] Hélène photographs the building as her experience of it.”2 This can be seen

imagining and being.”3 A similar narrative and experience can be seen in Binet’s

[Re]Experiencing Hélène Binet’s Carrara Quarry Experience

Paula Szturc, Hélène Binet’s photo-books

fig. 7

In her lecture, “The Making of Photography”, Binet describes how the experience of the quarry caused her to reflect on the price of marble both to nature and humans.

Her making of a photograph causes Binet to carefully navigate and explore the space as she slowly, but decisively captures key moments of it. This makes the moments she captures in her photographs even more intimate and personal.

Juhani Pallasmaa 1

The Architectural Review, 29 March 2019, Hélène Binet: ‘I am interested in making you dream about the place’, https://www.architectural-review. com/films/helene-binet-i-am-interested-in-making-youdream-about-theplace The Architectural Review, Hélène Binet’s angels: W Awards trophies 2020. https://www.architectural-review.com/awards/w-awards/helene-binetsangels-w-awardstrophies-2020

JOURNAL ENTRY 2:

making is very precious. precious I don’t want to lose that.”5

a consequence of this implied action. A real architectural experience is not simply a series of retinal images; a building is encountered – it is approached, confronted, encountered, related to one’s body, moved about, utilised as a condition of other things.”

pletely-defined, [accessed 14th May 2021].

photographs.

with digital. With all my heavy equipment, the set-up and making is a bit like a performance and this moment of

inseparable aspect of the experience of architecture as

Binet, Hélène, and Mark Pimlott (London: Phaidon, 2012): 200-215 and Photographic index, 216-221 Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely

defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binet-an-image-for-me-should-neverbe-com-

Architectural images, like architecture and space itself, are encountered; we react and are moved by them. This can be seen in my viewing of Binet’s Quarry

“I think you lose the connection with the point of making

a promise of use and purpose. A bodily reaction is an

Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space,” in Composing Space,

2

fig. 6

inseparable aspect of the experience of architecture as a consequence of this implied action.”6

discusses why she continues to work with film, stating,

“There is an inherent suggestion of action in images of architecture, the moment of active encounter or

fig. 5

a promise of use and purpose. A bodily reaction is an

There is a very personal dialogue between space and the viewer captured at a specific moment in time which can be seen in Binet’s photographs. In the article, “Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’”, Binet

Vivian Maier, Self-Portraits.http://www.vivianmaier.com/gallery/ self-portraits/#slide-13 [accessed 17th May 2021]

LIST OF FIGURES

4

of architecture, architecture the moment of active encounter or

Screenshot from: Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. pp. 10-11. Screenshot from: Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. pp. 12.

fig. 4

17

“Never in any other space have I had such emotion than when I was inside one of these caves […] you have a ground, walls and a ceiling which is completely marble

KEY TEXTS

fig. 2

fig. 3

GC 10

“The encounter of any work of art implies a bodily interaction. A work of art functions as another person, interaction with whom we converse […] an architect internalizes a building in his body; body movement, balance, distance and scale are felt unconsciously through the body. As the work interacts with the body of the observer the experience mirrors these bodily sensations. sensations Consequently, architecture is communication from the body of the architect directly to the body of the EXTRACT 2 inhabitant.”13 inhabitant

My encounter with the surface her of Binet’s photographs is a personal dance-like one. It is anature of her photographing to discussions of the performance, dialogue, an exchange, a gesture that only I am experiencing in my exactlike for her to photograph these imagine, understand and envisage whatown it was way. Binet’s art, her photographs, are There an internalisation of herhappening movements a spaces. is an exchange hereinbetween Binet and myself as she space. Like the exchange of theflicks architect’s through his architecture throughbody her photographs. This is my to firstthesurface of looking. viewer, Binet’s bodily interactions of the space, are communicated through her photograph to me, the viewer. This enables me to experience and imagine Binet fig. 10 “Quarry of Marble” surface 4 photographing the space of the The Carrara Quarry. surface I see is the series of photographs of the “Quarries of Marble” images Binet’s books offer a true insight into the subjects she is photographing. Due from Carrara in 2013. In her lecture, Binet describes this unique landscape - a to the current situation I am writing this from, I am unable to view physicalWith the image of Binet photographing Chaoyang Park Plaza in my peripheral landscape that is the result of very aggressive human activity. She states, copies of Binet’s work.8 I shall instead be viewing, reading, her images throughvision, I begin to view the surfaces of the “Quarries of Marble”: the surface of her lecture for the University of Edinburgh, “The Making of a “It is an incredible landscape, where you go there, Photograph”. This lecture, just like her books, was also carefully choreographed you are completely seduced seduced. You are seduced because assemblage of her photographs in order to, in the words of Binet in her lecture marble is beautiful, beautiful marble reflects light, light marble 10 “The Making of a Photography”, withPersonal the landscape.” landscape. somehow11comes be alive“The Juhani to Pallasmaa, Encounter Turns Architecture into Experience”,

fig.4 Vivian Maier’s photograph, “New York, February, 1955” fig.2 moment of illumination in the text 1 Eduardo Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”, Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History, (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, pp. xix. Emphasis mine. 2 Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”. pp. xx. Emphasis mine. 3 Eduardo Cadava. “GHOSTS”, Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History, (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, p.11. Emphasis mine.

12

LIST OF FIGURES fig. 1

GC 9

“Like an angel of history whose wings register the traces of this disappearance, the image bears witness to an experience that cannot come to light. The experience is the experience of the shock experience, of experience as bereavement. The bereavement acknowledges what takes place in any photograph – the return of the departed. Although what the photograph photographs is no longer present or living, its having-been-there now forms part of the referential structure of our relationship to the photograph.”3

Eduardo Cadava, Lapsus Imaginis: The Image in Ruins, October, Spring 2001, Vol. 96, pp.35-60

The Death of the Photographed

Vivian Maier photographed New York during a time when photography was beginning to be used as a form of technology that had the potential to register individual perceptions of the world. Maier’s work captured the everyday; her photographs convey how she saw herself in the city and viewed the city around her. Here, photography was not done for publication, but for one’s own project. Maier’s work, as a body of work, forms an incredible portrait of the city. Maier becoming famous after her death only adds to the death of the photographs and their “haunting” through the afterlife. She, and her experiences of the city, live on past her life through her photographs.

The sudden death of the photographed, in the instantaneous moment of capturing the photograph, leads me to street photography. The essence of this form of photography is the capturing of a specific, every changing, moment within the urban fabric of the city. A moment that can never be remade, a story that can never be retold. Street photography is therefore, to me, the most instantaneous “flash of death” of a photographed moment.

In his essay, “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, Pallasmaa discusses the personal exchange, the gesture, between a work of art and the viewer, he writes,

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

42

11 Juhani Pallasmaa, “The Personal Encounter Turns Architecture into Experience”, Conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Helene Binet, Walmer Yard, 26 November 2019, https://walmeryard.co.uk/journal/the-personal-encounter-turns-architecture-into-experience/, [accessed 14th May 2021] 12 Ibid. 13 Juhani Pallasmaa. ‘An Architecture of the Seven Senses’, in Questions of Perception: Phenomenology of Architecture, Tokyo: E ando Yu, 1994, p.36. Emphasis mine.

The next image appears, I had barely had a moment to expose myself to the space. The shadow draws me in. A small hut starts to appear, caught within the shadow’s grasp. The hut is dwarfed by the vast slab above it; it is precariously positioned. I wonder how precariously the camera is positioned as it is moved to capture this moment. I hear Binet, she says, “this funny little place where they maybe measure, cut, put tools that has nothing to do with the size and power of nature and still, nature is at the risk through their will.” will 15 Her gestures of making, and narration, have captured my understanding of this moment in the photograph. The next image briefly flashes onto the screen, as if the shutter has been clicked. I only got a brief view, I appeared to be looking out again, maybe this was all the time that was allowed for photographing this moment. It was a quick gesture 14 Binet, “The Making of a Photograph”, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine. 15 Ibid.

39 43


[2021] SCAT

SCAT

CLOSE UPS on surfaces gestures and borders of the photograph

ARCH11070

MArch 1, [semester 2]

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

to the sun throughout the day; and the cold parts that have been hidden by the shadows. My body, my eyes have interacted, manipulated and touched the wall of the quarry and it too has touched and manipulated me and my understanding of the space. This moment, this exchange was involuntary, my very presence alone caused it. The surface I am viewing has changed from a visual surface to a tactile one. LIST OF FIGURES

Brief 02 // Essay

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

EXTRACT 1

JOURNAL

01

JOURNAL

CLOSE UP 01 words of light

01

The death, the disappearance of the moment that has just been photographed is instantaneous when caught in the snapshot light of the camera when photographing. The image, the specific moment, captured forever in the photograph will never be again, it cannot “come to light” again. We can understand and relate to a photograph through the knowledge of it “having-been-there”, through its death.

The Death of the Photographed

KEY TEXTS

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

Eduardo Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”, HISTORY, HELIOTROPISM, ORIGINS, MORTIFICATION, GHOSTS in Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History. (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, pp. xvi-xxx, 1-15 In his book, “Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History”, Eduardo Cadava looks to analyse Walter Benjamin’s various discussions on photography and its relationship to history, politics and aesthetic.1 Cadava’s writing should be read as texts whose themes have a “syntactical relationship” to each other, inscribed within the motion of a “series of theses”.2 This enables the text to be read as a photographic text, as a series of fragments, snapshots derived from the material of Benjamin’s work on photography with various theses’ titles: “HISTORY”, “HELIOTROPISM”, “ORIGINS”, “MORTIFICATION” and “GHOSTS”.

FURTHER READINGS

1

Walter Benjamin, “Theses on the Philosophy of History’” (1940/1955) in Walter Benjamin, Illuminations, edited and with introduction by Hannah Arendt, translated by Harry Zohn (1968), (New York: Schocken Books), 1969, pp. 253-264. Walter Benjamin, ´A Small History of Photography´ (1931 ) first English translation appeared in the collection One-Way Street and Other Writings (1978) introduced by Susan Sontag. See: Walter Benjamin, One-Ways Street and Other Writings, Transl. Edmund Jephcott and Kingsley Shorter, (London: NLB), 1978, pp. 240-257.

Through the understanding of the photograph “having-been-there”, I am able to create a referential structure when viewing Maier’s old photographs of the streets of New York. In her photo, “New York, February, 1955”, the gaze of her camera has forever fixed this moment. Here, Maier is taking a self-portrait of herself in a moving mirror on a cold winter’s day in New York. She is standing, almost ghost like within the scene. Maier is seen to be slightly out of focus whilst the mirror, the man and its surroundings are perfectly sharp, adding to the ghost like existence of the artist and the death of the photographed. Caught on film, it is likely Maier would have never developed it or fully realised the photograph. This photograph could have be reproduced after her death, it may not have been produced as she would have intended providing a different narrative or focal point in the image; this is a true death to the image.

Through viewing the texts, a moment of illumination appeared to me. In his thesis, “GHOSTS”, Cadava discusses the death of the photographed, he states, “Like an angel of history whose wings register the traces of this disappearance, the image bears witness to an experience that cannot come to light. The experience is the experience of the shock experience, of experience as bereavement. The bereavement acknowledges what takes place in any photograph – the return of the departed. Although what the photograph photographs is no longer present or living, its having-been-there now forms part of the referential structure of our relationship to the photograph.”3

Eduardo Cadava, Lapsus Imaginis: The Image in Ruins, October, Spring 2001, Vol. 96, pp.35-60 Susan Sontag, Introduction, One-Way Street and Other Writings, pp.7-42

JOURNAL ENTRY 1: The Death of the Photographed

Vivian Maier photographed New York during a time when photography was beginning to be used as a form of technology that had the potential to register individual perceptions of the world. Maier’s work captured the everyday; her photographs convey how she saw herself in the city and viewed the city around her. Here, photography was not done for publication, but for one’s own project. Maier’s work, as a body of work, forms an incredible portrait of the city. Maier becoming famous after her death only adds to the death of the photographs and their “haunting” through the afterlife. She, and her experiences of the city, live on past her life through her photographs.

The sudden death of the photographed, in the instantaneous moment of capturing the photograph, leads me to street photography. The essence of this form of photography is the capturing of a specific, every changing, moment within the urban fabric of the city. A moment that can never be remade, a story that can never be retold. Street photography is therefore, to me, the most instantaneous “flash of death” of a photographed moment.

fig.1 David Octavius Hill and Robert Adamson, Dennistoun Monument, Greyfriars Churchyard

fig.4 Vivian Maier’s photograph, “New York, February, 1955” fig.2 moment of illumination in the text fig.3 photograph of the “ghost” of photographer Atget

1 Eduardo Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”, Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History, (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, pp. xix. Emphasis mine. 2 Cadava. “Preface: Photagogós”. pp. xx. Emphasis mine. 3 Eduardo Cadava. “GHOSTS”, Words of Light: Theses on the Photography of History, (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, p.11. Emphasis mine.

12

13

JOURNAL

LIST OF FIGURES fig. 1

fig. 2

02

15

JOURNAL

CLOSE UP 02 COMPOSING SPACE

Eduardo Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press), 1997, p. 9.

14

02

[Re] Experiencing Hélène Binet’s Carrara Quarry Experience

16

17

“Never in any other space have I had such emotion than when I was inside one of

In his essay, Pallasmaa discusses the phenomenological nature of architectural

these caves […] you have a ground, walls and a ceiling which is completely marble

images, explaining how,

[…] it is absolutely amazing!”

“There is an inherent suggestion of action in images of architecture, architecture the moment of active encounter or

KEY TEXTS

Screenshot from: Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. pp. 10-11. Screenshot from: Cadava, Words of Light: Theses on the History of Photography. pp. 12.

fig. 4

Vivian Maier, Self-Portraits.http://www.vivianmaier.com/gallery/ self-portraits/#slide-13 [accessed 17th May 2021]

Images from: Hélène Binet, Peter Zumthor, http://helenebinet.com/photography/peter-zumthor/, [accessed 17th May 2021].

Architectural images, like architecture and space itself, are encountered; we

fig. 7

Screenshot from: Hélène Binet, Quarry, 2013, http://helenebinet.com/photography/quarry/,

fig. 8

Images from: Hélène Binet, Quarry, 2013, [accessed 17th May 2021].

[accessed 17th

May 2021].

photographs.

with digital. With all my heavy equipment, the set-up and making is a bit like a performance and this moment of making is very precious. precious I don’t want to lose that.”5

a consequence of this implied action. A real architectural experience is not simply a series of retinal images; a

In her lecture, “The Making of Photography”, Binet describes how the experience of the quarry caused her to reflect on the price of marble both to nature and humans.

Her making of a photograph causes Binet to carefully navigate and explore the space

building is encountered – it is approached, confronted, encountered, related to one’s body, moved about, utilised as a condition of other things.”

pletely-defined, [accessed 14th May 2021].

react and are moved by them. This can be seen in my viewing of Binet’s Quarry

“I think you lose the connection with the point of making

a promise of use and purpose. A bodily reaction is an inseparable aspect of the experience of architecture as

Binet, Hélène, and Mark Pimlott (London: Phaidon, 2012): 200-215 and Photographic index, 216-221 Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely

defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binet-an-image-for-me-should-neverbe-com-

as she slowly, but decisively captures key moments of it. This makes the moments

She states, “every year somebody is dying to produce […] marble. The impact on

she captures in her photographs even more intimate and personal.

nature is very violent […] what is this about?”7 The highlighted image shows a small, sheltered dwelling. The dwelling gives human scale to the image causing me to be transported into the vast space and understand its true scale, unconsciously placing

Juhani Pallasmaa 1

The Architectural Review, 29 March 2019, Hélène Binet: ‘I am interested in making you dream about the place’, https://www.architectural-review. com/films/helene-binet-i-am-interested-in-making-youdream-about-theplace

fig. 6

consequence of this implied action.”6

discusses why she continues to work with film, stating,

“There is an inherent suggestion of action in images of architecture, the moment of active encounter or

Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space,” in Composing Space,

myself in the Quarry. The sharp light and portrait orientation creates large verticality and scale in the scene. I can feel the sharp, hard edges through the photograph.

In a conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Binet for Walmer Yard, Juhani

The hut, dwarfed by the quarry, emphasises its fragile nature as it precariously sits

Pallasmaa describes the uniqueness of Binet’s architectural photographs. He states,

under a large marble overhang. The image also conveys the large affect humans

“Most architectural photographers photograph the building as an architectural

END OF Part I

have on the landscape even through such small measures, leaving the landscape

object […] Hélène photographs the building as her experience of it.”2 This can be seen

scarred by our interventions.

in her photographs of Peter Zumthor’s Thermal Baths in Val. In his essay, ‘Helene

The Architectural Review, Hélène Binet’s angels: W Awards trophies 2020. https://www.architectural-review.com/awards/w-awards/helene-binetsangels-w-awardstrophies-2020

Binet: Photographs as Space’, Mark Pimlott describes Binet’s Val photographs as, “a series of images whose subtle variation draws the viewer into the act of looking,

Through viewing Binet’s work I find myself coming to similar conclusions about the

imagining and being.”3 A similar narrative and experience can be seen in Binet’s

human impact on the world as Binet discussed, in her lecture, “The Making of a

photographs of Carrara Quarry, Italy, 2013 which evoked strong architectural

FURTHER READINGS

fig.5 Hélène Binet’s photo-books

Paula Szturc, Hélène Binet’s photo-books

inseparable aspect of the experience of architecture as a

specific moment in time which can be seen in Binet’s photographs. In the article,

Hélène Binet, ‘Composing Space’, public lecture, Harvard University GSD March 20, 2012, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YkpeFr87wOo

2 JOURNAL ENTRY 2: [Re]Experiencing Hélène Binet’s Carrara Quarry Experience

fig. 5

a promise of use and purpose. A bodily reaction is an

There is a very personal dialogue between space and the viewer captured at a

Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021.

“Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’”, Binet

fig. 3

LIST OF FIGURES

4

Photograph”, whilst visiting Carrara Quarry.

and experiential narratives. In her lecture, “The Making of Photography”, Binet

Robin Schuldenfrei, ‘Images in Exile: Lucia Moholy’s Bauhaus Negatives and the Construction of the Bauhaus Legacy’. History of Photography,

describes a very architectural space when discussing her experiences in the quarry, fig.6 Hélène Binet’s photographs of Peter Zumthor’s Thermal Baths in Val.

37: 2, 2013, 182-203.

20

21

22

fig.7 Hélène Binet’s photographs of the Carrara Marble Quarry as viewed on her website 1 Juhani Pallasmaa. “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, in Questions of Perception: Phenomenology of Architecture, Tokyo: E ando Yu, 1994, p.35. 2 Juhani Pallasmaa, “The Personal Encounter Turns Architecture into Experience”, Conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Helene Binet, Walmer Yard, 26 November 2019, https://walmeryard.co.uk/journal/the-personal-encounter-turns-architecture-intoexperience/, [accessed 20th February 2021]. Emphasis mine. 3 Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space,” in Composing Space, (London: Phaidon), 2012, p.209.

fig.8 Hélène Binet’s photographs of the Carrara Marble Quarry

6 Pallasmaa. “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, p.35. Emphasis mine. 7 Binet, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine.

4 Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, ‘The Making of a Photograph’, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine. 5 Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binet-animage-for-me-should-neverbe-completely-defined, [accessed 29 March 2021]. Emphasis mine.

23

24

25

26

27

ESSAY

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

Architectural photography has become more about the object, the façade, the window, the noun rather than how a building is experienced through viewing, touching, entering. Architectural experiences take the form of a verb not a noun. It is important for this experience to be captured in photographs of architecture.

I place this photograph of Hélène Binet in the act, the performance, of making a photograph to begin exploring the movements and gestures involved in creating a photographic image. Here, Binet is photographing the Chaoyang Park Plaza in Beijing, China for MAD Architects in 2018. This photograph shares a lot about the way Binet photographs; how she positions herself and her tripod in the large open space; the light and shadows around her; the camera bag laid open on its back; the scale of her equipment in relation to her; her peering down into the camera whilst balancing on her toes; her photographic performance. This performance is not for the viewer, Binet is unaware of her own specific gestures when photographing, her movements and gestures are in response to her surroundings as she captures her experience of the architecture. These gestures, movements and her experiences bleed into her photographs.

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

Caused by Binet’s act of looking and the shifting of her heavy film equipment, her movements, when making a photograph, are a performance, like a dance between her, her camera equipment and her surroundings as she attempts to capture the space around her. These gestures and movements are an essential part of her photographing process.

ABSTRACT

Hélène Binet is one such architectural photographer who, through the act of looking, captures her experience of an architectural space. Binet achieves as she moves and reacts in response to her surroundings in order to capture her personal experience on the surface of the photographed. This essay will explore, read, view the surface of Binet’s lecture for the University of Edinburgh, “The Making of a Photograph” and, more specifically, Binet’s “Quarries of Marble” images from Carrara in 2013. The images will first be read through the eye of a student of architecture with an interest in the experiential aspect of space, with reference to Juhani Pallasmaa. The surfaces will then be put through a series of closer readings, with reference to Vilém Flusser’s essay, “The Gesture of Photographing” and the aspects of the gestures of photographing: search for place, manipulation and reflection. This is in an attempt to get a true envisaged experience of the Carrara Quarry through Binet’s photographs, her movements and her gestures.

In the article, by Rob Wilson, “Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’”, Binet discusses this performance and its importance to her making of photographs, she states, “I think, by looking looking, you enter the images; you become part of it […] With all my heavy equipment, the set-up and making is a bit like a performance and this moment of making is very precious. I don’t want to lose that.”1

1 Rob Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’. Architects´ Journal, 15 February 2019. https://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/helene-binetan-image-for-me-should-neverbe-completely-defined, [accessed 14th May 2021]. Emphasis mine. 30

31

fig. 1 Hélène Binet making a photograph

32

33

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

“create the best story, by combining the photographs to have moments where you start to doubt, doubt you start to question, what you project from one part of the image question into the next one and where you create this imaginary moment which is very strong.”9 As well as drawing on the composition of the images, I will also be using her dialogue in her lecture; the opening image showing how Binet photographs; and

38

7 Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space”, p. 214 8 It is important for me to state my position from where I am viewing Binet’s work from. I am currently in Aberdeen, away from Edinburgh, living in a world of screens and flat surfaces because of the ongoing COVID pandemic. I can therefore not access physical copies of Binet’s books. 9 Hélène Binet, 2021 Geddes Fellow at ESALA, Public Lecture, “The Making of a Photograph”, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine.

“A photograph is a kind of “fingerprint fingerprint” that the subject leaves on a surface [...] The subject is the cause of the photograph [...] The photographic revolution reverses the traditional relationship between a concrete phenomenon and our idea of the phenomenon […] In photography, the phenomenon itself generates its own idea for us on the surface.” surface 5 A photograph is a personal, unique, printing of oneself onto the surface of the photographed. It is in the making that the phenomenon is generate onto the surface. This is something Binet is aware of when, in the article, “Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’”, she says, “I think, by looking looking, you enter the images; you become part of it.” it 6 Binet’s printing of her fingerprint on a surface is seen as she touches, imprints her experience, her unique gestures and movements onto the surface of her photographs. A key way to experience Binet’s photographs, and these surfaces, is through her photobooks. In his essay, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space”, Pimlott discusses the dialogue between the reader and one of Binet’s books, he states, fig. 2 William Forsythe’s dance “Avoidance 1: Introduction”

2 William Forsythe, Forsythe-Lines-Avoidance-1-Introduction, Youtube, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cqGyFiEXXIQ, [accessed May 13th, 2021]. 3 Mark Pimlott, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space”, in Composing Space, Binet, Hélène, and Mark Pimlott (London: Phaidon), 2012, p. 203. Emphasis mine. 4 Vilém Flusser, “The Gesture of Making”, in Gestures, trans. Nancy Ann Roth, (Minneapolis, Minnesota: University of Minnesota Press), p. 33. Emphasis mine.

Every year somebody is dying to create beautiful pieces of marble. The impact on nature is very violent. Marble refers to beautiful artwork, to incredible interiors we have seen in architecture but it is paid with a very hard price. The machining used is suddenly not very gentle so it raises why do we still need this marble? What is this about? Maybe, somehow, all of these questions are imbedded in this funny little dwelling that starts to appear in the quarry .

The surface I see is the series of photographs of the “Quarries of Marble” images from Carrara in 2013. In her lecture, Binet describes this unique landscape - a landscape that is the result of very aggressive human activity. She states,

fig. 7 “Quarry of Marble” surface 1

In his essay, “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, Pallasmaa discusses the personal exchange, the gesture, between a work of art and the viewer, he writes,

You are seduced because marble is beautiful, marble reflects light, marble somehow comes to be alive with the landscape.

her discussions of the performance, dance-like nature of her photographing to imagine, understand and envisage what it was like for her to photograph these spaces. There is an exchange happening here between Binet and myself as she flicks through her photographs. This is my first surface of looking.

“The encounter of any work of art implies a bodily interaction. A work of art functions as another person, interaction with whom we converse […] an architect internalizes a building in his body; body movement, balance, distance and scale are felt unconsciously through the body. As the work interacts with the body of the observer the experience mirrors these bodily sensations. sensations Consequently, architecture is communication from the body of the architect directly to the body of the inhabitant.”13 inhabitant

where human beings have been creating this funny little place where they maybe measure, cut, put tools that have nothing to do with the size and power of nature and still, nature is at the risk through their will.”

“It is an incredible landscape, where you go there, you are completely seduced seduced. You are seduced because marble is beautiful, beautiful marble reflects light, light marble somehow comes to be alive with the landscape.” landscape. 10

My encounter with the surface of Binet’s photographs is a personal one. It is a dialogue, an exchange, a gesture that only I am experiencing in my own exact way. Binet’s art, her photographs, are an internalisation of her movements in a space. Like the exchange of the architect’s body through his architecture to the viewer, Binet’s bodily interactions of the space, are communicated through her photograph to me, the viewer. This enables me to experience and imagine Binet photographing the space of the Carrara Quarry.

The beauty of the marble, and its surroundings, can be seen in Binet’s photographs. I will be reading these images from the angle of an architect student with an interest in the experience of space. At this point in my writing I will introduce Juhani Pallasmaa as a way of viewing the images from an architectural and experiential position. In a conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Binet for Walmer Yard, Pallasmaa describes the

fig. 8 “Quarry of Marble” surface 2

fig. 9 “Quarry of Marble” surface 3

fig. 10 “Quarry of Marble” surface 4

With the image of Binet photographing Chaoyang Park Plaza in my peripheral vision, I begin to view the surfaces of the “Quarries of Marble”:

“I carry on, this is the last image of the series, where I must say I have never in any other space have I had such emotion than when I was inside one of these caves.

10 Binet, “The Making of a Photograph”, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine.

39

fig. 6 My viewing of “The Making of a Photograph” lecture and Binet’s presentation of the surfaces of the “Quarry of Marble” and Binet photographing

It’s about 30 metres high and you have a ground, walls and a ceiling which is completely marble. It’s one thing. It is built in one go by the breaking of the earth and then it has been created into a cave. It is absolutely amazing! But of course, like I said, it is a very risky luxury

40

to have marble.”

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

Flusser’s second aspect of the gestures of photographing is manipulation of situation. He states,

41

42

11 Juhani Pallasmaa, “The Personal Encounter Turns Architecture into Experience”, Conversation with Fenella Collingridge and Helene Binet, Walmer Yard, 26 November 2019, https://walmeryard.co.uk/journal/the-personal-encounter-turns-architecture-into-experience/, [accessed 14th May 2021] 12 Ibid. 13 Juhani Pallasmaa. ‘An Architecture of the Seven Senses’, in Questions of Perception: Phenomenology of Architecture, Tokyo: E ando Yu, 1994, p.36. Emphasis mine.

“But the eye also touches; touches the gaze implies an unconscious bodily interaction mimesis, identification. identification Perhaps we should think of touch as the unconscious of vision. vision Our gaze strokes distant surfaces, contours and edges, and the unconscious tactile sensation determines the agreeableness or unpleasantness of the experience.”21 experience I can imagine the contrast of textures on the wall as I move my hand across the surface of the image: the sharp surface of the marble wall where it is cut; the smooth surface of the marble itself; the hot parts that have been exposed

fig. 13 “Quarry of Marble” surface 2, large

Binet clicks to the next image. I am no longer looking out of the quarry but looking in. I am faced with a heavy, vertical façade of marble with a walkway guiding my eye along its surface. The marble appears to be cracking, less orthogonal and natural compared to the harsh line of gestured destruction. I am again drawn to the scale and its vastness. I imagine that each layer must be fifteen metres high.

37

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

The next image appears, I had barely had a moment to expose myself to the space. The shadow draws me in. A small hut starts to appear, caught within the shadow’s grasp. The hut is dwarfed by the vast slab above it; it is precariously positioned. I wonder how precariously the camera is positioned as it is moved to capture this moment. I hear Binet, she says, “this funny little place where they maybe measure, cut, put tools that has nothing to do with the size and power of nature and still, nature is at the risk through their will.” will 15 Her gestures of making, and narration, have captured my understanding of this moment in the photograph. The next image briefly flashes onto the screen, as if the shutter has been clicked. I only got a brief view, I appeared to be looking out again, maybe this was all the time that was allowed for photographing this moment. It was a quick gesture

fig. 11 “Quarry of Marble” surface 5

Flusser, describes how these three aspects of the gestures of photographing act sequentially to create an image, a photograph, a surface. He later goes on to describe the first aspect of the gestures of photographing, “the search for a place”. He states,

I cannot comprehend the scale of the space. The scale is beyond the frame, it moves past it. Binet, her camera, no matter how she moves, what her gestures may be, cannot fully capture the space - it is too vast.

“the situation is therefore a movement of methodical doubt, and that its structure is determined as much by the observed situation as by the apparatus as by the photographer, photographer so that any separation of the named factors must be ruled out. We can add that it is about a movement of a freedom, freedom for the gesture is a series of decisions that occur not despite but because of the determining forces that are in play.”19

When viewing the “Quarries of Marble” series for the first time, it was the scale of the quarry that appeared most consistantly to me. In his essay, “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, Pallasmaa discusses scale and how we experience a space through it, he writes, “Understanding architectural scale implies the unconscious measuring of an object or a building with one’s body, body and projecting one’s bodily scheme on the space in question. We feel pleasure and protection space 17 when the body discovers it resonance in space.”

I look again at the surfaces. The first photograph captures my attention. I look closer. I now understand the plane that Binet was shooting from, the camera is perched on the edge. There are a series of decisions, gestures at play here between, myself, the surface, the equipment and Binet. There is a pin in the ground – could this have been used as an anchoring point, a place to tether whilst searching, whilst photographing? I notice how the series of decisions taken up by Binet, these gesture, caused by the quarries surroundings have created the image in front of me. There is a gestural dance going on here between me, Binet’s camera equipment, herself, and the surface of the photographed.

As a student of architecture, I used scale as a way of understanding space. Here, I positioned myself in the surfaces of the quarry through scaling. This movement, this exchange, is a gesture I use to see, to understand, to be in a space. fig. 12 “Quarry of Marble” surface 1, large

16 Binet, “The Making of a Photograph”. January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine. 17 Pallasmaa. ‘An Architecture of the Seven Senses’. p.36. Emphasis mine.

43

In his essay, “The Gestures of Photography”, Flusser, describes the three aspects of the gestures of photographing, “A first aspect is the search for a place, place a position from situation A second aspect is the which to observe the situation. manipulating of the situation, adapting it to the chosen position. The third aspect concerns critical distance that makes it possible to see the success or failure of this adaptation.”18

“I have never in any other space have I had such emotion than when I was inside one of these caves. It’s about thirty metres high and you have a ground, walls and a ceiling which is completely marble. It’s one thing. It is built in one go by the breaking of the earth and then it has been created into a cave. It is amazing!”16 absolutely amazing

14 Binet, “The Making of a Photograph”, January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine. 15 Ibid.

As I now reflect on the surfaces of the “Quarry of Marble” and the gestures of photographing and making, I find myself looking in even closer for one final time. I am drawn to the large crack in the penultimate image. An image I am almost seeing for the first time. As I look closer more cracks appear around it, however it is this dark, contrasting crack which takes my attention. I can feel its sharp edge. I wonder how deep it goes, how close it is to breaking. This perilous state is found throughout the quarry. The surface of this crack appears to embody all the other surfaces: their depth, scale, shadow and precariousness. In the first surface, the rock balances on the edge; the next, the walkway balances off the wall of marble; the hut dwarfed by the far more powerful rock above. I can finally see, experience, understand exactly the movements and gestures of photographing in such a space. I can see, understand when Binet herself reflects on the space and her experience of. She states,

“our problem is not continuous reflection; it is about deciding when to stop reflecting so as to be able to switch over to action […] reflection is a strategy and not surrender of self. self The moment the photographer stops looking into the reflecting mirror (whether real or imaginary) is the moment that will define his image [...] It will be penetrating and revealing if the photographer has chosen a good moment to stop reflecting. Reflection therefore forms part of the photographer’s search and his manipulation. It is a search for himself and a manipulation of himself. himself In fact, the search for a position belongs to the search for himself and the manipulation of the situation to the manipulation of self, and vice versa.” versa 22

Upon understanding the manipulation, I notice that I no longer view the surface in the same light. I can feel it, it touches me. In his essay, Pallasmaa discusses the interconnection between the eye and touch, he writes,

36

of making. I am again brought back into the quarry. There is something strange, discomforting about this space, I am transfixed by Binet’s describes of it,

18 Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”. p. 77. Emphasis mine. 19 Ibid. p. 81. Emphasis mine.

44

45

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

The final aspects of Flusser’s gestures of photographing is reflection. He states,

Manipulation of the situation is a given, as is the effect of the situation on the photographer. I, as the observer of the photographing, effect the surroundings but I am also effected by them. I can see how Binet has had to adapt to her surroundings and how her surroundings have adapted to her, in a gestural performance. I view the surface of the second image:

fig. 4 The surface of Binet’s lecture, “The Making of a Photograph” 35

The first image appears. The large marble blocks appear to the right of the frame. The objects stand far above the horizon of the mountains in the background which slowly fade away into the distance. I can see the immense destruction that has occurred to create these geometric marble blocks in front of me. These gestures of destruction have transformed the landscape. I hear Binet say, “You are seduced because marble is beautiful, beautiful marble reflects light, light marble somehow landscape 14 The marble is in a dance with its comes to be alive with the landscape.” surroundings and Binet. The harsh, sharp shadows emphasises the light and dark, flattening the image. Binet, through the use of her hands and body has positioned herself and her equipment on the edge. Just like the large rock, poised on the edge, dwarfing its surroundings, Binet balances herself, precisely controls her movements to capture this moment. I imagine the large block to be four to five times my height with the smaller, I cannot move any closer to it, the surroundings will not allow it.

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

to the sun throughout the day; and the cold parts that have been hidden by the shadows. My body, my eyes have interacted, manipulated and touched the wall of the quarry and it too has touched and manipulated me and my understanding of the space. This moment, this exchange was involuntary, my very presence alone caused it. The surface I am viewing has changed from a visual surface to a tactile one.

“To observe a situation is, to the same extent, to be changed by it. it Observation changes the observer. Those who observe the gesture of photographing need neither Heisenberg’s uncertainty theory nor psychoanalytic theory. They can actually see it. The photographer cannot help manipulating the situation. situation His very presence is a manipulation. manipulation And he cannot situation He is changed avoid being affected by the situation. simply by being there.” there 20

fig. 3 William Forsythe’s dance “Avoidance 2: Volumes” 5 Vilém Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”, in Gestures, trans. Nancy Ann Roth, (Minneapolis, Minnesota: University of Minnesota Press), p. 72. Emphasis mine. 6 Wilson, Hélène Binet: ‘An image for me should never be completely defined’. Architects´ Journal. Emphasis mine.

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

uniqueness of Binet’s architectural photographs. He states, “Most architectural photographers photograph the building as an architectural object […] Hélène photographs the building as her experience of it.” it 11 Binet later goes on to state, “I come from having to deal with translating the multi-sensory experience of a experience 12 Architecture is experienced and Binet has building into a visual experience.” an unique ability to capture her experience of the spaces she encounters in her photographs. “It is an incredible landscape, where you go there, you are completely seduced.

Binet’s books offer a true insight into the subjects she is photographing. Due to the current situation I am writing this from, I am unable to view physical copies of Binet’s work.8 I shall instead be viewing, reading, her images through the surface of her lecture for the University of Edinburgh, “The Making of a Photograph”. This lecture, just like her books, was also carefully choreographed assemblage of her photographs in order to, in the words of Binet in her lecture “The Making of a Photography”,

The gesture of making, as discussed by Vilém Flusser, in his essay, “The Gestures of Making”, are slightly different to the movements and gestures of Forsythe. Flusser states, “We have two hands. We comprehend the world from two opposing sides, sides which is how the world can be taken in, grasped, intended, and manipulated […] the world has two sides: sides a good and a bad, a beautiful and an ugly, a bright and a dark, a right and a left. left And when we conceive of a whole, we conceive of it as the congruence of two opposites. opposites Such a whole is the goal of the gesture of making.” making 4

34

In his essay, “The Gestures of Photography”, Flusser, explains the personal gesture that the photographer places on to the surface of the photographed. He notes,

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

fig. 5 The surfaces surrounding the surfaces of “Quarries of Marble” (highlighted), surfaces of “Bodmin Moor - A Granite Moorland” (before), surfaces of “Sergio Musmeci Ponte Sul Basento” (after)

“The book promotes an intimacy between the viewer and the object, object and promotes involvement in seeing and reading. It is only in these conditions that one is able to appreciate the picture as something more than a view: a complex construction that is bound in an intimate relation to its subject.” subject 7

The gesture of making is the harmony of two opposites. It is how these two opposites come together, the movement between left and right, that defines the whole and the gesture of making. Binet moves the equipment between her hands. Each hand, and their gestures, are responsible for the making of a photograph. It is this harmonic opposition, when the left hand holds the tripod and the right hand presses the shutter that the gestures of making photography occurs.

Binet moves in relation to her surroundings in the space just like the choreographer William Forsythe in his etude, “Avoidance”.2 In his dance, Forsythe draws an imaginary line and cylinder and places them within the space in front of him. He draws, with his body to avoid and move around the imagined objects in the space. Forsythe is constantly repositioning himself in the space in order to understand and move around the other body. His movements are in response to the space occupied by the imagined objects. With Binet, it is in the making of the photograph which involves her moving her heavy equipment, and her body in response to the photographed object. As Mark Pimlott writes in his essay, “Hélène Binet: Photographs as Space”, “the subject, whether building or ground, was not an inert object, but an entity of surfaces and spaces. spaces Binet's pictures subject 3 Binet’s actions were made in response to the specific nature of each subject.” are in relation to her surroundings, to the space, to make the photograph. Her movements and experience of the space are therefore captured in the suspended moment of the photograph.

LIST OF FIGURES fig. 1

mad architects, Hélène Binet x Chaoyang Park Plaza, Twitter, https://twitter.com/madarchitects_/ status/1013783741842354177/photo/4, [accessed Ma

“Marble refers to beautiful artwork, artwork to incredible interiors Every year somebody is dying to create interiors. beautiful pieces of marble. The impact on nature is very violent…why do we still need this marble? What is this about?”23 In the quarry everything is so finely balanced, and the sacrifice seems so large on both humans and the earth for one material. This frailty can be seen in the crack. It is a truly precarious place. Precise, careful movements are needed to navigate and photograph it.

The gesture of reflection is the moment when the photographer stops looking. It is the point where they have found themselves, their manipulation of the surroundings and the surroundings manipulation of them ends. The search is done, the photograph has been taken. For another photograph to be taken would require a new performance of gestures: a reposition, a re-manipulating and a rereflecting. These are the gestures both making and of photographing.

By viewing the “Quarry of Marble” photographs, through the gestures of making and of photograph an in-depth understanding of the quarry can be seen, imagined and experienced. Thus a strong insight is given into the various gestures and movements taken by Binet in the moments of making of a photograph.

fig. 14 “Quarry of Marble” surface 4 [surface of exploration highlighted] 20 Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”, p. 82-3 21 Pallasmaa. “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, p. 34. Emphasis mine.

22 Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”, p. 82-3

46

47

48

20 Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”, p. 82-3 Emphasis mine.

49

50

23 Binet, “The Making of a Photograph”. January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine.

fig. 15 Cracks. “Quarry of Marble” surface 2, large

51

53

FINDINGS

By viewing the “Quarry of Marble” photographs, through the gestures of making and of photograph an in-depth understanding of the quarry can be seen, imagined and experienced. Thus a strong insight is given into the various gestures and movements taken by Binet in the moments of making of a photograph.

“To observe a situation is, to the same extent, to be changed by it. it Observation changes the observer. Those who observe the gesture of photographing need neither Heisenberg’s uncertainty theory nor psychoanalytic theory. They can actually see it. The photographer cannot help manipulating the situation. situation His very presence is a manipulation. manipulation And he cannot situation He is changed avoid being affected by the situation. simply by being there.” there 20 Manipulation of the situation is a given, as is the effect of the situation on the photographer. I, as the observer of the photographing, effect the surroundings but I am also effected by them. I can see how Binet has had to adapt to her surroundings and how her surroundings have adapted to her, in a gestural performance. I view the surface of the second image:

REFLECTIONS

Working through such a variety of theoretical texts really aided in added rigor to my design work, most notably, my design report. Here, Tom and I used theory texts that are outside the course to enhance our design communication. Regarding communication, this unit puts a large emphasis on text, image and layout. This has helped in my communication of my design folios which have become more rigorous because of techniques learnt from this module. 62

50

GA 2 2

GA 2 3

GA 2 4

GA 2 5

GA 2 6

BIBLIOGRAPHY F usser V ém. “The Ges ure of Mak ng” n Ges ures rans. Nancy Ann Ro h (M nneapo s M nneso a Un vers y of M nneso a Press) 2014 pp. 32 – 47. F usser V ém. “The Ges ure of Pho ograph ng” n Ges ures rans. Nancy Ann Ro h (M nneapo s M nneso a Un vers y of M nneso a Press) 2014 pp. 72 – 85. Forsy he W am. Forsy he-L nes-Avo dance-1-In roduc on You ube h ps //www.you ube.com/ wa ch?v=cqGyF EXXIQ [accessed May 13 h 2021]. Pa asmaa Juhan . “An Arch ec ure of he Seven Senses” n Ques ons of Percep on Phenomeno ogy of Arch ec ure (Tokyo E ando Yu) 1994 pp.31-3. Pa asmaa Juhan . “The Persona Encoun er Turns Arch ec ure n o Exper ence” Conversa on w h Fene a Co ngr dge and He ene B ne Wa mer Yard 26 November 2019 h ps //wa meryard.co.uk/ ourna / he-persona -encoun er- urnsarch ec ure- n o-exper ence/ [accessed 14 h May 2021]. P m o Mark. "Hé ène B ne Pho ographs as Space " n Compos ng Space B ne Hé ène and Mark P m o (London Pha don) 2012 pp. 200-21. W son Rob. Hé ène B ne “An mage for me shou d never be comp e e y def ned”. Arch ec s´ Journa 15 February 2019. h ps //www.arch ec s ourna .co.uk/news/he ene-b ne -an- mage-for-me-shou d-neverbe-comp e e y-def ned [accessed 14 h May 2021].

Lecture B ne Hé ène. 2021 Geddes Fe ow a ESALA Pub c Lec ure “The Mak ng of a Pho ograph” January 20 2021.

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

As I now reflect on the surfaces of the “Quarry of Marble” and the gestures of photographing and making, I find myself looking in even closer for one final time. I am drawn to the large crack in the penultimate image. An image I am almost seeing for the first time. As I look closer more cracks appear around it, however it is this dark, contrasting crack which takes my attention. I can feel its sharp edge. I wonder how deep it goes, how close it is to breaking. This perilous state is found throughout the quarry. The surface of this crack appears to embody all the other surfaces: their depth, scale, shadow and precariousness. In the first surface, the rock balances on the edge; the next, the walkway balances off the wall of marble; the hut dwarfed by the far more powerful rock above. I can finally see, experience, understand exactly the movements and gestures of photographing in such a space. I can see, understand when Binet herself reflects on the space and her experience of. She states,

The final aspects of Flusser’s gestures of photographing is reflection. He states, “our problem is not continuous reflection; it is about deciding when to stop reflecting so as to be able to switch over to action […] reflection is a strategy and not surrender of self. self The moment the photographer stops looking into the reflecting mirror (whether real or imaginary) is the moment that will define his image [...] It will be penetrating and revealing if the photographer has chosen a good moment to stop reflecting. Reflection therefore forms part of the photographer’s search and his manipulation. It is a search for himself and a manipulation of himself. himself In fact, the search for a position belongs to the search for himself and the manipulation of the situation to the manipulation of self, and vice versa.” versa 22

fig. 14 “Quarry of Marble” surface 4 53 [surface of exploration highlighted]

Pho ograph” January 20 2021.

“Marble refers to beautiful artwork, artwork to incredible interiors. Every year somebody is dying to create interiors beautiful pieces of marble. The impact on nature is very violent…why do we still need this marble? What is this about?”23

By viewing the “Quarry of Marble” photographs, through the gestures of making

22 Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”,and p. 82-3 of photograph an in-depth understanding of the quarry can be seen, imagined

In the quarry everything is so finely balanced, and the sacrifice seems so large on both humans and the earth for one material. This frailty can be seen in the crack. It is a truly precarious place. Precise, careful movements are needed to navigate and photograph it.

and experienced. Thus a strong insight is given into the various gestures and movements taken by Binet in the moments of making of a photograph.

touches the gaze implies an “But the eye also touches; unconscious bodily interaction mimesis, identification. identification Perhaps we should think of touch as the unconscious of vision. vision Our gaze strokes distant surfaces, contours and edges, and the unconscious tactile sensation determines the agreeableness or unpleasantness of the experience.”21 experience fig. 13 “Quarry of Marble” surface 2, large

The gesture of reflection is the moment when the photographer stops looking. It is the point where they have found themselves, their manipulation of the surroundings and the surroundings manipulation of them ends. The search is done, the photograph has been taken. For another photograph to be taken would require a new performance of gestures: a reposition, a re-manipulating and a rereflecting. These are the gestures both making and of photographing.

48

20 Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”, p. 82-3 Emphasis mine.

By viewing the “Quarry of Marble” photographs, through the gestures of making and of photograph an in-depth understanding of the quarry can be seen, imagined and experienced. Thus a strong insight is given into the various gestures and movements taken by Binet in the moments of making of a photograph.

49

fig. 14 “Quarry of Marble” surface 4 [surface of exploration highlighted]

20 Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”, p. 82-3 21 Pallasmaa. “An Architecture of the Seven Senses”, p. 34. Emphasis mine.

46

GA 2 7

THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

to the sun throughout the day; and the cold parts that have been hidden by the shadows. My body, my eyes have interacted, manipulated and touched the wall of the quarry and it too has touched and manipulated me and my understanding of the space. This moment, this exchange was involuntary, my very presence alone caused it. The surface I am viewing has changed from a visual surface to a tactile one.

Upon understanding the manipulation, I notice that I no longer view the surface in the same light. I can feel it, it touches me. In his essay, Pallasmaa discusses the interconnection between the eye and touch, he writes,

I can imagine the contrast of textures on the wall as I move my hand across the surface of the image: the sharp surface of the marble wall where it is cut; the smooth surface of the marble itself; the hot parts that have been exposed

GA 2 1

The final aspects of Flusser’s gestures of photographing is reflection. He states, f g. 2 screensho s from Forsy he W am. Forsy he-L nes-Avo dance-1-In roduc on You ube h ps //www.you ube. AsEXXIQ I now[accessed reflectMay on 15theh 2021]. surfaces of the “Quarry of Marble” and the gestures of “our problem is not continuous reflection; it is about com/wa ch?v=cqGyF photographing and making, I find myself looking in even closer for one final deciding when to stop reflecting so as to be ablef g.to3 screensho s from Forsy he W am. Forsy he-L nes-Avo dance-2-Vo umes You ube h ps //www.you ube. time. I am drawn to the large crack the penultimate image. An image I am s =PLAEBD630ACCB6AD45& ndex=18in [accessed May 15 h 2021]. switch over to action […] reflection is a strategy andcom/wa ch?v=s qI9IfMqCo& almost seeing for the first time. As I look closer more cracks appear around it, not surrender of self. self The moment the photographer f g. 4 screensho s from B ne Hé ène. 2021 Geddes Fe ow a ESALA Pub c Lec ure “The Mak ng of a however stops looking into the reflecting mirror (whether Pho ograph” January 20 2021.it is this dark, contrasting crack which takes my attention. I can feel its sharp edge. I wonder how deep it goes, how close it is to breaking. This real or imaginary) is the moment that will define his f g. 5 screensho from Héperilous ène. “Thestate Mak ngisoffound a Pho ograph”. Januarythe 20 2021. throughout quarry. The surface of this crack appears image [...] It will be penetrating and revealing if embody allngthe surfaces: depth, scale, shadow and precariousness. 6 screensho from Hétoène. “The Mak of a other Pho ograph”. Januarytheir 20 2021. the photographer has chosen a good moment tof g.stop Hé ènesurface, B ne x Chaoyang P aza [accessed 15 h the 2021] mage from mad arch ec s first In the the rockParkbalances on theMay edge; next, the walkway balances reflecting. Reflection therefore forms part of the compos on S uar Gomes 2021 off the wall of marble; the hut dwarfed by the far more powerful rock above. I photographer’s search and his manipulation. It is a exactly the movements and gestures of f g. 7In screensho from Hécan ène.finally “The Maksee, ng ofexperience, a Pho ograph”.understand January 20 2021. search for himself and a manipulation of himself. himself photographing in such a space. I can see, understand when Binet herself reflects fact, the search for a position belongs to the search for f g. 8 screensho from Hé ène. “The Mak ng of a Pho ograph”. January 20 2021. on the space and her experience of. She states, himself and the manipulation of the situation to the f g. 9 screensho from Hé ène. “The Mak ng of a Pho ograph”. January 20 2021. manipulation of self, and vice versa.” versa 22 refers January to beautiful artwork to incredible f g. 10 screensho from Hé ène. “The Mak“Marble ng of a Pho ograph”. 20 2021. artwork, The gesture of reflection is the moment when the photographer stops looking. interiors. Every year somebody is dying to create interiors g. 11 screensho of fromthe Hé ène. “The Makbeautiful ng of a Pho pieces ograph”.of January 20 2021. It is the point where they have found themselves, their f manipulation marble. The impact on nature is very surroundings and the surroundings manipulation of them ends. The search is doJanuary we still need this marble? What is this f g. 12 screensho from Hé ène. “The Makviolent…why ng of a Pho ograph”. 20 2021. done, the photograph has been taken. For another photograph to be taken would about?”23 f g. 13 screensho require a new performance of gestures: a reposition, a re-manipulating andfrom a re-Hé ène. “The Mak ng of a Pho ograph”. January 20 2021. reflecting. These are the gestures both making and of photographing. In the quarry everything is so finely balanced, and the sacrifice seems so large on f g. 14 screensho from B ne Hé ène. 2021 Geddes Fe ow a ESALA Pub c Lec ure “The Mak ng of a both and the earth for one material. This frailty can be seen in the crack. Pho ograph” January 20 humans 2021. ed s S uar GomesIt2021 is a truly precarious place. Precise, careful movements are needed to navigate photograph it. Fe ow a ESALA Pub c Lec ure “The Mak ng of a f g. 15 screensho from Band ne Hé ène. 2021 Geddes THE GESTURES OF MAKING A PHOTOGRAPH

Flusser’s second aspect of the gestures of photographing is manipulation of situation. He states,

GC 11

mad arch ec s Hé ène B ne x Chaoyang Park P aza Tw er h ps // w er.com/madarch ec s_/ s a us/1013783741842354177/pho EXTRACT 2 o/4 [accessed May 15 h 2021]

f g. 1 JOURNAL ENTRIES: ENTRIES: Part I

GC 10

20 Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”, p. 82-3 Emphasis mine.

22 Flusser, “The Gesture of Photographing”, p. 82-3

47

48

50

49

23 Binet, “The Making of a Photograph”. January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine.

fig. 15 Cracks. “Quarry of Marble” surface 2, large

51

23 Binet, “The Making of a Photograph”. January 20, 2021. Emphasis mine.

fig. 15 Cracks. “Quarry of Marble” surface 2, large

51



Architectural Management, Practice and Law //

MANAGEMENT, PRACTICE AND LAW Regulatory Drawing, Critical Contemporary Practice(s) Essay + Course Report [2021] [ARCH11002]

[course aims] The course will allow students to: 1. Acquire understanding of the processes and delivery of design, and project and practice management. 2. Understand the concept of professional responsibility and the legal, statutory, and ethical implications of the title of architect. 3. Understand the roles and responsibilities of the architect in relation to the organisation, administration and management of an architectural project. 4. Develop an awareness and understanding of the financial matters bearing upon the creation and construction of the built environment. 5. Develop an awareness of the changing nature of the construction industry, including relationships between individuals and organisations involved in modern-day building procurement. [chris french] [kevin adams] [neil dall]

64

[course synopsis] Through this course, we will explore some of the themes identified by the RIBA, in addition to discussing financial and managerial concerns affecting architectural practice. A lecture series will introduce questions around regulations, the climate crisis, architectural activism, the profession, procurement, gender, fees and representation. In combination, these talks span the more definitive, legislative aspects of architectural practice, and present discussions circulating around the profession that are impacting the role and responsibilities of the architect, the structure of practices, and the position of architects in relation to environmental and social concerns. In this way, the course aims to both develop students’ understanding of what it is to be, and what is expected of, an architect, and yet problematise what the profession is, and the assumption that ‘being professional’ is solely about adherence to a statute rather than working in a way that recognises the need for a constant concern for, attitude toward and responsibility for societal and public good. Professional issues and structures will be introduced, and challenged. The course encourages students to be aware of, and work toward, the expectations of the RIBA framework, and at the same time to develop their capacity for making informed judgements around issues affecting architecture, the profession, and their professional futures, so that ultimately they may contribute to debates and discussions about those futures.

[learning outcomes] LO1 An understanding of practice management and codes of professional conduct in the context of the construction industry. GC 6.1,6.2, 11.1, 11.3 // GA 2.5, 2.7 LO2 An understanding of the roles and responsibilities of individuals and organisations within architectural project procurement and contract administration, including knowledge of how cost control mechanisms operate within an architectural project. GC 6.2, 10.1, 10.2, 11.1, 11.2 // GA 2.5, 2.6 LO3 An understanding of the influence of statutory, legal and professional responsibilities as relevant to architectural design projects. GC 4.3, 6.1, 10.3, 11.1 // GA 2.5, 2.6, 2,7


AMPL

[2021] AMPL

MANAGEMENT, PRACTICE & LAW

ARCH11070

MArch 2, [semester 1]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

Politicising VAT Political incentives also push VAT law. VAT was introduced to the UK in 1973 in line with joining the European Union (EU).15 It is a consumption tax which 16

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

charges the consumer for the purchasing of products.

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

When VAT was first

GC 7

introduced, all new construction and alterations were originally taxed at zero percent.17 In 1984, only new construction work was zero rated with renovations and refurbishments charged at standard tax.18 This EU law incentivised new

3

18 Ibid.

4

constructed in the UK hit an “11 year high” in 2019- up 8% from the year before.21 The UK is in the midst of a housing crisis, and has been for a couple of decades.

ARCHITECTURE & VAT

[blank page]

This is emphasised by Housing Secretary Rt Hon Robert Jenrick MP, speaking

Architecture & VAT: Reforming VAT Incentivises to Reduce Carbon Emissions

The RIBA set out UK industry wide standards. As part of the RIBA 2030 Climate Challenge, they emphasise the importance to “Prioritise the retention, reuse and repurposing of existing buildings where possible and where retrofit upgrades make carbon sense from a whole life perspective.”4 It becomes the

Architecture & VAT: Reforming VAT Incentivises to Reduce Carbon Emissions

Brief 01 // Critical Contemporary Practice(s) Essay

[blank page]

architect’s responsibility to, where possible, encourage reuse in their projects.

1 UK Green Building Council, Climate Change, 2021, https://www.ukgbc. org/climate-change-2/ [accessed 13th December 2021]

Introduction

2 London Energy Transformation Initiative, Climate Emergency Retrofit Guide, 2021, p.18 https://www. leti.london/retrofit [accessed 13th December 2021]

sustainable practice in the UK. According to the UK Green Building Council (UK

3 Ibid.

The global climate emergency is causing built environment professionals to consider new ways to reduce carbon emissions within the industry and to improve GBC), 40% of UK’s carbon emission comes from the build environment.1 In their “Climate Emergency Retrofit Guide”, The London Energy Transformation Initiative (LETI), states that, “80% of 2050’s homes have already been built.”2 Therefore to achieve carbon net zero, it is essential to consider the existing fabric 3

with millions of homes needing to be retrofitted each year. For the Architect

Some however believe the offset in Value Added Tax (VAT) between new builds (taxed between 0-5%)5 and renovation works (taxed at 20%) , hamper an architect’s ability to practice sustainably. In 2013, the RIBA released the report, “Incentivising Design Quality and Sustainability” which argues that, “VAT is a powerful tool and changing the rates can incentivise the sustainability agenda […] the current VAT rate encourages new build construction rather than improving existing buildings.”7 This essay will examine how VAT affects sustainable practice

4 RIBA, RIBA 2030 Cimate Challenge: Version 2, 2021, p.9 https://www. architecture.com/about/policy/ climate-action/2030-climatechallenge/sign-up [accessed 13th December 2021] 5 UK Government, Buildings and construction (VAT Notice 708), 2020, https://www.gov.uk/guidance/ buildings-and-construction-vatnotice-708 [accessed 13th December 2021] 6 Ibid. 7 RIBA, Incentivising Design Quality and Sustainability, 2013, p.1 https:// pure.port.ac.uk/ws/portalfiles/ portal/7975024/13_03_15_RIBA_ VAT_Proposals.pdf [accessed 13th December 2021]

in the UK.

8 UK Parliament, Why Taxes?, 2021 https://www.parliament.uk/about/ living-heritage/transformingsociety/ private-lives/taxation/overview/ whytaxes/ [accessed 13th December 2021] 9 Ibid. 10 UK Government, National statistics: HMRC tax receipts and National Insurance contributions for the UK (Annual Bulletin), 2021, https://www.gov.uk/ government/statistics/hmrc-taxand-nics-receipts-for-the-uk/ hmrc-tax-receipts-and-nationalinsurance-contributions-for-the-uknew-annual-bulletin#value-addedtax-vat [accessed 13th December 2021] 11 Ibid. 12 Isabella Kaminskivat, Can tax reforms spur a retrofit renaissance?, Architect’s Journal, 2020, https:// www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/ vat-chance-can-tax-reforms-spur-aretrofit-renaissance [accessed 13th December 2021]

Climate Action Network (ACAN), Royal Institute of British Architects (RIBA), Part Z’s “Approved Document Z: Whole Life Carbon A Proposed Amendment to The Building Regulations 2010” and several other architectural climate activist groups and campaigns, reusing the existing built fabric serves as an essential

Tax and Value Added Tax

Politicising VAT

Tax is an essential part of running a country. It generate revenue for the UK

Political incentives also push VAT law. VAT was introduced to the UK in 1973

Government to enable spending on health care, welfare, social services, schools

in line with joining the European Union (EU).15 It is a consumption tax which

and universities and defense services.8 The government is responsible for deducing what is taxed, at what rates as well as where and how this funding

introduced, all new construction and alterations were originally taxed at zero percent.17 In 1984, only new construction work was zero rated with renovations

10

The third highest of these taxes was Value Added Tax (VAT) which accounted

and refurbishments charged at standard tax.18 This EU law incentivised new

for £101.1 billion (17.3%) of the UK’s tax receipts.11 Any changes to tax law

build housing, in order to address the need for social housing, however has since

will need to be supplemented elsewhere in order to enable the same level of

stretched to new builds of all types.19 Since the 1970s, in line with joining the

government spending. An example of this was in 1974 when the standard VAT

EU, the UK has seen a decline in new homes being built year on year (Fig.1).20

rate was reduced to 8%, a further tax was introduced on petrol and luxury goods

However, according to a government article, the number of new houses being

at 12.5%.12 This was abolished in 1979 when VAT went up to 15%.13 Another

constructed in the UK hit an “11 year high” in 2019- up 8% from the year before.21

example was in 2011, when the standard VAT rate was increased from 17.5%

The UK is in the midst of a housing crisis, and has been for a couple of decades.22

to 20% as it stands today, leading to an increase of £8.5 billion in tax revenue.14 This illustrates that any small changes to VAT can have large implications to the offset of tax revenue, thus finding a balance, often through supplementation, is

This is emphasised by Housing Secretary Rt Hon Robert Jenrick MP, speaking in the government article in 2019, “We are moving in the right direction, but there is still much more to do if we are going to deliver the numbers needed by communities [across] the country.”23 There is evidently a big need for housing

necessary.

13 Ibid.

part to reducing carbon emissions and achieving a net zero carbon economy.

charges the consumer for the purchasing of products.16 When VAT was first

is best divided.9 Last year the UK government took in £584.3 billion from tax.

in the UK. In order to incentivise the construction of new homes, it is logical to

14 Adam Victor, VAT: a brief history of tax, The Guardian, 2010, https:// www.theguardian.com/money/2010/ dec/31/vat-brief-history-tax [accessed 13th December 2021]

keep VAT at 0%. To meet carbon net zero these homes need to be built well and sustainably, however, evident in official governmental numbers, this is not the case. According to the UK Government’s 2019 report, “Energy Performance of Buildings Certificates Statistical Release: Q3 2019: England and Wales”, only 1% of new domestic properties in the UK are built to the highest energy efficiency

15 Office of Tax Simplification, Value Added Tax: Routes to Simplification, 2017, p.5 https://assets.publishing. service.gov.uk/government/uploads/ system/uploads/attachment_data/ file/657213/Value_added_tax_ routes_to_simplification_web.pdf [accessed 13th December 2021] 16 Victor, VAT: a brief history of tax, The Guardian, 2010

Does Value Added Tax (VAT) affect an architect’s ability to practice sustainably in the UK? 38

39

40

41

42

In their 2013 report, “Incentivising Design Quality and Sustainability” the RIBA

outlined strategies in which sustainable practice and better design quality can be incentivised and promoted through tax reform. The two main ways they

26 RIBA, Incentivising Design Quality and Sustainability, 2013, p.2 27 Ibid.

31 RIBA, Incentivising Design Quality and Sustainability, 2013, p.6

Exchequer. In the RIBA report they highlighted the need for better sustainable housing. This can be seen by looking at the currently poor EER of existing and new build homes in the UK (Fig.2). They highlighted that if 5% tax was introduced

28 Ibid.

to new builds, and renovation was also reduced to 5% a deficit of £700 million

29 Ibid.

suggested to reform the VAT system are,

would exist.31 This is a significant reduction in tax income for the government.

30 London Energy Transformation Initiative, Climate Emergency Retrofit Guide, p.18

These incentives may work for the consumer but not for the government. The

there is still much more to do if we are going to deliver the numbers needed by “20% VAT rate to 5% on repair and improvement work to existing

buildings wherever the overall standards of any such works deliver benefits in terms of sustainability that are certifiable above the

goals for 2050 were set rather than the shorter term goals of 2030 we see today.

minimum level of the Building regulations.”26

In saying this, these suggested changes to VAT are still relevant in the net zero

And,

20 Garry Blight, Pamela Duncan, Lydia McMullan, Hilary Osborne, UK housing crisis: how did owning a home become unaffordable?, Guardian, 2021, https://www. theguardian.com/business/ ng-interactive/2021/mar/31/ uk-housing-crisis-how-did-owninga-home-become-unaffordable [accessed 13th December 2021]

RIBA’s “Incentivising Design Quality and Sustainability” report came at a time

when climate change was not seen as the emergency it is today. Then, long term

discussion due to the large sustainable impact they would have on the industry.

“existing 0% VAT rate on New Build Residential dwellings should be applied only where it can be demonstrated that works would deliver

communities [across] the country.”23 There is evidently a big need for housing benefits in terms of sustainability that are certifiable above the

minimum level of the building regulations; where this cannot be

These changes look to push sustainable practice, however also rely on updates to building regulations around sustainable standards to be fully effective. The

RIBA argues that these measures would contribute towards improved design

in the UK. In order to incentivise the construction of new homes, it is logical to quality and sustainable outputs in both new builds and in repair and renovation

Fig. 1 The yearly supply of new homes in the UK has declined since 1970 ref. Blight. G, Duncan. P, McMullan. L, Osborne. H, UK housing crisis: how did owning a home become unaffordable?, Guardian, 2021, https://www.theguardian.com/business/nginteractive/2021/mar/31/uk-housing-crisis-how-did-owning-a-home-become-unaffordable [accessed 13th December 2021]

Fig. 2 Energy efficiency rating (EER): existing and new domestic properties, England, July to September 2019

work.28 By incentivising everyone, whether they initially considered to practice

ref. UK Government, Energy Performance of Buildings Certificates Statistical Release: Q3 2019: England and Wales, 2019, p.5 https:// assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/ uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/ file/843215/EPB_Cert_Statistics_Release_ Q3_2019.pdf [accessed 14th December 2021]

significant improvements to the current 18% that the existing housing stock

sustainably or not, it will result in a greener housing stock.29 This could make

accounts for today.30 These suggested taxes would however come at a cost to the

keep VAT at 0%. To meet carbon net zero these homes need to be built well and 43

44

45

sustainably, however, evident in official governmental numbers, this is not the

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

Buildings Certificates Statistical Release: Q3 2019: England and Wales”, only 1%

Task Research and write a critical essay exploring one of the areas of contemporary practice described in the lectures which structure this course. [blank page] This essay should be framed by your interests in response to the course content. Suggested questions or topics have been prepared to guide you in identifying a subject which might form the basis of such an essay; these are included with the lecture synopses at the end of this syllabus. These topics align with the lectures. You may take one of these questions directly, exploring and developing it through your work, or form your own questions or topics in response to the themes discussed.

Architecture & VAT: Reforming VAT Incentivises to Reduce Carbon Emissions 1 UK Green Building Council, Climate Introduction Thehttps://www.ukgbc. RIBA set out UK industry wide standards. As part of the RIBA 2030 Climate Change, 2021, The global climate emergency is causing built org/climate-change-2/ [accessed Challenge, they emphasise the importance to “Prioritise the retention, reuse 13th December 2021]

and repurposing of existing

4 RIBA, RIBA 2030 Cimate Challenge:

2 London Energy Transformation Initiative, Climate Emergency Retrofit upgrades make carbon sense from a whole life perspective.” It becomes the 1 Guide, 2021, p.18 https://www. GBC), 40% of UK’s carbon emission comes from the build In and 5 UK environment. Government, Buildings architect’s responsibility to, where possible, encourage reuse in their projects. leti.london/retrofit [accessed 13th construction (VAT Notice 708), 2020, December 2021] their “Climate Emergency Retrofit Guide”, The London Energy Transformation https://www.gov.uk/guidance/ Some however believe the offset in Value Added Tax (VAT) between new builds buildings-and-construction-vat2 Initiative (LETI), states that, “80% of 2050’s homes have notice-708 already been built.” 3 Ibid. [accessed 13th December (taxed between 0-5%)5 and renovation works (taxed at 20%) , hamper an 2021]

Therefore to achieve carbon net zero, it is essential to consider the existing fabric architect’s ability to practice sustainably. In 2013, the RIBA released the report, 6 Ibid. 3 withSustainability” millions of homes to be“VAT retrofitted “Incentivising Design Quality and whichneeding argues that, is a each year. For the Architect

7 RIBA, Incentivising Design Quality Network (ACAN), Royal Institute of British and Architects Sustainability,(RIBA), 2013, p.1 https:// powerful tool and changing the Climate rates canAction incentivise the sustainability agenda […] pure.port.ac.uk/ws/portalfiles/ Part Z’s “Approved Document Z: Whole Life Carbon A Proposed Amendment to the current VAT rate encourages new build construction rather than improving portal/7975024/13_03_15_RIBA_ VAT_Proposals.pdf [accessed 13th Theexamine Buildinghow Regulations 2010” and several other architectural climate activist existing buildings.”7 This essay will VAT affects sustainable practice December 2021]

in the UK.

groups and campaigns, reusing the existing built fabric serves as an essential part to reducing carbon emissions and achieving a net zero carbon economy.

The RIBA set out UK industry wide standards. As part of the RIBA 2030 Climate Challenge, they emphasise the importance to “Prioritise the retention, reuse and repurposing of existing buildings where possible and where retrofit upgrades make carbon sense from a whole life perspective.”4 It becomes the architect’s responsibility to, where possible, encourage reuse in their projects. Some however believe the offset in Value Added Tax (VAT) between new builds

“Incentivising Design Quality and Sustainability” which argues that, “VAT is a powerful tool and changing the rates can incentivise the sustainability agenda […] the current VAT rate encourages new build construction rather than improving existing buildings.”7 This essay will examine how VAT affects sustainable practice

4 RIBA, RIBA 2030 Cimate Challenge: Version 2, 2021, p.9 https://www. architecture.com/about/policy/ climate-action/2030-climatechallenge/sign-up [accessed 13th December 2021] 5 UK Government, Buildings and construction (VAT Notice 708), 2020, https://www.gov.uk/guidance/ buildings-and-construction-vatnotice-708 [accessed 13th December 2021] 6 Ibid. 7 RIBA, Incentivising Design Quality and Sustainability, 2013, p.1 https:// 39 pure.port.ac.uk/ws/portalfiles/ portal/7975024/13_03_15_RIBA_ VAT_Proposals.pdf [accessed 13th December 2021]

in the UK. 40

Response

TITLE // Architecture and VAT: Reforming VAT Incentivises to Reduce Carbon Emission QUESTION // Does Value Added Tax (VAT) affect an architect’s ability to practice sustainably in the UK?

Contents The structure of the essay is as follows: 1 Introduction 2 Tax and Value Added Tax 3 Politicising VAT 4 Incentivising Sustainability through VAT

8 UK Parliament, Why Taxes?, 2021 https://www.parliament.uk/about/ living-heritage/transformingsociety/ private-lives/taxation/overview/ whytaxes/ [accessed 13th December 42 2021] 9 Ibid.

7 Conclusion

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7

25 Ibid.

21 UK Government, Number of new homes built soars to an 11 year, 2019, highhttps://www.gov.uk/ government/news/number-of-newhomes-built-soars-to-an-11-yearhigh [accessed 13th December 2021] 22 Blight, Duncan, McMullan, Osborne, UK housing crisis: how did owning a home become unaffordable?, 2021

12 Isabella Kaminskivat, Can tax reforms spur a retrofit renaissance?, Architect’s Journal, 2020, https:// www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/ vat-chance-can-tax-reforms-spur-aretrofit-renaissance [accessed 13th December 2021] 8 UK Parliament, Why Taxes?, 2021 13 Ibid. https://www.parliament.uk/about/ living-heritage/transformingsociety/ 14 Adam Victor, VAT: a brief history private-lives/taxation/overview/ of tax, The Guardian, 2010, https:// whytaxes/ [accessed 13th December www.theguardian.com/money/2010/ 2021] dec/31/vat-brief-history-tax 9 Ibid. [accessed 13th December 2021]

10 UK Government, National statistics: HMRC tax receipts and National Insurance contributions for the UK (Annual Bulletin), 2021, https://www.gov.uk/ government/statistics/hmrc-taxand-nics-receipts-for-the-uk/ hmrc-tax-receipts-and-nationalinsurance-contributions-for-the-uknew-annual-bulletin#value-addedtax-vat [accessed 13th December Politicising VAT 2021]

Fig. 2 Energy efficiency rating (EER): existing and new domestic properties, England, July to September 2019

ref. Blight. G, Duncan. P, McMullan. L, Osborne. H, UK housing crisis: how did owning a home become unaffordable?, Guardian, 2021, https://www.theguardian.com/business/nginteractive/2021/mar/31/uk-housing-crisis-how-did-owning-a-home-become-unaffordable [accessed 13th December 2021]

ref. UK Government, Energy Performance of Buildings Certificates Statistical Release: Q3 2019: England and Wales, 2019, p.5 https:// assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/ uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/ file/843215/EPB_Cert_Statistics_Release_ Q3_2019.pdf [accessed 14th December 2021]

Political incentives also push VAT law. VAT was introduced to the UK in 1973

Government to enable spending on health care, welfare, social services, schools

in line with joining the European Union (EU).15 It is a consumption tax which

is best divided.9 Last year the UK government took in £584.3 billion from tax. 10

The third highest of these taxes was Value Added Tax (VAT) which accounted

for £101.1 billion (17.3%) of the UK’s tax receipts.11 Any changes to tax law will need to be supplemented elsewhere in order to enable the same level of government spending. An example of this was in 1974 when the standard VAT rate was reduced to 8%, a further tax was introduced on petrol and luxury goods at 12.5%.12 This was abolished in 1979 when VAT went up to 15%.13 Another example was in 2011, when the standard VAT rate was increased from 17.5% to 20% as it stands today, leading to an increase of £8.5 billion in tax revenue.14 This illustrates that any small changes to VAT can have large implications to the offset of tax revenue, thus finding a balance, often through supplementation, is

Taxnecessary. and Value Added Tax Tax is an essential part of running a country. It generate revenue for the UK Government to enable spending on health care, welfare, social services, schools and universities and defense services.8 The government is responsible for deducing what is taxed, at what rates as well as where and how this funding is best divided.9 Last year the UK government took in £584.3 billion from tax. 10

Fig. 1 The yearly supply of new homes in the UK has declined since 1970

Politicising VAT

deducing what is taxed, at what rates as well as where and how this funding

11 Ibid.

(left) The yearly supply of new homes in the UK has declined since 1970 (right) Energy efficiency rating (EER): existing and new domestic properties

Tax is an essential part of running a country. It generate revenue for the UK and universities and defense services.8 The government is responsible for

10 UK Government, National statistics: HMRC tax receipts and National Insurance contributions for the UK (Annual Bulletin), 2021, https://www.gov.uk/ government/statistics/hmrc-taxand-nics-receipts-for-the-uk/ hmrc-tax-receipts-and-nationalinsurance-contributions-for-the-uknew-annual-bulletin#value-addedtax-vat [accessed 13th December 2021]

The third highest of these taxes was Value Added Tax (VAT) which accounted

for £101.1 billion (17.3%) of the UK’s tax receipts.11 Any changes to tax law

15 Office of Tax Simplification, Value Added Tax: Routes to Simplification, 2017, p.5 https://assets.publishing. service.gov.uk/government/uploads/ system/uploads/attachment_data/43 file/657213/Value_added_tax_ routes_to_simplification_web.pdf [accessed 13th December 2021]

charges the consumer for the purchasing of products.16 When VAT was first introduced, all new construction and alterations were originally taxed at zero percent.17 In 1984, only new construction work was zero rated with renovations

16 Victor, VAT: a brief history of tax, The Guardian, 2010

and refurbishments charged at standard tax.18 This EU law incentivised new build housing, in order to address the need for social housing, however has since

17 RIBA, Incentivising Design Quality and Sustainability, p.9

stretched to new builds of all types.19 Since the 1970s, in line with joining the

18 Ibid.

EU, the UK has seen a decline in new homes being built year on year (Fig.1).20 However, according to a government article, the number of new houses being

rate was reduced to 8%, a further tax was introduced on petrol and luxury goods

15 Office of Tax Simplification, Value

The UK is in the midst of a housing crisis, and has been for a couple of decades.22 This is emphasised by Housing Secretary Rt Hon Robert Jenrick MP, speaking in the government article in 2019, “We are moving in the right direction, but there is still much more to do if we are going to deliver the numbers needed by communities [across] the country.”23 There is evidently a big need for housing

21 UK Government, Number of new homes built soars to an 11 year, 2019, highhttps://www.gov.uk/ government/news/number-of-newhomes-built-soars-to-an-11-yearhigh [accessed 13th December 2021]

in the UK. In order to incentivise the construction of new homes, it is logical to keep VAT at 0%. To meet carbon net zero these homes need to be built well and sustainably, however, evident in official governmental numbers, this is not the case. According to the UK Government’s 2019 report, “Energy Performance of

14 Adam Victor, VAT: a brief history of tax,stretched The Guardian, to2010, newhttps:// builds of all types.19 Since the 1970s, in line with joining the www.theguardian.com/money/2010/ dec/31/vat-brief-history-tax EU, the UK has seen a decline in new homes being built year on year (Fig.1).20 [accessed 13th December 2021]

of new domestic properties in the UK are built to the highest energy efficiency

However, according to a government article, the number of new houses being

EXTRACT 2 constructed in the UK hit an “11 year high” in 2019- up 8% from the year before.

21 22

The UK is in the midst of a housing crisis, and has been for a couple of decades.

19 Kaminskivat, Can tax reforms spur a retrofit renaissance?, 2020 20 Garry Blight, Pamela Duncan, Lydia McMullan, Hilary Osborne, UK housing crisis: how did owning a home become unaffordable?, Guardian, 2021, https://www. theguardian.com/business/ ng-interactive/2021/mar/31/ uk-housing-crisis-how-did-owninga-home-become-unaffordable [accessed 13th December 2021]

"The government is responsible for deducing what is taxed, at what rates as well in the government article in 2019, “We are moving in the right direction, but as wherethereand thisto dofunding istobest divided. Lastby year the UK government is stillhow much more if we are going deliver the numbers needed communities [across] the country.” There is evidently a big need for housing took in in£584.3 billion from tax.The third highest of these taxes was Value the UK. In order to incentivise the construction of new homes, it is logical to keep VAT at 0%. To meet carbonaccounted net zero these homes to be built well and Added Tax (VAT) which forneed£101.1 billion (17.3%) of the UK’s sustainably, however, evident in official governmental numbers, this is not the 41 tax receipts. Any changes to tax law will need to be supplemented elsewhere in case. According to the UK Government’s 2019 report, “Energy Performance of Certificates Statisticallevel Release:of Q3 2019: England and Wales”, only 1% order to Buildings enable the same government spending. An example of this was of new domestic properties in the UK are built to the highest energy efficiency in 1974 when the standard VAT rate was reduced to 8%, a further tax was introduced on petrol and luxury goods at 12.5%." This is emphasised by Housing Secretary Rt Hon Robert Jenrick MP, speaking

23

21 UK Government, Number of new homes built soars to an 11 year, 2019, highhttps://www.gov.uk/ government/news/number-of-newhomes-built-soars-to-an-11-yearhigh [accessed 13th December 2021] 22 Blight, Duncan, McMullan, Osborne, UK housing crisis: how did owning a home become unaffordable?, 2021

23 UK Government, Number of new homes built soars to an 11 year, 2019

Incentivising Sustainability through VAT

26 RIBA, Incentivising Design Quality and Sustainability, 2013, p.2

24 Quality

2013 report, Design and Sustainability” theEER RIBA 24In UKtheir Government, Energy “Incentivising rating (EER). Furthermore the highest of existing properties is even lower 27 Ibid. Performance of Buildings Certificates outlined strategies practice design quality can domestic properties being C or Statistical Release: Q3 2019:in which sustainable at less than 0.1%and withbetter the majority of existing 28 Ibid. England and Wales, 2019, p.5 25 be incentivised and promoted D through tax reform. The two waysis they rated (Fig.2). Evidently, notmain enough being done to encourage sustainable https://assets.publishing.service. 29 Ibid. gov.uk/government/uploads/ suggested to reform the VAT system are, - tax incentives can be used to change this. behaviors system/uploads/attachment_data/ 30 London Energy Transformation 42 file/843215/EPB_Cert_Statistics_ Initiative, Climate Emergency Retrofit Release_Q3_2019.pdf [accessed Guide, p.18 14th December 2021] “20% VAT rate to 5% on repair and improvement work to existing

30 London Energy Transformation Initiative, Climate Emergency Retrofit Guide, p.18

buildings wherever the overall standards of any such works deliver minimum level of the Building regulations.”26 And, “existing 0% VAT rate on New Build Residential dwellings should be applied only where it can be demonstrated that works would deliver benefits in terms of sustainability that are certifiable above the minimum level of the building regulations; where this cannot be demonstrated, a standard 5% VAT rate should be applied”27 These changes look to push sustainable practice, however also rely on updates to building regulations around sustainable standards to be fully effective. The RIBA argues that these measures would contribute towards improved design quality and sustainable outputs in both new builds and in repair and renovation Fig. 2 Energy efficiency rating (EER): existing and new domestic properties, England, July to sustainably or not, it will result in a greener housing stock.29 This could make ref. Blight. G, Duncan. P, McMullan. L, Osborne. H, UK housing crisis: how did owning a September 2019 significant improvements to the current 18% that the existing housing stock home become unaffordable?, Guardian, 2021, https://www.theguardian.com/business/nginteractive/2021/mar/31/uk-housing-crisis-how-did-owning-a-home-become-unaffordable ref. UK Government, Energy Performance of 30 for today. [accessedaccounts 13th December 2021] These suggested taxes would however come at a cost to the Buildings Certificates Statistical Release: Q3 2019: England and Wales, 2019, p.5 https:// assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/ 31 RIBA, Incentivising Design Quality Exchequer. In the RIBA report they highlighted the need for better sustainable uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/ and Sustainability, 2013, p.6 file/843215/EPB_Cert_Statistics_Release_ housing. This can be seen by looking Q3_2019.pdf at the currently poor EER of existing [accessed 14th December 2021]and

new build homes in the UK (Fig.2). They highlighted that if 5% tax was introduced to new builds, and renovation was also reduced to 5% a deficit of £700 million 44

would exist.31 This is a significant reduction in tax income for the government.

43The These incentives may work for the consumer but not for the government. RIBA’s “Incentivising Design Quality and Sustainability” report came at a time

buildings wherever the overall standards of any such works deliver 25 Ibid.

when climate change was not seen as the emergency it is today. Then, long term

benefits in terms of sustainability that are certifiable above the

goals for 2050 were set rather than the shorter term goals of 2030 we see today.

minimum level of the Building regulations.”26

In saying this, these suggested changes to VAT are still relevant in the net zero

And,

discussion due to the large sustainable impact they would have on the industry. “existing 0% VAT rate on New Build Residential dwellings should be

EXTRACT 3

EXTRACT 4

applied only where it can be demonstrated that works would deliver benefits in terms of sustainability that are certifiable above the minimum level of the building regulations; where this cannot be

"To meet carbon net zero athese needbe applied” to be built well and sustainably, demonstrated, standard homes 5% VAT rate should however, evident in official governmental numbers, this is not the case. These changes look to push sustainable practice, however also rely on updates building regulations around sustainable standards fully effective.“Energy The According to tothe UK Government’s 2019to bereport, Performance of RIBA argues that these measures would contribute towards improved design Buildings Certificates Statistical Release: Q3 2019: England and Wales”, quality and sustainable outputs in both new builds and in repair and renovation work. By incentivising everyone, whether they initially considered to practice only 1% of new domestic properties in the UK are built to the highest energy sustainably or not, it will result in a greener housing stock. This could make efficiency rating (EER). Furthermore highest EERstockof existing properties is significant improvements to the current 18%the that the existing housing accounts for today. These suggested taxes would however come at a cost to the even lower at less than 0.1% with the majority of existing domestic properties being C or D rated (Fig.2).Evidently, not enough is being done to encourage sustainable behaviors - tax incentives can be used to change this." 27

28

29

Fig. 1 The yearly supply of new homes in the UK has declined since 1970

ref. Blight. G, Duncan. P, McMullan. L, Osborne. H, UK housing crisis: how did owning a 30 home become unaffordable?, Guardian, 2021, https://www.theguardian.com/business/nginteractive/2021/mar/31/uk-housing-crisis-how-did-owning-a-home-become-unaffordable [accessed 13th December 2021]

Fig. 2 Energy efficiency rating (EER): existing and new domestic properties, England, July to September 2019

ref. UK Government, Energy Performance of Buildings Certificates Statistical Release: Q3 2019: England and Wales, 2019, p.5 https:// assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/ uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/ file/843215/EPB_Cert_Statistics_Release_ Q3_2019.pdf [accessed 14th December 2021]

44

42

“20% VAT 25 rate Ibid. to 5% on repair and improvement work to existing

29 Ibid.

Fig. 1 The yearly supply of new homes in the UK has declined since 1970

23 UK Government, Number of new homes built soars to an 11 year, 2019

18 Ibid.

be incentivised and promoted through tax reform. The two main ways they

behaviors - tax incentives can be used to change this. system/uploads/attachment_data/ file/843215/EPB_Cert_Statistics_ suggested to reform the VAT system are, Release_Q3_2019.pdf [accessed 14th December 2021]

work.28 By incentivising everyone, whether they initially considered to practice

22 Blight, Duncan, McMullan, Osborne, UK housing crisis: how did owning a home become unaffordable?, 2021

Buildings Certificates Statistical Release: Q3 2019: England and Wales”, only 1%

17 RIBA, Incentivising Design Quality and Sustainability, p.9

RIBA, Incentivising Design Quality Incentivising Sustainability through VAT 24 Furthermore the highest EER of existing 26 24 UK Government, Energy rating (EER). properties is even lower and Sustainability, 2013, p.2 Performance of Buildings Certificates In their 2013 “IncentivisingatDesign Quality and Sustainability” the RIBA Statistical Release:report, Q3 2019: less than 0.1% with the majority of existing domestic properties being C or 27 Ibid. England and Wales, 2019, p.5 25 better design quality can outlined strategies in which sustainable practice D rated (Fig.2).and Evidently, not enough is being done to encourage sustainable https://assets.publishing.service. 28 Ibid. gov.uk/government/uploads/

20 Garry Blight, Pamela Duncan, Lydia McMullan, Hilary Osborne, UK housing crisis: how did owning a home become unaffordable?, Guardian, 2021, https://www. theguardian.com/business/ ng-interactive/2021/mar/31/ uk-housing-crisis-how-did-owninga-home-become-unaffordable [accessed 13th December 2021]

constructed in the UK hit an “11 year high” in 2019- up 8% from the year before.21

government spending. An example of this was in 1974 when the standard VAT

4 Incentivising Sustainability through VAT

benefits in terms of sustainability that are certifiable above the

19 Kaminskivat, Can tax reforms spur a retrofit renaissance?, 2020

will need to be supplemented elsewhere in order to enable the same level of

Added Routes13toAnother Simplification, up Tax: to 15%. at 12.5%.12 This was abolished in 1979 when VAT went 11 also Ibid. push VAT law. VAT was introduced to the UK in 1973 Political incentives 2017, p.5 https://assets.publishing. example was in 2011, when the standard VAT rate wasservice.gov.uk/government/uploads/ increased from 17.5% 15 12 in Isabella Canthe tax European Union (EU). It is a consumption tax which line Kaminskivat, with joining system/uploads/attachment_data/ reforms spur a retrofit renaissance?, to 20% as it stands today, leading to an increase of £8.5file/657213/Value_added_tax_ billion in tax revenue.1441 16 charges the 2020, consumer Architect’s Journal, https:// for the purchasing of products. When VAT was first routes_to_simplification_web.pdf This illustrates that any small changes to VAT can have large implications to the www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/ [accessed 13th December 2021] introduced, all new construction and alterations were originally taxed at zero vat-chance-can-tax-reforms-spur-aoffset of tax revenue, thus finding a balance, often through supplementation, is retrofit-renaissance 17 [accessed 13th 16 Victor, VAT: a brief history of tax, percent. December In 1984, 2021] only new construction work was zero rated with renovations The Guardian, 2010 necessary. and refurbishments charged at standard tax.18 This EU law incentivised new

5 Creating Change through VAT Campaigns 6 The Role of the Architect

behaviors - tax incentives can be used to change this.

Tax and Value Added Tax

build housing, in order to address the need for social housing, however has since

"It becomes the architect’s responsibility to, where possible, encourage reuse in their projects. Some however believe the offset in Value Added Tax (VAT) between new builds (taxed between 0-5%)and renovation works (taxed at 20%), hamper an architect’s ability to practice sustainably. In 2013, the 40 RIBA released the report, “Incentivising Design Quality and Sustainability” which argues that, “VAT is a powerful tool and changing the rates can incentivise the sustainability agenda […] the current VAT rate encourages new build construction rather than improving existing buildings.” This essay will examine how VAT affects sustainable practice in the UK."

D rated (Fig.2).25 Evidently, not enough is being done to encourage sustainable

3 Politicising VAT

13 Ibid.

EXTRACT 1

GC 11

at less than 0.1% with the majority of existing domestic properties being C or

20 Garry Blight, Pamela Duncan, Lydia McMullan, Hilary Osborne, UK housing crisis: how did owning a home become unaffordable?, Guardian, 2021, https://www. theguardian.com/business/ ng-interactive/2021/mar/31/ uk-housing-crisis-how-did-owninga-home-become-unaffordable [accessed 13th December 2021]

2 Tax and Value Added Tax Version 2, 2021, p.9 https://www. environment professionals to

GC 10

rating (EER).24 Furthermore the highest EER of existing properties is even lower

19 Kaminskivat, Can tax reforms spur a retrofit renaissance?, 2020

23 UK Government, Number of new homes built soars to an 11 year, 2019

architecture.com/about/policy/ climate-action/2030-climateconsider new ways to reduce carbon emissions within the industry and to improve buildings where possible and where retrofit challenge/sign-up [accessed 13th sustainable practice in the UK.4According to the UK GreenDecember Building2021] Council (UK

architect’s ability to practice sustainably. In 2013, the RIBA released the report,

38

of new domestic properties in the UK are built to the highest energy efficiency

1 Introduction

24 UK Government, Energy Performance of Buildings Certificates Statistical Release: Q3 2019: England and Wales, 2019, p.5 https://assets.publishing.service. gov.uk/government/uploads/ system/uploads/attachment_data/ file/843215/EPB_Cert_Statistics_ Release_Q3_2019.pdf [accessed 14th December 2021]

demonstrated, a standard 5% VAT rate should be applied”27

21 UK Government, Number of new homes built soars to an 11 year, 2019, highhttps://www.gov.uk/ government/news/number-of-newhomes-built-soars-to-an-11-yearhigh [accessed 13th December 2021]

case. According to the UK Government’s 2019 report, “Energy Performance of

(taxed between 0-5%)5 and renovation works (taxed at 20%) , hamper an

65

Incentivising Sustainability through VAT

behaviors - tax incentives can be used to change this.

18 Ibid.

22 Blight, Duncan, McMullan, Osborne, UK housing crisis: how did owning a home become unaffordable?, 2021

in the government article in 2019, “We are moving in the right direction, but

rating (EER).24 Furthermore the highest EER of existing properties is even lower at less than 0.1% with the majority of existing domestic properties being C or

D rated (Fig.2).25 Evidently, not enough is being done to encourage sustainable

25 Ibid.

19 Kaminskivat, Can tax reforms spur a retrofit renaissance?, 2020

23 UK Government, Number of new homes built soars to an 11 year, 2019

L01: An understanding of practice management and codes of professional conduct in the context of the construction industry.

24 UK Government, Energy Performance of Buildings Certificates Statistical Release: Q3 2019: England and Wales, 2019, p.5 https://assets.publishing.service. gov.uk/government/uploads/ system/uploads/attachment_data/ file/843215/EPB_Cert_Statistics_ Release_Q3_2019.pdf [accessed 14th December 2021]

17 RIBA, Incentivising Design Quality and Sustainability, p.9

16 Victor, VAT: a brief history of tax, The Guardian, 2010

stretched to new builds of all types.19 Since the 1970s, in line with joining the However, according to a government article, the number of new houses being

Does Value Added Tax (VAT) affect an architect’s ability to practice sustainably in the UK?

GC 9

build housing, in order to address the need for social housing, however has since

22

CRITICAL CONTEMPORARY PRACTICE(S) ESSAY

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

2

GC 8

17 RIBA, Incentivising Design Quality and Sustainability, p.9

EU, the UK has seen a decline in new homes being built year on year (Fig.1).20

1

15 Office of Tax Simplification, Value Added Tax: Routes to Simplification, 2017, p.5 https://assets.publishing. service.gov.uk/government/uploads/ system/uploads/attachment_data/ file/657213/Value_added_tax_ routes_to_simplification_web.pdf [accessed 13th December 2021]

"By incentivising everyone, whether they initially considered to practice sustainably or not, it will result in a greener housing stock. This could make significant improvements to the current 18% that the existing housing stock accounts for today. These suggested taxes would however come at a cost to the Exchequer. In the RIBA report they highlighted the need for better sustainable housing. This can be seen by looking at the currently poor EER of existing and new build homes in the UK (Fig.2). They highlighted that if 5% tax was introduced to new builds, and renovation was also reduced to 5% a deficit of £700 million would exist." 45

43

31 RIBA, a


AMPL

[2021] AMPL

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] Creating Change through VAT Campaigns ARCH11070 In their campaign, “RetroFirst”, the Architect’s Journal (AJ) also promotes [PX] changes to the VAT structure, suggesting to “cut VAT rate on refurbishment, MArch 2, [semester 1] repair and maintenance from 20 per cent to 5 per cent.” This will help to level the MANAGEMENT, PRACTICE & LAW

32 UK Government, Official Statistics: Estimated cost of tax reliefs statistics, 2021, https://www.gov. uk/government/statistics/main-taxexpenditures-and-structural-reliefs/ estimated-cost-of-tax-reliefs-statistics [accessed 14th December 2021]

playing field and not create a “paradox that those who care about renewing and

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

upgrading buildings are penalised financially when they try to do so” as Alison Brooks of Alison Brooks architects writes in her support for the AJ’s campaign. During a time of rich awareness of the global climate emergency, consumer’s should not be punished for making better, more sustainable decisions. This is especially true when the fifth largest VAT relief is for construction and sale of new dwellings (fig.).32 In tax year 2020 to 2021, according to official government

36 Office for National Statistics, Housing in construction output statistics, Great Britain: 2010 to 2019, 2020, https://www.ons.gov.uk/ businessindustryandtrade/ constructionindustry/articles/ onoutputstatisticsgreatbritain/2010to2019 [accessed 14th December 2021]

GC 1

33 Ibid. 34 Figure based off official government number of £14.8 billion tax returned after initial 20% VAT charge thus proposed 5% charged would be a quarter of this resulting in £3.7 billion being collected for tax revenue. 35 Kaminskivat, Can tax reforms spur a retrofit renaissance?, 2020

numbers, £14.8 billion was paid back in tax relief for the construction and sales

Brief 01 // Critical Contemporary Practice(s) Essay VAT system promotes poor sustainable practice. As Malcolm Fraser, from Fraser/

with private residential repairs and maintenance staying relatively consistent.36 Given the rising awareness of the climate emergency, clients’ will want to start

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

building more sustainably. VAT incentives are likely to entice them to make better sustainable decisions for long term environmental benefits.

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

largest value tax reliefs within each tax head in 2020 to 2021 -construction and sale of new dwelling

GC 10

GC 11

5

of new dwellings.33 If this was charged at the suggested 5% VAT rate, there

Creating Change through VAT Campaigns In their campaign, “RetroFirst”, the Architect’s Journal (AJ) also promotes changes to the VAT structure, suggesting to “cut VAT rate on refurbishment, repair and maintenance from 20 per cent to 5 per cent.” This will help to level the playing field and not create a “paradox that those who care about renewing and

would be an increase of £3.7 billion to tax revenue.34 Some believe the current

upgrading buildings are penalised financially when they try to do so” as Alison Brooks of Alison Brooks architects writes in her support for the AJ’s campaign. During a time of rich awareness of the global climate emergency, consumer’s should not be punished for making better, more sustainable decisions. This is especially true when the fifth largest VAT relief is for construction and sale of 32

new dwellings (fig.). In tax year 2020 to 2021, according to official government

ARCHITECTURE & VAT

32 UK Government, Official Statistics: Estimated cost of tax reliefs statistics, 2021, https://www.gov. uk/government/statistics/main-taxexpenditures-and-structural-reliefs/ estimated-cost-of-tax-reliefs-statistics [accessed 14th December 2021] 33 Ibid.

6

36 Office for National Statistics, Housing in construction output statistics, Great Britain: 2010 to 2019, 2020, https://www.ons.gov.uk/ businessindustryandtrade/ constructionindustry/articles/ onoutputstatisticsgreatbritain/2010to2019 [accessed 14th December 2021]

with private residential repairs and maintenance staying relatively consistent.36 Given the rising awareness of the climate emergency, clients’ will want to start

as architects”, under Standard 5.1 it states, “where appropriate, you should advise your client how best to conserve and enhance the quality of the environment and its natural resources.”37 Additionally, under Standard 6.1, as an architect, “you are expected to carry out your work with skill and care and in accordance with the terms of your engagement.”38 An architect’s ability to practice sustainably should be a given. It is our responsibility to act with respect

35 Kaminskivat, Can tax reforms spur a retrofit renaissance?, 2020

to the wider environmental context and thus, the ongoing climate emergency.

numbers, £14.8 billion was paid back in tax relief for the construction and sales

Each project, with respect to the client’s budget and terms of agreement, should be a new opportunity to promote good sustainable practice. The RIBA

VAT system promotes poor sustainable practice. As Malcolm Fraser, from Fraser/

37 ARB, Architects Code: Standards of Conduct and Practice, 2017, p.1, 6 https://arb.org.uk/architectinformation/architects-codestandards-of-conduct-and-practice/ [accessed 14th December 2020] 38 Ibid. p.7

41 RIBA, RIBA Sustainable Outcomes Guide, 2019, p.2 https://www. architecture.com/knowledgeand-resources/resources-landingpage/sustainable-outcomesguide#available-resources [accessed 14th December 2020]

can enable the client to include more and better sustainable approaches within their project. It is essential each architect promotes and practices sustainably in

Conclusion In their report, “Progress in reducing emissions: 2021 Report to Parliament”,

every project to achieve environmental outcomes. As Alan Jones, RIBA President

the Climate Council Committee, emphasises that, “there has been little of the

2019-21, discusses in the “RIBA Sustainable Outcomes Guide”, it is our “ethical

necessary progress in upgrading the building stock […] demonstrating clear

responsibility” as architects to promote sustainable design.41

potential for growth if an effective policy package is put in place.”42 With

39 RIBA, “Stage 0: Strategic Definition Project Strategies Tasks”, RIBA Plan of Work 2020: Overview, 2020, p. 5 https://www.architecture. com/knowledge-and-resources/ resources-landing-page/riba-planof-work [accessed 14th December 2020]

regards to changes in C0¬¬2 emissions in the last decade, the built environment

to promote sustainable design to their clients and to have sustainable outcomes set out from the beginning of the project. It is this combination of clients’

The introduction of incentives can change current behaviors and promote

decisions, as prompted by an architect, and large changes to VAT law, that can

sustainable solutions. VAT has been used as a government incentive since the

enable the built environment to make drastic steps forward in its goal to achieve

1980s to promote new build housing. This was done by maintaining VAT at

a carbon net zero economy.

zero rated for new builds, but increasing it to the standard rate (now 20%) for refurbishment and repairs. Due to the ongoing housing crisis in the UK, these

high level, measurable, ambitious and unambiguous project Sustainability

differences in VAT have never been changed.

business deal-flow and they like to build stuff that will fall down before long,

40

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7

Fig. 3 largest value tax reliefs within each tax head in 2020 to 2021 ref. UK Government, Official Statistics: Estimated cost of tax reliefs statistics, 2021, https://www.gov.uk/government/ statistics/main-tax-expenditures-and-structural-reliefs/estimated-cost-of-tax-reliefs-statistics [accessed 14th December 2021]

In their “Incentivising Design Quality and Sustainability” report in 2013, the RIBA

The RIBA Plan of Work and ARB Codes of Conduct are not mandatory but serve

outlined changes to the current VAT laws in order to incentivise good quality

as guides towards best professional practice that should be followed in order to

sustainable design. This was whilst ensuring, through the expected change in

achieve sustainability aims in a project. As an architect you are not legally obliged

behavior, the incentives would cause no offset to the yearly tax revenue. This

to follow these guidelines, you should. VAT does not affect an architect’s ability

would promote, in both new builds and refurbishments, good sustainable

to practice sustainably because each project should have sustainable outcomes

practice that could help drastically reduce the carbon emissions and improve

at the forefront of its design process. It instead can hamper a client’s ability to

the EER of residential buildings in the UK.

ARB, Architects Code: Standards of Conduct and Practice, 2017, https://arb.org.uk/architect-information/architectscode-standards-of-conduct-and-practice/ [accessed 14th December 2020]

RIBA, “Introduction”, RIBA Plan of Work 2020: Overview, 2020, https://www.architecture.com/knowledge-andresources/resources-landing-page/riba-plan-of-work [accessed 14th December 2020]

Blight. G, Duncan. P, McMullan. L, Osborne. H, UK housing crisis: how did owning a home become unaffordable?, Guardian, 2021, https://www.theguardian.com/business/ng-interactive/2021/mar/31/uk-housing-crisis-how-didowning-a-home-become-unaffordable [accessed 13th December 2021]

RIBA, RIBA Sustainable Outcomes Guide, 2019, https://www.architecture.com/knowledge-and-resources/resourceslanding-page/sustainable-outcomes-guide#available-resources [accessed 14th December 2020] UK Government, National statistics: HMRC tax receipts and National Insurance contributions for the UK (Annual Bulletin), 2021, https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/hmrc-tax-and-nics-receipts-for-the-uk/hmrc-tax-receipts-and-nationalinsurance-contributions-for-the-uk-new-annual-bulletin#value-added-tax-vat [accessed 13th December 2021]

Climate Council Committee, Progress in reducing emissions: 2021 Report to Parliament, 2021 https://www.theccc. org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Progress-in-reducing-emissions-2021-Report-to-Parliament.pdf [accessed 14th December 2020]

UK Government, Number of new homes built soars to an 11 year, 2019, highhttps://www.gov.uk/government/news/ number-of-new-homes-built-soars-to-an-11-year-high [accessed 13th December 2021]

Kaminskivat, Isabella., Can tax reforms spur a retrofit renaissance?, Architect’s Journal, 2020, https://www. architectsjournal.co.uk/news/vat-chance-can-tax-reforms-spur-a-retrofit-renaissance [accessed 13th December 2021]

UK Government, Energy Performance of Buildings Certificates Statistical Release: Q3 2019: England and Wales, 2019 https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/843215/EPB_Cert_ Statistics_Release_Q3_2019.pdf [accessed 14th December 2021]

London Energy Transformation, Retrofit Guide, 2021, https://www.leti.london/retrofit [accessed 13th December 2021] Office for National Statistics, Housing in construction output statistics, Great Britain: 2010 to 2019, 2020, https://www.ons.gov.uk/businessindustryandtrade/constructionindustry/articles/ housinginconstructionoutputstatisticsgreatbritain/2010to2019 [accessed 14th December 2021]

[blank page]

UK Government, Official Statistics: Estimated cost of tax reliefs statistics, 2021, https://www.gov.uk/government/ statistics/main-tax-expenditures-and-structural-reliefs/estimated-cost-of-tax-reliefs-statistics [accessed 14th December 2021]

Office of Tax Simplification, Value Added Tax: Routes to Simplification, 2017, p.5 https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/ government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/657213/Value_added_tax_routes_to_simplification_web. pdf [accessed 13th December 2021]

UK Government, Buildings and construction (VAT Notice 708), 2020, https://www.gov.uk/guidance/buildings-andconstruction-vat-notice-708 [accessed 13th December 2021]

RIBA, RIBA 2030 Cimate Challenge: Version 2, 2021, https://www.architecture.com/about/policy/climate-action/2030climate-challenge/sign-up [accessed 13th December 2021]

UK Green Building Council, Climate Change, 2021, https://www.ukgbc.org/climate-change-2/ [accessed 13th December 2021]London Energy Transformation Initiative, Climate Emergency

RIBA, Incentivising Design Quality and Sustainability, 2013, https://pure.port.ac.uk/ws/portalfiles/ portal/7975024/13_03_15_RIBA_VAT_Proposals.pdf [accessed 13th December 2021]

UK Parliament, Why Taxes?, 2021 https://www.parliament.uk/about/living-heritage/transformingsociety/private-lives/ taxation/overview/whytaxes/ [accessed 13th December 2021]

RIBA, “Stage 0: Strategic Definition Project Strategies Tasks”, RIBA Plan of Work 2020: Overview, 2020, https://www. architecture.com/knowledge-and-resources/resources-landing-page/riba-plan-of-work [accessed 14th December 2020]

Victor, Adam., VAT: a brief history of tax, The Guardian, 2010, https://www.theguardian.com/money/2010/dec/31/vatbrief-history-tax [accessed 13th December 2021]

go that step further to producing a more sustainable project. Changes to VAT

ref. UK Government, Official Statistics: Estimated cost of tax reliefs statistics, 2021, https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/main-tax-expenditures-and-structuralreliefs/estimated-cost-of-tax-reliefs-statistics [accessed 14th December 2021]

46

GA 2.3

Bibliography

Fig. 1 The yearly supply of new homes in the UK has declined since 1970 Blight. G, Duncan. P, McMullan. L, Osborne. H, UK housing crisis: how did owning a home become unaffordable?, Guardian, 2021, https://www.theguardian.com/business/ng-interactive/2021/mar/31/uk-housing-crisis-how-didowning-a-home-become-unaffordable [accessed 13th December 2021] Fig. 2 Energy efficiency rating (EER): existing and new domestic properties, England, July to September 2019

potential to do this.

40 RIBA, “Introduction”, RIBA Plan of Work 2020: Overview, 2020, p. 5 https://www.architecture.com/ knowledge-and-resources/resourceslanding-page/riba-plan-of-work [accessed 14th December 2020]

List of Figures

ref. UK Government, Energy Performance of Buildings Certificates Statistical Release: Q3 2019: England and Wales, 2019, p.5 https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/843215/ EPB_Cert_Statistics_Release_Q3_2019.pdf [accessed 14th December 2021]

Outcomes.”39 The RIBA Plan of Work is not a “contractual document” but rather, “it defines what outcomes the project team should achieve at each stage.”

With regards to the architect, changes to VAT does not directly affect their ability

refurbishments and repairs to 5%. It promotes this to ensure that the consumer is enticed, rather than punished, to make good long term sustainable decisions in their projects – essential in the reduction of carbon emissions.

to practice sustainably. By examining the ARB Codes of Conduct and the RIBA

Plan of Work 2020 helps to direct when and how the architect should bring

Fig. 3 largest value tax reliefs within each tax head in 2020 to 2021

The AJ’s “RetroFirst” campaign also suggests a reductions in VAT on renovations,

43 Ibid. p.20

Plan of Work 2020, it can be understood that it is each architect’s responsibility

sustainability their client’s projects. At Stage 0 architects should “develop

a new home just for tax incentives, the current VAT laws do not promote best

42 Climate Council Committee, Progress in reducing emissions: 2021 Report to Parliament, 2021, p.19 https://www.theccc.org.uk/wpcontent/uploads/2021/06/Progressin-reducing-emissions-2021-Reportto-Parliament.pdf [accessed 14th December 2020]

sector has been largely unchanged (fig.).43 Evidently significant changes need to happen within the industry to improve the carbon emissions - VAT has the

Livingstone Architects, states as part of Kamanski’s article, “VAT chance: Can

sustainable practice. Since 2013, new private housing has increased by 58.9%

GA 2.2

7

tax reforms spur a retrofit renaissance?”, “the building industry is based on

unlikely in all situations that consumers will knock down their homes and build

tax reforms spur a retrofit renaissance?”, “the building industry is based on

As architects, it is important to emphasise our role to clients, in sustainable decision making. As part of the ARB “Codes of Conduct”, which outlines “the standards of professional conduct and practice expected of persons registered

because then they’ll get money to build new stuff again.”35 Even though it is

Livingstone Architects, states as part of Kamanski’s article, “VAT chance: Can

The Role of the Architect

building more sustainably. VAT incentives are likely to entice them to make better sustainable decisions for long term environmental benefits.

34 Figure based off official government number of £14.8 billion tax returned after initial 20% VAT charge thus proposed 5% charged would be a quarter of this resulting in £3.7 billion being collected for tax revenue.

of new dwellings.33 If this was charged at the suggested 5% VAT rate, there would be an increase of £3.7 billion to tax revenue.34 Some believe the current

GA 2.1

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

business deal-flow and they like to build stuff that will fall down before long, because then they’ll get money to build new stuff again.”35 Even though it is

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

unlikely in all situations that consumers will knock down their homes and build a new home just for tax incentives, the current VAT laws do not promote best sustainable practice. Since 2013, new private housing has increased by 58.9%

5 Creating Change through VAT Campaigns

Fig. 3 largest value tax reliefs within each tax head in 2020 to 2021

ref. UK Government, Official Statistics: Estimated cost of tax reliefs statistics, 2021, https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/main-tax-expenditures-and-structural32 UK Government, Official Statistics: 2021] Creating Change through VAT Campaigns reliefs/estimated-cost-of-tax-reliefs-statistics [accessed 14th December Estimated cost of tax reliefs statistics, 2021, https://www.gov. In their campaign, “RetroFirst”, the Architect’s Journal (AJ) also promotes uk/government/statistics/main-taxchanges to the VAT structure, suggesting to “cut VAT rate on refurbishment, expenditures-and-structural-reliefs/ estimated-cost-of-tax-reliefs-statistics repair and maintenance from 20 per cent to 5 per cent.” This will help to level the [accessed 14th December 2021]

playing field and not create a “paradox that those who care about renewing and

46

Brooks of Alison Brooks architects writes in her support for the AJ’s campaign. During a time of rich awareness of the global climate emergency, consumer’s should not be punished for making better, more sustainable decisions. This is especially true when the fifth largest VAT relief is for construction and sale of new dwellings (fig.).32 In tax year 2020 to 2021, according to official government

47

advise your client how best to conserve and enhance the quality of the

34 Figure based off official government number of £14.8 billion tax returned after initial 20% VAT charge thus proposed 5% charged would be a quarter of this resulting in £3.7 billion being collected for tax revenue.

an architect, “you are expected to carry out your work with skill and care and

35 Kaminskivat, Can tax reforms spur a retrofit renaissance?, 2020

to the wider environmental context and thus, the ongoing climate emergency.

37

environment and its natural resources.” Additionally, under Standard 6.1, as in accordance with the terms of your engagement.”38 An architect’s ability to practice sustainably should be a given. It is our responsibility to act with respect Each project, with respect to the client’s budget and terms of agreement,

FINDINGS

of new dwellings.33 If this was charged at the suggested 5% VAT rate, there

should be a new opportunity to promote good sustainable practice. The RIBA

With regards to the architect, changes to VAT does not directly affect their ability to practice sustainably. By examining the ARB Codes of Conduct and the RIBA Plan of Work 2020, it can be understood that it is each architect’s responsibility to promote sustainable design to Creating Change through VAT Campaigns In their campaign, “RetroFirst”, Architect’s and Journal to (AJ) have also promotes theirtheclients sustainable outcomes set changes to the VAT structure, suggesting to “cut VAT rate on refurbishment, out from the beginning of the project. It is this repair and maintenance from 20 per cent to 5 per cent.” This will help to level the playing field and not create a “paradox that those whoof care clients’ about renewingdecisions, and combination as prompted upgrading buildings are penalised financially when they try to do so” as Alison by anwritesarchitect, Brooks of Alison Brooks architects in her support forand the AJ’s large campaign. changes to VAT law, During a time of rich awareness of the global climate emergency, consumer’s that can enable the built environment to make should not be punished for making better, more sustainable decisions. This is especially true when the drastic fifth largest VATsteps relief is forforward construction andin sale ofits goal to achieve a new dwellings (fig.). In tax year 2020 to 2021, according to official government carbon net zero economy. numbers, £14.8 billion was paid back in tax relief for the construction and sales

would be an increase of £3.7 billion to tax revenue.34 Some believe the current

33 Ibid.

34 Figure based off official government number of £14.8 billion tax returned after initial 20% VAT charge thus proposed 5% charged would be a quarter of this resulting in £3.7 billion being collected for tax revenue.

would be an increase of £3.7 billion to tax revenue.34 Some believe the current VAT system promotes poor sustainable practice. As Malcolm Fraser, from Fraser/

35

42 potential for growth if an effectiveresponsibility” policy package is put in toplace.” With as architects promote sustainable design.41

Blight. G, Duncan. P, McMullan. L, Osborne. H, UK housing crisis: how did owning a home become unaffordable?, in their projects – essential in the reduction of carbon emissions. Guardian, 2021, https://www.theguardian.com/business/ng-interactive/2021/mar/31/uk-housing-crisis-how-didowning-a-home-become-unaffordable [accessed 13th December 2021]

regards to changes in C0¬¬2 emissions in the last decade, the built environment

43 Ibid. p.20

Climate Council Committee, Progress in reducing emissions: 2021 Report to Parliament, 2021 https://www.theccc. to practice sustainably. By examining the ARB Codes of Conduct and the RIBA org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Progress-in-reducing-emissions-2021-Report-to-Parliament.pdf [accessed 14th Plan of Work 2020, it can be understood that it is each architect’s responsibility December 2020]

sector has been largely unchanged (fig.). Evidently significant changes need

happen within the industry to improve the carbon emissions - VAT has ref. UK Government, to Energy Performance of Buildings Certificates Statistical Release: Q3the 2019: England and Wales, 2019, p.5 https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/843215/ potential to do this. EPB_Cert_Statistics_Release_Q3_2019.pdf [accessed 14th December 2021]

to promote sustainable design to their clients and to have sustainable outcomes

Kaminskivat, Isabella., Can tax reformsset spur a retrofit renaissance?, Architect’s Journal, 2020, https://www. out from the beginning of the project. It is this combination of clients’ architectsjournal.co.uk/news/vat-chance-can-tax-reforms-spur-a-retrofit-renaissance [accessed 13th December 2021]

The introduction of incentives can change current behaviors and promote

decisions, as prompted by an architect, and large changes to VAT law, that can

sustainable solutions. been government incentive since the Fig. 3 largest value tax reliefs within eachVAT taxhas head in used 2020astoa2021

the2021, built environment to make drastic steps forward in its goal to achieve London Energy Transformation, Retrofitenable Guide, https://www.leti.london/retrofit [accessed 13th December 2021]

1980s to promote new build housing. This was done by maintaining VAT at

a carbon net zero economy.

ref. UK Government, Official Statistics: Estimated cost of tax reliefs statistics, 2021, https://www.gov.uk/government/ zero rated for new builds, but increasing it to the standard rate (now 20%) for statistics/main-tax-expenditures-and-structural-reliefs/estimated-cost-of-tax-reliefs-statistics [accessed 14th December refurbishment and repairs. Due to the ongoing housing crisis in the UK, these 2021]

Office for National Statistics, Housing in construction output statistics, Great Britain: 2010 to 2019, 2020, https://www.ons.gov.uk/businessindustryandtrade/constructionindustry/articles/ housinginconstructionoutputstatisticsgreatbritain/2010to2019 [accessed 14th December 2021]

differences in VAT have never been changed.

outlined changes to the current VAT laws in order to incentivise good quality sustainable design. This was whilst ensuring, through the expected change in

standards of professional conduct and practice expected of persons registered

as architects”, under Standard 5.1 it states, “where appropriate, you should advise your client how best to conserve and enhance the quality of the environment and its natural resources.”37 Additionally, under Standard 6.1, as an architect, “you are expected to carry out your work with skill and care and in accordance with the terms of your engagement.”38 An architect’s ability to practice sustainably should be a given. It is our responsibility to act with respect Each project, with respect to the client’s budget and terms of agreement, should be a new opportunity to promote good sustainable practice. The RIBA

38 Ibid. p.7

would promote, in both new builds and refurbishments, good sustainable

39 RIBA, “Stage 0: Strategic Definition Project Strategies Tasks”, RIBA Plan of Work 2020: Overview, 2020, p. 5 https://www.architecture. com/knowledge-and-resources/ resources-landing-page/riba-planof-work [accessed 14th December 2020] 40 RIBA, “Introduction”, RIBA Plan of Work 2020: Overview, 2020, p. 5 https://www.architecture.com/ knowledge-and-resources/resourceslanding-page/riba-plan-of-work [accessed 14th December 2020]

ref. UK Government, Official Statistics: Estimated cost of tax reliefs statistics, 2021, Council Committee, 42 Climate Conclusion https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/main-tax-expenditures-and-structural41 RIBA, RIBA Sustainable Outcomes can enable the client to include more and better sustainable within 2021 Progressapproaches in reducing emissions: reliefs/estimated-cost-of-tax-reliefs-statistics [accessed 14th December 2021] Guide, 2019, p.2 https://www. Report to Parliament, 2021, p.19 In their report, “Progress in reducingtheir emissions: Report to Parliament”, project.2021 It is essential each architect promotes and practices sustainably in architecture.com/knowledgehttps://www.theccc.org.uk/wpand-resources/resources-landingthe Climate Council Committee, emphasises that, “there has environmental been little of the content/uploads/2021/06/Progressevery project to achieve outcomes. As Alan Jones, RIBA President page/sustainable-outcomesin-reducing-emissions-2021-Reportguide#available-resources necessary progress[accessed in upgrading the 2019-21, building discusses stock […]indemonstrating clear Outcomesto-Parliament.pdf [accessed 14th the “RIBA Sustainable Guide”, it is our “ethical 14th December 2020] December 2020] 42

ref. UK Government, Official Statistics: Estimated cost of tax reliefs statistics, 2021, https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/main-tax-expenditures-and-structuralreliefs/estimated-cost-of-tax-reliefs-statistics [accessed 14th December 2021]

RIBA, “Introduction”, RIBA Plan of Work 2020: Overview, 2020, https://www.architecture.com/knowledge-andresources/resources-landing-page/riba-plan-of-work [accessed 14th December 2020]

in their projects – essential in the reduction of carbon emissions.

50

47

49 With regards to the architect, changes to VAT does not directly affect their ability

Plan of Work 2020, it can be understood that it is each architect’s responsibility

potential to do this.

52

to promote sustainable design to their clients and to have sustainable outcomes set out from the beginning of the project. It is this combination of clients’

The introduction of incentives can change current behaviors and promote

decisions, as prompted by an architect, and large changes to VAT law, that can

sustainable solutions. VAT has been used as a government incentive since the

enable the built environment to make drastic steps forward in its goal to achieve

1980s to promote new build housing. This was done by maintaining VAT at

a carbon net zero economy.

differences in VAT have never been changed.

49

51 RIBA, RIBA Sustainable Outcomes Guide, 2019, https://www.architecture.com/knowledge-and-resources/resourceslanding-page/sustainable-outcomes-guide#available-resources [accessed 14th December 2020]

UK Government, National statistics: HMRC tax receipts and National Insurance contributions for the UK (Annual Bulletin), 2021, https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/hmrc-tax-and-nics-receipts-for-the-uk/hmrc-tax-receipts-and-national-53 insurance-contributions-for-the-uk-new-annual-bulletin#value-added-tax-vat [accessed 13th December 2021] UK Government, Number of new homes built soars to an 11 year, 2019, highhttps://www.gov.uk/government/news/ number-of-new-homes-built-soars-to-an-11-year-high [accessed 13th December 2021] UK Government, Energy Performance of Buildings Certificates Statistical Release: Q3 2019: England and Wales, 2019 https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/843215/EPB_Cert_ Statistics_Release_Q3_2019.pdf [accessed 14th December 2021]

"The RIBA Plan of Work is not a “contractual document” but rather, “it defines In their “Incentivising Design Quality and Sustainability” report in 2013, the RIBA what outcomes the project team should achieve at each stage.” The RIBA Plan outlined changes to the current VAT laws in order to incentivise good quality of Worksustainable and ARB Codes ofensuring, Conduct areexpected not change mandatory but serve as guides design. This was whilst through the in behavior, the incentives would cause no offset to the yearly tax revenue. This towards would bestpromote, professional practice that should be followed in order to achieve in both new builds and refurbishments, good sustainable practice that could help reduce the and improve sustainability aims in drastically a project. Ascarbon an emissions architect you are not legally obliged to the EER of residential buildings in the UK. follow these guidelines, you should. VAT does not affect an architect’s ability to practice sustainably because each project should have sustainable outcomes at the forefront of its design process. It instead can hamper a client’s ability to go that step further to producing a more sustainable project." 50

RIBA, “Stage 0: Strategic Definition Project Strategies Tasks”, RIBA Plan of Work 2020: Overview, 2020, https://www. architecture.com/knowledge-and-resources/resources-landing-page/riba-plan-of-work [accessed 14th December 2020]

is enticed, rather than punished, to make good long term sustainable decisions

to happen within the industry to improve the carbon emissions - VAT has the

refurbishment and repairs. Due to the ongoing housing crisis in the UK, these

40

refurbishments and repairs to 5%. It promotes this to ensure that the consumer

to practice sustainably. By examining the ARB Codes of Conduct and the RIBA

sustainability their client’s projects. At Stage 0 architects should “develop 39

The AJ’s “RetroFirst” campaign also suggests a reductions in VAT on renovations,

sector has been largely unchanged (fig.).43 Evidently significant changes need

zero rated EXTRACT 2 for new builds, but increasing it to the standard rate (now 20%) for

high level, measurable, ambitious and unambiguous project Sustainability

the EER of residential buildings in the UK.

Fig. 3 largest value tax reliefs within each tax head in 2020 to 2021

go that step further to producing a more sustainable project. Changes to VAT

Plan of Work 2020 helps to direct when and how the architect should bring

"In tax year Outcomes.” 2020ThetoRIBA2021, to official Plan of Work isaccording not a “contractual document” but rather,government numbers, “it defines what outcomes the project team should achieve at each stage.” £14.8 billionThewas paid back in tax relief for the construction and sales of RIBA Plan of Work and ARB Codes of Conduct are not mandatory but serve towards best professional that should be followed in5% order toVAT rate, there would new dwellings.as guides If this was chargedpractice at the suggested achieve sustainability aims in a project. As an architect you are not legally obliged be an increaseto follow of £3.7 billion to tax revenue. Someability believe the current VAT these guidelines, you should. VAT does not affect an architect’s to practice sustainably because each project should have sustainable outcomes system promotes poor sustainable practice. As Malcolm Fraser, from Fraser/ at the forefront of its design process. It instead can hamper a client’s ability to go that step further to producing a more sustainable project. Changes to VAT Livingstone Architects, states as part of Kamanski’s article, “VAT chance: Can tax reforms spur a retrofit renaissance?”, “the building industry is based on business deal-flow and they like to build stuff that will fall down before long, 47 because then they’ll get money to build new stuff again."

RIBA, Incentivising Design Quality and Sustainability, 2013, https://pure.port.ac.uk/ws/portalfiles/ portal/7975024/13_03_15_RIBA_VAT_Proposals.pdf [accessed 13th December 2021]

practice that could help drastically reduce the carbon emissions and improve

at the forefront of its design process. It instead can hamper a client’s ability to

potential for growth if an effective policy packageasis architects put in place.” With responsibility” to promote sustainable design.41 48 43 Ibid. p.20 regards to changes in C0¬¬2 emissions in the last decade, the built environment

RIBA, RIBA 2030 Cimate Challenge: Version 2, 2021, https://www.architecture.com/about/policy/climate-action/2030climate-challenge/sign-up [accessed 13th December 2021]

behavior, the incentives would cause no offset to the yearly tax revenue. This

to practice sustainably because each project should have sustainable outcomes

36 Office for National Statistics, Housing with private residential repairs and maintenance staying relatively consistent.36 in construction output statistics, Great Given the rising awareness of the climate emergency, clients’ will want to start Britain: 2010 to 2019, 2020, https://www.ons.gov.uk/ building more sustainably. VAT incentives are likely to entice them to make businessindustryandtrade/ 37 ARB, Architects Code: Standards The Role of the Architect constructionindustry/articles/ of Conduct and Practice, 2017, better sustainable decisions for long term environmental benefits. onoutputstatisticsgreatbritain/2010to2019 p.1, 6 https://arb.org.uk/architectAs architects, it is important to emphasise our role to clients, in sustainable [accessed 14th December 2021] information/architects-codedecision making. As part of the ARB “Codes of Conduct”, which outlines “the standards-of-conduct-and-practice/ [accessed 14th December 2020]

Office of Tax Simplification, Value Added Tax: Routes to Simplification, 2017, p.5 https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/ government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/657213/Value_added_tax_routes_to_simplification_web. pdf [accessed 13th December 2021]

In their “Incentivising Design Quality and Sustainability” report in 2013, the RIBA

to follow these guidelines, you should. VAT does not affect an architect’s ability

sustainable practice. Since 2013, new private housing has increased by 58.9%

is enticed, rather than punished, to make good long term sustainable decisions

With regards to the architect, changes to VAT does not directly affect their ability

Fig. 2 Energy efficiency rating (EER): existing and new domestic properties, England, July to September 2019 43

achieve sustainability aims in a project. As an architect you are not legally obliged

a new home just for tax incentives, the current VAT laws do not promote best

48

The AJ’sand “RetroFirst” also suggests a reductions in VAT on renovations, ARB, Architects Code: Standards of Conduct Practice,campaign 2017, https://arb.org.uk/architect-information/architectscode-standards-of-conduct-and-practice/ [accessed and 14threpairs December 2020] refurbishments to 5%. It promotes this to ensure that the consumer

https://www.theccc.org.uk/wpBlight. G, Duncan. P,and-resources/resources-landingMcMullan. L, Osborne. H, UK housing crisis: how didhas owning a home become unaffordable?, thepage/sustainable-outcomesClimate Council Committee, emphasises that, been little of the every project to“there achieve environmental outcomes. As Alancontent/uploads/2021/06/ProgressJones, RIBA President Guardian, 2021, https://www.theguardian.com/business/ng-interactive/2021/mar/31/uk-housing-crisis-how-didin-reducing-emissions-2021-Reportguide#available-resources [accessed necessary progress in upgrading the building stock […] demonstrating clearOutcomes Guide”, 2019-21, discusses in the “RIBA Sustainable it is our [accessed “ethical 14th to-Parliament.pdf 14th December 2020] owning-a-home-become-unaffordable [accessed 13th December 2021] December 2020]

as guides towards best professional practice that should be followed in order to

unlikely in all situations that consumers will knock down their homes and build

Fig. 3 largest value tax reliefs within each tax head in 2020 to 2021

46

Report to Parliament, 2021, Inarchitecture.com/knowledgetheir report, “Progress in reducing Report to Parliament”, theiremissions: project. It 2021 is essential each architect promotes and practices sustainably in p.19

Guide, 2019, p.2 https://www.

The RIBA Plan of Work and ARB Codes of Conduct are not mandatory but serve

because then they’ll get money to build new stuff again.”35 Even though it is

EXTRACT 1

42 Climate Council Committee, Conclusion 41 RIBA, RIBA Sustainable Outcomes enable the client to include more and better sustainable approaches within Fig. 1 The yearly supply of new homes in the UK hascan declined since 1970 Progress in reducing emissions: 2021

“it defines what outcomes the project team should achieve at each stage.”40

business deal-flow and they like to build stuff that will fall down before long,

REFLECTIONS

Bibliography Bibliography

Outcomes.”39 The RIBA Plan of Work is not a “contractual document” but rather,

to the wider environmental context and thus, the ongoing climate emergency.

This topic came from conversations around the office tax reforms spur a retrofit renaissance?”, “the building industry is based on I worked at over summer. The office did a lot of business deal-flow and they like to build stuff that will fall down before long, though it isEdinburgh's New Town because then they’ll get refurbishment money to build new stuff work again.” Even around unlikely in all situations that consumers will knock down their homes and build and a the lotcurrent of work a new home just for tax incentives, VAT lawsis doneeded not promotein bestthis sector to improve its sustainable practice. Since 2013, new private housing has increased by 58.9% carbon emissions. Livingstone Architects, states as part of Kamanski’s article, “VAT chance: Can

high level, measurable, ambitious and unambiguous project Sustainability

tax reforms spur a retrofit renaissance?”, “the building industry is based on

of new dwellings.33 If this was charged at the suggested 5% VAT rate, there

40 RIBA, “Introduction”, RIBA Plan of Work 2020: Overview, 2020, p. 5 https://www.architecture.com/ knowledge-and-resources/resourceslanding-page/riba-plan-of-work [accessed 14th December 2020]

sustainability their client’s projects. At Stage 0 architects should “develop

Livingstone Architects, states as part of Kamanski’s article, “VAT chance: Can

46

39 RIBA, “Stage 0: Strategic Definition Project Strategies Tasks”, RIBA Plan of Work 2020: Overview, 2020, p. 5 https://www.architecture. com/knowledge-and-resources/ resources-landing-page/riba-planof-work [accessed 14th December 2020]

Plan of Work 2020 helps to direct when and how the architect should bring

VAT system promotes poor sustainable practice. As Malcolm Fraser, from Fraser/

35 Kaminskivat, Can tax reforms spur a retrofit renaissance?, 2020

32

66

36 37 ARB, Architects Code: Standards 36 OfficeThe for National Statistics, Housing Role of the Architect with private residential repairs and maintenance staying relatively consistent. of Conduct and Practice, 2017, in construction output statistics, Great 6 https://arb.org.uk/architectAs architects, role to clients,ofinthe sustainable Given theour rising awareness climate emergency, p.1, clients’ will want to start Britain: 2010 to 2019, 2020,it is important to emphasise information/architects-codehttps://www.ons.gov.uk/ decision making. As part of the ARB “Codesmore of Conduct”, which outlines “the are likely to standards-of-conduct-and-practice/ building sustainably. VAT incentives entice them to make businessindustryandtrade/ [accessed 14th December 2020] constructionindustry/articles/ standards of professional conduct and practice expected of persons registered better sustainable decisions for long term environmental benefits. onoutputstatisticsgreatbritain/2010to2019 38 Ibid. p.7 [accessed 14th December 2021]

numbers, £14.8 billion was paid back in tax relief for the construction and sales

32 UK Government, Official Statistics: Estimated cost of tax reliefs statistics, 2021, https://www.gov. uk/government/statistics/main-taxexpenditures-and-structural-reliefs/ estimated-cost-of-tax-reliefs-statistics [accessed 14th December 2021]

List of7Figures Conclusion

as architects”, under Standard 5.1 it states, “where appropriate, you should

33 Ibid.

upgrading buildings are penalised financially when they try to do so” as Alison

6 The Role of the Architect

UK Government, Official Statistics: Estimated cost of tax reliefs statistics, 2021, https://www.gov.uk/government/ statistics/main-tax-expenditures-and-structural-reliefs/estimated-cost-of-tax-reliefs-statistics [accessed 14th December 2021] UK Government, Buildings and construction (VAT Notice 708), 2020, https://www.gov.uk/guidance/buildings-andconstruction-vat-notice-708 [accessed 13th December 2021] UK Green Building Council, Climate Change, 2021, https://www.ukgbc.org/climate-change-2/ [accessed 13th December 2021]London Energy Transformation Initiative, Climate Emergency UK Parliament, Why Taxes?, 2021 https://www.parliament.uk/about/living-heritage/transformingsociety/private-lives/ taxation/overview/whytaxes/ [accessed 13th December 2021] Victor, Adam., VAT: a brief history of tax, The Guardian, 2010, https://www.theguardian.com/money/2010/dec/31/vatbrief-history-tax [accessed 13th December 2021] 51


MANAGEMENT, PRACTICE & LAW

ARCH11070

MArch 2, [semester 1]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

Task Prepare a Course Report summarising, critiquing, questioning and exploring the range of topics explored through the lecture series. Where the Critical Contemporary Practice(s) essay develops understanding in depth, this Course Report is intended to engage with the full breadth of themes and topics described by contributors. Through this report you are to present a series of short reflections on the key course content. This must include:

02

03

04

05

HEALTH AND LIFE SAFETY (REGULATION)

PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE

ETHICS AND SOCIAL PURPOSE

CLIMATE

INCLUSIVE DESIGN

BUILDING WITH BIM

CONTRACTUAL COLONIALISM

RESPONSIBLE SPECIFICATION

COURSE REPORT

[blank page]

CONTRACT WORKSHOP

L02: An understanding of the roles and responsibilities of individuals and organisations within architectural project procurement and contract administration, including knowledge of how cost control mechanisms operate within an architectural project.

SCENARIO 10: DEFECTIVE WORKS

TRIAL BY FIRE:

GRENFELL TOWER AND FIRESAFETY REGULATION IN THE UK

REFLECTIONS

Doing this course alongside design studio A, helped me in created a more thorough project especially regarding sustainable approaches to my design.

01

Health and Life Safety (Regulation) Inclusive Design

remove the barriers that create undue effort and separation. It enables everyone This talk uses the Grenfell Tower fire as a means to introduce students to mechanisms for firesafety regulation in the UK, but also to reflect on controversies associated with them in the wake of that fire. It begins by outlining two contrasting modes of regulation, prescriptive and outcome-based, identifying the differing ways these distribute risks associated with building design. It then considers contrasting calls for more or less prescriptive standards made in the wake of Grenfell, by the RIBA and the Hackett report, considering why different actors might seek these differing legal changes. By doing so, it hopes to outline the political stakes at play in the UK government’s recent ban on combustible cladding. The talk concludes by presenting the speaker’s own research on this topic, reflecting on how buildings and fire offer a material ‘test’ for our ways of thinking about governing.

7

This talk provides an introduction to the roles and responsibilities of the architect under the Construction Design and Management (CDM) regulations. It introduces the role of the Principal Designer, and sets out what constitutes a ‘designer’ under the CDM regulations, what is required to perform that role, and how the role integrates with the various work stages of the RIBA Plan of Work. Through the example of David Chipperfield’s Edinburgh Concert Hall, the Dunard Centre for the Scottish Chamber Orchestra, which is due to start on site in 2022, Nicky describes some of the concerns that the CDM regulations seek to address, and how an active concern for health and safety throughout the design phase leads to better buildings.

In this lecture, Will Arnold will talk about his work at the Institution of Structural Engineers over the last two years, and how this has tried to drive positive change across the structural engineering profession in light of the climate emergency. Through reflections on his work both in practice as a structural engineer at Arup, and more recently through his interactions across the built environment with the IStructE, Will argues that the most impactful designs are those that future generations will appreciate as much as we do today. In a world that humans have made three degrees warmer, will society be proud of the architectural heroics of the 21st century, or ashamed of them? In response, the talk will look at three different aspects of creating change: changing standards, asking “what is good?”, changing the skillset, “what is normal?”, and changing wider industry “what is expected?”. Looking beyond industry to regulatory standards, Will was one of the key authors behind draft legislation Approved Document Z: Whole Life Carbon, a document which, if adopted by the government would transform the way buildings are procured, designed and built.

The intention of this lecture is to raise your awareness of societal attitudes to disability and difference, to challenge you to think about your own ethical position and to consider the complexities and contradictions involved in designing an inclusive environment. The lecture begins by considering the way societal attitudes have evolved, and how legislation has developed in parallel in response to disability rights and social inclusion. The lecture invites you to develop your understanding of human difference, acknowledge impairments, multiple lived experiences, and how your work as a future architect might enhance the everyday life of diverse users.

to participate equally, confidently and independently in everyday activities.” 1 The need for inclusive design comes from regulation. The current regulations for inclusive design offer a minimum standard, for which all buildings and public spaces must adhere too. These regulations are based around the 2010 Equality Act that enforces, by law, everyone to have a “duty to make reasonable adjustments” for a disabled persons.2 The minimum standards often do not

BUILDING WITH BIM

ARCHITECTS’ PRACTICES

L02: An understanding of the roles and responsibilities of individuals and organisations within architectural project procurement and contract administration, including knowledge of how cost control mechanisms operate within an architectural project.

Taking specification as the point in the process of designing a building when ideas are given physical characteristics, the talk will look back through the design process to discuss the ideas and analysis that go into this decision making, and will then discuss the implications of material specification on the construction and use buildings. This will be set within the wider context of our global climate emergency, and industry initiatives to tackle this, and explore wider environmental issues facing the built environment.

A simple change in mindset around disability and inclusive design can affect ones outlook. In her lecture, “Inclusive Design”, Fiona McLachlan emphasises that, “a building that we design could disable someone” rather than a person being disabled.5 By beginning to explore the possibility of buildings’ handicapping

3 BS 8300-2:2018 Design of an accessible and inclusive built environment. Buildings. Code of Practice. London: British Standards Limited, 2018.

people, one can begin to design, as Jos Boys writes in their book, “Doing Disability Differently”, “architecture in which disabled bodies become central, not peripheral.”6

Fig. 1 St James Quarter Lift Landing

“advisable” does not carry the same rhetoric. This results in inclusive design often being seen as an afterthought within the design process and can often be done as a tick box measure.

BUSINESS PLANNING AND THE BUSINESS PLAN

02

Don’t think that being an architect it is just about design, it is also either running a business or being part of growing a business. Therefore, in either situation we should always be planning for the business. You’ll soon learn that most business decisions should emanate from the business plan. So let us understand the fundamentals of business planning and the business plan. Through an introduction to her work with Architecture for Humanity in the wake of the earthquake which devastated Haiti in 2010, Lilian describes setting up her own business, Fourth World Art. She reflects on the mismanagement which led to the downfall of Architecture for Humanity, and how this prompted an interest in, and appreciation for, the need to manage a business effectively. In what follows, Lilian provides an introduction to effective business planning, particularly in light of the current pandemic and its continuing effects and the continuing uncertainties around Brexit, and poses questions to consider for those joining or starting a business.

10

6 NBS, National Construction Contracts and Law Report 2018, 2018. https://www.thenbs.com/ knowledge/national-constructioncontracts-and-law-report-2018 [accessed 10th December 2021]

Professional Practice Building with BIM

2

reduced risk. Additionally BIM is becoming more integrated into the profession with procurement and regulation. Within the RIBA Plan of Work 2020, outline specification and the sharing of these specifications has been added at stage 2 and 3 within the crucial design stages of a project.3 New regulations, BS EN 19560 series, begin to outline the importance of the management of all information on a project.4 BIM is not without its problems as human error, design problems and dispute issues will occur. The use of BIM encourages the sharing of information, models and collaborative work, resulting in legal issues around ownership of data and liability resulting in disputes.5 Many different parties can contribute to a single BIM model, thus deciphering and highlighting design changes made, who is

11

7 Rebecca Shorter, When BIM goes wrong: legal challenges in the spotlight, Design & Build Review, 2021 https://designbuild.nridigital. com/design_build_review_feb21/ when_bim_goes_wrong_legal_ challenges_in_the_spotlight [accessed 10th December 2021]

1 NBS, National BIM Report 2020, 2020. p. 15 https://www. thenbs.com/knowledge/nationalbim-report-2020 [accessed 10th December 2021] 2 Ibid.

forty percent have BIM referenced in their contracts.6 Due to the inexperience around BIM, architects, contractors, engineers and clients may be unaware of how to resolve complex disputes around BIM. It is therefore important in the contract to explicitly state the responsibilities of each party, their inputs and expectations, who has ownership of the model and its parts, as well as who carries responsibility for what in disputes.7 As a relatively new technology and methodology BIM is continuing to be developed and understood throughout the industry as we enter into BIM Level

3 Dale Sinclair, “RIBA Plan of Work 2020 and Specification”, National BIM Report 2020, 2020. p. 11 https:// www.thenbs.com/knowledge/ national-bim-report-2020 [accessed 10th December 2021]

3. Further legal issues will come to fruition but through learning from past projects, disputes and the sharing of information, the industry can continue to adapt and better implement BIM into their projects and legal documentation.

4 Andy Boutle, “The UK BIM Framework”, National BIM Report 2020, 2020. p. 5 https://www. thenbs.com/knowledge/nationalbim-report-2020 [accessed 10th December 2021] 5 Luke Christou, When BIM goes wrong: legal challenges in the spotlight, Design & Build Review, 2021 https://designbuild.nridigital. com/design_build_review_feb21/ when_bim_goes_wrong_legal_ challenges_in_the_spotlight [accessed 10th December 2021]

responsible for the changes and who owns what is important. When issues occur it is important to be able to quickly identify who is at fault. Through contracts, responsibilities can be explicitly outlined and managed. However, according to the NBS National Construction Contracts and Law Report 2018 only

14

15

16

17

At a site visit you note that rainwater is ponding on an area of single-ply membraned roof,

SPEAKING OF ARCHITECTURAL PRACTICE:

PLANNING FOR THE FUTURE:

ARCHITECTS AND DESIGN CODES

LOST VOICES, THE UNSPOKEN, LISTENING AND BEING HEARD

INFRASTRUCTURE & INFORMALITY:

INFRASTRUCTURE AS A LENS TO READ AND SHAPE THE CITY

CONTRACTUAL COLONIALISM

03

areas. Its good intentions, can often fall short and be seen as a form of colonialism itself where western knowledge overrules the embedded local knowledge.

[blank page]

Being a professional in the built environment means becoming part of an established culture and adopting agreed ethics, codes of conduct, duties of care. Dominant professional cultures, emergent in Scotland since the nineteenth century, consolidated in the twentieth through architectural canon, formal education and professional institutions, are played out explicitly and tacitly. Participants learn to behave, speak, act, think, negotiate and navigate in conformity with established frameworks and rules. Knowing how professional culture works, and playing a recognisable role is a great advantage for gaining work, making decisions, influencing subjects and spheres of practice. But what of voices that are ‘lost’ in architectural practice and production, and practices embedded in project-based work that remain unspoken? bell hooks writes of conversation as the sharing of power and knowledge, presupposing that all voices can be heard. If we shift focus from an individual architect or built work to relational and polyvocal knowledge, can we explore ecologies of what architects (can) ‘do’ more attentively and inventively?

Ethics and Social Purpose Contractual Colonialism

causing water to back-up and infiltrate, and joints between

03

pieces of the membrane to delaminate. The works, completed

19

In August 2020, the UK Government published the white paper Planning for the Future, which set out proposals to radically change the English Planning System. Its most contentious aspects are yet to be adopted, however in July 2021, the requirement for new development to be ‘beautiful’, and a greater emphasis on the use of design codes, became national planning policy with the publication of the National Model Design Code and changes to the National Planning Policy Framework. Local planning authorities in England must now use design codes to provide certainty about the acceptable style, materials and quantity of development in their area. Design codes essentialise the aesthetic characteristics of places into a set of diagrams and rules for an area that limit the design freedom of the architect. But design codes can also empower communities by challenging traditional understandings of the architect as ‘all knowing’. They are also problematic, reductive tools that rely on local knowledge systems being interpreted and translated by a professional ‘expert’.

This lecture is part of a body of work exploring broad questions of how the design and delivery of infrastructure can contribute towards a.) how citizens make urban space and b.) how we read the city? The last two decades have seen a growing body of work within urban studies concerned with infrastructure, moving from a focus on infrastructure as a technical or indeed, neutral endeavour–a ‘thing’, ‘system’ or an ‘output’–to a power-laden process with a physical manifestation. Multidisciplinary approaches have made visible the rich material and social fabric of infrastructure as a dimension of city-making, particularly when operating within AbdouMaliq Simone’s provocation of ‘provisioning for the unprovisioned’. This talk will discuss three case studies of action-based research projects which explore the incremental extension of infrastructure by small-scale operators and households, arguing that such interventions can stitch the city together, producing a thick (even if precarious) urban fabric of infrastructural access.

Colonialism is fundamentally a process of acculturation, taking place through the re-arrangement of non-European areas into European constructs. In this lecture Killian Doherty seeks to convey this understanding of colonialism, which resides within contemporary humanitarian architecture (under the rubric of international development) across the Global South. This understanding emerges through accounts of the contractual, design and construction arrangements of the Kimisagara community centre, a building funded by prominent European and USbased nonprofits, designed and administered by Killian, but constructed by East African contractors using local labour on behalf of a Rwandan civil society active within a lowincome wetland community in the capital of Kigali. He will describe how western design grammar and norms in delineating the buildings siting, space-planning, form, aesthetics, as bound to contractual arrangements from the US, conflicted in different ways with and were resisted by the socio-economic, lived and immediate surroundings of this building.

4 Doherty, “Territories of Practice: Kimisagara Community Center, Rwanda.” (Spring, 2013)

Ethics and Social Purpose Contractual Colonialism

Architectural aid work creates a plethora of ethnical problems in disadvantaged

The concept of improvement to a local area by westerners is “mirred in racial,

2 Ibid. 7-8

colonialism ideology” writes Brenna Bhandar in her article, “Lost property: the

3 Killian Doherty, “Territories of Practice: Kimisagara Community Center, Rwanda.” MAS Context, Issue 17: Boundary (Spring, 2013), https:// www.mascontext.com/issues/17boundary-spring-13/territories-ofpractice-kimisagara-communitycenter-rwanda/ [accessed 11th December 2021]

continuing violence of improvement.”1 Bhandar further states, “the concept of improvement […] takes on a racial logic, fusing the rationale for ownership with a racial concept of the proper subject: a process I capture in the term ‘racial regimes of ownership’.”2 This can often be seen in the architectural aid work

Best efforts were made to create a piece of architecture that captured the “convivial characteristics” of the local area from materiality to form (Fig.2).4

5 Killian Doherty, ESALA, Architecture Management, Practice and Law Lecture Series, “Contractual Colonialism”, October 2021

Even with this care, a lack of understanding of the local area and a tight budget

6 Ibid.

describes the flying toilet where locals defecate into bags and throw them onto

7 Doherty, “Territories of Practice: Kimisagara Community Center, Rwanda.” (Spring, 2013)

roofs due to lack of sanitation in the area.5 The roof was used for collecting rain

1 Brenna Bhandar. “Lost property: the continuing violence of improvement.” Architectural Review, Issue 1475: Land (October, 2020): 7.

set by FIFA resulted in several short-comings and ethical issues with the project. Firstly in the design of the roof. In his lecture, Contractual Colonialism, Doherty

water to drink thus resulting in issues around hygiene (Fig.3). Additionally, the water pump would often break and due to the unfamiliar technological nature of the pumps often repairs could take months6, totally devaluing the roofs value. reflects on the several ethical issues he faced on the project: “systematic power

ref. Killian Doherty, ESALA, Architecture Management, Practice and Law Lecture Series, “Contractual Colonialism”, October 2021

struggles”; “profound misunderstanding of inclusiveness”; “inhumane wage an alien environment shaped by the effects of colonialism and reshaped through foreign humanitarian aid.”7

An example of architectural aid work is the Kimisagara Community Center, Rwanda. Designed by Killian Doherty with Architectural Practice and funded by

Placing these issues against the ARB Code of Conduct make it difficult for an

Architecture for Humanity, Doherty, in his text, “Territories of Practice: Kimisagara

architect to act ethnically even with their best intentions within the confinements

Community Center”, describes Rwanda as a place of “stark boundaries”

of architectural aid work. This places the architect, Killian Doherty, in a difficult

between formal and informal settlements, “scarred by ethnic division [and]

position between contractual and ethnical obligations of the architect. In

where the profession itself is relatively unrecognized.”3 The community centre

reference to the 2017 ARB Code of Conduct in clauses 5, 6 and 12: “Consider

was also set within a wider landscape of centres as part of FIFA’s Corporate

the wider impact of your work”; “You should carry out your professional work

Social Responsibility program with the 2010 South Africa World Cup.

conscientiously and with due regard to relevant technical and professional standards”; “respect for others.” It appears very challenging for the architect to act morally due to the contractual burden, in an environment where rules, regulation, architecture and the architect are not nearly as recognised, resulting in a form of contractual colonialism.

20

21

Fig. 3 Water tower and roof design 00:/, Notre Dame RC Girls’ Secondary

ref. Killian Doherty, ESALA, Architecture Management, Practice and Law School, London, 2010 Competition entry for the reconfi guration Lecture Series, “Contractual Colonialism”, October 2021 of a school in London in which the existing corridors were overcrowded. The proposed solution eschewed expensive (£3 million) spatial interventions in favour of a revised school timetable at zero cost.

22

23

00:/

Arguably the biggest waste of space and resources is the production of a building or design that was not needed in the first place. People often think that the only solution to a perceived spatial problem might be the addition of something new when, in fact, careful reconsideration of existing amenities, facilities, services or processes might prove to be less costly, less disruptive and less intensive in terms of material resources. The London-based practice 00:/ has been at the forefront of working with inventive and creative design solutions that often show very little evidence of what traditionally is considered design in terms of adding something new. While many architects might simply 00:/, Notre Dame RC Girls’ Secondary declassify this type of work as ‘writing oneself out of a job’, 00:/’s School, London, 2010 entry for the reconfiguration approach is one where the invisibility of a physical interventionCompetition is of a Notre schoolDame in London in which the existing 00:/, RC Girls’ Secondary considered to be a successful project. corridors were overcrowded. The proposed School, London, 2010 solution eschewed (£3 million) entry forexpensive the reconfi guration One example where 00:/ added input as strategic design Competition interventions in which favour the of aexisting revised ofspatial a school in London in school timetable at zero cost. consultants was the Place Station, a national Web-based network corridors were overcrowded. The proposed aimed at establishing links between owners of land or disused solution eschewed expensive (£3 million) spatial interventions in favour of a revised buildings and local social enterprises. In another scheme, the school timetable at zero cost. Notre Dame RC Girls’ School (London, 2010), where the practice was approached to redesign the congested corridor of the existing school, their approach wasthe onebiggest of careful watching Arguably waste of space and resources is the of how and when this space production was used, rather than immediately of a building or design that was not needed in jumping to the drawing board with awaste physical thetoficome rst place. People oftenofthink only solution Arguably theupbiggest spacethat andthe resources is the to a solution. Finding that the congestion could be eased by slightly perceived spatial problem might be the addition of something production of a building or design that was not needed in retiming the break bells, thethe physical arrangement of the corridor new when, in People fact, careful reconsideration of existing first place. often think that the only solutionamenities, to a simply remained as it was. The practice’s minimal butmight intentional facilities, services or processes might to beofless costly, less perceived spatial problem be theprove addition something intervention in the school timetabling provided the desired disruptive and lesscareful intensive in result terms of material resources. The new when, in fact, reconsideration of existing amenities, yet used design intelligencefacilities, to redefine the problem in another London-based practice 00:/ has beenprove at the of working services or processes might toforefront be less costly, less way so that no physical design as inventive suchand wasless in the end necessary. with and creative design thatresources. often show very disruptive intensive in termssolutions of material The little evidence practice of what traditionally design in terms London-based 00:/ has beenisatconsidered the forefront of working of adding something new. design While solutions many architects might simply with inventive and creative that often show very declassify thisoftype of traditionally work as ‘writing oneself out of a job’, 00:/’s little evidence what is considered design in terms is one where theWhile invisibility a physical intervention ofapproach adding something new. manyof architects might simply is considered totype be a of successful declassify this work as project. ‘writing oneself out of a job’, 00:/’s One is example where added input as strategic design is approach one where the00:/ invisibility of a physical intervention consultantstowas Place Station, considered be athe successful project.a national Web-based network aimed establishing owners of land ordesign disused Oneatexample wherelinks 00:/between added input as strategic buildings and socialStation, enterprises. In another scheme,network the consultants waslocal the Place a national Web-based NotreatDame RC Girls’ School (London, the aimed establishing links between owners2010), of landwhere or disused practice was to redesign In theanother congested corridor buildings and approached local social enterprises. scheme, theof the existing their approach was one of careful Notre Dame school, RC Girls’ School (London, 2010), where watching the of how was and approached when this space was used, than corridor immediately practice to redesign therather congested of jumping toschool, the drawing board to come up of with a physical the existing their approach was one careful watching thatspace the congestion could than be eased by slightly ofsolution. how andFinding when this was used, rather immediately retimingtothe bells,board the physical of the corridor jumping thebreak drawing to comearrangement up with a physical simply remained as it the was.congestion The practice’s solution. Finding that couldminimal be easedbut byintentional slightly intervention in thebells, school provided the result retiming the break thetimetabling physical arrangement of desired the corridor yet used design intelligence to practice’s redefine the problem another simply remained as it was. The minimal butinintentional way so that in nothe physical as suchprovided was in the necessary. intervention schooldesign timetabling theend desired result

RedefInIng of the PRoblem In otheR wAys

as part of a previous Valuation compiled by the QS, accepted

PROFESSIONAL ETHICS:

RESPONSIBLE SPECIFICATION

INNOVATION AND THE CLIMATE CRISIS

ARCHITECTURAL ACTIVISM

ARCHITECTURE AND CLIMATE

04

and national emissions just through the decisions we are making through the things that we are specifying when we are designing buildings.”1 As architects we are in control of what we specify regarding products, materials and the work

[blank page]

The second of two lectures on professionalism (see Professionalism I: Professionalism for the Built Environment),this talk briefly covers many of the main challenges facing the built environment professions as we move toward targets for net zero carbon emissions in 2050, and the response of those professions to this goal. It discusses the value that these professions can offer to clients and to society, including technological, actuarial, ethical, social and environmental value, and presents a six-point plan for the future of professional organisation.

Certificate, and paid (belatedly) by the client. You have requested

As part of this plan it makes a case that increasing attention needs to be given to the analysis of post-occupancy surveying, the importance of building modelling as a determinant of what and how we should build, and the integration of these sources of data with Building Renovation Passports (BRPs).

that these works be re-done, but

25

This lecture will use the idea of ‘Responsible Specification’ to discuss the complex interactions between people, materials and systems that influence building performance and carbon emissions. Taking specification as the point in the process of designing a building when ideas are given physical characteristics, the talk will look back through the design process to discuss the ideas and analysis that go into this decision making, and will then discuss the implications of material specification on the construction and use buildings. This will be set within the wider context of our global climate emergency, and industry initiatives to tackle this, and explore wider environmental issues facing the built environment.

“We choose to go to the Moon,” President John F. Kennedy said in 1962, imploring America to reach the lunar surface, “We choose to go to the Moon in this decade and do the other things, not because they are easy, but because they are hard, because that goal will serve to organize and measure the best of our energies and skills, because that challenge is one that we are willing to accept, one we are unwilling to postpone, and one which we intend to win, and the others, too.” Those working in the built environment need to apply the same determination and resilience, as JFK described, in our modern day moon landing equivalent; the overwhelming challenge of solving the Climate Crisis and meeting Net Zero. With the construction industry responsible for a significant proportion of global carbon emissions, rapid innovation and change in approach is needed. This lecture will explore the collaborative multidisciplinary design process needed for successful innovation outcomes.

Buildings are shaped by a complex framework of social, economic and political factors, that begin to take effect before the brief has even arrived in the architect’s inbox. Throughout the design and construction stages various policies, standards and regulations shape the building to a much greater degree than the architect’s hand. As architects we respond to these factors and navigate these rules on a daily basis. But is that enough? Faced with this system when emerging from architecture school is a humbling experience, as an architectural assistant intent on achieving some kind of social good through design. Not content with just sitting back and accepting it all as multiple interlocking crises unfold around us, today’s generation of young architects are realizing our agency through different means. The climate and ecological emergency. Social inequalities. Structural racism. The housing crisis. Poor working conditions. All of these things impact upon, and are impacted by, architecture, but cannot be solved through conventional practice alone.

4 Calder, Barnabas, and G.A. Bremner. “Buildings and energy: architectural history in the climate emergency.” The Journal of Architecture, Vol.26, No.2 (2021): 79-115.

Climate Responsible Specification

In his lecture, “Responsible Specification: Describing a System”, Craig Robertson argues that, “as architects […] we play a key role in driving down our global

by you in a previous Interim

Fig. 2 Community Center captures the “convivial characteristics” of the local area

In his text, “Territories of Practice: Kimisagara Community Center”, Doherty

levels”; and “existential guilt relating to my privileged status of operating within

where architecture is used as a tool to improve society.

by a subcontractor, were valued

Climate Responsible Specification

This lecture will use the idea of ‘Responsible Specification’ to discuss the complex interactions between people, materials and systems that influence building performance and carbon emissions.

04

Colonialism is fundamentally a process of acculturation, taking place through the re-arrangement of non-European areas into European constructs. In this lecture Killian Doherty seeks to convey this understanding of colonialism, which resides within contemporary humanitarian architecture (under the rubric of international development) across the Global South. This understanding emerges through accounts of the contractual, design and construction arrangements of the Kimisagara community centre, a building funded by prominent European and USbased nonprofits, designed and administered by Killian, but constructed by East African contractors using local labour on behalf of a Rwandan civil society active within a lowincome wetland community in the capital of Kigali. He will describe how western design grammar and norms in delineating the buildings siting, space-planning, form, aesthetics, as bound to contractual arrangements from the US, conflicted in different ways with and were resisted by the socio-economic, lived and immediate surroundings of this building.

resulting in buildings that are not inclusive for all.

at the earliest possible stage in the design process.” Here, a semantic issue

Report 2020 almost three quarters of the industry is using BIM.1 It offers

This lecture covers the principles of public sector procurement, both before and after Brexit, addressing some of the common challenges, and proposes alternative solutions which could dramatically improve the efficiency of public sector commissioning as well as the quality and longevity of the buildings which result. With an architectural profession that is struggling with low wages, increasing professional indemnity costs and diminishing respect among the general public, it suggests how architects can take a more active approach to working with the public sector to improve the lives and prospects of those who live and work in the buildings and places we design.

These are details that are often decided during specification. The use of the word best practice for this therefore falls on the architect and is not totally enforced,

“It is advisable for the recommendations given in this standard to be applied

increased productivity, profitability, improved building management and The lecture will refer to Neil’s own experiences of setting up a practice and running a business. It will explore what an architect’s practice is and what it is trying to achieve. It will investigate different ‘types’ of practice and the legal ‘forms’ of business available to architects, referring to case studies. It will explore why architects may choose one legal form over another and how this may lead to a flat or hierarchical organisational structure. By directly comparing his sole practitioner office with a larger practice, Reiach & Hall Architects, Neil will investigate issues such as where the practice is based, where work comes from and where projects are located. The lecture will conclude by covering the processes, practice management and support systems, which allow architects to deliver their services. To give a client confidence, architects must demonstrate ability in several business-related areas, in addition to design, such as fees and financial management, resourcing, risk management and insurances, and change management.

Regulation “4.2.7 Vertical circulation between storeys” states that “any lifting device should […] include […] on the landing of each level served, tactile call buttons and visual and tactile indication of the storey level.”4 At the St James Quarter this is not the case with a no tactile storey indicator or signage (Fig.1).

applies. With the Equality Act we must make reasonable adjustments however

the industry and continues to grow yearly. According to the NBS Annual BIM

Digital transformation is happening across the world in the design, construction and operation of buildings. Architects are faced with the necessity of adopting new ways of working to enable an active and thriving role in the creation of architecture. Building Information Modelling (or Management) has been around for a long time, and is now an expectation on most large projects. BIM as ‘software’ started life within the USA defence sector, but the processes and ideas incorporated in BIM are part of a longer history of change in how buildings are built. This lecture will explore the evolution and future of BIM for the design and delivery of projects, starting with the Sydney Opera House through to the urgent realities of the Climate Emergency.

An example of this is the lifts at the new St James Quarter. Scottish Building

“should” does not enforce the best practice needed for inclusive design. The

knowledge and expertise is needed.”3 The standard further goes onto state,

Building Information Modelling (BIM) is becoming a more a more commonly

Any architect wanting to work on public sector projects needs to have a good understanding of how the public commissioning system works. Yet the legislative framework is complex, inefficient and often impenetrable. And following Brexit, we are entering uncharted waters when it comes to the future of public procurement outside of the EU.

6 Boys, Jos. “Introduction: Why Do Disability Differently?” Doing disability differently: an alternative handbook on architecture, dis/ability and designing for everyday life, 8. London, New York: Routledge, 2014.

encompass the diversities of disabilities. This is acknowledged within BS 8300-

used digital architectural tool for procurement and design. It has transformed

Digital transformation is happening across the world in the design, construction and operation of buildings. Architects are faced with the necessity of adopting new ways of working to enable an active and thriving role in the creation of architecture. Building Information Modelling (or Management) has been around for a long time, and is now an expectation on most large projects. BIM as ‘software’ started life within the USA defence sector, but the processes and ideas incorporated in BIM are part of a longer history of change in how buildings are built. This lecture will explore the evolution and future of BIM for the design and delivery of projects, starting with the Sydney Opera House through to the urgent realities of the Climate Emergency.

2 UK Government, “Adjustments for disabled persons”, Equality Act 2010, https://www.legislation.gov. uk/ukpga/2010/15/part/2 [accessed 10th December 2021]

5 Fiona McLachlan, ESALA, Architecture Management, Practice and Law Lecture Series, “Inclusive Design”, September 2021

2:2018, where it states, “it is recognized that there are still areas…where further

9

TIME FOR CHANGE?

The intention of this lecture is to raise your awareness of societal attitudes to disability and difference, to challenge you to think about your own ethical position and to consider the complexities and contradictions involved in designing an inclusive environment. The lecture begins by considering the way societal attitudes have evolved, and how legislation has developed in parallel in response to disability rights and social inclusion. The lecture invites you to develop your understanding of human difference, acknowledge impairments, multiple lived experiences, and how your work as a future architect might enhance the everyday life of diverse users.

1 Commission for Architecture and Built Environment, The Principles of Inclusive Design: They Include You, 2006, p. 3 https:// webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/ ukgwa/20110118095356/http:/www. cabe.org.uk/files/the-principles-ofinclusive-design.pdf [accessed 10th December 2021]

8

PUBLIC SECTOR PROCUREMENT:

[blank page]

4 Scottish Government, Building Standards Technical Handbook 2020: Non-Domestic, 2021. pp. 327-8 https://www.gov.scot/publications/ building-standards-technicalhandbook-2020-non-domestic/ documents/, [accessed 12th November 2021]

Health and Life Safety (Regulation) Inclusive Design

in their report “The Principles of Inclusive Design”, “Inclusive design aims to

required. These areas provide multiple opportunities to source responsibly both environmentally and morally. Where architects and built environment professionals have an environmental obligation from project to project, the RIBA has an obligation to set out industry wide goals. The RIBA 2030 Climate Challenge and Sustainable Outcome Guide

1 Craig Robertson, ESALA, Architecture Management, Practice and Law Lecture Series, “Responsible Specification: Describing a System”, November 2021 2 RIBA, “Stage 0: Strategic Definition Project Strategies Tasks”, RIBA Plan of Work 2020: Overview, 2020, p. 5 https://www.architecture.com/ knowledge-and-resources/resourceslanding-page/riba-plan-of-work [accessed 11th December 2020]

5 Robertson, Architecture Management, Practice and Law Lecture Series, “Responsible Specification”, 2021 6 Jeremy Till and Tatjana Schneider, “Invisible Agency”, Architectural Design, Vol. 82 (4), (July/August 2012): p. 41 7 Ibid.

Throughout architectural history energy and materials have come hand in hand; as material technologies improved, energy consumption has increased. As Barnabas Calder and G. A. Bremner state in their book, “Buildings and Energy: Architectural History in the Climate Emergency”, “it is always possible to find forms of energy as crucial determining factors in architectural decision making, whether this is expressed in terms of cost of materials or labour, as a problem of lighting or heating, or as a question of technological change and innovation.”4 As we tackle the climate emergency it becomes ever more apparent the importance of being frugal with material specification due to their embodied energy and carbon. As Robertson emphasises in his lecture, “the least impactful material is the one you leave in the ground.”5 Material efficiency is essential to sustainable practice and a unique example of this is not building at all.In 2010, London practice 00:/ were briefed with the redesigning of Notre Dame RC Girls’ School’s

3 RIBA, “Introduction”, RIBA Plan of Work 2020: Overview, 2020, p. 5 https://www.architecture.com/ knowledge-and-resources/resourceslanding-page/riba-plan-of-work [accessed 11th December 2020]

congested corridors.6 Instead of following through with the redesign, the firm noticed that a simple reorganising of the school timetable would prevent any intervention (Fig.4).7 Using our skills and knowledge in different ways to look

set out embodied carbon and operational energy targets as aims towards a zero

beyond the project to help achieve sustainability goals is essential, even at

carbon. This bleeds through to the RIBA Plan of Work 2020 where sustainable

the cost of revenue. It is the responsibility of each architect to use responsible

outcomes are highlighted in Stage 0 of a project. Here it states, that at Stage 0

specification throughout the project to achieve sustainability goals.

architects should “develop high level, measurable, ambitious and unambiguous

00:/ 00:/ RedefInIng of RedefInIng the PRoblemof the PRoblem In otheR wAys In otheR wAys

yet used design intelligence to redefine the problem in another way no physical design such was the in the endtimetable necessary. Fig.so4 that Redefining the problem byas reorganising school

41

ref. Jeremy Till and Tatjana Schneider, “Invisible Agency”, Architectural Design, Vol. 82 (4), (July/August 2012): p. 41

project Sustainability Outcomes.”2 It is important to note that the RIBA Plan of Work is not a “contractual document” but rather, “it defines what outcomes the project team should achieve at each stage.”3 A sustainable approach and specification should be set out from the beginning of the project.

26

27

28

29

the Contractor is arguing that as these works have been paid for

05

the liability has transferred to the

- 2.38: If any defects, shrinkages or other faults in the Works or a Section appear within the relevant Rectification Period

Contract Workshop Scenario 10: Defective Works

due to materials, goods or workmanship not in accordance with this Contract or any failure of the Contractor to comply with his obligations in respect of the Contractor’s Designed Portion - .1: such defects, shrinkages and other faults shall be specified by the Architect/Contract Administrator in schedule of defects which he shall deliver to the Contractor as an instruction not later than 14 days after the

EMAIL RESPONSE

expiry of that Rectification Period; and - .2: prior to issue of that schedule, the Architect/Contract Administrator may whenever he considers it

To: contractor@email.com; client@email.com

necessary issue instructions requiring any such defect, shrinkage or other fault to be made good, provided

Cc: subcontractor@email.com

employer. They will only rectify the works should they be paid to do so. Are they entitled to payment?

41 41

after the expiry of the relevant Rectification Period. Within a reasonable time after receipt of such schedule or

Scenario 10: Defective Works. At a site visit you note that rainwater is ponding on an area of single-ply membraned roof, causing water to back-up and infiltrate, and joints between pieces of the membrane to delaminate. The works, completed by a subcontractor, were valued as part of a previous Valuation compiled by the QS, accepted by you in a previous Interim Certificate, and paid (belatedly) by the client. You have requested that these works be re-done, but the Contractor is arguing that as these works have been paid for the liability has transferred to the employer. They will only rectify the works should they be paid to do so. Are they entitled to payment?

The following actions will be taken; - Upon reviewing the specification and manufacturer’s literature, the work carried out by the subcontractor is below par, thus, under clauses 2.38.1 & 2.38.2 I issue instruction for this to be made good with no further costs to the client. - To note, under clause 3.7.1.2, the contractor is responsible for works carried out by the subcontractor; - Therefore, under clause 2.1, the contractor is responsible for these works and thus under 3.19, the contractor is instructed to make good and cover the cost of the work with no extension of time. - Additionally, under clause 1.10, any notion of payment does not negate the contractor’s obligation to make right and the client’s belated payment has no weight on the above concerns.

no instructions under this clause 2.38.2 shall be issued after delivery of that schedule or more than 14 days

From: stuartgomes@architects.com

[blank page]

Contract Workshop Scenario 10

The sequence in which the reflections are presented does not need to follow the same sequence as the lecture series. Clearly identify the lectures to which you are responding. You may use the lecture titles as titles for these reflections or may suggest your own titles. The report should be carefully illustrated and presented. Images should be critically selected, relevant and appropriately attributed.

INCLUSIVE DESIGN

needs. As defined by Commission for Architecture and Built Environment (CABE)

I hope this helps to clarify the situation.

instructions, the defects, shrinkages and other faults shall at no cost to the Employer be made good by the

Dear All, I am writing to you in regards to the above dispute. The main concerns are as follows; - Delaminated membrane and damage caused by a ponding of rainwater on an area of single-ply membrane installed by the subcontractor

Contractor unless the Architect/Contract Administrator with the Employer’s consent instructs otherwise. If he

Kind Regards

so instructs otherwise, an appropriate deduction may be made from the Contract Sum in respect of the defects,

Stuart Gomes MA(Hons)

shrinkages or other faults not made good.

Part II Architectural Assistant

- 3.7.1 Save for any sub-contract entered into in accordance with clause 3.8 or Supplemental Provision 9, where it applies:

- Dispute over who is responsible for the payment to make work good.

-.2: where there is a Contractor’s Designed Portion, the Contractor shall not without the Employer’s consent sub-contract that design or any part of it.

The key contract clauses I will be referring to can be seen below; - 1.10: Save as stated in clause 1.9 no certificate of the Architect/Contract Administrator shall of itself be conclusive

- 3.19: Where there is any failure to comply with clause 2.1 in regard to the carrying out of work in a proper and

evidence that any works, any materials or goods or any design completed by the Contractor for the Contractor’s `

workmanlike manner or in accordance with the Construction Phase Plan, the Architect/Contract Administrator, in addition

Designed Portion to which the certificate relates are in accordance with this Contract.

05

A response to one of the contractual situations explored through the Contract Workshops. The format of this response should be relevant to the situation discussed.

DECARBONISING AN INDUSTRY FROM WITHIN

A key aspect of health and life safety regulation in architecture is inclusive design.

[blank page]

COURSE REPORT

One response to each of the four structuring themes of: Health and Life Safety (Lectures [blank page] 1-4), Professional Practice (Lecture 5-10), Ethics and Social Purpose (Lectures 11-15), and Climate (Lectures 15-18).

MANAGING RISK

Inclusive design aims to make spaces available to everyone no matter what their

01

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

01

Professional Practice Building with BIM

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

COURSE REPORT

13

67

GA 2.4

Brief 02 //

02

AMPL

[2021] AMPL

to his other powers, may, after consultation with the Contractor, issue such instructions (whether requiring a Variation or

- 2.1: The Contractor shall carry out and complete the Works in a proper and workmanlike manner and in compliance with the Contract Documents, the Construction Phase Plan and Statutory Requirements, and shall give all notices

otherwise) as are in consequence reasonably necessary. To the extent that such instructions are reasonably necessary, no addition shall be made to the Contract Sum and no extension of time shall be given.

required by the Statutory Requirements.

31

32

33

34

35

GA 2.7


MANAGEMENT PRACT CE & LAW

ARCH11070

MArch 2, [semester 1]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7

COURSE REPORT DECARBONISING AN INDUSTRY FROM WITHIN

INCLUSIVE DESIGN

This talk provides an introduction to the roles and responsibilities of the architect under the Construction Design and Management (CDM) regulations. It introduces the role of the Principal Designer, and sets out what constitutes a ‘designer’ under the CDM regulations, what is required to perform that role, and how the role integrates with the various work stages of the RIBA Plan of Work.

In this lecture, Will Arnold will talk about his work at the Institution of Structural Engineers over the last two years, and how this has tried to drive positive change across the structural engineering profession in light of the climate emergency. Through reflections on his work both in practice as a structural engineer at Arup, and more recently through his interactions across the built environment with the IStructE, Will argues that the most impactful designs are those that future generations will appreciate as much as we do today. In a world that humans have made three degrees warmer, will society be proud of the architectural heroics of the 21st century, or ashamed of them? In response, the talk will look at three different aspects of creating change: changing standards, asking “what is good?”, changing the skillset, “what is normal?”, and changing wider industry “what is expected?”. Looking beyond industry to regulatory standards, Will was one of the key authors behind draft legislation Approved Document Z: Whole Life Carbon, a document which, if adopted by the government would transform the way buildings are procured, designed and built.

The intention of this lecture is to raise your awareness of societal attitudes to disability and difference, to challenge you to think about your own ethical position and to consider the complexities and contradictions involved in designing an inclusive environment. The lecture begins by considering the way societal attitudes have evolved, and how legislation has developed in parallel in response to disability rights and social inclusion. The lecture invites you to develop your understanding of human difference, acknowledge impairments, multiple lived experiences, and how your work as a future architect might enhance the everyday life of diverse users.

01

Inclusive design aims to make spaces available to everyone no matter what their

for inclusive design offer a minimum standard, for which all buildings and public spaces must adhere too. These regulations are based around the 2010 Equality Act that enforces, by law, everyone to have a “duty to make reasonable adjustments” for a disabled persons.2 The minimum standards often do not

Professional Practice Building with BIM

Response 02

JOURNAL 02 //PROFESIONAL PRACTICE Building with BIM

Extract from text: “The use of BIM encourages the sharing of information, models and collaborative work, resulting in legal issues around ownership of data and liability resulting in disputes. Many different parties can contribute to a single BIM model, thus deciphering and highlighting design changes made, who is responsible for the changes and who owns what is important. When issues occur it is important to be able to quickly identify who is at fault. Through contracts, responsibilities can be explicitly outlined and managed. However, according to the NBS National Construction Contracts and Law Report 2018 only forty percent have BIM referenced in their contracts.”

people, one can begin to design, as Jos Boys writes in their book, “Doing Disability Differently”, “architecture in which disabled bodies become central, not peripheral.”6

Fig. 1 St James Quarter Lift Landing

at the earliest possible stage in the design process.” Here, a semantic issue applies. With the Equality Act we must make reasonable adjustments however “advisable” does not carry the same rhetoric. This results in inclusive design done as a tick box measure.

9

BUILDING WITH BIM

ARCHITECTS’ PRACTICES

BUSINESS PLANNING AND THE BUSINESS PLAN

Any architect wanting to work on public sector projects needs to have a good understanding of how the public commissioning system works. Yet the legislative framework is complex, inefficient and often impenetrable. And following Brexit, we are entering uncharted waters when it comes to the future of public procurement outside of the EU.

Digital transformation is happening across the world in the design, construction and operation of buildings. Architects are faced with the necessity of adopting new ways of working to enable an active and thriving role in the creation of architecture. Building Information Modelling (or Management) has been around for a long time, and is now an expectation on most large projects. BIM as ‘software’ started life within the USA defence sector, but the processes and ideas incorporated in BIM are part of a longer history of change in how buildings are built. This lecture will explore the evolution and future of BIM for the design and delivery of projects, starting with the Sydney Opera House through to the urgent realities of the Climate Emergency.

The lecture will refer to Neil’s own experiences of setting up a practice and running a business. It will explore what an architect’s practice is and what it is trying to achieve. It will investigate different ‘types’ of practice and the legal ‘forms’ of business available to architects, referring to case studies. It will explore why architects may choose one legal form over another and how this may lead to a flat or hierarchical organisational structure. By directly comparing his sole practitioner office with a larger practice, Reiach & Hall Architects, Neil will investigate issues such as where the practice is based, where work comes from and where projects are located. The lecture will conclude by covering the processes, practice management and support systems, which allow architects to deliver their services. To give a client confidence, architects must demonstrate ability in several business-related areas, in addition to design, such as fees and financial management, resourcing, risk management and insurances, and change management.

Don’t think that being an architect it is just about design, it is also either running a business or being part of growing a business. Therefore, in either situation we should always be planning for the business. You’ll soon learn that most business decisions should emanate from the business plan. So let us understand the fundamentals of business planning and the business plan.

02

Through an introduction to her work with Architecture for Humanity in the wake of the earthquake which devastated Haiti in 2010, Lilian describes setting up her own business, Fourth World Art. She reflects on the mismanagement which led to the downfall of Architecture for Humanity, and how this prompted an interest in, and appreciation for, the need to manage a business effectively. In what follows, Lilian provides an introduction to effective business planning, particularly in light of the current pandemic and its continuing effects and the continuing uncertainties around Brexit, and poses questions to consider for those joining or starting a business.

reduced risk. 2 Additionally BIM is becoming more integrated into the profession with procurement and regulation. Within the RIBA Plan of Work 2020, outline specification and the sharing of these specifications has been added at stage 2 and 3 within the crucial design stages of a project.3 New regulations, BS EN 19560 series, begin to outline the importance of the management of all information on a project.4 BIM is not without its problems as human error, design problems and dispute issues will occur. The use of BIM encourages the sharing of information, models and collaborative work, resulting in legal issues around ownership of data and liability resulting in disputes.5 Many different parties can contribute to a single BIM model, thus deciphering and highlighting design changes made, who is

6 NBS, National Construction Contracts and Law Report 2018, 2018. https://www.thenbs.com/ knowledge/national-constructioncontracts-and-law-report-2018 [accessed 10th December 2021] 7 Rebecca Shorter, When BIM goes wrong: legal challenges in the spotlight, Design & Build Review, 2021 https://designbuild.nridigital. com/design_build_review_feb21/ when_bim_goes_wrong_legal_ challenges_in_the_spotlight [accessed 10th December 2021]

1 NBS, National BIM Report 2020, 2020. p. 15 https://www. thenbs.com/knowledge/nationalbim-report-2020 [accessed 10th December 2021] 2 Ibid.

PLANNING FOR THE FUTURE:

ARCHITECTS AND DESIGN CODES

INFRASTRUCTURE AS A LENS TO READ AND SHAPE THE CITY

INFRASTRUCTURE & INFORMALITY:

CONTRACTUAL COLONIALISM

Being a professional in the built environment means becoming part of an established culture and adopting agreed ethics, codes of conduct, duties of care. Dominant professional cultures, emergent in Scotland since the nineteenth century, consolidated in the twentieth through architectural canon, formal education and professional institutions, are played out explicitly and tacitly. Participants learn to behave, speak, act, think, negotiate and navigate in conformity with established frameworks and rules. Knowing how professional culture works, and playing a recognisable role is a great advantage for gaining work, making decisions, influencing subjects and spheres of practice. But what of voices that are ‘lost’ in architectural practice and production, and practices embedded in project-based work that remain unspoken? bell hooks writes of conversation as the sharing of power and knowledge, presupposing that all voices can be heard. If we shift focus from an individual architect or built work to relational and polyvocal knowledge, can we explore ecologies of what architects (can) ‘do’ more attentively and inventively?

In August 2020, the UK Government published the white paper Planning for the Future, which set out proposals to radically change the English Planning System. Its most contentious aspects are yet to be adopted, however in July 2021, the requirement for new development to be ‘beautiful’, and a greater emphasis on the use of design codes, became national planning policy with the publication of the National Model Design Code and changes to the National Planning Policy Framework. Local planning authorities in England must now use design codes to provide certainty about the acceptable style, materials and quantity of development in their area. Design codes essentialise the aesthetic characteristics of places into a set of diagrams and rules for an area that limit the design freedom of the architect. But design codes can also empower communities by challenging traditional understandings of the architect as ‘all knowing’. They are also problematic, reductive tools that rely on local knowledge systems being interpreted and translated by a professional ‘expert’.

This lecture is part of a body of work exploring broad questions of how the design and delivery of infrastructure can contribute towards a.) how citizens make urban space and b.) how we read the city? The last two decades have seen a growing body of work within urban studies concerned with infrastructure, moving from a focus on infrastructure as a technical or indeed, neutral endeavour–a ‘thing’, ‘system’ or an ‘output’–to a power-laden process with a physical manifestation. Multidisciplinary approaches have made visible the rich material and social fabric of infrastructure as a dimension of city-making, particularly when operating within AbdouMaliq Simone’s provocation of ‘provisioning for the unprovisioned’.

Colonialism is fundamentally a process of acculturation, taking place through the re-arrangement of non-European areas into European constructs. In this lecture Killian Doherty seeks to convey this understanding of colonialism, which resides within contemporary humanitarian architecture (under the rubric of international development) across the Global South. This understanding emerges through accounts of the contractual, design and construction arrangements of the Kimisagara community centre, a building funded by prominent European and USbased nonprofits, designed and administered by Killian, but constructed by East African contractors using local labour on behalf of a Rwandan civil society active within a lowincome wetland community in the capital of Kigali. He will describe how western design grammar and norms in delineating the buildings siting, space-planning, form, aesthetics, as bound to contractual arrangements from the US, conflicted in different ways with and were resisted by the socio-economic, lived and immediate surroundings of this building.

20

This talk will discuss three case studies of action-based research projects which explore the incremental extension of infrastructure by small-scale operators and households, arguing that such interventions can stitch the city together, producing a thick (even if precarious) urban fabric of infrastructural access.

INCLUSIVE DESIGN

In this lecture, Will Arnold will talk about his work at the Institution of Structural Engineers over the last two years, and how this has tried to drive positive change across the structural engineering profession in light of the climate emergency. Through reflections on his work both in practice as a structural engineer at Arup, and more recently through his interactions across the built environment with the IStructE, Will argues that the most impactful designs are those that future generations will appreciate as much as we do today. In a world that humans have made three degrees warmer, will society be proud of the architectural heroics of the 21st century, or ashamed of them? In response, the talk will look at three different aspects of creating change: changing standards, asking “what is good?”, changing the skillset, “what is normal?”, and changing wider industry “what is expected?”. Looking beyond industry to regulatory standards, Will was one of the key authors behind draft legislation Approved Document Z: Whole Life Carbon, a document which, if adopted by the government would transform the way buildings are procured, designed and built.

The intention of this lecture is to raise your awareness of societal attitudes to disability and difference, to challenge you to think about your own ethical position and to consider the complexities and contradictions involved in designing an inclusive environment. The lecture begins by considering the way societal attitudes have evolved, and how legislation has developed in parallel in response to disability rights and social inclusion. The lecture invites you to develop your understanding of human difference, acknowledge impairments, multiple lived experiences, and how your work as a future architect might enhance the everyday life of diverse users.

01

7

around BIM, architects, contractors, engineers and clients may be unaware of

Through the example of David Chipperfield’s Edinburgh Concert Hall, the Dunard Centre for the Scottish Chamber Orchestra, which is due to start on site in 2022, Nicky describes some of the concerns that the CDM regulations seek to address, and how an active concern for health and safety throughout the design phase leads to better buildings.

4 Scottish Government, Building Standards Technical Handbook 2020: Non-Domestic, 2021. pp. 327-8 https://www.gov.scot/publications/ building-standards-technicalhandbook-2020-non-domestic/ documents/, [accessed 12th November 2021]

Health and Life Safety (Regulation) Inclusive Design

Inclusive design aims to make spaces available to everyone no matter what their needs. As defined by Commission for Architecture and Built Environment (CABE) in their report “The Principles of Inclusive Design”, “Inclusive design aims to remove the barriers that create undue effort and separation. It enables everyone

forty percent have BIM referenced in their contracts.6 Due to the inexperience

to participate equally, confidently and independently in everyday activities.” 1 The need for inclusive design comes from regulation. The current regulations for inclusive design offer a minimum standard, for which all buildings and public spaces must adhere too. These regulations are based around the 2010 Equality Act that enforces, by law, everyone to have a “duty to make reasonable adjustments” for a disabled persons.2 The minimum standards often do not

1 Commission for Architecture and Built Environment, The Principles of Inclusive Design: They Include You, 2006, p. 3 https:// webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/ ukgwa/20110118095356/http:/www. cabe.org.uk/files/the-principles-ofinclusive-design.pdf [accessed 10th December 2021] 2 UK Government, “Adjustments for disabled persons”, Equality Act 2010, https://www.legislation.gov. uk/ukpga/2010/15/part/2 [accessed 10th December 2021]

disabled.5 By beginning to explore the possibility of buildings’ handicapping people, one can begin to design, as Jos Boys writes in their book, “Doing Disability Differently”, “architecture in which disabled bodies become central, not peripheral.”6

encompass the diversities of disabilities. This is acknowledged within BS 83002:2018, where it states, “it is recognized that there are still areas…where further knowledge and expertise is needed.”3 The standard further goes onto state,

Fig. 1 St James Quarter Lift Landing

“It is advisable for the recommendations given in this standard to be applied at the earliest possible stage in the design process.” Here, a semantic issue

done as a tick box measure.

9

PUBLIC SECTOR PROCUREMENT:

BUILDING WITH BIM

ARCHITECTS’ PRACTICES

BUSINESS PLANNING AND THE BUSINESS PLAN

Any architect wanting to work on public sector projects needs to have a good understanding of how the public commissioning system works. Yet the legislative framework is complex, inefficient and often impenetrable. And following Brexit, we are entering uncharted waters when it comes to the future of public procurement outside of the EU.

Digital transformation is happening across the world in the design, construction and operation of buildings. Architects are faced with the necessity of adopting new ways of working to enable an active and thriving role in the creation of architecture. Building Information Modelling (or Management) has been around for a long time, and is now an expectation on most large projects. BIM as ‘software’ started life within the USA defence sector, but the processes and ideas incorporated in BIM are part of a longer history of change in how buildings are built. This lecture will explore the evolution and future of BIM for the design and delivery of projects, starting with the Sydney Opera House through to the urgent realities of the Climate Emergency.

The lecture will refer to Neil’s own experiences of setting up a practice and running a business. It will explore what an architect’s practice is and what it is trying to achieve. It will investigate different ‘types’ of practice and the legal ‘forms’ of business available to architects, referring to case studies. It will explore why architects may choose one legal form over another and how this may lead to a flat or hierarchical organisational structure. By directly comparing his sole practitioner office with a larger practice, Reiach & Hall Architects, Neil will investigate issues such as where the practice is based, where work comes from and where projects are located. The lecture will conclude by covering the processes, practice management and support systems, which allow architects to deliver their services. To give a client confidence, architects must demonstrate ability in several business-related areas, in addition to design, such as fees and financial management, resourcing, risk management and insurances, and change management.

Don’t think that being an architect it is just about design, it is also either running a business or being part of growing a business. Therefore, in either situation we should always be planning for the business. You’ll soon learn that most business decisions should emanate from the business plan. So let us understand the fundamentals of business planning and the business plan.

02

Building Information Modelling (BIM) is becoming a more a more commonly used digital architectural tool for procurement and design. It has transformed the industry and continues to grow yearly. According to the NBS Annual BIM Report 2020 almost three quarters of the industry is using BIM.1 It offers increased productivity, profitability, improved building management and

responsible for the changes and who owns what is important. When issues

This lecture covers the principles of public sector procurement, both before and after Brexit, addressing some of the common challenges, and proposes alternative solutions which could dramatically improve the efficiency of public sector commissioning as well as the quality and longevity of the buildings which result. With an architectural profession that is struggling with low wages, increasing professional indemnity costs and diminishing respect among the general public, it suggests how architects can take a more active approach to working with the public sector to improve the lives and prospects of those who live and work in the buildings and places we design.

contracts, responsibilities can be explicitly outlined and managed. However, according to the NBS National Construction Contracts and Law Report 2018 only

16

17

13

PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE 21

Through an introduction to her work with Architecture for Humanity in the wake of the earthquake which devastated Haiti in 2010, Lilian describes setting up her own business, Fourth World Art. She reflects on the mismanagement which led to the downfall of Architecture for Humanity, and how this prompted an interest in, and appreciation for, the need to manage a business effectively. In what follows, Lilian provides an introduction to effective business planning, particularly in light of the current pandemic and its continuing effects and the continuing uncertainties around Brexit, and poses questions to consider for those joining or starting a business.

10

reduced risk. 2 Additionally BIM is becoming more integrated into the profession with procurement and regulation. Within the RIBA Plan of Work 2020, outline specification and the sharing of these specifications has been added at stage 2 and 3 within the crucial design stages of a project.3 New regulations, BS EN 19560 series, begin to outline the importance of the management of all information on a project.4 BIM is not without its problems as human error, design problems and dispute issues will occur. The use of BIM encourages the sharing of information, models and collaborative work, resulting in legal issues around ownership of data and liability resulting in disputes.5 Many different parties can contribute to a single BIM model, thus deciphering and highlighting design changes made, who is

11

6 NBS, National Construction Contracts and Law Report 2018, 2018. https://www.thenbs.com/ knowledge/national-constructioncontracts-and-law-report-2018 [accessed 10th December 2021]

Professional Practice Building with BIM

contract to explicitly state the responsibilities of each party, their inputs and expectations, who has ownership of the model and its parts, as well as who

5 Luke Christou, When BIM goes wrong: legal challenges in the spotlight, Design & Build Review, 2021 https://designbuild.nridigital. com/design_build_review_feb21/ when_bim_goes_wrong_legal_ challenges_in_the_spotlight [accessed 10th December 2021]

A simple change in mindset around disability and inclusive design can affect ones outlook. In her lecture, “Inclusive Design”, Fiona McLachlan emphasises that, “a building that we design could disable someone” rather than a person being

3 BS 8300-2:2018 Design of an accessible and inclusive built environment. Buildings. Code of Practice. London: British Standards Limited, 2018.

8

TIME FOR CHANGE?

Regulation “4.2.7 Vertical circulation between storeys” states that “any lifting device should […] include […] on the landing of each level served, tactile call buttons and visual and tactile indication of the storey level.”4 At the St James These are details that are often decided during specification. The use of the word “should” does not enforce the best practice needed for inclusive design. The best practice for this therefore falls on the architect and is not totally enforced, resulting in buildings that are not inclusive for all.

applies. With the Equality Act we must make reasonable adjustments however

carries responsibility for what in disputes.7

[blank page]

An example of this is the lifts at the new St James Quarter. Scottish Building

Quarter this is not the case with a no tactile storey indicator or signage (Fig.1).

“advisable” does not carry the same rhetoric. This results in inclusive design

how to resolve complex disputes around BIM. It is therefore important in the

adapt and better implement BIM into their projects and legal documentation.

5 Fiona McLachlan, ESALA, Architecture Management, Practice and Law Lecture Series, “Inclusive Design”, September 2021 6 Boys, Jos. “Introduction: Why Do Disability Differently?” Doing disability differently: an alternative handbook on architecture, dis/ability and designing for everyday life, 8. London, New York: Routledge, 2014.

often being seen as an afterthought within the design process and can often be

As a relatively new technology and methodology BIM is continuing to be 3. Further legal issues will come to fruition but through learning from past projects, disputes and the sharing of information, the industry can continue to

areas. Its good intentions, can often fall short an

19

DECARBONISING AN INDUSTRY FROM WITHIN

This talk provides an introduction to the roles and responsibilities of the architect under the Construction Design and Management (CDM) regulations. It introduces the role of the Principal Designer, and sets out what constitutes a ‘designer’ under the CDM regulations, what is required to perform that role, and how the role integrates with the various work stages of the RIBA Plan of Work.

A key aspect of health and life safety regulation in architecture is inclusive design.

4 Andy Boutle, “The UK BIM Framework”, National BIM Report 2020, 2020. p. 5 https://www. thenbs.com/knowledge/nationalbim-report-2020 [accessed 10th December 2021]

Architectural aid work creates a plethora of ethnical problems in disadvantaged

[blank page]

MANAGING RISK

This talk uses the Grenfell Tower fire as a means to introduce students to mechanisms for firesafety regulation in the UK, but also to reflect on controversies associated with them in the wake of that fire. It begins by outlining two contrasting modes of regulation, prescriptive and outcome-based, identifying the differing ways these distribute risks associated with building design. It then considers contrasting calls for more or less prescriptive standards made in the wake of Grenfell, by the RIBA and the Hackett report, considering why different actors might seek these differing legal changes. By doing so, it hopes to outline the political stakes at play in the UK government’s recent ban on combustible cladding. The talk concludes by presenting the speaker’s own research on this topic, reflecting on how buildings and fire offer a material ‘test’ for our ways of thinking about governing.

developed and understood throughout the industry as we enter into BIM Level

3 Dale Sinclair, “RIBA Plan of Work 2020 and Specification”, National BIM Report 2020, 2020. p. 11 https:// www.thenbs.com/knowledge/ national-bim-report-2020 [accessed 10th December 2021]

15

SPEAKING OF ARCHITECTURAL PRACTICE:

11

TRIAL BY FIRE:

GRENFELL TOWER AND FIRESAFETY REGULATION IN THE UK

[blank page]

occur it is important to be able to quickly identify who is at fault. Through

14

LOST VOICES, THE UNSPOKEN, LISTENING AND BEING HEARD

10

Professional Practice Building with BIM

increased productivity, profitability, improved building management and

7 Rebecca Shorter, When BIM goes wrong: legal challenges in the spotlight, Design & Build Review, 2021 https://designbuild.nridigital. com/design_build_review_feb21/ when_bim_goes_wrong_legal_ challenges_in_the_spotlight [accessed 10th December 2021]

1 NBS, National BIM Report 2020, 2020. p. 15 https://www. thenbs.com/knowledge/nationalbim-report-2020 [accessed 10th December 2021] 2 Ibid.

forty percent have BIM referenced in their contracts.6 Due to the inexperience around BIM, architects, contractors, engineers and clients may be unaware of how to resolve complex disputes around BIM. It is therefore important in the contract to explicitly state the responsibilities of each party, their inputs and expectations, who has ownership of the model and its parts, as well as who carries responsibility for what in disputes.7 As a relatively new technology and methodology BIM is continuing to be developed and understood throughout the industry as we enter into BIM Level

3 Dale Sinclair, “RIBA Plan of Work 2020 and Specification”, National BIM Report 2020, 2020. p. 11 https:// www.thenbs.com/knowledge/ national-bim-report-2020 [accessed 10th December 2021]

3. Further legal issues will come to fruition but through learning from past projects, disputes and the sharing of information, the industry can continue to adapt and better implement BIM into their projects and legal documentation.

4 Andy Boutle, “The UK BIM Framework”, National BIM Report 2020, 2020. p. 5 https://www. thenbs.com/knowledge/nationalbim-report-2020 [accessed 10th December 2021] 5 Luke Christou, When BIM goes wrong: legal challenges in the spotlight, Design & Build Review, 2021 https://designbuild.nridigital. com/design_build_review_feb21/ when_bim_goes_wrong_legal_ challenges_in_the_spotlight [accessed 10th December 2021]

responsible for the changes and who owns what is important. When issues occur it is important to be able to quickly identify who is at fault. Through contracts, responsibilities can be explicitly outlined and managed. However, according to the NBS National Construction Contracts and Law Report 2018 only

14

15

16

17

[blank page]

19

BUILDING WITH BIM Health and Life Safety (Regulation) Inclusive Design

INCLUSIVE DESIGN

Professional Practice Building with BIM

[blank page]

02

[blank page]

01

Extract from text:

disabled.5 By beginning to explore the possibility of buildings’ handicapping

3 BS 8300-2:2018 Design of an accessible and inclusive built environment. Buildings. Code of Practice. London: British Standards Limited, 2018.

“It is advisable for the recommendations given in this standard to be applied

Report 2020 almost three quarters of the industry is using BIM.1 It offers

HEALTH AND LIFE SAFETY (REGULATION)

A simple change in mindset around disability and inclusive design can affect ones outlook. In her lecture, “Inclusive Design”, Fiona McLachlan emphasises that, “a building that we design could disable someone” rather than a person being

encompass the diversities of disabilities. This is acknowledged within BS 8300-

Building Information Modelling (BIM) is becoming a more a more commonly

JOURNAL 01 // HEALTH AND LIFE SAFETY Inclusive Design

Regulation “4.2.7 Vertical circulation between storeys” states that “any lifting device should […] include […] on the landing of each level served, tactile call buttons and visual and tactile indication of the storey level.”4 At the St James These are details that are often decided during specification. The use of the word “should” does not enforce the best practice needed for inclusive design. The best practice for this therefore falls on the architect and is not totally enforced, resulting in buildings that are not inclusive for all.

2:2018, where it states, “it is recognized that there are still areas…where further

used digital architectural tool for procurement and design. It has transformed

Response 01

02

An example of this is the lifts at the new St James Quarter. Scottish Building

Quarter this is not the case with a no tactile storey indicator or signage (Fig.1).

often being seen as an afterthought within the design process and can often be

PUBLIC SECTOR PROCUREMENT:

This lecture covers the principles of public sector procurement, both before and after Brexit, addressing some of the common challenges, and proposes alternative solutions which could dramatically improve the efficiency of public sector commissioning as well as the quality and longevity of the buildings which result. With an architectural profession that is struggling with low wages, increasing professional indemnity costs and diminishing respect among the general public, it suggests how architects can take a more active approach to working with the public sector to improve the lives and prospects of those who live and work in the buildings and places we design.

5 Fiona McLachlan, ESALA, Architecture Management, Practice and Law Lecture Series, “Inclusive Design”, September 2021 6 Boys, Jos. “Introduction: Why Do Disability Differently?” Doing disability differently: an alternative handbook on architecture, dis/ability and designing for everyday life, 8. London, New York: Routledge, 2014.

knowledge and expertise is needed.”3 The standard further goes onto state,

the industry and continues to grow yearly. According to the NBS Annual BIM

13

2 UK Government, “Adjustments for disabled persons”, Equality Act 2010, https://www.legislation.gov. uk/ukpga/2010/15/part/2 [accessed 10th December 2021]

8

TIME FOR CHANGE?

[blank page]

1 Commission for Architecture and Built Environment, The Principles of Inclusive Design: They Include You, 2006, p. 3 https:// webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/ ukgwa/20110118095356/http:/www. cabe.org.uk/files/the-principles-ofinclusive-design.pdf [accessed 10th December 2021]

Professional Practice Building with BIM

01

7

to participate equally, confidently and independently in everyday activities.” 1 The need for inclusive design comes from regulation. The current regulations

02

Health and Life Safety (Regulation) Inclusive Design

needs. As defined by Commission for Architecture and Built Environment (CABE) in their report “The Principles of Inclusive Design”, “Inclusive design aims to remove the barriers that create undue effort and separation. It enables everyone

Through the example of David Chipperfield’s Edinburgh Concert Hall, the Dunard Centre for the Scottish Chamber Orchestra, which is due to start on site in 2022, Nicky describes some of the concerns that the CDM regulations seek to address, and how an active concern for health and safety throughout the design phase leads to better buildings.

4 Scottish Government, Building Standards Technical Handbook 2020: Non-Domestic, 2021. pp. 327-8 https://www.gov.scot/publications/ building-standards-technicalhandbook-2020-non-domestic/ documents/, [accessed 12th November 2021]

Health and Life Safety (Regulation) Inclusive Design

A key aspect of health and life safety regulation in architecture is inclusive design.

Health and Life Safety (Regulation) Inclusive Design

MANAGING RISK

This talk uses the Grenfell Tower fire as a means to introduce students to mechanisms for firesafety regulation in the UK, but also to reflect on controversies associated with them in the wake of that fire. It begins by outlining two contrasting modes of regulation, prescriptive and outcome-based, identifying the differing ways these distribute risks associated with building design. It then considers contrasting calls for more or less prescriptive standards made in the wake of Grenfell, by the RIBA and the Hackett report, considering why different actors might seek these differing legal changes. By doing so, it hopes to outline the political stakes at play in the UK government’s recent ban on combustible cladding. The talk concludes by presenting the speaker’s own research on this topic, reflecting on how buildings and fire offer a material ‘test’ for our ways of thinking about governing.

L02: An understanding of the roles and responsibilities of individuals and organisations within architectural project procurement and contract administration, including knowledge of how cost control mechanisms operate within an architectural project.

01

TRIAL BY FIRE:

GRENFELL TOWER AND FIRESAFETY REGULATION IN THE UK

[blank page]

02

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

01

L02: An understanding of the roles and responsibilities of individuals and organisations within architectural project procurement and contract administration, including knowledge of how cost control mechanisms operate within an architectural project.

Ethics and Social Purpose Contractual Colonialism

COURSE REPORT

[blank page]

03

COURSE REPORT

[blank page]

Ethics and Social Purpose Contractual Colonialism

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

Brief 02 //

“A simple change in mindset around disability and inclusive design can affect ones outlook. In her lecture, “Inclusive Design”, Fiona McLachlan emphasises that, “a building that we design could disable someone” rather than a person being disabled. By beginning to explore the possibility of buildings’ handicapping people, one can begin to design, as Jos Boys writes in their book, “Doing Disability Differently”, “architecture in which disabled bodies become central, not peripheral.”

68

GC 1

03

AMPL

[2021] AMPL

13

7

The ntention of th s ecture s to ra se your awareness of soc eta attitudes to d sab ty and d fference to cha enge you to th nk about your own eth ca pos tion and to cons der the comp ex ties and contrad ctions nvo ved n des gn ng an nc us ve env ronment The ecture beg ns by cons der ng the way soc eta attitudes have evo ved and how eg s ation has deve oped n para e n response to d sab ty r ghts and soc a nc us on The ecture nv tes you to deve op your understand ng of human d fference acknow edge mpa rments mu tip e ved exper ences and how your work as a future arch tect m ght enhance the everyday fe of d verse users

TRIAL BY FIRE:

GRENFELL TOWER AND FIRESAFETY REGULATION IN THE UK

MANAGING RISK

DECARBONISING AN INDUSTRY FROM WITHIN

INCLUSIVE DESIGN

01

Health and Life Safety (Regulation) Inclusive Design

A key aspect of health and life safety regulation in architecture is inclusive design. Inclusive design aims to make spaces available to everyone no matter what their needs. As defined by Commission for Architecture and Built Environment (CABE) in their report “The Principles of Inclusive Design”, “Inclusive design aims to remove the barriers that create undue effort and separation. It enables everyone This talk uses the Grenfell Tower fire as a means to introduce students to mechanisms for firesafety regulation in the UK, but also to reflect on controversies associated with them in the wake of that fire. It begins by outlining two contrasting modes of regulation, prescriptive and outcome-based, identifying the differing ways these distribute risks associated with building design. It then considers contrasting calls for more or less prescriptive standards made in the wake of Grenfell, by the RIBA and the Hackett report, considering why different actors might seek these differing legal changes. By doing so, it hopes to outline the political stakes at play in the UK government’s recent ban on combustible cladding. The talk concludes by presenting the speaker’s own research on this topic, reflecting on how buildings and fire offer a material ‘test’ for our ways of thinking about governing.

This talk provides an introduction to the roles and responsibilities of the architect under the Construction Design and Management (CDM) regulations. It introduces the role of the Principal Designer, and sets out what constitutes a ‘designer’ under the CDM regulations, what is required to perform that role, and how the role integrates with the various work stages of the RIBA Plan of Work. Through the example of David Chipperfield’s Edinburgh Concert Hall, the Dunard Centre for the Scottish Chamber Orchestra, which is due to start on site in 2022, Nicky describes some of the concerns that the CDM regulations seek to address, and how an active concern for health and safety throughout the design phase leads to better buildings.

In this lecture, Will Arnold will talk about his work at the Institution of Structural Engineers over the last two years, and how this has tried to drive positive change across the structural engineering profession in light of the climate emergency. Through reflections on his work both in practice as a structural engineer at Arup, and more recently through his interactions across the built environment with the IStructE, Will argues that the most impactful designs are those that future generations will appreciate as much as we do today. In a world that humans have made three degrees warmer, will society be proud of the architectural heroics of the 21st century, or ashamed of them? In response, the talk will look at three different aspects of creating change: changing standards, asking “what is good?”, changing the skillset, “what is normal?”, and changing wider industry “what is expected?”. Looking beyond industry to regulatory standards, Will was one of the key authors behind draft legislation Approved Document Z: Whole Life Carbon, a document which, if adopted by the government would transform the way buildings are procured, designed and built.

The intention of this lecture is to raise your awareness of societal attitudes to disability and difference, to challenge you to think about your own ethical position and to consider the complexities and contradictions involved in designing an inclusive environment. The lecture begins by considering the way societal attitudes have evolved, and how legislation has developed in parallel in response to disability rights and social inclusion. The lecture invites you to develop your understanding of human difference, acknowledge impairments, multiple lived experiences, and how your work as a future architect might enhance the everyday life of diverse users.

to participate equally, confidently and independently in everyday activities.” 1 The need for inclusive design comes from regulation. The current regulations for inclusive design offer a minimum standard, for which all buildings and public spaces must adhere too. These regulations are based around the 2010 Equality Act that enforces, by law, everyone to have a “duty to make reasonable adjustments” for a disabled persons.2 The minimum standards often do not

5 Fiona McLachlan, ESALA, Architecture Management, Practice and Law Lecture Series, “Inclusive Design”, September 2021 6 Boys, Jos. “Introduction: Why Do Disability Differently?” Doing disability differently: an alternative handbook on architecture, dis/ability and designing for everyday life, 8. London, New York: Routledge, 2014.

2 UK Government, “Adjustments for disabled persons”, Equality Act 2010, https://www.legislation.gov. uk/ukpga/2010/15/part/2 [accessed 10th December 2021] 3 BS 8300-2:2018 Design of an accessible and inclusive built environment. Buildings. Code of Practice. London: British Standards Limited, 2018.

encompass the diversities of disabilities. This is acknowledged within BS 83002:2018, where it states, “it is recognized that there are still areas…where further knowledge and expertise is needed.”3 The standard further goes onto state, “It is advisable for the recommendations given in this standard to be applied at the earliest possible stage in the design process.” Here, a semantic issue applies. With the Equality Act we must make reasonable adjustments however “advisable” does not carry the same rhetoric. This results in inclusive design often being seen as an afterthought within the design process and can often be done as a tick box measure.

8

4 Scottish Government, Building Standards Technical Handbook 2020: Non-Domestic, 2021. pp. 327-8 https://www.gov.scot/publications/ building-standards-technicalhandbook-2020-non-domestic/ documents/, [accessed 12th November 2021]

1 Commission for Architecture and Built Environment, The Principles of Inclusive Design: They Include You, 2006, p. 3 https:// webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/ ukgwa/20110118095356/http:/www. cabe.org.uk/files/the-principles-ofinclusive-design.pdf [accessed 10th December 2021]

9

An example of this is the lifts at the new St James Quarter. Scottish Building Regulation “4.2.7 Vertical circulation between storeys” states that “any lifting device should […] include […] on the landing of each level served, tactile call buttons and visual and tactile indication of the storey level.”4 At the St James Quarter this is not the case with a no tactile storey indicator or signage (Fig.1). These are details that are often decided during specification. The use of the word “should” does not enforce the best practice needed for inclusive design. The best practice for this therefore falls on the architect and is not totally enforced, resulting in buildings that are not inclusive for all. A simple change in mindset around disability and inclusive design can affect ones outlook. In her lecture, “Inclusive Design”, Fiona McLachlan emphasises that, “a building that we design could disable someone” rather than a person being disabled.5 By beginning to explore the possibility of buildings’ handicapping people, one can begin to design, as Jos Boys writes in their book, “Doing Disability Differently”, “architecture in which disabled bodies become central, 6

not peripheral.”

Fig. 1 St James Quarter Lift Landing

10

11

D g ta transformation s happen ng across the wor d n the des gn construction and operation of bu d ngs Arch tects are faced w th the necess ty of adopting new ways of work ng to enab e an active and thr v ng ro e n the creation of arch tecture Bu d ng nformation Mode ng (or Management) has been around for a ong time and s now an expectation on most arge pro ects B M as software started fe w th n the USA defence sector but the processes and deas ncorporated n B M are part of a onger h story of change n how bu d ngs are bu t Th s ecture w exp ore the evo ution and future of B M for the des gn and de very of pro ects starting w th the Sydney Opera House through to the urgent rea ties of the C mate Emergency

PUBLIC SECTOR PROCUREMENT:

BUILDING WITH BIM

TIME FOR CHANGE?

ARCHITECTS’ PRACTICES

BUSINESS PLANNING AND THE BUSINESS PLAN

02

Professional Practice Building with BIM

Building Information Modelling (BIM) is becoming a more a more commonly used digital architectural tool for procurement and design. It has transformed the industry and continues to grow yearly. According to the NBS Annual BIM Report 2020 almost three quarters of the industry is using BIM.1 It offers increased productivity, profitability, improved building management and Any architect wanting to work on public sector projects needs to have a good understanding of how the public commissioning system works. Yet the legislative framework is complex, inefficient and often impenetrable. And following Brexit, we are entering uncharted waters when it comes to the future of public procurement outside of the EU. This lecture covers the principles of public sector procurement, both before and after Brexit, addressing some of the common challenges, and proposes alternative solutions which could dramatically improve the efficiency of public sector commissioning as well as the quality and longevity of the buildings which result. With an architectural profession that is struggling with low wages, increasing professional indemnity costs and diminishing respect among the general public, it suggests how architects can take a more active approach to working with the public sector to improve the lives and prospects of those who live and work in the buildings and places we design.

Digital transformation is happening across the world in the design, construction and operation of buildings. Architects are faced with the necessity of adopting new ways of working to enable an active and thriving role in the creation of architecture. Building Information Modelling (or Management) has been around for a long time, and is now an expectation on most large projects. BIM as ‘software’ started life within the USA defence sector, but the processes and ideas incorporated in BIM are part of a longer history of change in how buildings are built. This lecture will explore the evolution and future of BIM for the design and delivery of projects, starting with the Sydney Opera House through to the urgent realities of the Climate Emergency.

The lecture will refer to Neil’s own experiences of setting up a practice and running a business. It will explore what an architect’s practice is and what it is trying to achieve. It will investigate different ‘types’ of practice and the legal ‘forms’ of business available to architects, referring to case studies. It will explore why architects may choose one legal form over another and how this may lead to a flat or hierarchical organisational structure. By directly comparing his sole practitioner office with a larger practice, Reiach & Hall Architects, Neil will investigate issues such as where the practice is based, where work comes from and where projects are located. The lecture will conclude by covering the processes, practice management and support systems, which allow architects to deliver their services. To give a client confidence, architects must demonstrate ability in several business-related areas, in addition to design, such as fees and financial management, resourcing, risk management and insurances, and change management.

Don’t think that being an architect it is just about design, it is also either running a business or being part of growing a business. Therefore, in either situation we should always be planning for the business. You’ll soon learn that most business decisions should emanate from the business plan. So let us understand the fundamentals of business planning and the business plan. Through an introduction to her work with Architecture for Humanity in the wake of the earthquake which devastated Haiti in 2010, Lilian describes setting up her own business, Fourth World Art. She reflects on the mismanagement which led to the downfall of Architecture for Humanity, and how this prompted an interest in, and appreciation for, the need to manage a business effectively. In what follows, Lilian provides an introduction to effective business planning, particularly in light of the current pandemic and its continuing effects and the continuing uncertainties around Brexit, and poses questions to consider for those joining or starting a business.

14

reduced risk. 2 Additionally BIM is becoming more integrated into the profession with procurement and regulation. Within the RIBA Plan of Work 2020, outline specification and the sharing of these specifications has been added at stage 2 and 3 within the crucial design stages of a project.3 New regulations, BS EN 19560 series, begin to outline the importance of the management of all information on a project.4 BIM is not without its problems as human error, design problems and dispute issues will occur. The use of BIM encourages the sharing of information, models and collaborative work, resulting in legal issues around ownership of data and liability resulting in disputes.5 Many different parties can contribute to a single BIM model, thus deciphering and highlighting design changes made, who is

1 NBS, National BIM Report 2020, 2020. p. 15 https://www. thenbs.com/knowledge/nationalbim-report-2020 [accessed 10th December 2021] 2 Ibid. 3 Dale Sinclair, “RIBA Plan of Work 2020 and Specification”, National BIM Report 2020, 2020. p. 11 https:// www.thenbs.com/knowledge/ national-bim-report-2020 [accessed 10th December 2021] 4 Andy Boutle, “The UK BIM Framework”, National BIM Report 2020, 2020. p. 5 https://www. thenbs.com/knowledge/nationalbim-report-2020 [accessed 10th December 2021] 5 Luke Christou, When BIM goes wrong: legal challenges in the spotlight, Design & Build Review, 2021 https://designbuild.nridigital. com/design_build_review_feb21/ when_bim_goes_wrong_legal_ challenges_in_the_spotlight [accessed 10th December 2021]

responsible for the changes and who owns what is important. When issues occur it is important to be able to quickly identify who is at fault. Through contracts, responsibilities can be explicitly outlined and managed. However, according to the NBS National Construction Contracts and Law Report 2018 only

15

Reflection

6 NBS, National Construction Contracts and Law Report 2018, 2018. https://www.thenbs.com/ knowledge/national-constructioncontracts-and-law-report-2018 [accessed 10th December 2021] 7 Rebecca Shorter, When BIM goes wrong: legal challenges in the spotlight, Design & Build Review, 2021 https://designbuild.nridigital. com/design_build_review_feb21/ when_bim_goes_wrong_legal_ challenges_in_the_spotlight [accessed 10th December 2021]

Spending time in pratice over the summer helped in my understanding of the various themes covered in these lectures enabling me to further my knowledge.

forty percent have BIM referenced in their contracts.6 Due to the inexperience around BIM, architects, contractors, engineers and clients may be unaware of how to resolve complex disputes around BIM. It is therefore important in the contract to explicitly state the responsibilities of each party, their inputs and expectations, who has ownership of the model and its parts, as well as who carries responsibility for what in disputes.7 As a relatively new technology and methodology BIM is continuing to be developed and understood throughout the industry as we enter into BIM Level 3. Further legal issues will come to fruition but through learning from past projects, disputes and the sharing of information, the industry can continue to

This module caused me to reflect, most notably regarding the climate emergency, what I could be doing better whilst in practice.

adapt and better implement BIM into their projects and legal documentation.

16

17


MANAGEMENT PRACT CE & LAW

ARCH11070

MArch 2, [semester 1]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7

This talk uses the Grenfell Tower fire as a means to introduce students to mechanisms for firesafety regulation in the UK, but also to reflect on controversies associated with them in the wake of that fire. It begins by outlining two contrasting modes of regulation, prescriptive and outcome-based, identifying the differing ways these distribute risks associated with building design. It then considers contrasting calls for more or less prescriptive standards made in the wake of Grenfell, by the RIBA and the Hackett report, considering why different actors might seek these differing legal changes. By doing so, it hopes to outline the political stakes at play in the UK government’s recent ban on combustible cladding. The talk concludes by presenting the speaker’s own research on this topic, reflecting on how buildings and fire offer a material ‘test’ for our ways of thinking about governing.

7

This talk provides an introduction to the roles and responsibilities of the architect under the Construction Design and Management (CDM) regulations. It introduces the role of the Principal Designer, and sets out what constitutes a ‘designer’ under the CDM regulations, what is required to perform that role, and how the role integrates with the various work stages of the RIBA Plan of Work. Through the example of David Chipperfield’s Edinburgh Concert Hall, the Dunard Centre for the Scottish Chamber Orchestra, which is due to start on site in 2022, Nicky describes some of the concerns that the CDM regulations seek to address, and how an active concern for health and safety throughout the design phase leads to better buildings.

2 UK Government, “Adjustments for disabled persons”, Equality Act 2010, https://www.legislation.gov. uk/ukpga/2010/15/part/2 [accessed 10th December 2021]

The need for inclusive design comes from regulation. The current regulations for inclusive design offer a minimum standard, for which all buildings and public spaces must adhere too. These regulations are based around the 2010

Regulation “4.2.7 Vertical circulation between storeys” states that “any lifting device should […] include […] on the landing of each level served, tactile call buttons and visual and tactile indication of the storey level.”4 At the St James

2:2018, where it states, “it is recognized that there are still areas…where further knowledge and expertise is needed.”3 The standard further goes onto state,

Fig. 1 St James Quarter Lift Landing

“It is advisable for the recommendations given in this standard to be applied at the earliest possible stage in the design process.” Here, a semantic issue

done as a tick box measure.

ARCHITECTS’ PRACTICES

BUSINESS PLANNING AND THE BUSINESS PLAN

Digital transformation is happening across the world in the design, construction and operation of buildings. Architects are faced with the necessity of adopting new ways of working to enable an active and thriving role in the creation of architecture. Building Information Modelling (or Management) has been around for a long time, and is now an expectation on most large projects. BIM as ‘software’ started life within the USA defence sector, but the processes and ideas incorporated in BIM are part of a longer history of change in how buildings are built. This lecture will explore the evolution and future of BIM for the design and delivery of projects, starting with the Sydney Opera House through to the urgent realities of the Climate Emergency.

The lecture will refer to Neil’s own experiences of setting up a practice and running a business. It will explore what an architect’s practice is and what it is trying to achieve. It will investigate different ‘types’ of practice and the legal ‘forms’ of business available to architects, referring to case studies. It will explore why architects may choose one legal form over another and how this may lead to a flat or hierarchical organisational structure. By directly comparing his sole practitioner office with a larger practice, Reiach & Hall Architects, Neil will investigate issues such as where the practice is based, where work comes from and where projects are located. The lecture will conclude by covering the processes, practice management and support systems, which allow architects to deliver their services. To give a client confidence, architects must demonstrate ability in several business-related areas, in addition to design, such as fees and financial management, resourcing, risk management and insurances, and change management.

Don’t think that being an architect it is just about design, it is also either running a business or being part of growing a business. Therefore, in either situation we should always be planning for the business. You’ll soon learn that most business decisions should emanate from the business plan. So let us understand the fundamentals of business planning and the business plan. Through

an

CONTRACT WORKSHOP // SCENARIO 10: Defective Works

Extract from text: "The main concerns are as follows; - Delaminated membrane and damage caused by a ponding of rainwater on an area of single-ply membrane installed by the subcontractor - Dispute over who is responsible for the payment to make work good. The key contract clauses I will be referring to can be seen below: 1.10, 2.1, 2,38.1 and 2.38.2, 3.7.1.2, 3,19"

COURSE REPORT The intention of this lecture is to raise your awareness of societal attitudes to disability and difference, to challenge you to think about your own ethical position and to consider the complexities and contradictions involved in designing an inclusive environment. The lecture begins by considering the way societal attitudes have evolved, and how legislation has developed in parallel in response to disability rights and social inclusion. The lecture invites you to develop your understanding of human difference, acknowledge impairments, multiple lived experiences, and how your work as a future architect might enhance the everyday life of diverse users.

01

10

11

7

Through the example of David Chipperfield’s Edinburgh Concert Hall, the Dunard Centre for the Scottish Chamber Orchestra, which is due to start on site in 2022, Nicky describes some of the concerns that the CDM regulations seek to address, and how an active concern for health and safety throughout the design phase leads to better buildings.

4 Scottish Government, Building Standards Technical Handbook 2020: Non-Domestic, 2021. pp. 327-8 https://www.gov.scot/publications/ building-standards-technicalhandbook-2020-non-domestic/ documents/, [accessed 12th November 2021]

Health and Life Safety (Regulation) Inclusive Design

needs. As defined by Commission for Architecture and Built Environment (CABE) in their report “The Principles of Inclusive Design”, “Inclusive design aims to to participate equally, confidently and independently in everyday activities.” 1 The need for inclusive design comes from regulation. The current regulations for inclusive design offer a minimum standard, for which all buildings and public spaces must adhere too. These regulations are based around the 2010 Equality Act that enforces, by law, everyone to have a “duty to make reasonable adjustments” for a disabled persons.2 The minimum standards often do not

1 Commission for Architecture and Built Environment, The Principles of Inclusive Design: They Include You, 2006, p. 3 https:// webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/ ukgwa/20110118095356/http:/www. cabe.org.uk/files/the-principles-ofinclusive-design.pdf [accessed 10th December 2021] 2 UK Government, “Adjustments for disabled persons”, Equality Act 2010, https://www.legislation.gov. uk/ukpga/2010/15/part/2 [accessed 10th December 2021]

5 Fiona McLachlan, ESALA, Architecture Management, Practice and Law Lecture Series, “Inclusive Design”, September 2021 6 Boys, Jos. “Introduction: Why Do Disability Differently?” Doing disability differently: an alternative handbook on architecture, dis/ability and designing for everyday life, 8. London, New York: Routledge, 2014.

An example of this is the lifts at the new St James Quarter. Scottish Building

people, one can begin to design, as Jos Boys writes in their book, “Doing Disability Differently”, “architecture in which disabled bodies become central, not peripheral.”6

2:2018, where it states, “it is recognized that there are still areas…where further Fig. 1 St James Quarter Lift Landing

“It is advisable for the recommendations given in this standard to be applied at the earliest possible stage in the design process.” Here, a semantic issue applies. With the Equality Act we must make reasonable adjustments however

done as a tick box measure.

10

11

CLIMATE

14

15

05

13

CONTRACTUAL COLONIALISM

RESPONSIBLE SPECIFICATION

4 Scottish Government, Building Standards Technical Handbook 2020: Non-Domestic, 2021. pp. 327-8 https://www.gov.scot/publications/ building-standards-technicalhandbook-2020-non-domestic/ documents/, [accessed 12th November 2021]

Health and Life Safety (Regulation) Inclusive Design

needs. As defined by Commission for Architecture and Built Environment (CABE)

8

Through the example of David Chipperfield’s Edinburgh Concert Hall, the Dunard Centre for the Scottish Chamber Orchestra, which is due to start on site in 2022, Nicky describes some of the concerns that the CDM regulations seek to address, and how an active concern for health and safety throughout the design phase leads to better buildings.

to participate equally, confidently and independently in everyday activities.” 1 The need for inclusive design comes from regulation. The current regulations for inclusive design offer a minimum standard, for which all buildings and public spaces must adhere too. These regulations are based around the 2010 Equality Act that enforces, by law, everyone to have a “duty to make reasonable adjustments” for a disabled persons.2 The minimum standards often do not

1 Commission for Architecture and Built Environment, The Principles of Inclusive Design: They Include You, 2006, p. 3 https:// webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/ ukgwa/20110118095356/http:/www. cabe.org.uk/files/the-principles-ofinclusive-design.pdf [accessed 10th December 2021] 2 UK Government, “Adjustments for disabled persons”, Equality Act 2010, https://www.legislation.gov. uk/ukpga/2010/15/part/2 [accessed 10th December 2021]

5 Fiona McLachlan, ESALA, Architecture Management, Practice and Law Lecture Series, “Inclusive Design”, September 2021 6 Boys, Jos. “Introduction: Why Do Disability Differently?” Doing disability differently: an alternative handbook on architecture, dis/ability and designing for everyday life, 8. London, New York: Routledge, 2014.

An example of this is the lifts at the new St James Quarter. Scottish Building Regulation “4.2.7 Vertical circulation between storeys” states that “any lifting device should […] include […] on the landing of each level served, tactile call buttons and visual and tactile indication of the storey level.”4 At the St James Quarter this is not the case with a no tactile storey indicator or signage (Fig.1). These are details that are often decided during specification. The use of the word “should” does not enforce the best practice needed for inclusive design. The best practice for this therefore falls on the architect and is not totally enforced, resulting in buildings that are not inclusive for all. A simple change in mindset around disability and inclusive design can affect ones outlook. In her lecture, “Inclusive Design”, Fiona McLachlan emphasises that, “a building that we design could disable someone” rather than a person being disabled.5 By beginning to explore the possibility of buildings’ handicapping

3 BS 8300-2:2018 Design of an accessible and inclusive built environment. Buildings. Code of Practice. London: British Standards Limited, 2018.

people, one can begin to design, as Jos Boys writes in their book, “Doing Disability Differently”, “architecture in which disabled bodies become central, not peripheral.”6

encompass the diversities of disabilities. This is acknowledged within BS 83002:2018, where it states, “it is recognized that there are still areas…where further knowledge and expertise is needed.”3 The standard further goes onto state,

Fig. 1 St James Quarter Lift Landing

“It is advisable for the recommendations given in this standard to be applied at the earliest possible stage in the design process.” Here, a semantic issue applies. With the Equality Act we must make reasonable adjustments however “advisable” does not carry the same rhetoric. This results in inclusive design often being seen as an afterthought within the design process and can often be done as a tick box measure.

9

10

11

[blank page]

13

CONTRACT WORKSHOP

[blank page]

SCENARIO 10: DEFECTIVE WORKS

[blank page]

Climate Responsible Specification

04

At a s te v s t you note that ra nwater s pond ng on an area

19

Co on a sm s fundamenta y a process of accu turation tak ng p ace through the re-arrangement of non-European areas nto European constructs n th s ecture K an Doherty seeks to convey th s understand ng of co on a sm wh ch res des w th n contemporary human tar an arch tecture (under the rubr c of nternationa deve opment) across the G oba South Th s understand ng emerges through accounts of the contractua des gn and construction arrangements of the K m sagara commun ty centre a bu d ng funded by prom nent European and USbased non-profits des gned and adm n stered by K an but constructed by East Afr can contractors us ng oca abour on beha f of a Rwandan c v soc ety active w th n a ow- ncome wet and commun ty n the cap ta of K ga He w descr be how western des gn grammar and norms n de neating the bu d ngs s ting space-p ann ng form aesthetics as bound to contractua arrangements from the US confl cted n d fferent ways w th and were res sted by the soc oeconom c ved and mmed ate surround ngs of th s bu d ng

01

in their report “The Principles of Inclusive Design”, “Inclusive design aims to

7

[blank page]

introduction

The intention of this lecture is to raise your awareness of societal attitudes to disability and difference, to challenge you to think about your own ethical position and to consider the complexities and contradictions involved in designing an inclusive environment. The lecture begins by considering the way societal attitudes have evolved, and how legislation has developed in parallel in response to disability rights and social inclusion. The lecture invites you to develop your understanding of human difference, acknowledge impairments, multiple lived experiences, and how your work as a future architect might enhance the everyday life of diverse users.

remove the barriers that create undue effort and separation. It enables everyone

“advisable” does not carry the same rhetoric. This results in inclusive design often being seen as an afterthought within the design process and can often be

9

INCLUSIVE DESIGN

In this lecture, Will Arnold will talk about his work at the Institution of Structural Engineers over the last two years, and how this has tried to drive positive change across the structural engineering profession in light of the climate emergency. Through reflections on his work both in practice as a structural engineer at Arup, and more recently through his interactions across the built environment with the IStructE, Will argues that the most impactful designs are those that future generations will appreciate as much as we do today. In a world that humans have made three degrees warmer, will society be proud of the architectural heroics of the 21st century, or ashamed of them? In response, the talk will look at three different aspects of creating change: changing standards, asking “what is good?”, changing the skillset, “what is normal?”, and changing wider industry “what is expected?”. Looking beyond industry to regulatory standards, Will was one of the key authors behind draft legislation Approved Document Z: Whole Life Carbon, a document which, if adopted by the government would transform the way buildings are procured, designed and built.

Inclusive design aims to make spaces available to everyone no matter what their

disabled.5 By beginning to explore the possibility of buildings’ handicapping

knowledge and expertise is needed.”3 The standard further goes onto state,

8

DECARBONISING AN INDUSTRY FROM WITHIN

This talk provides an introduction to the roles and responsibilities of the architect under the Construction Design and Management (CDM) regulations. It introduces the role of the Principal Designer, and sets out what constitutes a ‘designer’ under the CDM regulations, what is required to perform that role, and how the role integrates with the various work stages of the RIBA Plan of Work.

A key aspect of health and life safety regulation in architecture is inclusive design.

[blank page] A simple change in mindset around disability and inclusive design can affect ones outlook. In her lecture, “Inclusive Design”, Fiona McLachlan emphasises that,

encompass the diversities of disabilities. This is acknowledged within BS 8300-

MANAGING RISK

This talk uses the Grenfell Tower fire as a means to introduce students to mechanisms for firesafety regulation in the UK, but also to reflect on controversies associated with them in the wake of that fire. It begins by outlining two contrasting modes of regulation, prescriptive and outcome-based, identifying the differing ways these distribute risks associated with building design. It then considers contrasting calls for more or less prescriptive standards made in the wake of Grenfell, by the RIBA and the Hackett report, considering why different actors might seek these differing legal changes. By doing so, it hopes to outline the political stakes at play in the UK government’s recent ban on combustible cladding. The talk concludes by presenting the speaker’s own research on this topic, reflecting on how buildings and fire offer a material ‘test’ for our ways of thinking about governing.

These are details that are often decided during specification. The use of the word “should” does not enforce the best practice needed for inclusive design. The best practice for this therefore falls on the architect and is not totally enforced, resulting in buildings that are not inclusive for all.

“a building that we design could disable someone” rather than a person being

3 BS 8300-2:2018 Design of an accessible and inclusive built environment. Buildings. Code of Practice. London: British Standards Limited, 2018.

TRIAL BY FIRE:

GRENFELL TOWER AND FIRESAFETY REGULATION IN THE UK

Regulation “4.2.7 Vertical circulation between storeys” states that “any lifting device should […] include […] on the landing of each level served, tactile call buttons and visual and tactile indication of the storey level.”4 At the St James Quarter this is not the case with a no tactile storey indicator or signage (Fig.1).

03

Extract from text: “In 2010, London practice 00:/ were briefed with the redesigning of Notre Dame RC Girls’ School’s congested corridors.6 Instead of following through with the redesign, the firm noticed that a simple reorganising of the school timetable would prevent any intervention (Fig.4).Using our skills and knowledge in different ways to look beyond the project to help achieve sustainability goals is essential, even at the cost of revenue. It is the responsibility of each architect to use responsible specification throughout the project to achieve sustainability goals." Response 05

COURSE REPORT

people, one can begin to design, as Jos Boys writes in their book, “Doing Disability Differently”, “architecture in which disabled bodies become central, not peripheral.”6

applies. With the Equality Act we must make reasonable adjustments however

BUILDING WITH BIM

INCLUSIVE DESIGN

In this lecture, Will Arnold will talk about his work at the Institution of Structural Engineers over the last two years, and how this has tried to drive positive change across the structural engineering profession in light of the climate emergency. Through reflections on his work both in practice as a structural engineer at Arup, and more recently through his interactions across the built environment with the IStructE, Will argues that the most impactful designs are those that future generations will appreciate as much as we do today. In a world that humans have made three degrees warmer, will society be proud of the architectural heroics of the 21st century, or ashamed of them? In response, the talk will look at three different aspects of creating change: changing standards, asking “what is good?”, changing the skillset, “what is normal?”, and changing wider industry “what is expected?”. Looking beyond industry to regulatory standards, Will was one of the key authors behind draft legislation Approved Document Z: Whole Life Carbon, a document which, if adopted by the government would transform the way buildings are procured, designed and built.

remove the barriers that create undue effort and separation. It enables everyone

“advisable” does not carry the same rhetoric. This results in inclusive design

Any architect wanting to work on public sector projects needs to have a good understanding of how the public commissioning system works. Yet the legislative framework is complex, inefficient and often impenetrable. And following Brexit, we are entering uncharted waters when it comes to the future of public procurement outside of the EU.

DECARBONISING AN INDUSTRY FROM WITHIN

This talk provides an introduction to the roles and responsibilities of the architect under the Construction Design and Management (CDM) regulations. It introduces the role of the Principal Designer, and sets out what constitutes a ‘designer’ under the CDM regulations, what is required to perform that role, and how the role integrates with the various work stages of the RIBA Plan of Work.

Inclusive design aims to make spaces available to everyone no matter what their

disabled.5 By beginning to explore the possibility of buildings’ handicapping

9

MANAGING RISK

This talk uses the Grenfell Tower fire as a means to introduce students to mechanisms for firesafety regulation in the UK, but also to reflect on controversies associated with them in the wake of that fire. It begins by outlining two contrasting modes of regulation, prescriptive and outcome-based, identifying the differing ways these distribute risks associated with building design. It then considers contrasting calls for more or less prescriptive standards made in the wake of Grenfell, by the RIBA and the Hackett report, considering why different actors might seek these differing legal changes. By doing so, it hopes to outline the political stakes at play in the UK government’s recent ban on combustible cladding. The talk concludes by presenting the speaker’s own research on this topic, reflecting on how buildings and fire offer a material ‘test’ for our ways of thinking about governing.

A key aspect of health and life safety regulation in architecture is inclusive design.

[blank page] A simple change in mindset around disability and inclusive design can affect ones outlook. In her lecture, “Inclusive Design”, Fiona McLachlan emphasises that,

encompass the diversities of disabilities. This is acknowledged within BS 8300-

TRIAL BY FIRE:

GRENFELL TOWER AND FIRESAFETY REGULATION IN THE UK

These are details that are often decided during specification. The use of the word “should” does not enforce the best practice needed for inclusive design. The best practice for this therefore falls on the architect and is not totally enforced, resulting in buildings that are not inclusive for all.

“a building that we design could disable someone” rather than a person being

3 BS 8300-2:2018 Design of an accessible and inclusive built environment. Buildings. Code of Practice. London: British Standards Limited, 2018.

Equality Act that enforces, by law, everyone to have a “duty to make reasonable adjustments” for a disabled persons.2 The minimum standards often do not

An example of this is the lifts at the new St James Quarter. Scottish Building

Quarter this is not the case with a no tactile storey indicator or signage (Fig.1).

often being seen as an afterthought within the design process and can often be

PUBLIC SECTOR PROCUREMENT:

This lecture covers the principles of public sector procurement, both before and after Brexit, addressing some of the common challenges, and proposes alternative solutions which could dramatically improve the efficiency of public sector commissioning as well as the quality and longevity of the buildings which result. With an architectural profession that is struggling with low wages, increasing professional indemnity costs and diminishing respect among the general public, it suggests how architects can take a more active approach to working with the public sector to improve the lives and prospects of those who live and work in the buildings and places we design.

13

to participate equally, confidently and independently in everyday activities.” 1

The intention of this lecture is to raise your awareness of societal attitudes to disability and difference, to challenge you to think about your own ethical position and to consider the complexities and contradictions involved in designing an inclusive environment. The lecture begins by considering the way societal attitudes have evolved, and how legislation has developed in parallel in response to disability rights and social inclusion. The lecture invites you to develop your understanding of human difference, acknowledge impairments, multiple lived experiences, and how your work as a future architect might enhance the everyday life of diverse users.

8

TIME FOR CHANGE?

[blank page]

In this lecture, Will Arnold will talk about his work at the Institution of Structural Engineers over the last two years, and how this has tried to drive positive change across the structural engineering profession in light of the climate emergency. Through reflections on his work both in practice as a structural engineer at Arup, and more recently through his interactions across the built environment with the IStructE, Will argues that the most impactful designs are those that future generations will appreciate as much as we do today. In a world that humans have made three degrees warmer, will society be proud of the architectural heroics of the 21st century, or ashamed of them? In response, the talk will look at three different aspects of creating change: changing standards, asking “what is good?”, changing the skillset, “what is normal?”, and changing wider industry “what is expected?”. Looking beyond industry to regulatory standards, Will was one of the key authors behind draft legislation Approved Document Z: Whole Life Carbon, a document which, if adopted by the government would transform the way buildings are procured, designed and built.

6 Boys, Jos. “Introduction: Why Do Disability Differently?” Doing disability differently: an alternative handbook on architecture, dis/ability and designing for everyday life, 8. London, New York: Routledge, 2014.

01

[blank page]

5 Fiona McLachlan, ESALA, Architecture Management, Practice and Law Lecture Series, “Inclusive Design”, September 2021

Health and Life Safety (Regulation) Inclusive Design

1 Commission for Architecture and Built Environment, The Principles of Inclusive Design: They Include You, 2006, p. 3 https:// webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/ ukgwa/20110118095356/http:/www. cabe.org.uk/files/the-principles-ofinclusive-design.pdf [accessed 10th December 2021]

Inclusive design aims to make spaces available to everyone no matter what their needs. As defined by Commission for Architecture and Built Environment (CABE) in their report “The Principles of Inclusive Design”, “Inclusive design aims to remove the barriers that create undue effort and separation. It enables everyone

01

4 Scottish Government, Building Standards Technical Handbook 2020: Non-Domestic, 2021. pp. 327-8 https://www.gov.scot/publications/ building-standards-technicalhandbook-2020-non-domestic/ documents/, [accessed 12th November 2021]

Health and Life Safety (Regulation) Inclusive Design

A key aspect of health and life safety regulation in architecture is inclusive design.

Professional Practice Building with BIM

01

INCLUSIVE DESIGN

L02: An understanding of the roles and responsibilities of individuals and organisations within architectural project procurement and contract administration, including knowledge of how cost control mechanisms operate within an architectural project.

02

DECARBONISING AN INDUSTRY FROM WITHIN

L02: An understanding of the roles and responsibilities of individuals and organisations within architectural project procurement and contract administration, including knowledge of how cost control mechanisms operate within an architectural project.

Health and Life Safety (Regulation) Inclusive Design

MANAGING RISK

[blank page]

Professional Practice Building with BIM

TRIAL BY FIRE:

[blank page]

02

COURSE REPORT

L02: An understanding of the roles and responsibilities of individuals and organisations within architectural project procurement and contract administration, including knowledge of how cost control mechanisms operate within an architectural project.

GRENFELL TOWER AND FIRESAFETY REGULATION IN THE UK

ETHICS AND SOCIAL PURPOSE

04

[blank page]

Ethics and Social Purpose Contractual Colonialism

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

Extract from text: In his text, “Territories of Practice: Kimisagara Community Center”, Doherty reflects on the several ethical issues he faced on the project: “systematic power struggles”; “profound misunderstanding of inclusiveness”; “inhumane wage levels”; and “existential guilt relating to my privileged status of operating within an alien environment shaped by the effects of colonialism and reshaped through foreign humanitarian aid.” Response 04

03

Health and Life Safety (Regulation) Inclusive Design

JOURNAL 03 // ETHICS AND SOCIAL PURPOSE Contractual Colonialism

01

Response 03

Professional Practice Building with BIM

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

COURSE REPORT

JOURNAL 04 // CLIMATE Responsible Specification

69

GC 5

Brief 02 // Course Report

02

AMPL

[2021] AMPL

25

of s ng e-p y membraned roof caus ng water to back-up and nfi trate

SPEAKING OF ARCHITECTURAL PRACTICE:

PLANNING FOR THE FUTURE:

ARCHITECTS AND DESIGN CODES

LOST VOICES, THE UNSPOKEN, LISTENING AND BEING HEARD

INFRASTRUCTURE & INFORMALITY:

INFRASTRUCTURE AS A LENS TO READ AND SHAPE THE CITY

CONTRACTUAL COLONIALISM

03

Ethics and Social Purpose Contractual Colonialism

Architectural aid work creates a plethora of ethnical problems in disadvantaged areas. Its good intentions, can often fall short and be seen as a form of colonialism itself where western knowledge overrules the embedded local knowledge.

Being a professional in the built environment means becoming part of an established culture and adopting agreed ethics, codes of conduct, duties of care. Dominant professional cultures, emergent in Scotland since the nineteenth century, consolidated in the twentieth through architectural canon, formal education and professional institutions, are played out explicitly and tacitly. Participants learn to behave, speak, act, think, negotiate and navigate in conformity with established frameworks and rules. Knowing how professional culture works, and playing a recognisable role is a great advantage for gaining work, making decisions, influencing subjects and spheres of practice. But what of voices that are ‘lost’ in architectural practice and production, and practices embedded in project-based work that remain unspoken? bell hooks writes of conversation as the sharing of power and knowledge, presupposing that all voices can be heard. If we shift focus from an individual architect or built work to relational and polyvocal knowledge, can we explore ecologies of what architects (can) ‘do’ more attentively and inventively?

In August 2020, the UK Government published the white paper Planning for the Future, which set out proposals to radically change the English Planning System. Its most contentious aspects are yet to be adopted, however in July 2021, the requirement for new development to be ‘beautiful’, and a greater emphasis on the use of design codes, became national planning policy with the publication of the National Model Design Code and changes to the National Planning Policy Framework. Local planning authorities in England must now use design codes to provide certainty about the acceptable style, materials and quantity of development in their area. Design codes essentialise the aesthetic characteristics of places into a set of diagrams and rules for an area that limit the design freedom of the architect. But design codes can also empower communities by challenging traditional understandings of the architect as ‘all knowing’. They are also problematic, reductive tools that rely on local knowledge systems being interpreted and translated by a professional ‘expert’.

This lecture is part of a body of work exploring broad questions of how the design and delivery of infrastructure can contribute towards a.) how citizens make urban space and b.) how we read the city? The last two decades have seen a growing body of work within urban studies concerned with infrastructure, moving from a focus on infrastructure as a technical or indeed, neutral endeavour–a ‘thing’, ‘system’ or an ‘output’–to a power-laden process with a physical manifestation. Multidisciplinary approaches have made visible the rich material and social fabric of infrastructure as a dimension of city-making, particularly when operating within AbdouMaliq Simone’s provocation of ‘provisioning for the unprovisioned’. This talk will discuss three case studies of action-based research projects which explore the incremental extension of infrastructure by small-scale operators and households, arguing that such interventions can stitch the city together, producing a thick (even if precarious) urban fabric of infrastructural access.

Colonialism is fundamentally a process of acculturation, taking place through the re-arrangement of non-European areas into European constructs. In this lecture Killian Doherty seeks to convey this understanding of colonialism, which resides within contemporary humanitarian architecture (under the rubric of international development) across the Global South. This understanding emerges through accounts of the contractual, design and construction arrangements of the Kimisagara community centre, a building funded by prominent European and USbased nonprofits, designed and administered by Killian, but constructed by East African contractors using local labour on behalf of a Rwandan civil society active within a lowincome wetland community in the capital of Kigali. He will describe how western design grammar and norms in delineating the buildings siting, space-planning, form, aesthetics, as bound to contractual arrangements from the US, conflicted in different ways with and were resisted by the socio-economic, lived and immediate surroundings of this building.

1 Brenna Bhandar. “Lost property: the continuing violence of improvement.” Architectural Review, Issue 1475: Land (October, 2020): 7.

The concept of improvement to a local area by westerners is “mirred in racial,

2 Ibid. 7-8

colonialism ideology” writes Brenna Bhandar in her article, “Lost property: the

3 Killian Doherty, “Territories of Practice: Kimisagara Community Center, Rwanda.” MAS Context, Issue 17: Boundary (Spring, 2013), https:// www.mascontext.com/issues/17boundary-spring-13/territories-ofpractice-kimisagara-communitycenter-rwanda/ [accessed 11th December 2021]

continuing violence of improvement.”1 Bhandar further states, “the concept of improvement […] takes on a racial logic, fusing the rationale for ownership with a racial concept of the proper subject: a process I capture in the term ‘racial regimes of ownership’.”2 This can often be seen in the architectural aid work where architecture is used as a tool to improve society. An example of architectural aid work is the Kimisagara Community Center, Rwanda. Designed by Killian Doherty with Architectural Practice and funded by Architecture for Humanity, Doherty, in his text, “Territories of Practice: Kimisagara Community Center”, describes Rwanda as a place of “stark boundaries” between formal and informal settlements, “scarred by ethnic division [and] where the profession itself is relatively unrecognized.”3 The community centre was also set within a wider landscape of centres as part of FIFA’s Corporate Social Responsibility program with the 2010 South Africa World Cup.

20

21

4 Doherty, “Territories of Practice: Kimisagara Community Center, Rwanda.” (Spring, 2013)

Best efforts were made to create a piece of architecture that captured the

5 Killian Doherty, ESALA, Architecture Management, Practice and Law Lecture Series, “Contractual Colonialism”, October 2021

Even with this care, a lack of understanding of the local area and a tight budget

6 Ibid.

describes the flying toilet where locals defecate into bags and throw them onto

7 Doherty, “Territories of Practice: Kimisagara Community Center, Rwanda.” (Spring, 2013)

roofs due to lack of sanitation in the area.5 The roof was used for collecting rain

“convivial characteristics” of the local area from materiality to form (Fig.2).4 set by FIFA resulted in several short-comings and ethical issues with the project. Firstly in the design of the roof. In his lecture, Contractual Colonialism, Doherty

water to drink thus resulting in issues around hygiene (Fig.3). Additionally, the water pump would often break and due to the unfamiliar technological nature of the pumps often repairs could take months6, totally devaluing the roofs value.

Fig. 2 Community Center captures the “convivial characteristics” of the local area

In his text, “Territories of Practice: Kimisagara Community Center”, Doherty reflects on the several ethical issues he faced on the project: “systematic power

ref. Killian Doherty, ESALA, Architecture Management, Practice and Law Lecture Series, “Contractual Colonialism”, October 2021

struggles”; “profound misunderstanding of inclusiveness”; “inhumane wage levels”; and “existential guilt relating to my privileged status of operating within an alien environment shaped by the effects of colonialism and reshaped through foreign humanitarian aid.”7 Placing these issues against the ARB Code of Conduct make it difficult for an architect to act ethnically even with their best intentions within the confinements of architectural aid work. This places the architect, Killian Doherty, in a difficult position between contractual and ethnical obligations of the architect. In reference to the 2017 ARB Code of Conduct in clauses 5, 6 and 12: “Consider the wider impact of your work”; “You should carry out your professional work conscientiously and with due regard to relevant technical and professional standards”; “respect for others.” It appears very challenging for the architect to act morally due to the contractual burden, in an environment where rules,

Fig. 3 Water tower and roof design

regulation, architecture and the architect are not nearly as recognised, resulting

ref. Killian Doherty, ESALA, Architecture Management, Practice and Law Lecture Series, “Contractual Colonialism”, October 2021

in a form of contractual colonialism.

22

Th s ecture w use the dea of Respons b e Spec fication to d scuss the comp ex nteractions between peop e mater a s and systems that nfluence bu d ng performance and carbon em ss ons

23

Tak ng spec fication as the po nt n the process of des gn ng a bu d ng when deas are g ven phys ca character stics the ta k w ook back through the des gn process to d scuss the deas and ana ys s that go nto th s dec s on mak ng and w then d scuss the mp cations of mater a spec fication on the construction and use bu d ngs Th s w be set w th n the w der context of our g oba c mate emergency and ndustry n tiatives to tack e th s and exp ore w der env ronmenta ssues fac ng the bu t env ronment

and

o nts between

p eces of the membrane to PROFESSIONAL ETHICS:

RESPONSIBLE SPECIFICATION

INNOVATION AND THE CLIMATE CRISIS

ARCHITECTURAL ACTIVISM

ARCHITECTURE AND CLIMATE

04

de am nate The works comp eted

Climate Responsible Specification

In his lecture, “Responsible Specification: Describing a System”, Craig Robertson argues that, “as architects […] we play a key role in driving down our global and national emissions just through the decisions we are making through the things that we are specifying when we are designing buildings.”1 As architects we are in control of what we specify regarding products, materials and the work The second of two lectures on professionalism (see Professionalism I: Professionalism for the Built Environment),this talk briefly covers many of the main challenges facing the built environment professions as we move toward targets for net zero carbon emissions in 2050, and the response of those professions to this goal. It discusses the value that these professions can offer to clients and to society, including technological, actuarial, ethical, social and environmental value, and presents a six-point plan for the future of professional organisation. As part of this plan it makes a case that increasing attention needs to be given to the analysis of post-occupancy surveying, the importance of building modelling as a determinant of what and how we should build, and the integration of these sources of data with Building Renovation Passports (BRPs).

This lecture will use the idea of ‘Responsible Specification’ to discuss the complex interactions between people, materials and systems that influence building performance and carbon emissions. Taking specification as the point in the process of designing a building when ideas are given physical characteristics, the talk will look back through the design process to discuss the ideas and analysis that go into this decision making, and will then discuss the implications of material specification on the construction and use buildings. This will be set within the wider context of our global climate emergency, and industry initiatives to tackle this, and explore wider environmental issues facing the built environment.

“We choose to go to the Moon,” President John F. Kennedy said in 1962, imploring America to reach the lunar surface, “We choose to go to the Moon in this decade and do the other things, not because they are easy, but because they are hard, because that goal will serve to organize and measure the best of our energies and skills, because that challenge is one that we are willing to accept, one we are unwilling to postpone, and one which we intend to win, and the others, too.” Those working in the built environment need to apply the same determination and resilience, as JFK described, in our modern day moon landing equivalent; the overwhelming challenge of solving the Climate Crisis and meeting Net Zero. With the construction industry responsible for a significant proportion of global carbon emissions, rapid innovation and change in approach is needed. This lecture will explore the collaborative multidisciplinary design process needed for successful innovation outcomes.

Buildings are shaped by a complex framework of social, economic and political factors, that begin to take effect before the brief has even arrived in the architect’s inbox. Throughout the design and construction stages various policies, standards and regulations shape the building to a much greater degree than the architect’s hand. As architects we respond to these factors and navigate these rules on a daily basis. But is that enough? Faced with this system when emerging from architecture school is a humbling experience, as an architectural assistant intent on achieving some kind of social good through design. Not content with just sitting back and accepting it all as multiple interlocking crises unfold around us, today’s generation of young architects are realizing our agency through different means. The climate and ecological emergency. Social inequalities. Structural racism. The housing crisis. Poor working conditions. All of these things impact upon, and are impacted by, architecture, but cannot be solved through conventional practice alone.

required. These areas provide multiple opportunities to source responsibly both environmentally and morally. Where architects and built environment professionals have an environmental obligation from project to project, the RIBA has an obligation to set out industry wide goals. The RIBA 2030 Climate Challenge and Sustainable Outcome Guide

by a subcontractor were va ued

1 Craig Robertson, ESALA, Architecture Management, Practice and Law Lecture Series, “Responsible Specification: Describing a System”, November 2021 2 RIBA, “Stage 0: Strategic Definition Project Strategies Tasks”, RIBA Plan of Work 2020: Overview, 2020, p. 5 https://www.architecture.com/ knowledge-and-resources/resourceslanding-page/riba-plan-of-work [accessed 11th December 2020]

as part of a prev ous Va uation

3 RIBA, “Introduction”, RIBA Plan of Work 2020: Overview, 2020, p. 5 https://www.architecture.com/ knowledge-and-resources/resourceslanding-page/riba-plan-of-work [accessed 11th December 2020]

comp ed by the QS accepted

set out embodied carbon and operational energy targets as aims towards a zero carbon. This bleeds through to the RIBA Plan of Work 2020 where sustainable

by you n a prev ous nter m

outcomes are highlighted in Stage 0 of a project. Here it states, that at Stage 0 architects should “develop high level, measurable, ambitious and unambiguous project Sustainability Outcomes.”2 It is important to note that the RIBA Plan of Work is not a “contractual document” but rather, “it defines what outcomes

Certificate and pa d (be ated y)

the project team should achieve at each stage.”3 A sustainable approach and specification should be set out from the beginning of the project.

by the c ent You have requested

00:/, Notre Dame RC Girls’ Secondary School, London, 2010 Competition entry for the reconfiguration of a school in London in which the existing corridors were overcrowded. The proposed solution eschewed expensive (£3 million) spatial interventions in favour of a revised school timetable at zero cost.

26

27

that these works be re-done but

00:/

Arguably the biggest waste of space and resources is the production of a building or design that was not needed in the first place. People often think that the only solution to a perceived spatial problem might be the addition of something new when, in fact, careful reconsideration of existing amenities, facilities, services or processes might prove to be less costly, less disruptive and less intensive in terms of material resources. The London-based practice 00:/ has been at the forefront of working with inventive and creative design solutions that often show very little evidence of what traditionally is considered design in terms of adding something new. While many architects might simply 00:/, Notre Dame RC Girls’ Secondary declassify this type of work as ‘writing oneself out of a job’, 00:/’s School, London, 2010 entry for the reconfiguration approach is one where the invisibility of a physical interventionCompetition is of a Notre schoolDame in London in which the existing 00:/, RC Girls’ Secondary considered to be a successful project. corridors were overcrowded. The proposed School, London, 2010 solution eschewed (£3 million) entry forexpensive the reconfi guration One example where 00:/ added input as strategic design Competition interventions in which favour the of aexisting revised ofspatial a school in London in school timetable at zero cost. consultants was the Place Station, a national Web-based network corridors were overcrowded. The proposed aimed at establishing links between owners of land or disused solution eschewed expensive (£3 million) spatial interventions in favour of a revised buildings and local social enterprises. In another scheme, the school timetable at zero cost. Notre Dame RC Girls’ School (London, 2010), where the practice was approached to redesign the congested corridor of the existing school, their approach wasthe onebiggest of careful watching Arguably waste of space and resources is the of how and when this space production was used, rather than immediately of a building or design that was not needed in jumping to the drawing board with awaste physical thetoficome rst place. People oftenofthink only solution Arguably theupbiggest spacethat andthe resources is the to a solution. Finding that the congestion beproblem easedor bymight slightly perceived could spatial be thewas addition of something production of a building design that not needed in retiming the break bells, thethe physical arrangement of the corridor new when, in People fact, careful reconsideration of existing first place. often think that the only solutionamenities, to a simply remained as it was. The practice’s minimal butmight intentional facilities, services or processes might to beofless costly, less perceived spatial problem be theprove addition something intervention in the school timetabling provided the desired result of material disruptive and lesscareful intensive in terms resources. The new when, in fact, reconsideration of existing amenities, yet used design intelligencefacilities, to redefine the problem in another London-based practice 00:/ has beenprove at the of working services or processes might toforefront be less costly, less way so that no physical design as inventive suchand wasless in the end necessary. with and creative design thatresources. often show very disruptive intensive in termssolutions of material The little evidence practice of what traditionally design in terms London-based 00:/ has beenisatconsidered the forefront of working of adding something new. design While solutions many architects might simply with inventive and creative that often show very declassify thisoftype of traditionally work as ‘writing oneself out of a job’, 00:/’s little evidence what is considered design in terms is one where theWhile invisibility a physical intervention ofapproach adding something new. manyof architects might simply is considered totype be a of successful declassify this work as project. ‘writing oneself out of a job’, 00:/’s One is example where added input as strategic design is approach one where the00:/ invisibility of a physical intervention consultantstowas Place Station, considered be athe successful project.a national Web-based network aimed establishing owners of land ordesign disused Oneatexample wherelinks 00:/between added input as strategic buildings and socialStation, enterprises. In another scheme,network the consultants waslocal the Place a national Web-based NotreatDame RC Girls’ School (London, the aimed establishing links between owners2010), of landwhere or disused practice was to redesign the congested corridor buildings and approached local social enterprises. In another scheme, theof the existing their approach was one of careful Notre Dame school, RC Girls’ School (London, 2010), where watching the of how was and approached when this space was used, than corridor immediately practice to redesign therather congested of jumping toschool, the drawing board to come up of with a physical the existing their approach was one careful watching thatspace the congestion could than be eased by slightly ofsolution. how andFinding when this was used, rather immediately retimingtothe bells,board the physical of the corridor jumping thebreak drawing to comearrangement up with a physical simply remained as it the was.congestion The practice’s solution. Finding that couldminimal be easedbut byintentional slightly intervention in thebells, school provided the result retiming the break thetimetabling physical arrangement of desired the corridor yet used design intelligence to practice’s redefine the problem another simply remained as it was. The minimal butinintentional way so that in nothe physical as suchprovided was in the necessary. intervention schooldesign timetabling theend desired result

RedefInIng of the PRoblem In otheR wAys

4 Calder, Barnabas, and G.A. Bremner. “Buildings and energy: architectural history in the climate emergency.” The Journal of Architecture, Vol.26, No.2 (2021): 79-115. 5 Robertson, Architecture Management, Practice and Law Lecture Series, “Responsible Specification”, 2021 6 Jeremy Till and Tatjana Schneider, “Invisible Agency”, Architectural Design, Vol. 82 (4), (July/August 2012): p. 41 7 Ibid.

Throughout architectural history energy and materials have come hand in hand; as material technologies improved, energy consumption has increased. As Barnabas Calder and G. A. Bremner state in their book, “Buildings and Energy: Architectural History in the Climate Emergency”, “it is always possible to find forms of energy as crucial determining factors in architectural decision making, whether this is expressed in terms of cost of materials or labour, as a problem of lighting or heating, or as a question of technological change and innovation.”4 As we tackle the climate emergency it becomes ever more apparent the importance of being frugal with material specification due to their embodied energy and carbon. As Robertson emphasises in his lecture, “the least impactful material is the one you leave in the ground.”5 Material efficiency is essential to sustainable practice and a unique example of this is not building at all.In 2010, London practice 00:/ were briefed with the redesigning of Notre Dame RC Girls’ School’s congested corridors.6 Instead of following through with the redesign, the firm noticed that a simple reorganising of the school timetable would prevent any intervention (Fig.4).7 Using our skills and knowledge in different ways to look beyond the project to help achieve sustainability goals is essential, even at the cost of revenue. It is the responsibility of each architect to use responsible specification throughout the project to achieve sustainability goals.

28

the Contractor s argu ng that as these works have been pa d for the ab ty has transferred to the

00:/ 00:/ RedefInIng of RedefInIng the PRoblemof the PRoblem In otheR wAys In otheR wAys

yet used design intelligence to redefine the problem in another way no physical design such was the in the endtimetable necessary. Fig.so4 that Redefining the problem byas reorganising school

emp oyer They w on y rectify the works shou d they be pa d to do so Are they entit ed to payment?

41

ref. Jeremy Till and Tatjana Schneider, “Invisible Agency”, Architectural Design, Vol. 82 (4), (July/August 2012): p. 41

29

41 41

05

W W


MArch 2, [semester 1]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

Task Produce two curated drawings studying and describing how a critically selected precedent (or precedents) responds to aspects of the Planning, Building Regulations, Equality Act and/or Construction Design and Management (CDM) regulatory frameworks. Explore how these frameworks impact and shape the design of these precedents, or how these precedents work to change, amend or erturn these frameworks.

W Hotel; St James Quarter Public Realm: Shaped by Planning Constraints This case study explores the W Hotel, as part of the Edinburgh St James Quarter development and how planning policy and process shaped the controversial proposal by Jestico + Whiles Architects. The St James Quarter masterplan by Alan Murray Architects was accepted through the planning process, granting Outline Planning Permission (OPP) in 2008 (application 08/03361/ OUT). Building heights and forms were dictated by the ‘General Characteristic Height’ as laid out in the Edinburgh Design Guidance (EDG), as issued by Edinburgh Council. The height of the W Hotel, however, was proposed at 10m higher than the generally accepted guidance. In April 2015, the planning permission application was made specifically for the hotel, independent of the St James Quarter masterplan (application 15/01858/AMC). The building height was kept consistent with the Alan Murray masterplan, but a decorative feature ‘ribbon’ added; exceeding the height of the original OPP. In addition, the floor area was expanded above the General Characteristic Height (GCH), between levels 9 and 12; framing the decorative ‘ribbon’. These 2015 proposals did not explore the impact on key views and city-scape skylines; which compared the proposals to the previous (then demolished) St James Quarter, as opposed to the (now approved) Alan Murray masterplan. In making the argument for the increased height, the architects quoted Edinburgh City Local Plan Policy Des 11 ‘Tall Buildings’: ‘Planning permission will only be granted for development which rises above the building height prevailing in the surrounding area where: a) a landmark is to be created that enhances the skyline and surrounding townscape and is justified by the proposed use; b) the scale of the building is appropriate in its context; and c) there would be no adverse impact on important views of landmark buildings, the historic skyline, landscape features in the urban area or the landscape setting of the city. ’ [1] They argued that the decorative feature was a ‘spire’, rather than an extension of the architecture itself, demonstrated in the architects comparison to other key Edinburgh spires in the World Heritage Site Boundary. When asked for clarification, the architects submitted comparison render-drawings ghosting out the feature ‘ribbon’ piece, making further the claim that the spire is not architectural as defined in the planning guidance. Key views, as defined by the EDG, define the impact a building may have on the city skyline; which are then used to derive ‘skyspace calculations’, mathematical calculations based on photographs from EDG ‘protected views’ that measure the percentage of sky obscured around key landmarks by the

proposals being assessed. A series of skyspace calculations were submitted by the architects on request by Edinburgh Council, in order to demonstrate that, in comparison to the previous St James Quarter development, the W Hotel would not occupy more skyspace than it replaced. The World Heritage Site submitted concerns on the proposals due to the expansion in volume above the GCH compared to the 2008 proposal, comments which were also reflected by Historic Scotland and the Cockburn Association in response to the application. Following Edinburgh Planning process, the proposal progressed to Development Management Committee, who argued for the proposal’s rejection, along similar lines: ‘The proposed form would have an adverse impact on the City’s Skyline contrary to Policy Des 11 ‘Tall Buildings’, because it is too big at the uppermost levels of the building and because the spiral feature proposed is too visually bulky.’ [2] Contrary to this direct advice, Edinburgh Council passed the application nonetheless.

Design Team Location: Edinburgh, Scotland Years: 2004-2021 Client: TH Real Estate Lead Designers and Masterplan: Alan Murray Architects Executive Architects: BDP Architects Heritage Architects: Purcell The W Edinburgh Hotel Architects: Jestico + Whiles Landscape Architects: OPEN Structural and Civil Engineers: ARUP Principal Contractor: Laing O’Rourke Steelwork Contractor: BHC Planning Consultants: GVA James Barr Cost: £850 million Planning Decision Level: Committee Decision

2008 planning application 08/03361/OUT

The W Hotel application was resubmitted in June 2016 to amend the proposal, rescaling the volume of the building above the GCH down slightly, albeit not all the way back to that of the 2008 proposal (application 16/02791/AMC). In January 2020, the Edinburgh Design Guidance was updated, adding a paragraph clarifying the city’s policy with regards to assessing ‘tall buildings’: ‘Edinburgh’s skyline is composed of tall, slender, elegant objects which when viewed against the topography, give the city its unique character and identity. Any proposed tall structure will have to emulate these attributes in terms of slenderness, proportions and elegance.’ [3] Conclusions: Beyond the grey-areas of planning policy, this case study demonstrates the ability to make cases in an effort to satisfy planners utilising two-dimensional study data to ‘objectively’ demonstrate subjective information. In this vein, volumes have been spatially manipulated in order to justify the overall argument; for Jestico + Whiles a ‘festival ribbon’ puncturing the Edinburgh street-scape. This case study effectively demonstrates that even in the most notorious planning-difficult cities, on a constrained site within a World Heritage Site boundary, architects are able to win arguments and build architecture that defies scepticism. In the case of the W Hotel, these are primarily won using ‘skyspace calculations’ and displacing volume against approved Outline Planning Permission.

References [1] Edinburgh Local Development Plan, https://www.edinburgh.gov.uk/ downloads/file/25264/edinburgh-local-development-plan[accessed 4th November 2021], p. 100 [2] Development Management Sub Committee Report, Application for Approval of Matters Specified in Conds 15/01858/AMC, August 12 2015, http://citydev-portal.edinburgh.gov.uk/idoxpa-web/files/5BC235F0B4DD17B7FCD1AA64E6BAD661/pdf/15_01858_AMC-DM_SUB-COMMITTEE_REPORT-3161097.pdf [accessed 4th November 2021] [3] Edinburgh Design Guidance January 2020, https://www.edinburgh. gov.uk/downloads/file/27602/edinburgh-design-guidance-january-2020 [accessed 4th November 2021], p. 18

In making theSt argument for the increased height, the architects W Hotel; James Quarter Public Realm: quoted Edinburgh City Local Plan Shaped by The Equality Act Policy Des 11 ‘Tall Buildings’: ‘Planning permission will only be granted for development which rises above the building height prevailing in the surrounding area where: a) a landmark is to be created that enhances the skyline and surrounding townscape and is justified by the proposed use; b) the scale of the building is appropriate in its context; and c) there would be no adverse impact on important views of landmark buildings, the historic skyline, landscape features in the urban area or the landscape setting of the city. ’ [1] Technical Handbook: Non-Domestic - Safety

4.1 Access to buildings Mandatory Standard Standard 4.1

Every building must be designed and constructed in such a way that all occupants and visitors are provided with safe, convenient and unassisted means of access to the building. Limitation:

There is no requirement to provide access for a wheelchair user to:

In addition to exploring the planning constraints that shaped the W Hotel and its surrounding public realm, this study also investigates the material and spatial qualities that have been affected chiefly by The Equality Act and Scottish Technical Handbook for Non Domestic Buildings, and their relevant clauses.

Key Moment 04: Lift/ floor navigation (figure B4) When exiting the lift, the user is confronted with a lobby space that appears visually extremely similar to the floor above; such that wayfinding is difficult without paying attention to the moderate but discreet vinyl signage placed on the same wall that hosts the elevator cabin.

The study explores the relationship between the quantitative technical requirements- such as maximum travel distances for accessible WC provision- and qualitative design; such as the good contrast of material surfaces in order to help those with limited vision navigate independently with comfort.

Key Moment 05: Car Park (figure B5) Parking is aided by digital LED indicators placed above spaces; with accessible spaces marked in blue, in contrast to the typical red vs green (occupied vs vacant). The flooring is finished in highly coloured vinyl-rubber which distinguishes pedestrian walking routes in red versus vehicular traffic in grey. Accessible spaces are generally located in close proximity to the lift cores, however the accessible aid station is located at the opposite end of the plan configuration, requiring those who may need assistance to cross the parking layout once to access a motorised scooter or wheelchair, and back again to the

The adjacent drawing draws out these legislative design implications and built consequences, whilst photographs are used to draw out experiential implications in the ‘real-world’. Each ‘moment’, defined as a situation whereby a navigation decision must be made has been expanded and discussed with relevance to the guidance issued in the Equality Act and

a. a house, between either the point of access to or from any car parking within the curtilage of a building and an entrance to the house where it is not reasonably practicable to do so, or

b. a common entrance of a domestic building not served by a lift, where there are no dwellings entered from a common area on the entrance storey.

4.1.0 Introduction

An inclusive approach to design should be taken to ensure that buildings are as accessible to as wide a range of people as possible. Solutions should be integral to a design rather than an afterthought added in order to meet duties under building standards or other legislation. Inclusive design is not just relevant to buildings. It applies throughout any internal or external environment, wherever people go about everyday activities. It should be a continuous process, through all stages of the development of a building and involve potential users. Advice on this topic is available in the joint BSD/Scottish Executive Planning Division Planning Advice Note PAN 78: ‘Inclusive Design’ which promotes the merits of an inclusive approach to the design of the built environment.

All those that are involved in the design of buildings should be aware of their responsibilities under the Equality Act 2010, further details of which can be found in clause 4.0.1. Whilst the guidance to this standard reflects general good practice, certain issues remain outwith the scope of the building regulations. There are numerous publications offering additional guidance on accessibility and inclusive design, including those listed below: • BS 8300: 2009 – ‘Design of buildings and their approaches to meet the needs of disabled people – code of practice’ • 'Inclusive Mobility' – Department of Transport, 2002

• ‘Guidance on the Use of Tactile Paving Surfaces’, published jointly by The Scottish Office and the Department for the Environment, Transport and the Regions (DETR). Conversions - in the case of conversions, as specified in regulation 4, the building as converted shall meet the requirements of this standard in so far as is reasonably

316

Technical Handbook: Non-Domestic - Safety

For the convenience of a person arriving at a building in a vehicle driven by another, where a road is provided within the curtilage of a building, there should be a setting-down point close to a principal entrance of each building.

On a busy vehicular route, such as a public highway, a setting-down point should be positioned outwith the road carriageway. As a person may require assistance in alighting from a vehicle, the size of the setting-down point should follow the recommendations for an on-street parking bay given in clause 4.1.1.

4.1.3 Accessible routes

Regardless of how they arrive within the curtilage of a building, a person should then be able to travel conveniently and without assistance to the entrance of a building. Routes to a building that are too steep, too narrow or poorly surfaced, or that contain steps or other obstructions, will make access difficult or impossible for many people. To prevent this, a route to an entrance should be provided that is accessible to everyone.

An accessible route should contain no barriers, such as kerbs, steps or similar obstructions that may restrict access. Street furniture can present a hazard, particularly to a wheelchair user or a person with a visual impairment and should be located outwith the width of an accessible route. Use of low-level bollards or chain-linked posts, for example, can be particularly hazardous. There should be an accessible route to the principal entrance to a building, and to any other entrance that provides access for a particular group of people (for example, a staff or visitor entrance), from: a. a road, and b. any accessible car parking provided within the curtilage of the building.

They argued that the decorative feature was a ‘spire’, rather than an extension of the architecture itself, demonstrated in the architects comparison to other key Edinburgh spires in the World Heritage Site Boundary. When asked for clarification, the architects submitted comparison render-drawings ghosting out the feature ‘ribbon’ piece, making further the claim that the spire is not architectural as defined in the planning guidance. • level, which for the purpose of this guidance is a gradient of not more than 1 in 50, or

• gently sloping, which for the purpose of this guidance is a gradient of more than 1 in 50 and not more than 1 in 20, or • ramped, with a gradient of more than 1 in 20 and not more than 1 in 12

L3

the cross-fall on any part of an accessible route should not exceed 1 in 40.

Gently sloping gradients should be provided with level rest points of not less than 1.5m in length, at intervals dependent on the gradient of the sloping surface. This should follow

318

3.12 Sanitary facilities Mandatory Standard Standard 3.12

Scottish Technical Handbook.

Key Moment 01: Entrance (figure B1) Upon entry to the St James Centre, the user is presented with a decision point on entering the shopping complex (for planning purposes defined as a ‘street’, as opposed to enclosed building). In this immediate public realm area, the exterior architectural hard-scape is finished in matte slate-grey tiling that runs towards an entrance whichhaving been glazed- highly contrasts the surrounding stonework construction, visually guiding users into the shopping complex. The ground-scape slopes dramatically to the West of the site towards the W Hotel entrance, which is not clearly sign-posted. The ramp leading toward the hotel (visible in the distance as demonstrated in the photograph), lies at a two-part incline; the higher of the two ramps at 5.2° (as measured on site), steeper than the Technical Handbook standard of 4.76°, or 1 in 12. Whilst minor, the ramp is not well demarcated or visually

2015

lifts. A pedestrian crossing is available only outside the lift core.

Key Moment 06: Access to W Hotel from ‘street’ (figure B6) For users who require access to the W Hotel from the interior of the St James retail complex, the elevator can be taken straight to L3, or alternatively one of the three escalators may be used. These are typically obscured from the main circulation strips behind digital signageadvertisement stands. The wayfinding strategy is chiefly constructed around using primary colour wallpaper at cores and key touch-points. Confusingly, these are not distinguished by level, but rather by area: Princes Street facing is red, York Place facing in yellow and the intermediate space between in blue. The lack of identifying information may make navigation difficult for some. Especially jarring at L3 is the proximity to a digital screen to the end-point of the escalator, which may become dangerous in times of increased traffic and

Every building must be designed and constructed in such a way that sanitary facilities are provided for all occupants of, and visitors to, the building in a form that allows convenience of use and that there is no threat to the health and safety of occupants or visitors.

It is important that sanitary facilities address the needs of occupants and visitors, both in terms of availability and accessibility. Facilities should be sufficient in number to prevent queuing, other than in exceptional circumstances. Variety in the range and type of facilities provided, particularly in larger buildings, should minimise barriers to the simple and convenient use of sanitary accommodation. Sanitary accommodation should not be an afterthought in the planning of a building, as this can result in facilities that are small or in awkward locations, making them difficult to access and use. Common issues include screening of the facilities that results in small lobbies and the use of white finishes, sanitary facilities and fittings to suggest cleanliness, creating difficulty for a person with a visual impairment. Whilst guidance is offered on a variety of building types, some may not be categorised easily. In such cases, designers will need to discuss specific provision with client and user groups and consider the guidance given under this standard to arrive at a practical solution.

The human body absorbs lead easily from drinking water and this can have a negative effect on the intellectual development of young children. Although mains water supplies do not contain significant levels of lead, recent research studies have shown that leaded solder plumbing fittings, normally used for heating systems, have been used on drinking water pipework in contravention of the Scottish Water Byelaws 2004. Further guidance can be obtained from Scotland and Northern Ireland Plumbing Employers Federation (SNIPEF) http://www.snipef.co.uk/ and Scottish Water http://www.scottishwater.co.uk/. Conversions - in the case of conversions as specified in regulation 4, the building as converted shall meet the requirement of this standard (regulation 12, schedule 6).

3.12.1 Number of sanitary facilities The number of sanitary facilities provided within a building should be calculated from the maximum number of persons the building is likely to accommodate at any time, based upon the normal use of the building. Separate male and female sanitary accommodation is usually provided. This should be based upon the proportion of males and females that will use a building, where this is known, or provide accommodation for equal numbers of each sex otherwise.

Unisex sanitary accommodation may be provided where each sanitary facility, or a WC and wash hand basin, is located within a separate space, for use by only one person at a time, with a door that can be secured from within for privacy.

240

Technical Handbook: Non-Domestic - Environment

Figure 3.30 Provision within an accessible toilet

3.12.9 Location of accessible toilets

The time taken to get to an accessible toilet is an important factor to be considered when positioning such sanitary facilities within a building. They should be located where they can be reached easily and the horizontal distance from any part of a building to an accessible toilet should be not more than 45m. Where there are no toilets on a storey, all occupied parts of that storey should be within 45m of the nearest accessible toilets on an adjacent storey. Any vertical travel by lift need may be discounted but should be limited to one storey.

100m

45m

7

6

3.12.0 Introduction

Key views, as defined by the EDG, define the impact a building may have on the city skyline; which are then used to derive ‘skyspace calculations’, mathematical calculations based on photographs from EDG ‘protected views’ that measure the percentage of sky obscured around key landmarks by the

planning application 15/01858/AMC

Conclusions: Beyond the grey-areas of planning policy, this case study demonstrates the ability to make cases in an effort to satisfy planners utilising two-dimensional study data to ‘objectively’ demonstrate subjective information. In this vein, volumes have been spatially manipulated in order to justify the overall argument; for Jestico + Whiles a ‘festival ribbon’ puncturing the Edinburgh street-scape. WC

There should also be an accessible route between accessible entrances of different buildings within the same curtilage. Gradient of accessible route - as steeper gradients are more difficult to negotiate, level or gently sloping routes should be used where possible, in preference to ramps. An accessible route should be:

Fig B1: Entry from Princes Street to St James Quarter

W Hotel

To allow operation by a person who uses a wheelchair, equipment such as ticket dispensers, located in pedestrian areas where there are accessible car parking spaces, should have any controls at a height of between 750mm and 1.2m above ground level.

Technical Handbook: Non-Domestic - Environment

Edinburgh Design Guidance January 2020. https://www.edinburgh.gov. uk/downloads/file/27602/edinburgh-design-guidance-january-2020 [accessed 4th November 2021] Edinburgh Design Guidance - 2nd Post Approval Review. January 29 2020. [accessed 4th November 2021] Edinburgh Local Development Plan, https://www.edinburgh.gov.uk/ downloads/file/25264/edinburgh-local-development-plan[accessed 4th November 2021] Jestico + Whiles. Edinburgh St James | Central Hotel, Design Statement, April 2015. Jestico + Whiles. Edinburgh St James | Central Hotel, Design Statement, June 2016. Scottish Government, Building Standards Technical Handbook 2020: Non-Domestic, 2021. https://www.gov.scot/publications/building-standards-technical-handbook-2020-non-domestic/documents/, [accessed 4th November 2021]

In January 2020, the Edinburgh Design Guidance was updated, adding a paragraph clarifying the city’s policy with regards to assessing ‘tall buildings’: ‘Edinburgh’s skyline is composed of tall, slender, elegant objects which when viewed against the topography, give the city its unique character and identity. Any proposed tall structure will have to emulate these attributes in terms of slenderness, proportions and elegance.’ [3]

4.1.2 Setting-down points

This should be on a level surface, where the road gradient or camber is less than 1 in 50, with a dropped kerb between the road and an accessible route to the building.

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7

The W Hotel application was resubmitted in June 2016 to amend the proposal, rescaling the volume of the building above the GCH down slightly, albeit not all the way back to that of the 2008 proposal (application 16/02791/AMC). 2021 Architecture Management Practice & Law (AMPL) Regulatory Drawing Exercise

W HOTEL; St James Quarter Public Realm: Shaped by Planning Constraints & The Equality Act

2021 Architecture Management Practice & Law (AMPL) Regulatory Drawing Exercise

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

Brief 03 // Regulatory Drawing

In April 2015, the planning permission application was made specifically for the hotel, independent of the St James Quarter masterplan The buildingGC height GC 8 (application GC 15/01858/AMC). 9 GC 10 11 was kept consistent with the Alan Murray masterplan, but a decorative feature ‘ribbon’ added; exceeding the height of the original OPP. In addition, the floor area was expanded above the General Characteristic Height (GCH), between levels 9 and 12; framing the decorative ‘ribbon’. These 2015 proposals did not explore the impact on key views and city-scape skylines; which compared the proposals to the previous (then demolished) St James Quarter, as opposed to the (now approved) Alan Murray masterplan.

8

This case study effectively demonstrates that even in the most notorious planning-difficult cities, on a constrained site within a World Heritage Site boundary, architects are able to win arguments and build architecture that defies scepticism. In the case of the W Hotel, these are primarily won using ‘skyspace calculations’ and displacing volume against approved Outline Planning Permission. light and dark green: highlights, in reference to regulation 3.12.9, radius of 45m and up to 100m for sanitary facility spacing on first and third floor. This can be projected onto the second floor where no sanitary facilities are, thus mapping to minimum requirements in shopping mall or concourse.

LIFT

ARCH11070

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

Lead Designers and Masterplan: Alan Murray Architects Executive Architects: BDP Architects Heritage Architects: Purcell The W Edinburgh Hotel Architects: Jestico + Whiles Landscape Architects: OPEN Structural and Civil Engineers: ARUP Principal Contractor: Laing O’Rourke Steelwork Contractor: BHC Planning Consultants: GVA James Barr Cost: £850 million Planning Decision Level: Committee Decision

The World Heritage Site submitted concerns on the proposals due to the expansion in volume above the GCH compared to the 2008 proposal, comments which were also reflected by Historic Scotland and the Cockburn Association in response to the application. Following Edinburgh Planning process, the proposal progressed to Development Management Committee, who argued for the proposal’s rejection, along similar lines: ‘The proposed form would have an adverse impact on the City’s Skyline contrary to Policy Des ‘Tall Buildings’, it isGA 2.3 GA11 2.1 GA because 2.2 too big at the uppermost levels of the building and because the spiral feature proposed is too visually bulky.’ [2] Contrary to this direct advice, Edinburgh Council passed the application nonetheless.

LIFT

MANAGEMENT, PRACTICE & LAW

demonstrate that, in comparison to the previous St James Quarter development, the W Hotel would not occupy more skyspace than it replaced.

LIFT

AMPL

[2021] AMPL

The St James Quarter masterplan by Alan Murray Architects was accepted through the planning process, granting Outline Planning Permission (OPP) in 2008 (application 08/03361/ OUT). Building heights and forms were dictated by the ‘General Characteristic Height’ as laid out in the Edinburgh Design Guidance (EDG), as issued by Edinburgh Council. The height of the W Hotel, however, was proposed at 10m higher than the generally accepted guidance.

References [1] Edinburgh Local Development Plan, https://www.edinburgh.gov.uk/ downloads/file/25264/edinburgh-local-development-plan[accessed 4th November 2021], p. 100 [2] Development Management Sub Committee Report, Application for Approval of Matters Specified in Conds 15/01858/AMC, August 12 2015, http://citydev-portal.edinburgh.gov.uk/idoxpa-web/files/5BC235F0B4DD17B7FCD1AA64E6BAD661/pdf/15_01858_AMC-DM_SUB-COMMITTEE_REPORT-3161097.pdf [accessed 4th November 2021] [3] Edinburgh Design Guidance January 2020, https://www.edinburgh. gov.uk/downloads/file/27602/edinburgh-design-guidance-january-2020 [accessed 4th November 2021], p. 18

Edinburgh Design Guidance January 2020. https://www.edinburgh.gov. uk/downloads/file/27602/edinburgh-design-guidance-january-2020 [accessed 4th November 2021] Edinburgh Design Guidance - 2nd Post Approval Review. January 29 2020. [accessed 4th November 2021] Edinburgh Local Development Plan, https://www.edinburgh.gov.uk/ downloads/file/25264/edinburgh-local-development-plan[accessed 4th November 2021] Jestico + Whiles. Edinburgh St James | Central Hotel, Design Statement, April 2015. Jestico + Whiles. Edinburgh St James | Central Hotel, Design Statement, June 2016. Scottish Government, Building Standards Technical Handbook 2020: Non-Domestic, 2021. https://www.gov.scot/publications/building-standards-technical-handbook-2020-non-domestic/documents/, [accessed 4th November 2021]

Where areas within a building are not accessible at certain times, such as where classroom blocks are locked out of hours in a community school, the effect of this on travel distance should taken into account when positioning accessible toilets. Where people are moving around, such as within the retail area of a large superstore or the concourse of a shopping mall, their distance from an accessible toilet will vary. In such areas, the travel distance may be increased to not more than 100m, provided there are no barriers, such as pass doors or changes of level on the route and the location of the accessible toilet is well signposted. However where people congregate in such areas, such as at a reception desk or at café seating, travel distance should remain not more than 45m.

3.12.10 Accessible bathrooms and shower rooms

Technical Handbook: Non-Domestic - Safety The availability of accessible sanitary facilities is particularly important within residential buildings or sports facilities, where bathing or showering form an integral part of activities. corridor width door (mm) Minimum opening AMinimum person should be able to at use such sanitary facilities in clear privacy, with or width without(mm) [1] assistance. 900 [3] 850 [2]

Fig A2: Comparative Plan 2008 vs 2015

Response

In a building where baths or showers are provided, accessible sanitary accommodation Additional information: should be provided at a ratio of 1 in 20 or part thereof, for each type of sanitary facility provided. 1. The projection of any ironmongery that extends across the width of a door leaf, such as an emergency push bar to a fire exit or horizontal pull handle to accessible sanitary In addition to the recommendations withinwhen clauses 3.12.6 and an accessible accommodation, should be subtracted calculating the3.12.7, clear opening width. shower room or bathroom should: 2. The clear opening width may reduce to 800mm where a door is approached head-on. 248 not be present within new buildings but may 3. A corridor width of less than 1.2m should be found within some existing buildings. However the above provisions need not apply to a door within part of a building to which access by stair, ramp or lifting device need not be provided, as set out in clause 4.2.1. In addition, within sanitary accommodation, sub-clauses (b) & (d) need only apply to a door giving access to an enlarged WC cubicle or to an accessible sanitary facility. A door should not open onto a corridor in a manner that might create an obstruction, other than a door to a cupboard or duct enclosure that is normally locked in a closed position. A clear glazed vision panel, as described in clause 4.1.7, should be provided to any door across a corridor and:

W HOTEL; St James Quarter Public Realm: Shaped by Planning Constraints & The Equality Act

• to a door between a circulation space and a room with an occupant capacity of more than 60, and • to the outer door of a lobby leading solely to sanitary accommodation.

+96M AOD: General Characteristic Height

red: additions to the building’s volume above the General Characteristic Height between 08/03361/OUT and 15/01858/AMC blue: subtractions to the building’s volume above the General Characteristic Height

Heavy door leafs and strong closing devices can make an otherwise accessible door impassable to many building users. The force needed to open and pass through a door, against a closing device, therefore should be limited.

Fig B2: Entrance and wayfinding through public interface

Fig B4: Lift/ floor navigation

distinguished from surrounding hardscaping.

A door should be capable of operating with an opening force of not more than 30N (for first 30º of opening) and 22.5N (for remainder of swing) when measured at the leading edge of the leaf. Within this limit, a closing device should close the door leaf from any opening angle, against the resistance of any latch and seals, under normal operating conditions. Where a door across a corridor requires to be retained in a closed position, in normal use or under fire conditions, and this cannot be achieved by use of a closer alone without exceeding these opening forces, a latch should be used to retain the door in a closed position and the door fitted with operating ironmongery.

activity.

A free swing device, which only has a closing action when activated by an alarm system, should not be fitted to a door across a circulation route as this permits the door to be left open at any angle, creating a collision hazard.

4.2.7 Vertical circulation between storeys

June 2016 planning application 16/02791/AMC Fig A3: Comparative Section 2008 vs 2015 vs 2016

blue: subtractions to the building’s volume above the General Characteristic Height between 15/01858/AMC and 16/02791/AMC red: additions to the building’s volume above the General Characteristic Height

Key Moment 02: Interior Navigation (figure B2) When entering the covered internal ‘street’ of the St James Centre, the user is presented with minimal signage, which is placed discreetly at high-ceiling locations. Centred in the street, however, large LCD animated displays rotate displays between advertising and simplified St James Centre shopping navigation signage. This digital display rotates on a frequency of less than 60 seconds, and is styled as white linework on black; the combination of which may make navigation difficult for those with limited sight. At these key decision points, there is also no clear signage pointing towards WC facilities (accessible or otherwise), parking or W Hotel; though it should be noted that the W Hotel was not operational during our site-visit and subsequently this may be updated into the digital displays in the future.

Key Moment 07: Entrance to W Hotel (figure B7) Upon turning towards the exterior to leave L3, pedestrians can follow the glazing line that clearly defines the exit towards the W Hotel. Here, three automatic double doors open simultaneously. The slate floor tiling changes orientation, but tonally the threshold offers very little contrast; perhaps amplifying the design intent on tying the interior and exterior ‘streets’. The flush door trim detail in stainless steel suggests a transition which may be uncomfortable for some. Externally, the cladding on the hotel ‘ribbon’ offers a clear visual contrast to surrounding hardscape, however the adjacent steps are tonally extremely similar and may prove a trip hazard for those with limited vision or mobility.

Stairs within a building should be designed to be accessible to a person with reduced mobility, as described in guidance to Standard 4.3. There should be an accessible stair between each level of a building.

5

327

Technical Handbook: Non-Domestic - Safety

In addition to such a stair, a means of unassisted access, other than a ramp, should be provided between storeys except to specific areas where access by a lift need not be provided, as described in clause 4.2.1.

3

Generally, unassisted access between storeys should be provided by a passenger lift, with the installation meeting the recommendations of BS EN 81-70: 2003. In some circumstances, when altering existing buildings or within new buildings with a small storey area, it may not always be reasonably practicable to install a passenger lift. In such cases, where vertical travel is not more than 4.0m, the installation of a powered lifting platform meeting the recommendations of BS 6440: 1999, may be considered. General provisions for lifting devices - any lifting device should be designed and installed to include the following general provisions: • a clear landing at least 1.5m x 1.5m in front of any lift entrance door, and • controls on each level served, between 900mm and 1.1m above the landing, and within the lift car on a side wall between 900mm and 1.1m above the car floor and at least 400mm from any corner, and • on the landing of each level served, tactile call buttons and visual and tactile indication of the storey level, and

4

• lift doors, handrails and controls that contrast visually with surrounding surfaces, and • a signalling system which gives notification that the lift is answering a call made from a landing, and

2

• a means of two way communication, operable by a person with a hearing impairment, that allows contact with the lift if an alarm is activated, together with visual indicators that alarm has been sounded and received. In addition to general provisions for lifting devices, a passenger lift should be provided with: • automatic lift door(s), with a clear opening width of at least 800mm, fitted with sensors that will prevent injury from contact with closing doors, and • a lift car at least 1.1m wide by 1.4m deep, and • within the overall dimensions of the lift car, a horizontal handrail, of a size and section that is easily gripped, located 900mm above the floor on any wall not containing a door, and • within a lift car not offering through passage, a mirror on the wall facing the doors, above handrail height, to assist a wheelchair user in reversing out, and • within the lift car, tactile storey selector buttons and, in a lift serving more than 2 storeys, visual and voice indicators of the storey reached, and • a system which permits adjustment of the dwell time after which the lift doors close, once fully opened, to suit the level of use. In addition to general provisions for lifting devices, a powered lifting platform should: • if serving a storey to which the public have access, have a platform size of 1100mm wide by 1400mm deep and a clear opening width to any door of 850mm, or • if serving any other storey, have a platform size of at least 1050mm wide by 1250mm deep and a clear opening width to any door of 800mm, and

328

L1 Fig A1: St James Quarter Skyline Analysis

Fig A4: Comparative Plan 2015 vs 2016, between levels 9 and 12

1

Technical Handbook: Non-Domestic - Safety

Fig A2: Comparative Plan 2008 vs 2015 100m

• 'Accessible Stadia' (Football Licensing Authority, 2003). This document provides useful guidance on accessibility issues relating specifically to assembly buildings such as sports stadia and arenas. Conversions - in the case of conversions, as specified in regulation 4, the building as converted shall meet the requirements of this standard in so far as is reasonably practicable, and in no case be worse than before the conversion (regulation 12, schedule 6).

4.2.1 Access within buildings A building should be accessible to everyone. It should be possible for a person to move throughout a building and use the facilities present to the best of their ability, without assistance and without the need to overcome unnecessary barriers.

WC

Every storey and level of a building should be accessible. However it is recognised that it may not be necessary or, in some cases, reasonably practicable to provide full access to all parts of a building. Consequently, the following exceptions are noted. Limited access - level access, or access by stair, ramp or lifting device need not be provided to any storey, or part of a storey: • containing only fixed plant or machinery, the only normal visits to which are intermittent, for inspection or maintenance purposes, or • where access must be restricted to suitably trained persons for health and safety reasons, such as walkways providing access only to process machinery or catwalks and working platforms reached by industrial ladder. Stepped access - level or ramped access or access by a lift need not be provided: • in a residential building, such as a hotel, to an upper storey or level containing neither communal facilities or accommodation, including bedrooms, designed to be accessible to a wheelchair user, or

45m

Theo, Jonathan and I decided to explore the recently built W Hotel, as part of the Edinburgh St James Quarter development and how planning policy and process shaped the controversial proposal by Jestico + Whiles Architects.

L2

Vision panels may be omitted for security reasons, within places of lawful detention, or where light or noise control is essential, such as to a cinema or theatre auditorium, provided doors with a double swing action are not used.

4.2.6 Door closing devices

• to a raised area, other than a gallery, within a storey of a restaurant, bar or similar building, which amounts to not more than half the public area, if all serving and other facilities are located on the accessible portion of the storey, or • in a car parking structure, to a storey within which accessible parking spaces are not provided, unless that storey also contains facilities that are not available on another, accessible, storey, or • within an area of fixed seating, other than to spaces provided for wheelchair users as recommended in guidance to Standard 4.10. Small buildings - in small 2 storey buildings, ramped access or access by a lift need not be provided where: 2

• the total floor area of each storey is not more than 100m and the full range of goods, services and facilities are available on the accessible storey, and • the greater proportion of the service provision should be on the accessible storey, unless it can be shown that a lesser provision would be appropriate for the use of the building, such as ‘one to one’ consultancy, for example a dental surgery or beauty salon. However, where the service provision could mean a group of several customers gather together in the building for a period of time (for example, a restaurant) then the floor area of the room(s) used for providing that service should be greatest on the accessible storey.

Fig B6: Access from street

In addition to exploring the planning constraints that shaped the W Hotel and its surrounding public realm, this study also investigates the material and spatial qualities that have been affected chiefly by The Equality Act and Scottish Technical Handbook for Non Domestic Buildings, and their relevant clauses.

324

LIFT

Fig B7: (four right) Entrance to W Hotel

LIFT

Fig B3: (above) Entrance and wayfinding through public interface

LIFT

B1

Technical Handbook: Non-Domestic - Safety

Key Moment 03: Interior Navigation (figure B3 + B4) Despite clear signage or wayfinding to WC, parking or assistance, the ‘street’ presents a familiar linearity. Upon progressing forwards, wings become visible at the flanks between retail units, which are visually distinguished in bright primary colours and instinctively imply lifts and/ or WC facilities. The maximum permitted escape distances here have simplified circulation routes. Temporary bollard signage was installed to assist navigation to lifts. Lifts are called using two individual buttons, separated by a digital display board which presents a static digital plan of the St James complex. The elevator flooring is distinguished by tile tonality, whereas the interior of the lift-bin has been finished in mirrored surfaces on all four walls; which may be disorienting or challenging for users with limited vision or mobility.

June 2016 in context with the Edinburgh St James proposal

Conclusions: In order to align with principal design concepts, namely the interior-exterior continuous street interrupted by a ‘festival-ribbon’, concessions have been made with respect to materiality that, whilst compliant to Scottish regulation, are not friendly to users with varying needs. This is particularly evident with respect to signage and wayfinding, which is hard to follow, especially if the user is searching for something specific such as a WC. The regulation in this respect sets an acceptable minimum standard of usability that architects meet, but ultimately does not ensure that architecture is universally accessible.

the same relationship given for ramp flights, e.g. up to 20m apart for a slope of 1 in 30, 30m for a slope of 1 in 40 and so on. Recommendations for ramps are provided in the guidance to Standard 4.3. Complementary steps - ramps are not necessarily safe or convenient for an ambulant person with mobility impairment, and can be more difficult and dangerous to negotiate than steps. Therefore, any ramped access, having a rise of more than 300mm, should be complemented by an alternate, stepped means of access.

4.1.4 Surface of an accessible route

light blue: regulation 4.1.1, highlights the 1 in 20 (5%) minimum requirement for disabled parking. In the corner is the Mobility Service, disconnected from rest of St James Quarter where staff are WelcoMe trained; app helps to allow inclusive and accessible customer experience.

For safety and convenience in use, the surface of an accessible route should be firm, uniform and of a material and finish that will permit ease in manoeuvring. It should provide a degree of traction that will minimise the possibility of slipping. This should take into account both anticipated use and environmental conditions. The surface of an accessible route, whether composed of modular paving units, formless materials such as tarmac, or another durable material, should have a profile that will not offer a trip hazard or result in standing water. It should be installed in accordance with a code of practice relevant to the material, where such exists.

+96M AOD: General Characteristic Height

Surface elements such as drainage gratings and manhole covers should be of a type that will not create a trip or entrapment hazard. Uneven surfaces, such as cobbles, or loose-laid materials, such as gravel, will present difficulties to many people and should not be used. Tactile paving - at a location where the footpath is level with a road surface, such as at a dropped kerb, tactile paving should be used to provide warning to a person with a visual impairment of the presence of a vehicular route. Information on use of tactile paving on footpaths is given in 'Guidance on the Use of Tactile Paving Surfaces'.

4.1.5 Length of accessible routes The longer a pedestrian route, the greater difficulty it can present to many people. Therefore, in addition to minimising gradients where possible, as recommended in clause 4.1.3, the length of an accessible route to an accessible entrance of a building should be limited to 45m. In some projects, such as sports stadia or retail developments, a large number of accessible parking spaces may be provided. In such a case, it may not be reasonably practicable for every such space to be within 45m of a principal entrance. Where this is the case, resting points with seating positioned outwith the width of the accessible route should be provided at not more than 50m intervals on the route from the furthest spaces.

4.1.6 Width of accessible routes The width of a pedestrian route to a building should reflect how it will be used. For example, most public footpaths are at least 1.8m wide, which allows two-way traffic under most circumstances. Any part of an accessible route to a building from accessible parking spaces or a settingdown point should have a minimum surface width of 1.8m. Elsewhere, the clear and unobstructed surface width of an accessible route should be not less than 1.2m, which will accommodate any person where traffic is in a single direction of travel. To allow for passing, localised widening of any route narrower than 1.8m wide to

319

B2 Technical Handbook: Non-Domestic - Safety

practicable, and in no case be worse than before the conversions (regulation 12, schedule 6).

4.1.1 Car parking The need for car parking serving a building will commonly be determined by a developer and may also be a condition of planning permission. Where car parking is provided within the curtilage of a building, it should include accessible spaces. A proportion of car parking spaces should be designed to be accessible to a person with mobility impairment, including a wheelchair user, and designated for use as such. These parking spaces should be: a. provided on a ratio of at least 1 per 20 parking spaces, or part thereof, and b. located on a road surface that is level (with a gradient of not more than 1 in 50), and c. not more than 45m from a common entrance, and d. clearly marked with the international symbol of access, and e. provided with a dropped kerb access to an accessible route, and f. where perpendicular or at an angle to a road, at least 4.8m long x 2.4m wide, outwith which a delineated access zone at least 1.2m wide to each long side and between the end of the bay and any road is shown, or g. where parallel to a road, at least 6.6m long by 3.6m wide, as shown below. Planning legislation - reference should also be made to SPP 17: ‘Planning for Transport’ where a more onerous provision than noted in sub-clause (a) above may be recommended for certain building types.

Figure 4.1 Off- and on-street accessible car parking

9

Fig A5: St James Quarter Location Plan

317

Fig B5: Entrance and wayfinding through public interface Stuart Gomes, Theo Glencross & Jonathan Pilosof

(1/2)

Stuart Gomes, Theo Glencross & Jonathan Pilosof

Fig B2: Internal Navigation and signage

10

11 Fig A3: Comparative Section 2008 vs 2015 vs 2016 Mobility Support Service

(2/2)

70 Fig A1: St James Quarter Skyline Analysis

Fig A4: Comparative Plan 2015 vs 2016, between levels 9 and 12


AMPL

[2021] AMPL

MANAGEMENT, PRACTICE & LAW

ARCH11070

MArch 2, [semester 1]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

Brief 03 // Regulatory Drawing

W HOTEL; St James Quarter Public Realm: Shaped by Planning Constraints & The Equality Act

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

EXTRACT2

"Key views, as defined by the EDG, define the impact a building may have on the city skyline; which are then used to derive ‘skyspace calculations’, mathematical calculations based on photographs from EDG ‘protected views’ that measure the percentage of sky obscured around key landmarks by the proposals being assessed.

"The W Hotel application was resubmitted in June 2016 to amend the proposal, rescaling the volume of the building above the GCH down slightly, albeit not all the way back to that of the 2008 proposal (application 16/02791/AMC)."

GA 2.6

GA 2.7

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

red: additions to the building’s volume above the General Characteristic Height between 08/03361/OUT and 15/01858/AMC blue: subtractions to the building’s volume above the General Characteristic Height

Fig A2: Comparative Plan 2008 vs 2015

blue: subtractions to the building’s volume above the General Characteristic Height between 15/01858/AMC and 16/02791/AMC red: additions to the building’s volume above the General Characteristic Height

FINDINGS

June 2016 planning application 16/02791/AMC

+96M AOD: General Characteristic Height

Beyond the grey-areas of planning policy, this case study demonstrates the ability to make cases in an effort to satisfy planners utilising two-dimensional study data to ‘objectively’ demonstrate subjective information. In this vein, volumes have been spatially manipulated in order to justify the overall argument; for Jestico + Whiles a ‘festival ribbon’ puncturing the Edinburgh street-scape. The case study effectively demonstrates that even in the most notorious planning-difficult cities, on a constrained site within a World Heritage Site boundary, architects are able to win arguments and build architecture that defies scepticism. In the case of the W Hotel, these are primarily won using ‘skyspace calculations’ and displacing volume against approved Outline Planning Permission.

GA 2.5

2015 planning application 15/01858/AMC

Fig A1: St James Quarter Skyline Analysis

Fig A5: St James Quarter Location Plan

GA 2.4

2008 planning application 08/03361/OUT

EXTRACT 1

A series of skyspace calculations were submitted by the architects on request by Edinburgh Council, in order to demonstrate that, in comparison to the previous St James Quarter development, the W Hotel would not occupy more skyspace than it replaced."

The St James Quarter masterplan by Alan Murray Architects was accepted through the planning process, granting Outline Planning Permission (OPP) in 2008 (application 08/03361/OUT). Building heights and forms were dictated by the ‘General Characteristic Height’ as laid out in the Edinburgh Design Guidance (EDG), as issued by Edinburgh Council. The height of the W Hotel, however, was proposed at 10m higher than the generally accepted guidance.

71

GC 10

Fig A3: Comparative Section 2008 vs 2015 vs 2016

June 2016 in context with the Edinburgh St James proposal

Fig A6: St James Quarter Skyline - before and after

Fig A4: Comparative Plan 2015 vs 2016, between levels 9 and 12


MANAGEMENT PRACT CE & LAW

ARCH11070

MArch 2, [semester 1]

above; such that wayfind above wayfinding ng iss d difficult fficu t w without thout pay paying ng affected ch chiefly efly by The Equa Equality ty Act and Scott Scottish sh Techn Technical ca attention attent on to the moderate but d discreet screet vvinyl ny ssignage gnage Handbook for Non Domest Domestic c Bu Buildings, d ngs and the theirr re relevant evant Key Moment 05 Car Park figure B5) The study exp ores the re at onsh p between the quant tat ve placed p aced on the same wa wall that hosts the e elevator evator cab cabin. n clauses. c auses

techn ca requ rements-such as max mum trave d stances for

[GP] [AD] [JP] access[TC] b e WC The provstudy s onand tatatve des gn suchtheasquant the tat ve explores exp oresqua the re relationship onsh p between quantitative technical techn ca requ requirementsrements-such such as max maximum travel distances d stances good contrast of mater a surfaces n order to mum he ptrave those w th for [KL] [TG] accessible access WC prov provisions on-yand qualitative tat ve des design; gn such as the m ted v s on nav gateb endependent w thqua comfort [PX] good contrast of mater material a surfaces in n order to he help p those w with th GCindependently 1 2 limited m ted vvision s on nav navigate gate ndependent y GC with w th comfort comfort.

GC 3

Limitation: There is no requirement to provide access for a wheelchair user to: a. a house, between either the point of access to or from any car parking within the curtilage of a building and an entrance to the house where it is not reasonably practicable to do so, or b. a common entrance of a domestic building not served by a lift, where there are no dwellings entered from a common area on the entrance storey.

4.1.0 Introduction An inclusive approach to design should be taken to ensure that buildings are as accessible to as wide a range of people as possible. Solutions should be integral to a design rather than an afterthought added in order to meet duties under building standards or other legislation. Inclusive design is not just relevant to buildings. It applies throughout any internal or external environment, wherever people go about everyday activities. It should be a continuous process, through all stages of the development of a building and involve potential users. Advice on this topic is available in the joint BSD/Scottish Executive Planning Division Planning Advice Note PAN 78: ‘Inclusive Design’ which promotes the merits of an inclusive approach to the design of the built environment. Technical Handbook: Non-Domestic - Safety

All those that are involved in the design of buildings should be aware of their responsibilities under the Equality Act 2010, further details of which can be found in clause 4.0.1.

4.1 Access to buildings Mandatory Standard

Whilst the guidance to this standard reflects general good practice, certain issues remain outwith the scope of the building regulations. There are numerous publications offering additional guidance on accessibility and inclusive design, including those listed below:

Every building must be designed and constructed in such a way that all occupants and visitors are provided with safe, convenient and unassisted means of access to the building. Limitation: There is no requirement to provide access for a wheelchair user to:

• 'Inclusive Mobility' – Department of Transport, 2002

a. a house, between either the point of access to or from any car parking within the curtilage of a building and an entrance to the house where it is not reasonably practicable to do so, or

• ‘Guidance on the Use of Tactile Paving Surfaces’, published jointly by The Scottish Office and the Department for the Environment, Transport and the Regions (DETR).

b. a common entrance of a domestic building not served by a lift, where there are no dwellings entered from a common area on the entrance storey.

Conversions - in the case of conversions, as specified in regulation 4, the building as converted shall meet the requirements of this standard in so far as is reasonably

4.1.0 Introduction An inclusive approach to design should be taken to ensure that buildings are as accessible to as wide a range of people as possible. Solutions should be integral to a design rather than an afterthought added in order to meet duties under building standards or other legislation.

316

Inclusive design is not just relevant to buildings. It applies throughout any internal or external environment, wherever people go about everyday activities. It should be a continuous process, through all stages of the development of a building and involve potential users. Advice on this topic is available in the joint BSD/Scottish Executive Planning Division Planning Advice Note PAN 78: ‘Inclusive Design’ which promotes the merits of an inclusive approach to the design of the built environment.

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

All those that are involved in the design of buildings should be aware of their responsibilities under the Equality Act 2010, further details of which can be found in clause 4.0.1.

GC 11

• BS 8300: 2009 – ‘Design of buildings and their approaches to meet the needs of disabled people – code of practice’ • 'Inclusive Mobility' – Department of Transport, 2002

GA 2 3

GA 2 4

GA 2 5

316

Technical Handbook: Non-Domestic - Safety

To allow operation by a person who uses a wheelchair, equipment such as ticket dispensers, located in pedestrian areas where there are accessible car parking spaces, should have any controls at a height of between 750mm and 1.2m above ground level.

w

Technical Handbook: Non-Domestic - Safety

4.1.2 Setting-down points

To allow operation by a person who uses a wheelchair, equipment such as ticket dispensers, located in pedestrian areas where there are accessible car parking spaces, should have any controls at a height of between 750mm and 1.2m above ground level.

4.1.2 Setting-down points

For the convenience of a person arriving at a building in a vehicle driven by another, where a road is provided within the curtilage of a building, there should be a setting-down point close to a principal entrance of each building.

For the convenience of a person arriving at a building in a vehicle driven by another, where a road is provided within the curtilage of a building, there should be a setting-down point close to a principal entrance of each building. This should be on a level surface, where the road gradient or camber is less than 1 in 50, with a dropped kerb between the road and an accessible route to the building.

This should be on a level surface, where the road gradient or camber is less than 1 in 50, with a dropped kerb between the road and an accessible route to the building.

On a busy vehicular route, such as a public highway, a setting-down point should be positioned outwith the road carriageway. As a person may require assistance in alighting from a vehicle, the size of the setting-down point should follow the recommendations for an on-street parking bay given in clause 4.1.1.

On a busy vehicular route, such as a public highway, a setting-down point should be positioned outwith the road carriageway. As a person may require assistance in alighting from a vehicle, the size of the setting-down point should follow the recommendations for an on-street parking bay given in clause 4.1.1.

4.1.3 Accessible routes Regardless of how they arrive within the curtilage of a building, a person should then be able to travel conveniently and without assistance to the entrance of a building. Routes to a building that are too steep, too narrow or poorly surfaced, or that contain steps or other obstructions, will make access difficult or impossible for many people. To prevent this, a route to an entrance should be provided that is accessible to everyone.

A

An accessible route should contain no barriers, such as kerbs, steps or similar obstructions that may restrict access. Street furniture can present a hazard, particularly to a wheelchair user or a person with a visual impairment and should be located outwith the width of an accessible route. Use of low-level bollards or chain-linked posts, for example, can be particularly hazardous. There should be an accessible route to the principal entrance to a building, and to any other entrance that provides access for a particular group of people (for example, a staff or visitor entrance), from: a. a road, and b. any accessible car parking provided within the curtilage of the building.

An accessible route should contain no barriers, such as kerbs, steps or similar obstructions that may restrict access. Street furniture can present a hazard, particularly to a wheelchair user or a person with a visual impairment and should be located outwith the width of an accessible route. Use of low-level bollards or chain-linked posts, for example, can be particularly hazardous.

WC

There should also be an accessible route between accessible entrances of different buildings within the same curtilage. Gradient of accessible route - as steeper gradients are more difficult to negotiate, level or gently sloping routes should be used where possible, in preference to ramps. An accessible route should be:

100m

• level, which for the purpose of this guidance is a gradient of not more than 1 in 50, or

There should be an accessible route to the principal entrance to a building, and to any other entrance that provides access for a particular group of people (for example, a staff or visitor entrance), from:

• gently sloping, which for the purpose of this guidance is a gradient of more than 1 in 50 and not more than 1 in 20, or

a. a road, and

Gently sloping gradients should be provided with level rest points of not less than 1.5m in length, at intervals dependent on the gradient of the sloping surface. This should follow

• ramped, with a gradient of more than 1 in 20 and not more than 1 in 12 the cross-fall on any part of an accessible route should not exceed 1 in 40.

b. any accessible car parking provided within the curtilage of the building.

L3

45m

318

WC

There should also be an accessible route between accessible entrances of different buildings within the same curtilage. Gradient of accessible route - as steeper gradients are more difficult to negotiate, level or gently sloping routes should be used where possible, in preference to ramps. An accessible route should be: • level, which for the purpose of this guidance is a gradient of not more than 1 in 50, or

L3

• gently sloping, which for the purpose of this guidance is a gradient of more than 1 in 50 and not more than 1 in 20, or • ramped, with a gradient of more than 1 in 20 and not more than 1 in 12

Gently sloping gradients should be provided with level rest points of not less than 1.5m in length, at intervals dependent on the gradient of the sloping surface. This should follow

WC

7

6

45m

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

L3

the cross-fall on any part of an accessible route should not exceed 1 in 40.

318

100m

45m

Technical Handbook: Non-Domestic - Environment

3.12 Sanitary facilities

GA 2 6

GA 2 7

100m

Mandatory Standard Standard 3.12 Every building must be designed and constructed in such a way that sanitary facilities are provided for all occupants of, and visitors to, the building in a form that allows convenience of use and that there is no threat to the health and safety of occupants or visitors.

3.12.0 Introduction

8

It is important that sanitary facilities address the needs of occupants and visitors, both in terms of availability and accessibility. Facilities should be sufficient in number to prevent queuing, other than in exceptional circumstances. Variety in the range and type of facilities provided, particularly in larger buildings, should minimise barriers to the simple and convenient use of sanitary accommodation. Sanitary accommodation should not be an afterthought in the planning of a building, as this can result in facilities that are small or in awkward locations, making them difficult to access and use. Common issues include screening of the facilities that results in small lobbies and the use of white finishes, sanitary facilities and fittings to suggest cleanliness, creating difficulty for a person with a visual impairment.

7

6

Whilst guidance is offered on a variety of building types, some may not be categorised easily. In such cases, designers will need to discuss specific provision with client and user groups and consider the guidance given under this standard to arrive at a practical solution. The human body absorbs lead easily from drinking water and this can have a negative effect on the intellectual development of young children. Although mains water supplies do not contain significant levels of lead, recent research studies have shown that leaded solder plumbing fittings, normally used for heating systems, have been used on drinking water pipework in contravention of the Scottish Water Byelaws 2004. Further guidance can be obtained from Scotland and Northern Ireland Plumbing Employers Federation (SNIPEF) http://www.snipef.co.uk/ and Scottish Water http://www.scottishwater.co.uk/. Conversions - in the case of conversions as specified in regulation 4, the building as converted shall meet the requirement of this standard (regulation 12, schedule 6).

7

3.12.1 Number of sanitary facilities

6

REGULATION EXAMPLE

The number of sanitary facilities provided within a building should be calculated from the maximum number of persons the building is likely to accommodate at any time, based upon the normal use of the building. Separate male and female sanitary accommodation is usually provided. This should be based upon the proportion of males and females that will use a building, where this is known, or provide accommodation for equal numbers of each sex otherwise. Unisex sanitary accommodation may be provided where each sanitary facility, or a WC and wash hand basin, is located within a separate space, for use by only one person at a time, with a door that can be secured from within for privacy. 240

Technical Handbook: Non-Domestic - Environment

3.12 Sanitary facilities

Fig B1: Entry from Princes Street to St James Quarter

Mandatory Standard M Technical Handbook: Non-Domestic - Environment

mm W

m

Where there are no toilets on a storey, all occupied parts of that storey should be within 45m of the nearest accessible toilets on an adjacent storey. Any vertical travel by lift need may be discounted but should be limited to one storey. Where areas within a building are not accessible at certain times, such as where classroom blocks are locked out of hours in a community school, the effect of this on travel distance should taken into account when positioning accessible toilets. Where people are moving around, such as within the retail area of a large superstore or the concourse of a shopping mall, their distance from an accessible toilet will vary. In such areas, the travel distance may be increased to not more than 100m, provided there are no barriers, such as pass doors or changes of level on the route and the location of the accessible toilet is well signposted. However where people congregate in such areas, such as at a reception desk or at café seating, travel distance should remain not more than 45m.

m

3.12.10 Accessible bathrooms and shower rooms

Technical Handbook: Non-Domestic - Safety The availability of accessible sanitary facilities is particularly important within residential buildings or sports facilities, where bathing or showering form an integral part of activities. corridor width door (mm) Minimum opening AMinimum person should be able to at use such sanitary facilities in clear privacy, with or width without(mm) [1] assistance. 900 [3] 850 [2]

The human body absorbs lead easily from drinking water and this can have a negative effect on the intellectual development of young children. Although mains water supplies do not contain significant levels of lead, recent research studies have shown that leaded solder plumbing fittings, normally used for heating systems, have been used on drinking water pipework in contravention of the Scottish Water Byelaws 2004. Further guidance can be obtained from Scotland and Northern Ireland Plumbing Employers Federation (SNIPEF) http://www.snipef.co.uk/ and Scottish Water http://www.scottishwater.co.uk/.

m

m

m

as an emergency push bar to a fire exit or horizontal pull handle to accessible sanitary In addition to the recommendations within clauses 3.12.6 and 3.12.7, an accessible shower accommodation, should be subtracted when calculating the clear opening width. room or bathroom should: 2. The clear opening width may reduce to 800mm where a door is approached head-on.

248 not be present within new buildings but may 3. A corridor width of less than 1.2m should be found within some existing buildings. However the above provisions need not apply to a door within part of a building to which access by stair, ramp or lifting device need not be provided, as set out in clause 4.2.1. In addition, within sanitary accommodation, sub-clauses (b) & (d) need only apply to a door giving access to an enlarged WC cubicle or to an accessible sanitary facility.

mm

m

A door should not open onto a corridor in a manner that might create an obstruction, other than a door to a cupboard or duct enclosure that is normally locked in a closed position.

m

The number of sanitary facilities provided within a building should be calculated from the maximum number of persons the building is likely to accommodate at any time, based upon the normal use of the building.

A clear glazed vision panel, as described in clause 4.1.7, should be provided to any door across a corridor and: • to a door between a circulation space and a room with an occupant capacity of more than 60, and • to the outer door of a lobby leading solely to sanitary accommodation.

Separate male and female sanitary accommodation is usually provided. This should be based upon the proportion of males and females that will use a building, where this is known, or provide accommodation for equal numbers of each sex otherwise.

m

m

Unisex sanitary accommodation may be provided where each sanitary facility, or a WC and wash hand basin, is located within a separate space, for use by only one person at a time, with a door that can be secured from within for privacy.

4.2.6 Door closing devices

A door should be capable of operating with an opening force of not more than 30N (for first 30º of opening) and 22.5N (for remainder of swing) when measured at the leading edge of the leaf. Within this limit, a closing device should close the door leaf from any opening angle, against the resistance of any latch and seals, under normal operating conditions.

m

Where a door across a corridor requires to be retained in a closed position, in normal use or under fire conditions, and this cannot be achieved by use of a closer alone without exceeding these opening forces, a latch should be used to retain the door in a closed position and the door fitted with operating ironmongery. A free swing device, which only has a closing action when activated by an alarm system, should not be fitted to a door across a circulation route as this permits the door to be left open at any angle, creating a collision hazard.

m

m

m

4.2.7 Vertical circulation between storeys

mm

Stairs within a building should be designed to be accessible to a person with reduced mobility, as described in guidance to Standard 4.3. There should be an accessible stair between each level of a building.

Technical Handbook: Non-Domestic - Safety

Technical Handbook: Non-Domestic - Environment In addition to such a stair, a means of unassisted access, other than a ramp, should be provided between storeys except to specific areas where access by a lift need not be provided, as described in clause 4.2.1.

Figure 3.30 Provision within an accessible toilet

Generally, unassisted access between storeys should be provided by a passenger lift, with the installation meeting the recommendations of BS EN 81-70: 2003. In some circumstances, when altering existing buildings or within new buildings with a small storey area, it may not always be reasonably practicable to install a passenger lift. In such cases, where vertical travel is not more than 4.0m, the installation of a powered lifting platform meeting the recommendations of BS 6440: 1999, may be considered. General provisions for lifting devices - any lifting device should be designed and installed to include the following general provisions: • a clear landing at least 1.5m x 1.5m in front of any lift entrance door, and • controls on each level served, between 900mm and 1.1m above the landing, and within the lift car on a side wall between 900mm and 1.1m above the car floor and at least 400mm from any corner, and • on the landing of each level served, tactile call buttons and visual and tactile indication of the storey level, and • lift doors, handrails and controls that contrast visually with surrounding surfaces, and • a signalling system which gives notification that the lift is answering a call made from a landing, and • a means of two way communication, operable by a person with a hearing impairment, that allows contact with the lift if an alarm is activated, together with visual indicators that alarm has been sounded and received. In addition to general provisions for lifting devices, a passenger lift should be provided with: • automatic lift door(s), with a clear opening width of at least 800mm, fitted with sensors that will prevent injury from contact with closing doors, and • a lift car at least 1.1m wide by 1.4m deep, and

• within a lift car not offering through passage, a mirror on the wall facing the doors, above handrail height, to assist a wheelchair user in reversing out, and • within the lift car, tactile storey selector buttons and, in a lift serving more than 2 storeys, visual and voice indicators of the storey reached, and

The time taken to get to an accessible toilet is an important factor to be considered when positioning such sanitary facilities within a building. They should be located where they can be reached easily and the horizontal distance from any part of a building to an accessible toilet should be not more than 45m.

• a system which permits adjustment of the dwell time after which the lift doors close, once fully opened, to suit the level of use. In addition to general provisions for lifting devices, a powered lifting platform should: • if serving a storey to which the public have access, have a platform size of 1100mm wide by 1400mm deep and a clear opening width to any door of 850mm, or • if serving any other storey, have a platform size of at least 1050mm wide by 1250mm deep and a clear opening width to any door of 800mm, and

Where there are no toilets on a storey, all occupied parts of that storey should be within 45m of the nearest accessible toilets on an adjacent storey. Any vertical travel by lift need may be discounted but should be limited to one storey.

328

Where areas within a building are not accessible at certain times, such as where classroom blocks are locked out of hours in a community school, the effect of this on travel distance should taken into account when positioning accessible toilets.

L1

Where people are moving around, such as within the retail area of a large superstore or the concourse of a shopping mall, their distance from an accessible toilet will vary. In such areas, the travel distance may be increased to not more than 100m, provided there are no barriers, such as pass doors or changes of level on the route and the location of the accessible toilet is well signposted. However where people congregate in such areas, such as at a reception desk or at café seating, travel distance should remain not more than 45m.

In a building where baths or showers are provided, accessible sanitary accommodation Additional information: should be provided at a ratio of 1 in 20 or part thereof, for each type of sanitary facility provided. 1. The projection of any ironmongery that extends across the width of a door leaf, such

Technical Handbook: Non-Domestic - Safety • 'Accessible Stadia' (Football Licensing Authority, 2003). This document provides useful guidance on accessibility issues relating specifically to assembly buildings such as sports stadia and arenas. Conversions - in the case of conversions, as specified in regulation 4, the building as converted shall meet the requirements of this standard in so far as is reasonably practicable, and in no case be worse than before the conversion (regulation 12, schedule 6).

100m

4.2.1 Access within buildings

2. The clear opening width may reduce to 800mm where a door is approached head-on.

LIFT

Technical Handbook: Non-Domestic - Safety The availability of accessible sanitary facilities is particularly important within residential buildings or sports facilities, where bathing or showering form an integral part of activities. corridor width door (mm) Minimum clear opening AMinimum person should be able to at use such sanitary facilities in privacy, with or width without(mm) [1] assistance. 900 [3] 850 [2]

LIFT

1

3.12.10 Accessible bathrooms m and shower rooms m

as an emergency push bar to a fire exit or horizontal pull handle to accessible sanitary In addition to the recommendations within clauses 3.12.6 and 3.12.7, an accessible shower accommodation, should be subtracted when calculating the clear opening width. room or bathroom should:

A building should be accessible to everyone. It should be possible for a person to move throughout a building and use the facilities present to the best of their ability, without assistance and without the need to overcome unnecessary barriers.

248 not be present within new buildings but may 3. A corridor width of less than 1.2m should be found within some existing buildings.

WC

Every storey and level of a building should be accessible. However it is recognised that it may not be necessary or, in some cases, reasonably practicable to provide full access to all parts of a building. Consequently, the following exceptions are noted.

However the above provisions need not apply to a door within part of a building to which access by stair, ramp or lifting device need not be provided, as set out in clause 4.2.1. In addition, within sanitary accommodation, sub-clauses (b) & (d) need only apply to a door giving access to an enlarged WC cubicle or to an accessible sanitary facility.

Limited access - level access, or access by stair, ramp or lifting device need not be provided to any storey, or part of a storey: • containing only fixed plant or machinery, the only normal visits to which are intermittent, for inspection or maintenance purposes, or

45m

• where access must be restricted to suitably trained persons for health and safety reasons, such as walkways providing access only to process machinery or catwalks and working platforms reached by industrial ladder.

A door should not open onto a corridor in a manner that might create an obstruction, other than a door to a cupboard or duct enclosure that is normally locked in a closed position.

Stepped access - level or ramped access or access by a lift need not be provided:

A clear glazed vision panel, as described in clause 4.1.7, should be provided to any door across a corridor and:

• in a residential building, such as a hotel, to an upper storey or level containing neither communal facilities or accommodation, including bedrooms, designed to be accessible to a wheelchair user, or

L2

• to a door between a circulation space and a room with an occupant capacity of more than 60, and • to the outer door of a lobby leading solely to sanitary accommodation.

• to a raised area, other than a gallery, within a storey of a restaurant, bar or similar building, which amounts to not more than half the public area, if all serving and other facilities are located on the accessible portion of the storey, or • in a car parking structure, to a storey within which accessible parking spaces are not provided, unless that storey also contains facilities that are not available on another, accessible, storey, or • within an area of fixed seating, other than to spaces provided for wheelchair users as recommended in guidance to Standard 4.10.

Vision panels may be omitted for security reasons, within places of lawful detention, or where light or noise control is essential, such as to a cinema or theatre auditorium, provided doors with a double swing action are not used.

A

Fig B2: Entrance and wayfinding through public interface

distinguished d st ngu shed from surround surrounding ng hardscap hardscaping. ng

Fig B4: Lift/ floor navigation

activity. act v ty

ght and dark green h gh ghts n reference to regu at on 3 12 9 rad us of 45m and up to 100m for san tary fac ty spac ng on first and th rd floor Th s can be pro ected onto the second floor where no san tary fac t es are thus mapp ng to m n mum requ rements n shopp ng ma or concourse

• within the overall dimensions of the lift car, a horizontal handrail, of a size and section that is easily gripped, located 900mm above the floor on any wall not containing a door, and

3.12.9 Location of accessible toilets

Heavy door leafs and strong closing devices can make an otherwise accessible door impassable to many building users. The force needed to open and pass through a door, against a closing device, therefore should be limited.

Small buildings - in small 2 storey buildings, ramped access or access by a lift need not be provided where: 2

• the total floor area of each storey is not more than 100m and the full range of goods, services and facilities are available on the accessible storey, and

m

w

• the greater proportion of the service provision should be on the accessible storey, unless it can be shown that a lesser provision would be appropriate for the use of the building, such as ‘one to one’ consultancy, for example a dental surgery or beauty salon. However, where the service provision could mean a group of several customers gather together in the building for a period of time (for example, a restaurant) then the floor area of the room(s) used for providing that service should be greatest on the accessible storey.

m

324

A door should be capable of operating with an opening force of not more than 30N (for first 30º of opening) and 22.5N (for remainder of swing) when measured at the leading edge of the leaf. Within this limit, a closing device should close the door leaf from any opening angle, against the resistance of any latch and seals, under normal operating conditions.

B1

Where a door across a corridor requires to be retained in a closed position, in normal use or under fire conditions, and this cannot be achieved by use of a closer alone without exceeding these opening forces, a latch should be used to retain the door in a closed position and the door fitted with operating ironmongery. A free swing device, which only has a closing action when activated by an alarm system, should not be fitted to a door across a circulation route as this permits the door to be left open at any angle, creating a collision hazard.

ands presented subsequentlyywth subsequent this may be updated nto g ta Centre the user ths m n ma s gnageinto whthe chddigital displays d sp ays in n the future future. s p aced d screet y at h gh-ce ng ocat ons Centred n the street however arge LCD an mated d sp ays rotate d sp ays between advert s ng and s mp fied St James Centre shopp ng nav gat on s gnage Th s d g ta d sp ay rotates on a frequency of ess than 60 seconds and s sty ed as wh te nework on b ack the comb nat on of wh ch may make nav gat on d fficu t for those w th m ted

can fo ow the g az ng ne that c ear y defines the ex t towards the W Hote Here three automat c doub e doors open s mu taneous y The s ate floor t ng changes or entat on but tona y the thresho d offers very tt e contrast perhaps amp fy ng the des gn ntent on ty ng the nter or and exter or streets The flush door tr m deta n sta n ess stee suggests a trans t on wh ch may be uncomfortab e for some Externa y the c add ng

5

327

Technical Handbook: Non-Domestic - Safety

L2

In addition to such a stair, a means of unassisted access, other than a ramp, should be provided between storeys except to specific areas where access by a lift need not be provided, as described in clause 4.2.1. Generally, unassisted access between storeys should be provided by a passenger lift, with the installation meeting the recommendations of BS EN 81-70: 2003.

Recommendations for ramps are provided in the guidance to Standard 4.3.

3

Complementary steps - ramps are not necessarily safe or convenient for an ambulant person with mobility impairment, and can be more difficult and dangerous to negotiate than steps. Therefore, any ramped access, having a rise of more than 300mm, should be complemented by an alternate, stepped means of access.

For safety and convenience in use, the surface of an accessible route should be firm, uniform and of a material and finish that will permit ease in manoeuvring. It should provide a degree of traction that will minimise the possibility of slipping. This should take into account both anticipated use and environmental conditions. The surface of an accessible route, whether composed of modular paving units, formless materials such as tarmac, or another durable material, should have a profile that will not offer a trip hazard or result in standing water. It should be installed in accordance with a code of practice relevant to the material, where such exists.

D

General provisions for lifting devices - any lifting device should be designed and installed to include the following general provisions:

Surface elements such as drainage gratings and manhole covers should be of a type that will not create a trip or entrapment hazard. Uneven surfaces, such as cobbles, or loose-laid materials, such as gravel, will present difficulties to many people and should not be used. Tactile paving - at a location where the footpath is level with a road surface, such as at a dropped kerb, tactile paving should be used to provide warning to a person with a visual impairment of the presence of a vehicular route. Information on use of tactile paving on footpaths is given in 'Guidance on the Use of Tactile Paving Surfaces'.

• a clear landing at least 1.5m x 1.5m in front of any lift entrance door, and • controls on each level served, between 900mm and 1.1m above the landing, and within the lift car on a side wall between 900mm and 1.1m above the car floor and at least 400mm from any corner, and

light blue: regulation 4.1.1, highlights the 1 in 20 (5%) minimum requirement for disabled parking. In the corner is the Mobility Service, disconnected from rest of St James Quarter where staff are WelcoMe trained; app helps to allow inclusive and accessible customer experience.

4.1.5 Length of accessible routes The longer a pedestrian route, the greater difficulty it can present to many people. Therefore, in addition to minimising gradients where possible, as recommended in clause 4.1.3, the length of an accessible route to an accessible entrance of a building should be limited to 45m.

• on the landing of each level served, tactile call buttons and visual and tactile indication of the storey level, and

In some projects, such as sports stadia or retail developments, a large number of accessible parking spaces may be provided. In such a case, it may not be reasonably practicable for every such space to be within 45m of a principal entrance. Where this is the case, resting points with seating positioned outwith the width of the accessible route should be provided at not more than 50m intervals on the route from the furthest spaces.

• lift doors, handrails and controls that contrast visually with surrounding surfaces, and

4

4.1.6 Width of accessible routes

• a signalling system which gives notification that the lift is answering a call made from a landing, and

The width of a pedestrian route to a building should reflect how it will be used. For example, most public footpaths are at least 1.8m wide, which allows two-way traffic under most circumstances.

• a means of two way communication, operable by a person with a hearing impairment, that allows contact with the lift if an alarm is activated, together with visual indicators that alarm has been sounded and received.

2

Any part of an accessible route to a building from accessible parking spaces or a settingdown point should have a minimum surface width of 1.8m. Elsewhere, the clear and unobstructed surface width of an accessible route should be not less than 1.2m, which will accommodate any person where traffic is in a single direction of travel. To allow for passing, localised widening of any route narrower than 1.8m wide to

In addition to general provisions for lifting devices, a passenger lift should be provided with: • automatic lift door(s), with a clear opening width of at least 800mm, fitted with sensors that will prevent injury from contact with closing doors, and

Technical Handbook: Non-Domestic - Safety the same relationship given for ramp flights, e.g. up to 20m apart for a slope of 1 in 30, 30m for a slope of 1 in 40 and so on.

4.1.4 Surface of an accessible route

In some circumstances, when altering existing buildings or within new buildings with a small storey area, it may not always be reasonably practicable to install a passenger lift. In such cases, where vertical travel is not more than 4.0m, the installation of a powered lifting platform meeting the recommendations of BS 6440: 1999, may be considered.

LIFT

Stairs within a building should be designed to be accessible to a person with reduced mobility, as described in guidance to Standard 4.3. There should be an accessible stair between each level of a building.

LIFT

4.2.7 Vertical circulation between storeys

Key Moment 07 07: Entrance to W Hote Hotel (figure figure B7 B7) Key Moment 02 02: Interior nter or Nav Navigation gat on (figure figure B2 B2) Upon turning turn ng towards the exterior exter or to leave eave L3, pedestr L3 pedestrians ans When enter entering ng the covered internal nterna ‘street’ street of the St James can follow fo ow the glazing g az ng line ne that clearly c ear y defines the exit ex t Centre, the user iss presented w Centre with th m minimal n ma ssignage, gnage wh which ch towards the W Hotel. Hote Here, Here three automatic automat c double doub e iss p placed aced d discreetly screet y at h high-ceiling gh-ce ng locations. ocat ons Centred in n doors open ssimultaneously. mu taneous y The sslate ate floor ttiling ng changes the street street, however however, large arge LCD an animated mated d displays sp ays rotate orientation, or entat on but tonally tona y the threshold thresho d offers very little tt e displays d sp ays between advert advertising s ng and ssimplified mp fied St James contrast; contrast perhaps amplifying amp fy ng the design des gn intent ntent on tying ty ng Centre shopp shopping ng nav navigation gat on ssignage. gnage Th Thiss d digital g ta d display sp ay the interior nter or and exterior exter or ‘streets’. streets The flush door trim tr m F g B2 Entrance and wayfind through pub cofnterface F g B4 L ft/ floor nav gat on rotatesngon a frequency less ess than 60 seconds seconds, and iss detail deta in n stainless sta n ess steel stee suggests a transition trans t on which wh ch may styled sty ed as wh white te linework nework on b black; ack the comb combination nat on of uncomfortable e for some some. Externa Externally, y the c cladding add ng which wh ch may make nav navigation gat on d difficult fficu t for those w with th limited m ted actbe v tyuncomfortab d st ngu shed from surround ng hardscap ng on the hotel hote ‘ribbon’ r bbon offers a clear c ear visual v sua contrast to ssight. ght At these key dec decision s on po points, nts there iss a also so no c clear ear surrounding surround ng hardscape, hardscape however the adjacent ad acent steps are ssignage gnage po pointing nt ng towards WC fac facilities t es (accessible access b e or Key Moment 07y extreme Entrance to Hote tonally tona extremely y ssimilar m W ar and mayfigure prove aB7) trip tr p hazard for Key Moment 02 nterotherw or Navsegat onngfigure B2) though itt shou otherwise), parking park or W Hote Hotel; should d be noted Upon turn ng towards the exter or to eave L3 pedestr ans those with w th limited m ted vision v s on or mobility. mob ty W Hote Hotelnterna was not street operational operat ona during dur ngJames our ssite-visit te-v s t When enter ngthat thethe covered of the St

LIFT

In order to align with principal design concepts, namely the interior-exterior continuous street interrupted by a ‘festival-ribbon’, concessions have been made with respect to materiality that, whilst compliant to Scottish regulation, are not friendly to users with varying needs. This is particularly evident with respect to signage and wayfinding, which is hard to follow, especially if the user is searching for something specific such as a WC. The regulation in this respect sets an acceptable minimum standard of usability that architects meet, but ultimately does not ensure that architecture is universally accessible.

light gh and da dark kg green: een h highlights, gh gh s in n reference efe ence to o regulation egu a on 3 3.12.9, 2 9 radius ad us of 45m and up to o 100m 00m3 fo for san sanitary a y fac facilityy spac spacing ng on fi first s and third h d floo floor. Th Thiss can be p projected o ec ed on onto o the he second floo floor whe where e no san sanitary a y fac facilities es a are, e 2 thus hus4 mapp mapping ng to om minimum n mum requirements equ emen s in n shopping shopp ng ma mall o or concou concourse. se

5

327

O

4.2.6 Door closing devices

FINDINGS

L2

Vision panels may be omitted for security reasons, within places of lawful detention, or where light or noise control is essential, such as to a cinema or theatre auditorium, provided doors with a double swing action are not used.

m

Heavy door leafs and strong closing devices can make an otherwise accessible door impassable to many building users. The force needed to open and pass through a door, against a closing device, therefore should be limited.

m

240

N m

8

In a building where baths or showers are provided, accessible sanitary accommodation Additional information: should be provided at a ratio of 1 in 20 or part thereof, for each type of sanitary facility provided. 1. The projection of any ironmongery that extends across the width of a door leaf, such

m

Conversions - in the case of conversions as specified in regulation 4, the building as converted shall meet the requirement of this standard (regulation 12, schedule 6).

3.12.1 Number m of sanitary facilities

LIFT

The time taken to get to an accessible toilet is an important factor to be considered when positioning such sanitary facilities within a building. They should be located where they can be reached easily and the horizontal distance from any part of a building to an accessible toilet should be not more than 45m.

m

Whilst guidance is offered on a variety of building types, some may not be categorised easily. In such cases, designers will need to discuss specific provision with client and user groups and consider the guidance given under this standard to arrive at a practical solution.

m

light and dark green: highlights, in reference to regulation 3.12.9, radius of 45m and up to 100m for sanitary facility spacing on first and third floor. This can be projected onto the second floor where no sanitary facilities are, thus mapping to minimum requirements in shopping mall or concourse.

3.12.9 Location of accessible toilets

m

Sanitary accommodation should not be an afterthought in the planning of a building, as this can result in facilities that are small or in awkward locations, making them difficult to access and use. Common issues include screening of the facilities that results in small lobbies and the use of white finishes, sanitary facilities and fittings to suggest cleanliness, creating difficulty for a person with a visual impairment.

m

LIFT

8

4 1 1 Ca pa k ng

M

LIFT

S n

It is important that sanitary facilities address the needs of occupants and visitors, both in terms of availability and accessibility. Facilities should be sufficient in number to prevent queuing, other than in exceptional circumstances. Variety in the range and type of facilities provided, particularly in larger buildings, should minimise barriers to the simple and convenient use of sanitary accommodation.

LIFT

not d st ngu shed by eve but rather by area Pr nces Street fac ng s red York P ace fac ng n ye ow and the ntermed ate space between n b ue The ack of dent fy ng nformat on may make nav gat on d fficu t for some Espec a y arr ng at L3 s the prox m ty to a d g ta screen to the end-po nt of the esca ator wh ch may become dangerous n t mes of ncreased traffic and

3.12.0 Introduction

LIFT

to the West of the s te towards the W Hote entrance wh ch s not c ear y s gn-posted The ramp ead ng toward the hote v s b e n the d stance as demonstrated n the photograph) es at a two-part nc ne the h gher of the two ramps at 5 2° as measured on s te) steeper than the Techn ca Handbook standard of 4 76° or 1 n 12 Wh st m nor the ramp s not we demarcated or v sua y

Every building must be designed and constructed in such a way that sanitary facilities are provided for all occupants of, and visitors to, the building in a form that allows convenience of use and that there is no threat to the health and safety of occupants or visitors.

LIFT

The adjacent drawing draws out these legislative design implications and built consequences, whilst photographs are used to draw out experiential implications in the ‘real-world’. Each ‘moment’, defined as a situation whereby a navigation decision must be made has been expanded and discussed with relevance to the guidance issued in the Equality Act and Scottish Technical Handbook.

lifts. fts A pedestr pedestrian an cross crossing ng iss ava available ab e on onlyy outs outside de the Scott sh Techn Scottish Technical ca Handbook Handbook. lift ft core core. F g B1 Entry from Pr nces Street to St James Quarter Key Moment 01 01: Entrance (figure figure B1 B1) Key Moment 06 06: Access to W Hote Hotel from ‘street’ street (figure figure B6 B6) Upon entry to the St James Centre Centre, the user iss presented who an require requ re access the W Hotel thede the with w th a dec decision s on po point nt on enter entering ng the shopp shopping ng comp complex ex ftsForAusers pedestr cross ng stoava abHote e on from y outs Scott sh Techn ca Handbook interior nter or of the St James retail reta complex, comp ex the elevator e evator can (for for p planning ann ng purposes defined as a ‘street’, street as opposed ft core be taken stra straight ght to L3 L3, or a alternatively ternat ve y one of the three to enc enclosed osed bu building). d ng In n th thiss immediate mmed ate pub public c rea realm m area area, Key Moment 01 Entrance figure B1) escalators esca ators may be used used. These are typ typically ca y obscured the exter exterior or arch architectural tectura hard-scape iss fin finished shed in n matte Key Moment to W Hote from street B6) Upon entry to the St James thetowards user sanpresented from06 theAccess main ma nc circulation rcu at on strips str ps behind beh nd digital d g ta figure ssignagegnagesslate-grey ate-grey ttiling ngCentre that runs entrance wh whichchForadvert userssement who requ access tongthe W Hote from the w th a dec s onhav pongntbeen on enter nghhighly the ng the comp ex ng advertisement stands.reThe stands wayfinding wayfind strategy iss ch chiefly efly having glazedg azedgh y shopp contrasts surrounding surround constructed using us ng primary mary colour wallpaper wa stonework construct construction, sua y gu guiding d users into nto the nter or of the around St James retapr compco exourthe epaper evator can for p ann ng purposes defined on as avvisually street asngopposed at coresstra andght keytotouch-po touch-points. Confusingly, Confus y these are three shopping complex. The ground-scape opes dramatically be taken L3 or antsternat veng y one of the to enc osed bushopp d ng)ng ncomp th sexmmed ate pub c sslopes rea mdramat area ca y not d distinguished st ngu shed by level, eve but rather by area area: Pr Princes nces to the West of the ssite te towards the W Hote Hotel entrance entrance, esca atorsfac may are caowy and obscured the exter or arch tectura s fin shed matte Street facing ng issbe red,used red York These Place P ace fac facing ng typ in n ye yellow which wh ch iss nothard-scape clearly c ear y ssign-posted. gn-posted The nramp leading ead ng from the ma n c rcu at on str ps beh nd d g ta s ate-grey t ng that runs towards an entrance wh chthe intermediate ntermed ate space between in n b blue. ue The lack ack sofgnagetoward the hote hotel (visible v s b e in n the d distance stance as demonstrated advert standsonThe nggat strategy hav ng been ginn azedh gh y contrasts the surround nghhigher identifying dentsement fy ng information nformat maywayfind make nav navigation on d difficult fficus tch efly the photograph photograph), lies es at a two-part incline; nc ne the gher for some some. Espec Especially a y jarring arr L3 mary iss the prox proximity m ty wa to a paper of the two 2° as measured ssite), tethe steeper constructed around usng ngat pr co our stonework construct onramps v suaat y55.2° gu(as d ng users onnto digital d g ta screen to the end-point end-po nt of the escalator, esca ator which wh ch than the Technical Techn ca Handbook standard of 4.76°, 4 76° or 1 in n 12. 12 at cores and key touch-po nts Confus ng y these are shopp ng comp ex The ground-scape s opes dramat ca y may become dangerous in n ttimes mes of increased ncreased traffic and Whilst Wh st m minor, nor the ramp iss not we well demarcated or vvisually sua y

Figure 3.30 Provision within an accessible toilet

m

Standard 3.12

The study explores the relationship between the quantitative technical requirements- such as maximum travel distances for accessible WC provision- and qualitative design; such as the good contrast of material surfaces in order to help those with limited vision navigate independently with comfort.

72

GA 2 2

Conversions - in the case of conversions, as specified in regulation 4, the building as converted shall meet the requirements of this standard in so far as is reasonably

Regardless of how they arrive within the curtilage of a building, a person should then be able to travel conveniently and without assistance to the entrance of a building. Routes to a building that are too steep, too narrow or poorly surfaced, or that contain steps or other obstructions, will make access difficult or impossible for many people. To prevent this, a route to an entrance should be provided that is accessible to everyone.

W HOTEL; St James Quarter Public Realm: Shaped by Planning Constraints & The Equality Act

GA 2 1

Whilst the guidance to this standard reflects general good practice, certain issues remain outwith the scope of the building regulations. There are numerous publications offering additional guidance on accessibility and inclusive design, including those listed below:

• ‘Guidance on the Use of Tactile Paving Surfaces’, published jointly by The Scottish Office and the Department for the Environment, Transport and the Regions (DETR).

4.1.3 Accessible routes

Brief 03 // Regulatory Drawing

W Hotel

Standard 4.1

• BS 8300: 2009 – ‘Design of buildings and their approaches to meet the needs of disabled people – code of practice’

LIFT

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

The ad acent draw ng draws out these eg s at ve des gn mp cat ons and tacent consequences wh out st photographs aredes Thebuad adjacent drawing draw ng draws these legislative eg s at ve design gn implications mp exper cat onsent anda bu built t consequences consequences, whilst wh strea photographs used to draw out mp cat ons n the -wor d are to draw experiential implications mp cat ons n thegat ‘real-world’. rea Each moment used defined asout a sexper tuatent ona whereby a in nav on-wor d Each ‘moment’, moment defined as a ssituation tuat on whereby a nav navigation dec s on must be made has been expanded and d scussedgat on decision dec s on must be made EXAMPLE has been expanded and d discussed scussed PHOTOGRAPHIC STUDY w th re evance toththe gu dance n the Equa Act ty and with w relevance re evance to thessued guidance gu dance issued ssued in n thetyEqua Equality Act and

Park ng s a ded by d g ta LED nd cators p aced above access b e spaces marked n b ue n contrast Keyspaces Momentw 05:thCar 05 Park (figure figure B5) B5 Parking Park ng aided a ded by vs digital d g green ta LED indicators nd cators aced above The to the typissca red occup edpplaced vs vacant) spaces; spaces with th access accessible marked in nb blue, contrast wh ch floor ng sw fin shed bn ehspaces gh y co oured vue nyinn-rubber the typ typical ca red vs green (occupied vs vacant vacant). The d sttongu pedestr an waoccup k ngedroutes red versus GCng4shes GC GC 6 n wh flooring floor iss fin finished shed in nh highly gh5 y co coloured oured vvinyl-rubber ny -rubber which ch GC 7 vehddistinguishes cu ar traffic n grey Access b e spaces are genera y st ngu shes pedestr pedestrian an wa walking k ng routes in n red versus ocated ose prox mAccess ty to the ft cores however the vehicular veh cu n arctraffic in n grey grey. Accessible b e spaces are genera generally y located ocated proximity prox the lift ftat cores, cores theend of access b einnacclose dose stat onm ty s to ocated the however oppos te accessible ea aid d stat station on ocatedr ng at the opposite oppos te end of need theaccess p an bconfigurat oniss located requ those who may the p plan an configurat configuration, on requ requiring r ng those who may need ass stance to cross the park ng ayout once to access a assistance ass stance to cross the park parking ng layout ayout once to access a motor sed or whee wheecha cha r and n to the motorised motor sedscooter scooter or wheelchair, r and backback again aga naga to the

Every building must be designed and constructed in such a way that all occupants and visitors are provided with safe, convenient and unassisted means of access to the building.

319

w

B2

• a lift car at least 1.1m wide by 1.4m deep, and • within the overall dimensions of the lift car, a horizontal handrail, of a size and section that is easily gripped, located 900mm above the floor on any wall not containing a door, and • within a lift car not offering through passage, a mirror on the wall facing the doors, above handrail height, to assist a wheelchair user in reversing out, and Technical Handbook: Non-Domestic - Safety

• within the lift car, tactile storey selector buttons and, in a lift serving more than 2 storeys, visual and voice indicators of the storey reached, and

practicable, and in no case be worse than before the conversions (regulation 12, schedule 6).

4.1.1 Car parking

• a system which permits adjustment of the dwell time after which the lift doors close, once fully opened, to suit the level of use.

5

The need for car parking serving a building will commonly be determined by a developer and may also be a condition of planning permission. Where car parking is provided within the curtilage of a building, it should include accessible spaces.

In addition to general provisions for lifting devices, a powered lifting platform should:

A proportion of car parking spaces should be designed to be accessible to a person with mobility impairment, including a wheelchair user, and designated for use as such. These parking spaces should be:

• if serving a storey to which the public have access, have a platform size of 1100mm wide by 1400mm deep and a clear opening width to any door of 850mm, or

a. provided on a ratio of at least 1 per 20 parking spaces, or part thereof, and b. located on a road surface that is level (with a gradient of not more than 1 in 50), and c. not more than 45m from a common entrance, and

• if serving any other storey, have a platform size of at least 1050mm wide by 1250mm deep and a clear opening width to any door of 800mm, and

3

d. clearly marked with the international symbol of access, and e. provided with a dropped kerb access to an accessible route, and f. where perpendicular or at an angle to a road, at least 4.8m long x 2.4m wide, outwith which a delineated access zone at least 1.2m wide to each long side and between the end of the bay and any road is shown, or

328

g. where parallel to a road, at least 6.6m long by 3.6m wide, as shown below. Planning legislation - reference should also be made to SPP 17: ‘Planning for Transport’ where a more onerous provision than noted in sub-clause (a) above may be recommended for certain building types.

L1

Figure 4.1 Off- and on-street accessible car parking

9

10 11

317

Technical Handbook: Non-Domestic - Safety

1

4

Mobility Support Service

2

anagement Practice & Law (AMPL) Regulatory Drawing Exercise

AMPL

[2021] AMPL

space that appears v sua y extreme y s m ar to the floor that wayfind ng(figure s d fficu Keyabove Momentsuch 04: L 04 Lift/ ft floor navigation nav gat on figure B4) t w thout pay ng B4 attent onex to moderate but d screet s gnage When exiting t ngthe the lift, ft the user is s confronted with w thv any lobby obby spaceon that appears sua that y extreme extremely y ssimilar m ar the floor p aced the samevvisually wa hosts the e to evator cab n

ecture Management Practice & Law (AMPL) Regulatory Drawing Exercise

nvest gates the mater a and spat a qua t es that have been affected ch eflyInn by The Equa tyngAct sh Techn addition add t on to exploring exp or the and planning p annScott ng constra constraints nts thatcashaped Handbook for the Non Domest d ngsng and rm re W Hote Hotel and cits ts Bu surrounding surround public pub cthe realm, rea thisevant th s study a also so investigates nvest gates the mater material a and spat spatial a qua qualities t es that have been c auses



Architecture Design Studio A //

Island Temporalities (vii): Mont Saint Michel Island Territories (iii)

UNE MAISON POUR UN ARPENTEUR MONT SAINT MICHEL (part i) // The Merveille [2021]

[course synopsis] Semester 1 will follow the narrative sequence of a SHIPWRECK in the Bay of Mont-SaintMichel. Students will be asked to identify and dismantle a VESSEL from their existing Thesis to salvage and reassemble within a critically identified housing in the complex architectural chimera of the island of Mont-Saint-Michel. Through drawing, construct and archival research a particular representation of Mont-SaintMichel will develop, a discrete understanding of land and water, rock and abbey that will act as a map and a guide for Fieldwork in Week 5 and beyond. Transformed through re-drawing and remaking, both the architecture of the VESSEL and the architecture of the abbey island will change as the housing and that which is housed become a dwelling, a HOUSE OF ESTRANGEMENT as a small, highly developed and finely detailed architecture. A point from which to articulate a language of structure and environment in detail for the Integrated Pathway students and a spatial material and experiential language for Modular Pathway students. The HOUSE OF ESTRANGEMENT looks back to the Bay and the littoral landscape, the SCAPELAND, of Semester 2’s investigations. [adrian hawker] [victoria bernie]

74

[learning outcomes] LO1 A sophisticated approach to the programmatic organization, arrangement and structuring of a complex architectural assemblage in a loaded contextual situation (eg. the built, social, historical, technological, urban and environmental contexts). GC 1.1, 1.3, 3.3, 5.1, 5.3, 6.3, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3 // GA 2.1 LO2 A knowledge of how to develop the structural, constructional, material, environmental and legislative aspects of a complex building to a high degree of resolution, with reference to discussions with a team of specialised consultants. GC 1.2, 1.3, 4.3, 7.1, 8.1, 8.2, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 10.3 // GA 2.3, 2.5 LO3 An understanding of issues relating to the questions of sustainability, and its concomitant architectural, technological, environmental and urban strategies. GC 1.2, 5.2, 8.3, 9.1, 9.2,9.3 // GA 2.1 LO4 A critical understanding of, and ability to present complex design proposals through appropriate forms of representation (e.g. verbal, drawing, modelling, photography, film, computer, installation, performance and workshop techniques). GC 1.1, 3.3 // GA 2.2


DS - A

[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iii) Mont Saint Michel i // design studio a MArch 2, [semester 1]

[PX]

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

Move 06 // Shipwrecking: Dismantling the Vessel

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

UNE MAISON POUR UNE ARPENTEUR Task The initial speculative design proposal will be for a HOUSE OF ESTRANGEMENT, the simple function of a dwelling for one person devised within the complex narrative of trying to make sense of a new place. Using the sensibilities, logic and actions of the SHIPWRECK, you are asked to design an architecture that houses and provides for the simple needs of a single person. That architecture itself should be housed within the rich grain of the plan and section of MontSaint-Michel. The architecture will have two primary functions, the first being the pragmatic offering of domestic shelter, the second being the poetic optical framing of the landscape beyond, the temporal, estuarial, tidal landscape of the Bay of Mont-Saint-Michel. In so doing, this project seeks to engage the creative act of architectural design with the analytical survey of a landscape. The architecture itself should derive from an act of ESTRANGEMENT. Through the trope and device of the SHIPWRECK the architecture’s spatial, material and tectonic characteristics should be informed by the conceptual dismantling and reassembly of your offered VESSEL, or fragment(s) of that VESSEL, into the architectural grain of the island of Mont-Saint-Michel. Response

UNE MAISON POUR UNE ARPENTEUR

The outcome of the semester was a small, highly intricate and calibrated piece of architecture that, when used by an arpenteur (survey) could register the daily meteological and human climate of the bay.

75

It starts with a shipwrecking of the Venice architecture into the Merveille of Mont Saint Michel.

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - D

[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part ii) Venice (ii) // design studio d MArch 1, [semester 2]

[PX]

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR 76

DRIFTING TERRITORIES the commune of Mont Saint Michel, it’s bay, Venice and the Haar. An overlay of the journey and shipwrecking of the mask in Mont Saint Michel


DS - A

[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iii) Mont Saint Michel i // design studio a MArch 2, [semester 1]

[PX]

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR “The gigantic constructions, which rise on the north of the church, were called from their origin the Merveille. This immense building, the most beautiful specimen which we have of the religious and military architecture of the middle ages, is composed of three floors : the lower one including the Almonry and the Cellar, the intermediate comprising the Refectory and the Knights hall; the higher one containing the Refectory and the Cloister.” Edouard Corroyer, Descriptive Guide of Mont Saint-Michel, 1883

MONT SAINT MICHEL & THE MERVEILLE scale 1:500 77

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - A

[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iii) Mont Saint Michel i // design studio a MArch 2, [semester 1]

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR Drawing on experiences from Venice of mapping and shadows, I was able to calibrate my Venetian architecture to Mont Saint Michel.

78

CALIBRATING TO THE MERVEILLE reposition and recalibrating Venice architectures to the Merveille scale 1:500

CASTING SHADOWS reposition architectures cast into the Merveille

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - A

[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iii) Mont Saint Michel i // design studio a MArch 2, [semester 1]

[PX]

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

6 Fi 353-285, Collection de cartes postales (classement par communes) > Mont-Saint-Michel (le) > Vue générale (Côté nord-est).

© Archives départementales de la Manche

79

MAPPING THE BAY bay drawing of tides, fishing and water channels scale 1:5000

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - A

[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iii) Mont Saint Michel i // design studio a MArch 2, [semester 1]

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR 80

THE MASK AND MONT SAINT MICHEL island axonometric scale 1:500

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - A

[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iii) Mont Saint Michel i // design studio a MArch 2, [semester 1]

[PX]

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR Just like in Venice, weather and tides serve as a catalyst, a footing, for my architecture tectonics and explorations.

81

UNE MAISON POUR UNE ARPENTEUR a house for an arpenteur: to observe, register and record the various daily meteological and human events in the bay scale 1:100

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - A

[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iii) Mont Saint Michel i // design studio a MArch 2, [semester 1]

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.3

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

A 5

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

2

9

10

3

13

6

4

B 12 11

7

1. point 1 for arpenteur to observe the landscape 2. point for arpenteur to mirror the landscape onto the Month Saint Michel sand table 3. point for arpenteur to document the landscape 4. bed below [see section bb] 5. public passageway 6. Mont Saint Michel sand table 7. steel mesh stairs up 8. corten steel mask and structure 9. carved water channels 10. I-beams that hold the sand table off the ground 11. windows removed 12. corten steel cladded walkways pass through the window

82

GA 2.2

SURVEYING THE LANDSCAPE plan scale 1:100

8

1

A

ARPENTEUR'S HUSK plan detail of drawing area scale 1:50

B

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - A

[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iii) Mont Saint Michel i // design studio a MArch 2, [semester 1]

[PX]

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR The cast shadows of the Venice Arsenale architecture informed the forms and positionings of the house of estrangement. The shadows are then recast onto the Mervielle whilst the sand table and mask cast out into the bay and register its movements.

[RE]CASTING ONTO THE MERVEILLE AND BAY plan with shadows 83

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - A

[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iii) Mont Saint Michel i // design studio a MArch 2, [semester 1]

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR 1

2

3

4

5 6

7 8

84

1. point for arpenteur to observe the landscape 2. a moment to look bank 3. point for arpenteur to move pieces on the Mont Saint Michel sand board made of oak and chestnut tree stumps in corten steel trays. 4. Mont Saint Michel sand table 5. cantilevered beam timber and corten steel walkway 6. mesh volume with husk inside with corten sheet environmental seal 7. corten steel mask 8. primary structural truss 9. secondary structure I-beams anchoring sand table and walkway into the Merveille 10. secondary space frame 11. walkways pass through the window and anchor to existing wall

1. 20mm chestnut cladding board 2. 38x25 timber batten 3. 100x100mm steel I-beam 4. 25x25mm timber batten 5. steel structural rib 6. 20mm steel tension cable 7. 20mm chestnut cladding board 8. 3mm corten steel sheet 9. primary steel I-Beam 250x125 10. 2omm chestnut decking 11. timber joists 150x75mm

CASTING OUT TO THE NORTH FROM ABOVE section aa scale 1:100

DETAILING // WALKWAY detail drawing scale 1:10

9

11

10

GA 2.7


DS - A

[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iii) Mont Saint Michel i // design studio a MArch 2, [semester 1]

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

3

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

2 4

5

6

Working closely with a strcutural engineer, in a not too dissimilar way to in practice, really aided in my understanding structural and material technologies. It was fascinated relating all these concepts to my bespoke House of Estrangement.

PRIMARY STRUCTURE steel walkways act as one structural beams which cantilevers the mask out beyond the wall with trusses used to create rigidity in the mask

1 7

Further helped in final project in creating structurally convincing architectures.

1. pedestrian walkway; clad in chestut 2. black steel mesh; with corten climate seal and window tunnel; [within] chestnut clad timber construction husk with oak internal cladding. 3. mask; 3mm corten steel and steel structure 4. steps; steel framed walkway with mesh floor and steps 5. sand table; segments of oak and chestnut stumps in corten baskets 6. walkways; chestnut basket held within steel frame and clad in corten 7. stick stand; clad in corten with chestnut shelves 8. waterways carved into granite floor with granite gutter

85

MATERIAL AND STRUCTURAL LANGUAGE rear axonometric of house of enstrangment scale 1:50

SECONDARY STRUCTURE the weight of the sand table helps to anchor the secondary I-beams to the ground and support the cantilever. The mask’s space frame helps to support the mask against wind loads

8


DS - A

[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iii) Mont Saint Michel i // design studio a MArch 2, [semester 1]

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT 1

2

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

3

2 6

5 3 4 5

7

8 13

11 12

4 1

14

15 16

17

1. 125x125 black steel u-beam 2. 3mm black steel sheet 3. M12 bolt 4. 2omm chestnut cladding 5. 38mm timber batten 6. breather membrane 7. 18mm OSB 8. 200mm natural insulation with 200x100mm timber rafters at 400mm centres 9. 12mm plasterboard 10. vapour control layer 11. 25x25mm timber batten

1. granite water channels and drain 2. stick stand 3. corten steel and chestnut walkway (see detail 4) 4. Mont Saint Michel sand table 5. mesh volume with husk inside 6. corten sheet environmental seal 7. fold out seat and drawing board for arpenteur 8. public area

86

DRAWING THE LANDSCAPE section bb scale 1:50

DETAILING // HUSK husk axonometric scale 1:100

DETAILING // HUSK 3 window detail drawing scale 1:10

12. 20mm internal oak cladding 13. 200x100mm timber beam 14. double glazed brushed aluminium window 15. chestnut window sill 16. 100x50mm chestnut fins 17. 20mm chestnut cladding 18. 38x38mm timber batten 19. breather membrane 20. 18mm OSB 21. 100mm natural insulation with 200x100mm timber posts 22. vapour control layer

18 19

20 21

22

6 7 8 9 10


DS - A

[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iii) Mont Saint Michel i // design studio a MArch 2, [semester 1]

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR 1

2

1. window opens to allow natural air flow and ventilation into the space 2. due to the space being open to the weather, water needs to be drained. Channels are carved into the stone floor allowing water to flow out to the east. Common approach to water drainage in Mont Saint-Michel 3. [blue] windows have been removed thus making the space colder and open to the weather [yellow] mildly controlled environment [red] fully climate controlled environment 4. daylight and shadow movements throughout a day ENVIRONMENTAL // OVERLAY plan of space, overlay of environmental conditions 87

3

4

ENVIRONMENTAL // OVERLAY plan of space, overlay of environmental conditions

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - A

[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iii) Mont Saint Michel i // design studio a MArch 2, [semester 1]

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

2 1

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR 3

1. corten, as a material, weathers well as so will withstand the harsh northern weather conditions of the bay 2. The mask’s space frame structure creates rigidity within it, providing strength against wind loads 3. mask provides shelter from the wind as you move up and into the space ENVIRONMENTAL // WIND perspective view at base of stairs 88

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - A

[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iii) Mont Saint Michel i // design studio a MArch 2, [semester 1]

[PX]

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR 89

SITTING WITHIN A HISTORICAL CONTEXT elevation, section aa, plan and old photograph of space within Merveille (Almonry) scales 1:500 and 1;1000

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - A

[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iii) Mont Saint Michel i // design studio a MArch 2, [semester 1]

[PX]

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

“After descending a first slope on the west , — which ends in a watch-tower forming the projecture of the walls, and afterwards a second slope on the north, where stands the North Tower, from which the visitor will enjoy a series of magnificent sights, most of the whole of the Edifices of the Merveille and of the Abbey, or the immense panorama of the high sea, of Tombelaine and of the coasts and shingles, or the greatest part of the walls extending on the east” Edouard Corroyer, Descriptive Guide of Mont Saint-Michel, 1883

Casting out the North; setting up for next semester

CASTING OUT TO THE NORTH Worms eye view of House of Enstrangment 90

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - A

[2021] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iii) Mont Saint Michel i // design studio a MArch 2, [semester 1]

[PX]

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR 91

HOUSE OF ENSTRANGEMENT ISOLATED axonometric drawing scale 1:100

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7



DS - H

[2020] ISLAND TEMPORALITIES Mont Saint Michel (part iii) Mont Saint Michel i // design studio a MArch 2, [semester 1]

Architecture Design Studio H //

Island Temporalities (vii): Mont Saint Michel Island Territories (iv)

A GARDEN FOR AN ANCHORITE MONT SAINT MICHEL (part ii) // The Northern Slope and Bay [2022]

[contributions] Tom Carney [TC]

[course synopsis] The final semester of island territories vii provides space to bring the architectural design thesis, Island Temporalities: Mont-Saint-Michel, to a point of finely crafted resolution through a process of critical curation. On the one hand, it is a period of remembering and re-articulating the process of research that has informed the evolution of the thesis proposals to date. On the other, it is an opportunity to explore the full extent of the architectural consequences of this work through a structured period of representation. These concerns are not separate rather, they are vitally interconnected and we will treat them as such. Studio H and Studio D provide an opportunity to make visible the unique architectural language of your individual practice as it has evolved over the past semester(s) of thinking and making. Studio H and Studio D will foreground individual and group thesis concerns. The Semester will be structured around three scales of representation and in relation to three critical reviews. It is the intention of the Studio to recognise and celebrate individual practices whilst offering a critical armature upon which to develop the final outworking of the thesis, the SCAPELAND. The Studio will work towards individual and collaborative projects installed in the 7-8 Chambers Street Studio.

[adrian hawker] [victoria bernie]

93

SEEDING ISLANDS is the conceptual framework for this semester, a process germinating from the kernels of your HOUSE OF ESTRANGEMENT. The landscape of the Bay of Mont Saint Michel - from the inner grain of the abbey to the tapestry of polder fields - will be the territory into which these seeds are cast. Like the occupant of the house, this extended terrain, and the environment it creates and registers, should have always been in your field of vision, in your thoughts. Inevitably, it will have influenced the sensibility of your designs.

[learning outcomes] LO1 The ability to develop a research inquiry which is clearly and logically argued, has awareness of disciplinary and interdisciplinary modes of research, draws from specifically defined subject knowledge, and is relevant to current architectural issues. GC 1.3, 2.3, 7.1, 7.2 // GA 2.1 LO2 The ability to test hypotheses and speculations in architectural design, which may be informed through materials, processes and techniques of building, the design and development of cities, histories and theories of architecture and the related arts, or management, practice and regulatory frameworks. GC 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 2.3, 3.1, 3.3, 4.1, 4.2, 7.1, 7.2 // GA 2.1, 2.3, 2.5, 2.6 LO3 A critical understanding of, and ability to present complex design proposals in the context of a research inquiry through appropriate forms of representation (eg. verbal, drawing, modelling, photography, film, computer, installation, performance and workshop techniques) GC 1.1, 3.3 // GA 2.2


DS - H

[2022] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iv) Mont Saint Michel ii // design studio h MArch 2, [semester 2]

[PX]

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

Move 07 // Scapeland: seeding islands

AN ANCHORITE'S GARDEN

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

Task SEEDING ISLANDS is the conceptual framework for this semester, a process germinating from the kernels of your House of Estrangement. The small, intense and articulate architectures of the HOUSE OF ESTRANGEMENT will be thought of as the kernels that SEED a new ISLANDS. ISLANDS here will be thought of as a cultural, social, spatial, infrastructural and environmental assemblage of architectures and landscape condition. The ISLANDS should have multiple concerns that house various occupants and choreograph a more complex programmatic agenda. The primary piece of work could be thought of as an ISLAND, a highly ambitious and crafted representational construct that can present the work in context. This work will be supplemented by a new FIELD drawing, a complex and articulate drawing that contextualises your thesis in relation to the physical reality of the Commune. The full architectural consequences of these two landscape-scaled concerns will be tested through a final GATE(S), a metonymic architectural fragment that operates at an explicitly experiential scale and reveals what it would be like to be within the complex spatial grain of your thesis proposals. As a ‘GATE’ it will negotiate between the inner world of the ‘ISLAND’ and the extended ‘FIELD’ of the bay.

94

GC 1

Island seeds may come together to form island ateliers and we would encourage you, as far as possible, to consider this. Such collaborations may form out of geographic location, proximity to one another, an overlap, or similarity, of conceptual themes and interests.

Response A GARDEN FOR AN ANCHORITE Tom and I teamed up due to our similar explorations into masks and masking - one to survey, another to cultivtae. Additionally we both explored the Merveille and the concept of looking out to the North. Our first response to the brief was situating our masks together.

SYNOPSIS

A Garden for an Anchorite is a considered curation of landscape conditions from the bay of Mont-Saint-Michel re-scaled to the northern shore of the Abbey island. A series of granite and copper polders, sourced from adjacent quarry islands and copper mines, anchor a garden to a dynamic tidal landscape of silt flats. These polders, reclaimed field conditions in miniature, allow for the cultivation of local produce to provide for the daily needs and seasonal feasts of the Abbey refectory above. With the setting of a new horizon cast to the ancient pilgrimage crossing of Genest to the northwest, apertures found within the island walls provide a series of cones of vision which capture specific landscape conditions from the bay, marsh land, polders, rivers, agricultural provisions and silt flats. In the Anchorite’s Garden these conditions are re-calibrated, re-stitched, folded, unfolded, cut, scaled and rescaled as walls and walks, harbours, fields, masks and stairs, a new parterre for the Abbey mount as a rich experiential field, a distilled environmental, geographical, cultural, religious and social terrain. Existing landscape tectonics of the bay offer models of resistance and resilience for the architectural garden. The garden harbours both a vulnerable tethering and a protected anchoring of space as places for: cultivating, dwelling, crafting, sheltering from the wind, rain and tides. The project echoes life within the bay, its historical, religious, environmental and social practices, all in a manner that welcomes the inevitable reclamation of the bay. MONT SAINT MICHEL - TWO SEEDS scale 1:500


DS - H

[2022] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iv) Mont Saint Michel ii // design studio h MArch 2, [semester 2]

[PX]

GC 1

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR SEMESTER 1 ENSTRANGED SEEDS

An introduction to Tom's semester one work and and reinterpretation of last semester mask as seeds as we re-explore the north side of the island of Mont Saint Michel.

CROSSING THE BAYL 95

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - H

[2022] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iv) Mont Saint Michel ii // design studio h MArch 2, [semester 2]

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR 96

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

SURVEY (verb) 1. 2.

look closely at or examine (someone or something). examine and record the area and features of (an area of land) so as to construct a map, plan, or description.

SEEDED MERVEILLE (i) seeds situated in the Almonry and Monks Garden of the Merveille scale 1:700

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

CULTIVATE (verb) 1. 2.

to acquire or develop. try to improve or develop

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - H

[2022] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iv) Mont Saint Michel ii // design studio h MArch 2, [semester 2]

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR DEVICE FOR NEW HORIZONS (CULTIVATING)

The new device for capturing the horizon is devised through a screen which positions each opening in relation to the walkway that runs behind. This walkway maintains the distance in which the horizon is experienced through the original opening on the island, and therefore, one is guided through a journey behind the screen.

97

The arrangement of the openings that now face towards the North towards Tombeleaine, slice up the landscape in a way that reflects that of the rest of the island. In a sense, bringing the ways of viewing that the built architecture of the commune provides, to the unfinished land of the Northern edge.

GLIMPSES, GLANCES AND GAZES (ii) tracing the Mont Saint Michel openings to the horizon

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


[2022] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iv)

DS - H

Mont Saint Michel ii // design studio h MArch 2, [semester 2]

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

MOVE 1

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

SURVEY (verb) 1. 2.

look closely at or examine (someone or something). examine and record the area and features of (an area of land) so as to construct a map, plan, or description.

SEMESTER 2 A GARDEN FOR AN ANCHORITE

Our work in semester two was broken down into six moves which concludes with presentation of our installed exhibition in the 7-8 Chambers Street Studio. MOVE 1 // SURVEY MOVE 2 // SCULPTING MOVE 3 // CHOREOGRAPHING MOVE 4 // ANCHORING MOVE 5 // SEEDING MOVE 6 // INHABIT

98

Through surveying the bay, exploring tides, geology, old maps and weather, a new relationship was established

ESTABLISHING A CORRELATION a similar correlation can be established between the two granite outcrops of Mont Saint Michel and Tombelaine to that of the granite larger outcrops at Potorson and The Chaussey Islands. scale 1:50,000

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


[2022] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iv)

DS - H

Mont Saint Michel ii // design studio h MArch 2, [semester 2]

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR 99

[PX]

MOVE 2 SCULPTING (verb) 1. 2.

create or represent (something) by carving, casting, or other shaping techniques to form, shape, or manipulate

[RE]FRAMING THE HORIZON reframing the horizon to Genest - original, shortest pilgrimage route across the bay to Mont Saint Michel before poulder construction.

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


[2022] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iv)

DS - H

Mont Saint Michel ii // design studio h MArch 2, [semester 2]

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

new field of vision

Cone 01

Cone 02

Cone 03

Cone 01

100

SCULPTING THE HORIZON moving, cutting, folding, unfolding along the various lines of glimpse glance and gaze that stretch out across the horizon folding at moments of tension in the landscape

Cone 02

[RE]SCULPTING THE HORIZON cones of vision that have been cut from their original locations and brought round to the north of Mont Saint Michel then folded, unfolded and movements mapped

Cone 03

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


[2022] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iv)

DS - H

Mont Saint Michel ii // design studio h MArch 2, [semester 2]

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

MOVE 3

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

CHOREOGRAPHING (verb) 1. 2.

to manage, maneuver, or direct: to compose the sequence of steps and move

01 Situating

02 Upscaling

03 Calibrating

04 Cutting

05 New Landscape

06 Downscaling

Our work in semester two was broken down into

101

CHOREOGRAPHING moves undertaken to craft a new landscape

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - H

[2022] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iv) Mont Saint Michel ii // design studio h MArch 2, [semester 2]

[PX]

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

Cone 01

Cone 02

102

A NEW LANDSCAPE overall landscape can be broken down into the three cones

Cone 03


[2022] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iv)

DS - H

Mont Saint Michel ii // design studio h MArch 2, [semester 2]

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

MOVE 4

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

ANCHORING (verb) 1. 2. 3.

to moor to the sea bottom with an anchor secure firmly in position provide with a firm basis or foundation

Through the process of anchoring to the coned landscape we wanted to make islands in the same way they are done in the bay of Mont Saint Michel - poulder landscape with dike walls and architectures scattered within them whilst also making considerations for the landscape below the sand and tides.

1

1. 2.

Anchoring 1 Anchoring 2

ANCHORED LANDSCAPES 103

2

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


[2022] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iv)

DS - H

Mont Saint Michel ii // design studio h MArch 2, [semester 2]

[PX]

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

MOVE 5

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

SEEDING (verb) 1. 2. 3.

to sow cause something to begin to develop or grow produce and reproduce itself by means of its own seed

SEEDING THE SEEDS seeds repositioning from Merveille to place in Anchorite’s garden 104

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - H

[2022] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iv) Mont Saint Michel ii // design studio h MArch 2, [semester 2]

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

22 12 21

19

9

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

5

1

13

4 10

Moving between modelling and drawing as a design process and also as a mean of representation proved very successful in the project. It allowed us to sculpt, craft and tune our landscape and understand how a garden of poulders, dikes and footings could exist within the Mont Saint Michel landscape. Just like Mont Saint Michel, the project is grown from the unique landscape it finds itself within.

14 3

20

2

23

15 11

8

15

7 6 16

17

105

ANCHORED TO THE NORTH site plan scale 1:200

VIEWING FROM ABOVE model photographs model scale 1:200

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


[2022] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iv)

DS - H

Mont Saint Michel ii // design studio h MArch 2, [semester 2]

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Mussel Farm Anchorite’s House Bread Mill Arpenteur’s Mask Cider Press Oyster Farm

2

3

4 5

1

SEEING IN (ii) section across garden scale 1:250

i. sand

ii. low tide

iii. daily high tide

iv. seasonal high tide A TIDAL LANDSCAPE tidal changes on Anchorite’s garden 106

A SILT LANDSCAPE model base represents change of silt overtime as it builds up around the garden and the copper trees

6

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


[2022] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iv)

DS - H

Mont Saint Michel ii // design studio h MArch 2, [semester 2]

[PX]

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

MOVE 6

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

INHABITING (verb) 1. 2.

to exist or be situated within; dwell in to live or dwell, as in a place.

THE ANCHORITE a withdrawal from society in order to lead a life of seclusion as an act of fulfilling their devotion. Historically, this meant removing oneself from society and dwelling in a small stone building with 3 windows: one through to view the alter; a second for anchorite’s servant; and third for passing on knowledge and wisdom to pilgrims.

INHABIT garden plan 107

In this project, the anchorite isolates themselves to fulfil a ritual of crafting a harvest. He is the sole character of the garden and so the garden has been crafted in a way that is suited towards the use by one person and their own two hands. The harvest will provide seasonal offerings for the monk’s refractory.


DS - H

[2022] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iv) Mont Saint Michel ii // design studio h MArch 2, [semester 2]

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR 108

GARDEN FOR AN ANCHORITE garden axonometric scale 1:250

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - H

[2022] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iv) Mont Saint Michel ii // design studio h MArch 2, [semester 2]

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

9 7 10 2 11

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

1

8 10

3 5 6

TOOLS FOR HARVEST // OYSTER FARM the anchorite’s oyster farm produces oysters for the monk’s refractory through the processes of hatching, nursing, caging, growing, sorting and cleaning. These processes are done all year round. 4

1. Anchorite’s Wash Area 2. Sorting Area 3. Oyster Spawning Tanks 4. Oyster Labratory 5. Stairs to Algae Growing 6. Nursery (below) 7. Oyster Cages (To The North) 8. Copper Wind Mask 9. Copper Walkway to Orchard (tethering) 10. Granite Walls (anchoring) 11. Stairs to Silt Landscape

anchoring model architectures helped to form the Oyster Farm tectonics OYSTER FARMING (iii) perspective 109

OYSTER FARMING (i) plan scale 1:200

0m

2m

10m

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - H

[2022] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iv) Mont Saint Michel ii // design studio h MArch 2, [semester 2]

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT 11

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

6 5

6

4

10

9

6

10

TOOLS FOR HARVEST // ANCHORITE’S HOUSE

1

the anchorite’s house provides shelter, rest for the anchorite as well as views out across the garden.

3

7 2 8

1. Bedroom 2. Terrace 3. Bathrom 4. Living Area 5. Kitchen 6. Terrace Platform (overlooking spaces) 7. Workshop Yard 8. Entrance Steps 9. Timber Clad Mask 10. Copper Wind Mask DWELLING (iv) perspective 110

DWELLING (i) plan scale 1:200

0m

2m

10m

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - H

[2022] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iv) Mont Saint Michel ii // design studio h MArch 2, [semester 2]

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

11

5

6

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

4 7

8 10 9 3 2

TOOLS FOR HARVEST // CIDER PRESS the anchorite’s cider press produces cider (common produce of Normandy) for the monk's refractory through the processes of pressing, fermenting and bottling. The apple harvest is done in the Autumn months and then fermented through winter before bottling. 1

anchoring model architectures helped to form the cider press sitting within a polder

111

1. Apple Storage 2. Apple Wash Station 3. Apple Press 4. Apple Water Channel 5. Store and Pump Room 6. Fermentation Barrels 7. Bottling Station 8. Anchorites Stoke Take 9. Anchorites Window to Abbey 10. Granite Cider Store 11. Chestnut Timber Yard APPLE PRESSING (iii) perspective

APPLE PRESSING (i) plan scale: 200

0m

2m

10m

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - H

[2022] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iv) Mont Saint Michel ii // design studio h MArch 2, [semester 2]

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

1

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

2

7 5

6

2 7

4

TOOLS FOR HARVEST // MUSSEL FARM the anchorite’s mussel farm produces mussels for the monk’s refractory through the processes of roping, hanging, sorting and washing. These processes are done all year round. 3

Lower 1. Mussel Preperation Area 2. Mussel Roping Station 3. Mussel Hanging Upper 4. Mussel Cleaning Area 5. Sorting Area 6. Steal Mesh Yard 7. Copper Tide Channels MUSSEL FARMING (ii) perspective 112

MUSSEL FARMING (i) plan scale 1:200

0m

2m

10m

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - H

[2022] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iv) Mont Saint Michel ii // design studio h MArch 2, [semester 2]

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT 12

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

6 7

5

8 9 11

4 3

10

2

TOOLS FOR HARVEST // BREAD MILL the anchorite’s bread mill produces bread for the monk’s refractory through the processes of seeding wheat, harvesting, thrashing, milling and baking.

1

These processes are done through the months of seeding in March to harvest in August.

The concept of yard and workshop relationship has continued into this project following its initial seeding in the Venice Arsenale.

1. Chestnut Timber Yard 2. Wheat Preperation Area 3. Thrashing Station 4. Flour Mill 5. Flour Bagging Area 6. Granite Fired Oven 7. Prooving Cupboard 8. Cooling Racks 9. Bakers Workbench 10. Store Cupboard 11. Wheat Drying Rack 12. Water Channel and Pump MILLING (iii) perspective 113

MILLING (i) plan scale 1:200

0m

2m

10m

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - H

[2022] ISLAND [GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] TEMPORALITIES [KL] [TG] Mont Saint Michel (part iv) Mont Saint Michel ii // design studio h MArch 2, [semester 2]

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR 114

CHARACTERS ISOLATED axonometric drawing scale 1:400

[PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7


DS - H

[2022] ISLAND TEMPORALITIES Mont Saint Michel (part iv) Mont Saint Michel ii // design studio h MArch 2, [semester 2]

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT [MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR 115

[AD] [JP] [TC] [TG]



Design Report

A GARDEN FOR AN ANCHORITE MONT SAINT-MICHEL [2022]

[contributions] Tom Carney [TC]

[adrian hawker] [victoria bernie]

117

[course aims] The course objects are to: 1. Construct a design report as a designed object that effectively, efficiently and eloquently introduces an architectural design project or design thesis undertaken during the MArch Programme. 2.Appropriately structure and present a comprehensive design report as a fully referenced academic document which demonstrates integrated understanding of a range of architectural issues of culture, technology, professional practice, value, theory and design and reflects upon aspects of personal architectural practice.

[course synopsis] This core module, taken in the second semester of the MArch Year 2, requires the student to produce a comprehensive design report that documents in detail the final studio project the completed during the MArch Programme. The Design Report sets out the research and design development undertaken, incorporating images including the key representations of the project itself. The design report should allow the reader to follow the student’s study process, allowing an understanding of the material examined, decisions taken, etc. The design report is also a reflective document allowing the students to reflect not only on their finished project but also a key aspect of their methodology and practice. While the report is an academic document that must be fully referenced and observe all relevant protocols as set out in the briefing materials issued to students, is also itself a designed object.

[learning outcomes] LO1 The ability to communicate, critically appraise and argue the rationale of a design proposal using text and image in the context of a printed report. GC 2.1, 2.3, 3.3 // GA 2.1, 2.4, 2.6 LO2 Demonstration, through architectural design, of the integration of knowledge in architectural theory, technological and environmental strategies, and an understanding of architecture's professional and economic context. GC 2.2, 2.3, 8.1, 8.2, 9.3 // GA 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.6, 2.7 LO3 The development of transferable design skills and techniques through the preparation of a sophisticated graphic document. GC 1.1, 3.3 // GA 2.2, 2.4


[2022] DESIGN REPORT

DR

A GARDEN FOR AN ANCHORITE

Mont Saint Michel MArch 2, [semester 2]

Year 01

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7

[first ritual] anchoring Describes how the garden has been anchored through the idea of solidarity and devoted ritual, similar to that of an anchorite, a religious hermit who confines themselves to a cell to devote their life to prayer. Here, the bay and the island are imagined as the character of the anchorite in their box* and how each respond to the world outside their own.

how to read The studio of Island Temporalities, in which this thesis project has been created, runs collaboratively between both the integrated and modular studios. Stuart took part in the integrated studio, with the first year being focused on an archival exploration of Venice, the Querini Stampalia and the Arsenale.

Task

The report is to be a designed object as well as an academic document. While the ongoing pandemic will demand that this is a digital pdf submission only, it should be conceived and presented as though ready for print. We know how convincing these documents are beyond your studies as a record of your thesis work - as physical objects they are often highly convincing in interview situations and so we would anticipate that you would like to publish a printed record of your work at a later date. A GARDEN FOR AN ANCHORITE

2020 Sept

Explores the process in which the garden has been imagined through existing landscape conditions within the bay. Such conditions have been captured through lines of sight from Mont Saint Michel, allowing a careful consideration of the best response to the weather conditions that exists in the bay.

Mont Saint-Michel

[third ritual] masking To survey, to cultivate, to shelter and to conceal; can all be operated through the use of a mask. In this thesis project, the use of the mask is broken down into these four acts, seeded by the initial demand of the houses of estrangement born out of the first semester and planted into the Garden for an Anchorite in semester two.

01

Year 01 Venice // The Querini Stamplia

The Mask and the Mechanism - solo project Stuart Gomes

Mont Saint-Michel

[fourth ritual] crafting

2021 Jan

Venice // Rio dell’ Arsenale

Mont Saint-Michel

A Guild of the Arsenale Nouvo - solo project Stuart Gomes

Demonstrates the act of making through a considered hand focused craft. This is shown from the crafting of a new horizon, a new bay and a new garden, through to the crafting of the tools necessary to produce the meal for the Abbey on Mont Saint Michel.

Mont Saint-Michel Venice

Venice

sequence

Year 02 Sept

2022 Jan

The design report works through the thesis via a set of rituals towards producing harvest for the meals which will be consumed by those using the multileveled refectory of the island Abbey. Each move describes a transition through scales, from the wider reaches of the bay down to the turning of a handle on the press of a cider mill.

Mont Saint-Michel

Houses of Estrangment - Solo Projects Stuart Gomes & Tom Carney

Mont Saint-Michel

Garden for an Anchorite - Collaborative project Stuart Gomes & Tom Carney

03

05

06

08

Venice project shown within smaller booklet

8

9

10

[The Anchorite’s Ritual]

...The document uses the second year as the core structure of the thesis, with booklets in miniature, describing the first year Venice project where appropriate. These booklets are printed on heavier paper, representing the footings for thought with the work set in 01 Mont Saint-Michel.

PROLOGUE garden for an anchorite

01

Venice project shown within smaller booklet

i. landscape

i. to survey

[final ritual] harvest

i. the bay

i. yeild

03

04 05 06 07

08

ii. an anchorite’s island

ii. footings

ii. as an aperture

ii. the fields

iii. an anchorite’s ritual

iii. fields

iii. as a shelter

ii. tools

iv. an anchorite’s garden

iv. gates

iv. to conceal

iv. the meal

v. bedding

17

20

05

i. an anchorite’s bay

[forth ritual] crafting

Venice

Mont Saint-Michel

03

[third ritual] masking

02

Mont Saint-Michel

16

[first ritual] anchoring Houses of Estrangment - Solo Projects Stuart Gomes & Tom Carney [second ritual] seeding

[second ritual] seeding

01

Existing landscape tectonics of the bay offer models of resistance and resilience for the architectural garden. The garden harbours both a vulnerable tethering and a protected anchoring of space as places for: cultivating, dwelling, crafting, sheltering from the wind, rain and tides. The project echoes life within the bay, its historical, religious, environmental and social practices, all in a manner that welcomes the inevitable reclamation of the bay.

Mont Saint-Michel

[first ritual] anchoring

A Garden for an Anchorite is a considered curation of landscape conditions from the bay of Mont-Saint-Michel re-scaled to the northern shore of the Abbey island. A series of granite and copper polders, sourced from adjacent quarry islands and copper mines, anchor a garden to a dynamic tidal landscape of silt flats. These polders, reclaimed field conditions in miniature, allow for the cultivation of local produce to provide for the daily needs and seasonal feasts of the Abbey refectory above. With the setting of a new horizon cast to the ancient pilgrimage crossing of Genest to the northwest, apertures found within the island walls provide a series of cones of vision which capture specific landscape conditions from the bay, marsh land, polders, rivers, agricultural provisions and silt flats. In the Anchorite’s Garden these conditions are re-calibrated, re-stitched, folded, unfolded, cut, scaled and re-scaled as walls and walks, harbours, fields, masks and stairs. Thus creating a new parterre for the Abbey mount as a rich experiential field, a distilled environmental, geographical, cultural, religious and social terrain.

Venice

11

Mont Saint-Michel

how to read

report works through the thesis via a set of rituals towards producing harvest for the meals which will be consumed by those using the Venice // Rio dell’ Arsenale multileveled refectory of the island Abbey. Each A Guild of the Arsenale Nouvo - solo project Stuart Gomes move describes a transition through scales, from the wider reaches of the bay down to the turning Year 02 of a handle on the press of a cider mill.

[final ritual] harvest Celebrates the yield of landscape and architecture as isolated objects, as products of a process of anchoring, seeding, masking and crafting.

*An anchorites box or cell is a permanent containment of an anchorite within a church or cathedral, accessed only via the anchorites window.

1

EXTRACT 1

[third ritual] masking [fourth ritual] crafting Garden for an Anchorite - Collaborative project [final ritual] harvest Stuart Gomes & Tom Carney

Mont Saint-Michel

01

Response

This design report describes the making of A Garden for an Anchorite through the tectonic language of the project alongside the working methodologies that have allowed for such tectonics. A series presented as; Anchoring, Seeding, Masking, Crafting and Harvest, describes the thesis, narrated through the ritual of the anchorite, whom inhabits the proposed garden.

[second ritual] seeding

The second year then focuses on Mont Saint-Michel, where the sole focus of the Modular studio lies, and the studio in which Tom was involved in. The document uses the second year as the core structure of the thesis, with booklets in miniature, describing the first year project where appropriate. These booklets are printed on heavier paper, representing the footings for thought with the work set in Mont Saint-Michel.

The Mask and the Mechanism - solo project Stuart Gomes The design

118

GC 8

A GARDEN FOR AN ANCHORITE

Venice // The Querini Stamplia

Mont Saint-Michel

GC 7

Brief 01 // Design Report

Mont Saint Michel // Island Territories iv

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

uses on Mont Saint-Michel, where the tudio lies, and the studio in which Tom ment uses the second year as the core h booklets in miniature, describing the ropriate. These booklets are printed on the footings for thought with the work

GC 1

A GARDEN FOR AN ANCHORITE

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

ralities, in which this thesis project has ratively between both the integrated took part in the integrated studio, with d on an archival exploration of Venice, he Arsenale.

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

06

08

21


[2022] DESIGN REPORT

DR

A GARDEN FOR AN ANCHORITE

Mont Saint Michel MArch 2, [semester 2]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

Brief 01 // Design Report

A GARDEN FOR AN ANCHORITE

surveying a bay

1. anchoring

a. from the anchorites window

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

A typical anchorite, contained in their cell that is attached to either a church or cathedral, only has visibility to the outside world via their anchorites window. This provides a narrowed and focus view from within their confinement. A likening to the anchorites window can be made with Mont Saint-Michel and its relationship with the bay. When moving through the island it is rare to get a full understanding of the entire bay that surrounds it.

[first ritual] anchoring

[first ritual] anchoring

(verb)

1. 2. 3.

Extract from text: “Describes how the garden has been anchored through the idea of solidarity and devoted ritual, similar to that of an anchorite, a religious hermit who confines themselves to a cell to devote their life to prayer. Here, the bay and the island are imagined as the character of the anchorite in their box and how each respond to the world outside their own." Structure: i. an anchorite’s bay a. an island isolated b. forces of the bay [Venice]: surveying a lagoon ii. an anchorite’s island a. from the anchorite's window b. sight line of Mont Saint-Michel iii. an anchorite’s ritual a. estranged seeds b. surveying [Venice]: surveying a storm c. cultivating d. seeds repositioned iv. an anchorite’s garden a. the walled garden b. the anchorite's window c. the copper field

We are often understanding the bay through slices of the landscape, seen through a variety of openings scattered across the layers of the island. As one moves through the islands streets and up towards the Abbey, they are provided with a unique glimpse of the landscape, each one different, providing the puzzle pieces of the bay as a whole.

to moor to the sea bottom with an anchor secure firmly in position provide with a firm basis or foundation

[Venice] surveying a lagoon Surveying first took place through the examination of the Venice Lagoon. Here, the islands of the lagoon, tides and silt build ups were mapped onto historical maps of the area.

an anchorites... i. bay ii. island iii. ritual iv. garden

fig.03 View of Tombelaine from the island, photograph

26

27

36

37

EXTRACT 1

[venice]

54

55

1. anchoring

surveying a bay

iii. an anchorite’s ritual

the anchorite

"As Richard Sennett writes in his book, The Craftsman, “The carpenter, lab technician, and conductor are all craftsmen because they are dedicated to good work for its own sake”.

*the anchorite a withdrawal from society in order to lead a life of seclusion as an act of fulfilling their devotion.

The anchorite becomes the craftman of his garden, through his ritual...."

Historically, this meant removing oneself from society and dwelling in a small stone building with 3 windows: one through to view the alter; a second for anchorite’s servant; and third for passing on knowledge and wisdom to pilgrims.

b. surveying

In this project, the anchorite’s isolates themselves to fulfil a ritual of crafting a harvest. He is the sole character of the garden and so the garden has been crafted in a way that is suited towards the use by one person and their own two hands. The harvest will provide seasonal offerings for the monk’s refractory.

Surveying has been used here as a way of examining and recording the area and features of Mont SaintMichel and its bay. The house for an arpenteur (surveyor) enables the arpenteur to observe, record and document the daily events of the bay. This includes the weather, tides, the activity of the people of the bay and all unique occurances of the landscape.

As Richard Sennett writes in his book, The Craftsman, “The carpenter, lab technician, and conductor are all craftsmen because they are dedicated to good work for its own sake”. 3 The anchorite becomes the craftman of his garden, through his ritual...

fig.04 Surveyors using a Plane Table, photograph

3. Richard Sennett, The Craftsman, (London: Penguin Books, 2009), 20

28

29

38

39

64

65

1. anchoring

[venice]

iv. an anchorite’s garden

i. an anchorite’s bay An island in isolation, against the forces of the bay in which it lies. It sits vulnerable and alone, having the necessary control and fortification provided to keep it from being overtaken by the wind, tides, sand and storms.

A series of elements allow for the anchorite to carry out his ritual in solitude. As follows are the three key features that provide solidarity in the anchorites work: 1. An Island Isolated 2. Forces of the Bay [Venice] Surveying a Lagoon

a. the walled garden A garden for an anchorite has been arranged as a series of walled gardens that interlink with each other through a specific route that is accessible only by the anchorite. This is created through a series of granite walls that separate operations, such as orchards, fields and marshes and interlinking bridges and staircases. The heavy granite walls ensure that there is no entrance from the outside of the garden. fig.01 Bay of Mont Saint-Michel, aerial image

30

119

31

42

43

90

91


DR

[2022] DESIGN REPORT A GARDEN FOR AN ANCHORITE

Mont Saint Michel MArch 2, [semester 2]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

2. seeding

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

i. a landscape

GA 2.5

3. masking

GA 2.6

GA 2.7

i. to survey

New Horizon

Brief 01 // Design Report

Ginest

A GARDEN FOR AN ANCHORITE

Mont Saint-Michel as mask Mont Saint-Michel can be read as a mask like the copper facades in the architecture of the Anchorite’s Garden pieces. As the pilgrims arrive from across the bay they are met by the north facade of the island. The Merveille, the trees and ramparts conceal the town to the south from the pilgrims’ view. Upon situating oneself in the Merveille and ramparts of the north facade, one can start to observe, record and look out across the bay through various apertures and platforms.

a. pilgrimage route from Ginest

[second ritual] seeding

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

to sow cause something to begin to develop or grow produce and reproduce itself by means of its own seed

The Merveille and ramparts help to shelter the island village from the strong north-easterly wind of the bay.

(verb)

When defining the boundary for the observable bay that would be folded and condensed to create the garden, the crossing point of Ginest was used as the limit. This symbolises the experiential beginning of the bay as a pilgrim, and so it was thought appropriate to set the limit at this point.

(verb)

1. 2. 3.

[third ritual] masking

The pilgrimage route to Mont Saint-Michel has from the 9th century been one of the most popular pilgrimage routes in Europe. Today, pilgrims can use the newly constructed bridge from the south to access the island, however 1000 years ago the coastline on the south was much further inland, due to the non-existence of the polders. Pilgrims would wait until the tide was at its lowest and make the trek across the silt flats from various points from the northwest, including the town of Ginest.

1. 2. 3.

to cover with a mask to conceal (something) from view. to prevent the perception of (another sensation).

fig.07 (Above) Pilgrimage crossing at Ginest, photograph, 1961

mask...

seeding...

i

i. a landscape

104

i. to survey ii. as aperture

105

[second ritual] seeding

208

iii. as shelter

209

iv. to conceal

ii. footings... seeded iii. field...

3. masking

2. seeding

i. to survey

iv. gates... v. beddings...

Extract from text: 98

“Explores the process in which the garden has been imagined through existing landscape conditions within the bay. Such conditions have been captured through lines of sight from Mont Saint Michel, allowing a careful consideration of the best response to the weather conditions that exists in the bay." Structure: i. seeding a landscape ii. footings; seeded iii. fields; seeded iv. gates; seeded v. bedding; seeded [third ritual] masking

Extract from text: “To survey, to cultivate, to shelter and to conceal; can all be operated through the use of a mask. In this thesis project, the use of the mask is broken down into these four acts, seeded by the initial demand of the houses of estrangement born out of the first semester and planted into the Garden for an Anchorite in semester two."

204

99

205

Venice Book Extract

Venice Book Extract

from i. seeding a landscape

from iv. conceal

1. 20mm chestnut cladding board 2. 38x25 timber batten 3. 100x100mm steel I-beam 4. 25x25mm timber batten 5. steel structural rib 6. 20mm steel tension cable 7. 20mm chestnut cladding board 8. 3mm corten steel sheet 9. primary steel I-Beam 250x125 10. 2omm chestnut decking 11. timber joists 150x75mm

a. the bay to conceal

choreographing a landscape

The structural tectonics of the walkways and the heavy arpenteur’s table allow a long cantilever far beyond the facade of the Merveille and above the path below. The average rise and fall of the tide is about three feet (varying considerably with the seasons); but this fall, on so flat a shore, is enough to cause continual movement in the waters, and in the main canals to produce a reflux which frequently runs like a mill stream. At high water no land is visible for many miles to the north or south of Venice, except in the form of small islands crowned with towers or gleaming with villages.

The walkways, anchored in the centre of the Merveille, are a singular structural beam which enables the long cantilever out beyond the wall. The weight of the arpenteur’s table also helps to anchor the walkways to the Merveille and support the cantilever.

“The submissive openness of Venice to impositions of fiction orginates in the self-fictionalization embodied in its very stones. Since the Renaissance epoch, the city have city has viewed and justified itself as a showplace in the demonstrative architectural gestures of its power elites. In this context, a buildings outer shell was was regarded solely as a function of a system of societal presentation and prestige. The compulsion toward displays of spendour bound up in the valorization processess of its economy led to an architectural style of medially conceived facades. Thin superimposed marble facings are devoted to suggestion and recall the stage effects of illusory perspective scenery.”

John Ruskin, “Stones of Venice”, Vol X

Two openings in the mask, that align with the windows of the Merveille behind, allow the arpenteur to move free through from the Merveille and out to their observation point. These tectonics allow the arpenteur to effectively observe and survey the surrounding bay.

- False Front City

EXTRACT 1

[Venice] choreographing a landscape

In the second semester this rich territory was used to calibrate and activate the Venice Arsenale and Rio dell’Arsenale to form a new landscape.

120

142

143

EXTRACT 2

[Venice]

2. seeding

choreographing a landscape

"Mont Saint-Michel can be read as a mask like the copper facades in the architecture of the Anchorite’s Garden pieces.

Seen in the southern polders, multiple farmhouses and barns are nestled within their farmland, protected by the dike walls that surround their land. In the garden, each field has its own respective ‘farmhouse’ which sits within the garden walls and overlooks the protection of its product. For example, the cider press sits nestled between the dike walls of the orchard, staying close to its own process. As drawn out below, the bread mill also sits within its landscape, onlooking of its fields. These farmhouses can be described as anchored pieces of architecture sat within their fields.

Querini Stampalia entrance bridge foyer watergate grilled gate porch northeast room radiator column main exhibition room staircase to library travertine door southwest room garden terrace lawn water source water tray dry well potting yard garden door former entrance

122

123

i

Masking to conceal was originally explored in the Querini Stampalia following the explorating of shadows and their effect on the garden wall of the chimera. Here, shadows masked and concealed the garden wall resulting in the chamber lock architecture.

212

213

245

[Venice]

Mont Saint Michel as mask

ii. fields

b. farmhouse

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.

[Venice] to conceal As quoted above, Venice is a very theatrical place resulting in false facades which conceal there true construction. Concealing through masking can also be seen in the social event of Bauta: Venetian Masquerade Carnival participants wear masks to hide their identities.

244

121

[Venice] choreographing a landscape

"Choreographing a Venetian landscape is told through a storm of artifacts. These artifacts have been taken from the various scales of Venice: Lagoon, Insula, Piazza and Campo. The Querini Stampali, a mirror of Venice itself, holds these scales within it which have been scaled and calibrated to suit its architecture. Shadows of the artifacts caught in the storm were then explored as ways of dredging, manipulating, the parterre of the Querini Stampalia. The Querini Stampalia’s parterre, artifacts, the storm, and shadows now becomes the plane table to nagivate and draw from."

ii

Choreographing a Venetian landscape is told through a storm of artifacts. These artifacts have been taken from the various scales of Venice: Lagoon, Insula, Piazza and Campo. The Querini Stampali, a mirror of Venice itself, holds these scales within it which have been scaled and calibrated to suit its architecture. Shadows of the artifacts caught in the storm were then explored as ways of dredging, manipulating, the parterre of the Querini Stampalia. The Querini Stampalia’s parterre, artifacts, the storm, and shadows now becomes the plane table to nagivate and draw from.

to conceal

3. masking

fig.16 (Left) Pietro Longhi, The Perfume Vendor, 1756, oil on canvas fig.17 (Top) Photographs of Venetian Façades, False Front City: Facade Venice

246

247

[Venice]

to conceal

Had the tide been only a foot or eighteen inches higher in its rise, the water-access to the doors of the palaces would have been impossible: even as it is, there is sometimes a little difficulty, at the ebb, in landing without setting foot upon the lower and slippery steps: and the highest tides sometimes enter the courtyards, and overflow the entrance halls. John Ruskin, “Stones of Venice”, Vol X

fig.11 (Top Left) Querini Stampalia Travertine Wall, photograph, 1993 fig.12 (Top Right) Querini Stampalia Water Gate and Steps, photograph, 1993

5

4

3 2 1

Querini Stampalia Section 1:150

‘Swimming in the Querini Stampalia’

Horizontal Datum Lines:

Mike Cadwell, Strange Details

1. Canal Water 2. Gallery Floor 3. Concrete Revetment 4. Picture Rail and Bridge Crest 5. Gallery Ceiling and Bridge Rail

124

125

[Venice]

choreographing a landscape

iii

Lagoon

164

165

As the pilgrims arrive from across the bay they are met by the north facade of the island. The Merveille, the trees and ramparts conceal the town to the south from the pilgrims’ view.

d. observing Smal openings throughout the Garden for an Anchorite offer small observation points to witness and observe the bay from unique persepectives. For example, a small window close to the mussel farm, allows for a close observation of the tide at the level of the silt, helping with the process of work.

248

249

[Venice]

to conceal

ii

224

225

3. masking

iii. as shelter

Insula

2. seeding

iii. gates

Upon situating oneself in the Merveille and ramparts of the north facade, one can start to observe, record and look out across the bay through various apertures and platforms.

Piazza

b. bridges

Scales of Venice calibrated to the Querini Stampalia

Campo

126

Being a garden for use by one person alone, a need for wide circulation space is not necessary. Connection between garden spaces is provided by 600mm wide bridges that connect polder to polder, field to field. They also connect to mesh walkways that often sink below high tide level and therefore allow for water to flow over the lower steps.

127

[Venice]

Querini Stampalia parterre plans of artefacts caught in the storm

choreographing a landscape

The Merveille and ramparts help to shelter the island village from the strong north-easterly wind of the bay."

Querini Stampalia parterre plans of shadows casted by artefacts caught in the storm

128

129

[Venice]

choreographing a landscape

iv

172

250

251

[Venice]

252

to conceal

Arpenteur’s Timber Husk Detail

253

1. 125x125 black steel u-beam 2. 3mm black steel sheet 3. M12 bolt 4. 2omm chestnut cladding 5. 38mm timber batten 6. breather membrane 7. 18mm OSB 8. 200mm natural insulation with 200x100mm timber rafters at 400mm centres 9. 12mm plasterboard 10. vapour control layer 11. 25x25mm timber batten 12. 20mm internal oak cladding 13. 200x100mm timber beam 14. double glazed brushed aluminium window 15. chestnut window sill 16. 100x50mm chestnut fins 17. 20mm chestnut cladding 18. 38x38mm timber batten 19. breather membrane 20. 18mm OSB 21. 100mm natural insulation with 200x100mm timber posts 2. vapour control layer

[Venice]

iii

173

254

238

239

255

Plane Table map bringing together the map calibrations and the chimera storm

iv. bedding 130

Structure: i. to survey ii. as an aperture iii. as a shelter iv. to conceal

131

[Venice]

iv. mask to conceal

choreographing a landscape

Most famously the use of a mask is to hide or conceal something. In the case of the anchorites garden, the field of copper posts have been used to conceal the garden from the rest of the bay when within it.

a. field of copper [Venice] to conceal

132

133

[Venice]

a. into the silt The Garden for an Anchorite exists within an everchanging force of the tide and the silt, pushing up to shore. The architecture tries not to resist too hard against the flow of the silt, whilst gently managing it with various architectural fragments within the silt

134

120

135

v 178

179

iv

240

241


[2022] DESIGN REPORT

DR

A GARDEN FOR AN ANCHORITE

Mont Saint Michel MArch 2, [semester 2]

[GP] [AD] [JP] [TC] [KL] [TG] [PX]

GC 1

GC 2

GC 3

GC 4

GC 5

GC 6

GC 7

GC 8

GC 9

GC 10

GC 11

GA 2.1

GA 2.2

GA 2.3

GA 2.4

GA 2.5

GA 2.6

GA 2.7

[MArch 1] ATR DSC DSD SCAT

Brief 01 // Design Report

A GARDEN FOR AN ANCHORITE [final ritual] harvest

[fourth ritual] crafting (verb)

1.

[MArch 2] AMPL DSA DSH DR

2.

(noun)

to make or manufacture (an object) with skill and careful attention to detail to exercise skill in making (an object), typically by hand.

1. 2.

the process or period of gathering in crops. the product or result of an action.

(verb)

3.

crafting...

gather (a crop) as a harvest.

harvest...

i. the bay ii. the fields

i. yeild

iii. tools iv. the meal

256

257

322

Venice Book Extract

5. harvest

i. yield

Anchorites Window

Mask for a Surveyor

323

“Development of an intelligent hand does show something like a linear process. The hand needs to be sensitized at the fingertip, enabling it to reason about touch. Once this is achieved, problems of

from i. the bay [fourth ritual] crafting

coordination can be addressed.” The Craftsman Richard Sennett

living under folds

Extract from text: “Demonstrates the act of making through a considered hand focused craft. This is shown from the crafting of a new horizon, a new bay and a new garden, through to the crafting of the tools necessary to produce the meal for the Abbey on Mont Saint Michel." Structure: i. the bay ii. the fields iii. tools iv. the meal

EXTRACT 1

i

[Venice] living under folds Just like the animals and beggars living under the folds of the map, the husks of the workshops lived under the folds of the Rio dell’Arsenale folded copper landscape. The forms were derived from the folding of the parterre shadow drawing and brought together to create the folded landscape in the Venice Arsenale.

264

“Development of an intelligent hand does show something like a linear process. The hand needs to be sensitized at the fingertip, enabling it to reason about touch. Once this is achieved, problems of coordination can be addressed.”

260

261

EXTRACT 2

i

324

325

265

[Venice]

living under folds

[final ritual] harvest ii. the fields

i. yield

Oyster Farm

Mussel Farm

(noun) 1. the process or period of gathering in crops. 2. the product or result of an action. (verb) 3. gather (a crop) as a harvest.

The crafting of each field in the garden required a tectonic understanding in order to respond and inhabit the new landscape in which it sits. Gathering information from the wider landscape, the same tectonic responses could be used when crafting each footing, field and gate. A series of card model responses allowed the beginning of a response to the new landscape conditions.

266

5. harvest

267

living under folds

'The Craftsman', Richard Sennett 268

269

ii

282

283

4. crafting

270

326

iii. tools

327

5. harvest

i. yield

Cider Press

Bread Mill

271

[Venice]

living under folds

1

2 MASK

[final ritual] harvest

3

4

HUSK + RAFT

5

Extract from text:

6

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

glass copper folded landscape secondary structure: steel purlins & wire cables primary structure: steel ribs timber husks steel grating flooring & steel scalo ground secondary structure: steel purlins ground primary structure: steel ribs

9.

Venetian timber pile foundations

Cider is best harvested in the autumn from midSeptember to December and so the orchard must have fully grown apples for then. The cider process involves washing, griding, pressing, fermentation, filling and bottling, all which can be done within the cider press and house that sits within the orchard. The cider house also contains a bottling wall which is able to store the bottles which can be placed in the harvest boxes for the correct meal pairing within the Abbey refectory.

8 BRIDGE

9

272

“Celebrates the yield of landscape and architecture as isolated objects, as products of a process of anchoring, seeding, masking and crafting."

c. cider press

BASKET

7

Exploded Axonometric of Folded Landscape in Venice Arsenale

273

[Venice]

living under folds

2 f

d g

e

p

1 a

o b c j

h

i

k

Planometric copper fold 3

l

n

of Aula under

1.

mask a. copper skin b. secondary structure: steel purlins & wire cables c. primary structure: steel ribs

2.

husk & raft d. primary structure: steel ribs e. husk timber structure f. light internal cladding g. cabinet h. sliding glazed door i. black steel banister j. bespoke table and chairs k. timber raft: timber flooring and structure

m

3.

iii

bridge l. steel grating flooring m. steel basket: floor secondary structure n. steel ribs: floor primary structure

298

299

328

329

other

o. steel steps up to aula meeting room p. rooflight above

274

275

4. crafting

iv. the meal

5. harvest

i. yield

[Venice]

Structure: i. yeild 276

277

“The gigantic constructions, which rise on the north of the church, were called from their origin the Merveille. This immense building, the most beautiful specimen which we have of the religious and military architecture of the middle ages, is composed of three floors : the lower one including the Almonry and the Cellar, the intermediate comprising the Refectory and the Knights’ hall; the higher one containing the Refectory and the Cloister.” Edouard Corroyer Descriptive Guide of Mont SaintMichel

121

iv

320

321

332

333


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.